1// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT. 2 3package medialive 4 5import ( 6 "fmt" 7 8 "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" 9 "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil" 10 "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" 11 "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol" 12 "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/restjson" 13) 14 15const opBatchUpdateSchedule = "BatchUpdateSchedule" 16 17// BatchUpdateScheduleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 18// client's request for the BatchUpdateSchedule operation. The "output" return 19// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 20// successfully. 21// 22// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 23// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 24// 25// See BatchUpdateSchedule for more information on using the BatchUpdateSchedule 26// API call, and error handling. 27// 28// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 29// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 30// 31// 32// // Example sending a request using the BatchUpdateScheduleRequest method. 33// req, resp := client.BatchUpdateScheduleRequest(params) 34// 35// err := req.Send() 36// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 37// fmt.Println(resp) 38// } 39// 40// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/BatchUpdateSchedule 41func (c *MediaLive) BatchUpdateScheduleRequest(input *BatchUpdateScheduleInput) (req *request.Request, output *BatchUpdateScheduleOutput) { 42 op := &request.Operation{ 43 Name: opBatchUpdateSchedule, 44 HTTPMethod: "PUT", 45 HTTPPath: "/prod/channels/{channelId}/schedule", 46 } 47 48 if input == nil { 49 input = &BatchUpdateScheduleInput{} 50 } 51 52 output = &BatchUpdateScheduleOutput{} 53 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 54 return 55} 56 57// BatchUpdateSchedule API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 58// 59// Update a channel schedule 60// 61// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 62// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 63// the error. 64// 65// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 66// API operation BatchUpdateSchedule for usage and error information. 67// 68// Returned Error Types: 69// * BadRequestException 70// 71// * UnprocessableEntityException 72// 73// * InternalServerErrorException 74// 75// * ForbiddenException 76// 77// * BadGatewayException 78// 79// * NotFoundException 80// 81// * GatewayTimeoutException 82// 83// * TooManyRequestsException 84// 85// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/BatchUpdateSchedule 86func (c *MediaLive) BatchUpdateSchedule(input *BatchUpdateScheduleInput) (*BatchUpdateScheduleOutput, error) { 87 req, out := c.BatchUpdateScheduleRequest(input) 88 return out, req.Send() 89} 90 91// BatchUpdateScheduleWithContext is the same as BatchUpdateSchedule with the addition of 92// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 93// 94// See BatchUpdateSchedule for details on how to use this API operation. 95// 96// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 97// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 98// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 99// for more information on using Contexts. 100func (c *MediaLive) BatchUpdateScheduleWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *BatchUpdateScheduleInput, opts ...request.Option) (*BatchUpdateScheduleOutput, error) { 101 req, out := c.BatchUpdateScheduleRequest(input) 102 req.SetContext(ctx) 103 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 104 return out, req.Send() 105} 106 107const opCreateChannel = "CreateChannel" 108 109// CreateChannelRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 110// client's request for the CreateChannel operation. The "output" return 111// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 112// successfully. 113// 114// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 115// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 116// 117// See CreateChannel for more information on using the CreateChannel 118// API call, and error handling. 119// 120// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 121// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 122// 123// 124// // Example sending a request using the CreateChannelRequest method. 125// req, resp := client.CreateChannelRequest(params) 126// 127// err := req.Send() 128// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 129// fmt.Println(resp) 130// } 131// 132// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CreateChannel 133func (c *MediaLive) CreateChannelRequest(input *CreateChannelInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateChannelOutput) { 134 op := &request.Operation{ 135 Name: opCreateChannel, 136 HTTPMethod: "POST", 137 HTTPPath: "/prod/channels", 138 } 139 140 if input == nil { 141 input = &CreateChannelInput{} 142 } 143 144 output = &CreateChannelOutput{} 145 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 146 return 147} 148 149// CreateChannel API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 150// 151// Creates a new channel 152// 153// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 154// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 155// the error. 156// 157// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 158// API operation CreateChannel for usage and error information. 159// 160// Returned Error Types: 161// * BadRequestException 162// 163// * UnprocessableEntityException 164// 165// * InternalServerErrorException 166// 167// * ForbiddenException 168// 169// * BadGatewayException 170// 171// * GatewayTimeoutException 172// 173// * TooManyRequestsException 174// 175// * ConflictException 176// 177// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CreateChannel 178func (c *MediaLive) CreateChannel(input *CreateChannelInput) (*CreateChannelOutput, error) { 179 req, out := c.CreateChannelRequest(input) 180 return out, req.Send() 181} 182 183// CreateChannelWithContext is the same as CreateChannel with the addition of 184// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 185// 186// See CreateChannel for details on how to use this API operation. 187// 188// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 189// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 190// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 191// for more information on using Contexts. 192func (c *MediaLive) CreateChannelWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateChannelInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateChannelOutput, error) { 193 req, out := c.CreateChannelRequest(input) 194 req.SetContext(ctx) 195 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 196 return out, req.Send() 197} 198 199const opCreateInput = "CreateInput" 200 201// CreateInputRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 202// client's request for the CreateInput operation. The "output" return 203// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 204// successfully. 205// 206// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 207// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 208// 209// See CreateInput for more information on using the CreateInput 210// API call, and error handling. 211// 212// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 213// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 214// 215// 216// // Example sending a request using the CreateInputRequest method. 217// req, resp := client.CreateInputRequest(params) 218// 219// err := req.Send() 220// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 221// fmt.Println(resp) 222// } 223// 224// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CreateInput 225func (c *MediaLive) CreateInputRequest(input *CreateInputInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateInputOutput) { 226 op := &request.Operation{ 227 Name: opCreateInput, 228 HTTPMethod: "POST", 229 HTTPPath: "/prod/inputs", 230 } 231 232 if input == nil { 233 input = &CreateInputInput{} 234 } 235 236 output = &CreateInputOutput{} 237 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 238 return 239} 240 241// CreateInput API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 242// 243// Create an input 244// 245// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 246// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 247// the error. 248// 249// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 250// API operation CreateInput for usage and error information. 251// 252// Returned Error Types: 253// * BadRequestException 254// 255// * InternalServerErrorException 256// 257// * ForbiddenException 258// 259// * BadGatewayException 260// 261// * GatewayTimeoutException 262// 263// * TooManyRequestsException 264// 265// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CreateInput 266func (c *MediaLive) CreateInput(input *CreateInputInput) (*CreateInputOutput, error) { 267 req, out := c.CreateInputRequest(input) 268 return out, req.Send() 269} 270 271// CreateInputWithContext is the same as CreateInput with the addition of 272// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 273// 274// See CreateInput for details on how to use this API operation. 275// 276// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 277// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 278// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 279// for more information on using Contexts. 280func (c *MediaLive) CreateInputWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateInputInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateInputOutput, error) { 281 req, out := c.CreateInputRequest(input) 282 req.SetContext(ctx) 283 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 284 return out, req.Send() 285} 286 287const opCreateInputSecurityGroup = "CreateInputSecurityGroup" 288 289// CreateInputSecurityGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 290// client's request for the CreateInputSecurityGroup operation. The "output" return 291// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 292// successfully. 293// 294// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 295// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 296// 297// See CreateInputSecurityGroup for more information on using the CreateInputSecurityGroup 298// API call, and error handling. 299// 300// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 301// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 302// 303// 304// // Example sending a request using the CreateInputSecurityGroupRequest method. 305// req, resp := client.CreateInputSecurityGroupRequest(params) 306// 307// err := req.Send() 308// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 309// fmt.Println(resp) 310// } 311// 312// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CreateInputSecurityGroup 313func (c *MediaLive) CreateInputSecurityGroupRequest(input *CreateInputSecurityGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateInputSecurityGroupOutput) { 314 op := &request.Operation{ 315 Name: opCreateInputSecurityGroup, 316 HTTPMethod: "POST", 317 HTTPPath: "/prod/inputSecurityGroups", 318 } 319 320 if input == nil { 321 input = &CreateInputSecurityGroupInput{} 322 } 323 324 output = &CreateInputSecurityGroupOutput{} 325 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 326 return 327} 328 329// CreateInputSecurityGroup API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 330// 331// Creates a Input Security Group 332// 333// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 334// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 335// the error. 336// 337// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 338// API operation CreateInputSecurityGroup for usage and error information. 339// 340// Returned Error Types: 341// * BadRequestException 342// 343// * InternalServerErrorException 344// 345// * ForbiddenException 346// 347// * BadGatewayException 348// 349// * GatewayTimeoutException 350// 351// * TooManyRequestsException 352// 353// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CreateInputSecurityGroup 354func (c *MediaLive) CreateInputSecurityGroup(input *CreateInputSecurityGroupInput) (*CreateInputSecurityGroupOutput, error) { 355 req, out := c.CreateInputSecurityGroupRequest(input) 356 return out, req.Send() 357} 358 359// CreateInputSecurityGroupWithContext is the same as CreateInputSecurityGroup with the addition of 360// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 361// 362// See CreateInputSecurityGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 363// 364// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 365// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 366// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 367// for more information on using Contexts. 368func (c *MediaLive) CreateInputSecurityGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateInputSecurityGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateInputSecurityGroupOutput, error) { 369 req, out := c.CreateInputSecurityGroupRequest(input) 370 req.SetContext(ctx) 371 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 372 return out, req.Send() 373} 374 375const opCreateMultiplex = "CreateMultiplex" 376 377// CreateMultiplexRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 378// client's request for the CreateMultiplex operation. The "output" return 379// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 380// successfully. 381// 382// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 383// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 384// 385// See CreateMultiplex for more information on using the CreateMultiplex 386// API call, and error handling. 387// 388// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 389// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 390// 391// 392// // Example sending a request using the CreateMultiplexRequest method. 393// req, resp := client.CreateMultiplexRequest(params) 394// 395// err := req.Send() 396// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 397// fmt.Println(resp) 398// } 399// 400// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CreateMultiplex 401func (c *MediaLive) CreateMultiplexRequest(input *CreateMultiplexInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateMultiplexOutput) { 402 op := &request.Operation{ 403 Name: opCreateMultiplex, 404 HTTPMethod: "POST", 405 HTTPPath: "/prod/multiplexes", 406 } 407 408 if input == nil { 409 input = &CreateMultiplexInput{} 410 } 411 412 output = &CreateMultiplexOutput{} 413 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 414 return 415} 416 417// CreateMultiplex API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 418// 419// Create a new multiplex. 420// 421// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 422// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 423// the error. 424// 425// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 426// API operation CreateMultiplex for usage and error information. 427// 428// Returned Error Types: 429// * BadRequestException 430// 431// * UnprocessableEntityException 432// 433// * InternalServerErrorException 434// 435// * ForbiddenException 436// 437// * BadGatewayException 438// 439// * GatewayTimeoutException 440// 441// * TooManyRequestsException 442// 443// * ConflictException 444// 445// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CreateMultiplex 446func (c *MediaLive) CreateMultiplex(input *CreateMultiplexInput) (*CreateMultiplexOutput, error) { 447 req, out := c.CreateMultiplexRequest(input) 448 return out, req.Send() 449} 450 451// CreateMultiplexWithContext is the same as CreateMultiplex with the addition of 452// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 453// 454// See CreateMultiplex for details on how to use this API operation. 455// 456// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 457// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 458// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 459// for more information on using Contexts. 460func (c *MediaLive) CreateMultiplexWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateMultiplexInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateMultiplexOutput, error) { 461 req, out := c.CreateMultiplexRequest(input) 462 req.SetContext(ctx) 463 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 464 return out, req.Send() 465} 466 467const opCreateMultiplexProgram = "CreateMultiplexProgram" 468 469// CreateMultiplexProgramRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 470// client's request for the CreateMultiplexProgram operation. The "output" return 471// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 472// successfully. 473// 474// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 475// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 476// 477// See CreateMultiplexProgram for more information on using the CreateMultiplexProgram 478// API call, and error handling. 479// 480// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 481// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 482// 483// 484// // Example sending a request using the CreateMultiplexProgramRequest method. 485// req, resp := client.CreateMultiplexProgramRequest(params) 486// 487// err := req.Send() 488// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 489// fmt.Println(resp) 490// } 491// 492// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CreateMultiplexProgram 493func (c *MediaLive) CreateMultiplexProgramRequest(input *CreateMultiplexProgramInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateMultiplexProgramOutput) { 494 op := &request.Operation{ 495 Name: opCreateMultiplexProgram, 496 HTTPMethod: "POST", 497 HTTPPath: "/prod/multiplexes/{multiplexId}/programs", 498 } 499 500 if input == nil { 501 input = &CreateMultiplexProgramInput{} 502 } 503 504 output = &CreateMultiplexProgramOutput{} 505 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 506 return 507} 508 509// CreateMultiplexProgram API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 510// 511// Create a new program in the multiplex. 512// 513// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 514// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 515// the error. 516// 517// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 518// API operation CreateMultiplexProgram for usage and error information. 519// 520// Returned Error Types: 521// * BadRequestException 522// 523// * UnprocessableEntityException 524// 525// * InternalServerErrorException 526// 527// * ForbiddenException 528// 529// * BadGatewayException 530// 531// * GatewayTimeoutException 532// 533// * TooManyRequestsException 534// 535// * ConflictException 536// 537// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CreateMultiplexProgram 538func (c *MediaLive) CreateMultiplexProgram(input *CreateMultiplexProgramInput) (*CreateMultiplexProgramOutput, error) { 539 req, out := c.CreateMultiplexProgramRequest(input) 540 return out, req.Send() 541} 542 543// CreateMultiplexProgramWithContext is the same as CreateMultiplexProgram with the addition of 544// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 545// 546// See CreateMultiplexProgram for details on how to use this API operation. 547// 548// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 549// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 550// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 551// for more information on using Contexts. 552func (c *MediaLive) CreateMultiplexProgramWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateMultiplexProgramInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateMultiplexProgramOutput, error) { 553 req, out := c.CreateMultiplexProgramRequest(input) 554 req.SetContext(ctx) 555 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 556 return out, req.Send() 557} 558 559const opCreateTags = "CreateTags" 560 561// CreateTagsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 562// client's request for the CreateTags operation. The "output" return 563// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 564// successfully. 565// 566// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 567// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 568// 569// See CreateTags for more information on using the CreateTags 570// API call, and error handling. 571// 572// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 573// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 574// 575// 576// // Example sending a request using the CreateTagsRequest method. 577// req, resp := client.CreateTagsRequest(params) 578// 579// err := req.Send() 580// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 581// fmt.Println(resp) 582// } 583// 584// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CreateTags 585func (c *MediaLive) CreateTagsRequest(input *CreateTagsInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateTagsOutput) { 586 op := &request.Operation{ 587 Name: opCreateTags, 588 HTTPMethod: "POST", 589 HTTPPath: "/prod/tags/{resource-arn}", 590 } 591 592 if input == nil { 593 input = &CreateTagsInput{} 594 } 595 596 output = &CreateTagsOutput{} 597 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 598 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restjson.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 599 return 600} 601 602// CreateTags API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 603// 604// Create tags for a resource 605// 606// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 607// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 608// the error. 609// 610// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 611// API operation CreateTags for usage and error information. 612// 613// Returned Error Types: 614// * NotFoundException 615// 616// * BadRequestException 617// 618// * InternalServerErrorException 619// 620// * ForbiddenException 621// 622// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CreateTags 623func (c *MediaLive) CreateTags(input *CreateTagsInput) (*CreateTagsOutput, error) { 624 req, out := c.CreateTagsRequest(input) 625 return out, req.Send() 626} 627 628// CreateTagsWithContext is the same as CreateTags with the addition of 629// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 630// 631// See CreateTags for details on how to use this API operation. 632// 633// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 634// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 635// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 636// for more information on using Contexts. 637func (c *MediaLive) CreateTagsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateTagsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateTagsOutput, error) { 638 req, out := c.CreateTagsRequest(input) 639 req.SetContext(ctx) 640 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 641 return out, req.Send() 642} 643 644const opDeleteChannel = "DeleteChannel" 645 646// DeleteChannelRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 647// client's request for the DeleteChannel operation. The "output" return 648// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 649// successfully. 650// 651// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 652// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 653// 654// See DeleteChannel for more information on using the DeleteChannel 655// API call, and error handling. 656// 657// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 658// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 659// 660// 661// // Example sending a request using the DeleteChannelRequest method. 662// req, resp := client.DeleteChannelRequest(params) 663// 664// err := req.Send() 665// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 666// fmt.Println(resp) 667// } 668// 669// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteChannel 670func (c *MediaLive) DeleteChannelRequest(input *DeleteChannelInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteChannelOutput) { 671 op := &request.Operation{ 672 Name: opDeleteChannel, 673 HTTPMethod: "DELETE", 674 HTTPPath: "/prod/channels/{channelId}", 675 } 676 677 if input == nil { 678 input = &DeleteChannelInput{} 679 } 680 681 output = &DeleteChannelOutput{} 682 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 683 return 684} 685 686// DeleteChannel API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 687// 688// Starts deletion of channel. The associated outputs are also deleted. 689// 690// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 691// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 692// the error. 693// 694// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 695// API operation DeleteChannel for usage and error information. 696// 697// Returned Error Types: 698// * BadRequestException 699// 700// * InternalServerErrorException 701// 702// * ForbiddenException 703// 704// * BadGatewayException 705// 706// * NotFoundException 707// 708// * GatewayTimeoutException 709// 710// * TooManyRequestsException 711// 712// * ConflictException 713// 714// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteChannel 715func (c *MediaLive) DeleteChannel(input *DeleteChannelInput) (*DeleteChannelOutput, error) { 716 req, out := c.DeleteChannelRequest(input) 717 return out, req.Send() 718} 719 720// DeleteChannelWithContext is the same as DeleteChannel with the addition of 721// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 722// 723// See DeleteChannel for details on how to use this API operation. 724// 725// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 726// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 727// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 728// for more information on using Contexts. 729func (c *MediaLive) DeleteChannelWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteChannelInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteChannelOutput, error) { 730 req, out := c.DeleteChannelRequest(input) 731 req.SetContext(ctx) 732 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 733 return out, req.Send() 734} 735 736const opDeleteInput = "DeleteInput" 737 738// DeleteInputRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 739// client's request for the DeleteInput operation. The "output" return 740// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 741// successfully. 742// 743// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 744// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 745// 746// See DeleteInput for more information on using the DeleteInput 747// API call, and error handling. 748// 749// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 750// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 751// 752// 753// // Example sending a request using the DeleteInputRequest method. 754// req, resp := client.DeleteInputRequest(params) 755// 756// err := req.Send() 757// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 758// fmt.Println(resp) 759// } 760// 761// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteInput 762func (c *MediaLive) DeleteInputRequest(input *DeleteInputInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteInputOutput) { 763 op := &request.Operation{ 764 Name: opDeleteInput, 765 HTTPMethod: "DELETE", 766 HTTPPath: "/prod/inputs/{inputId}", 767 } 768 769 if input == nil { 770 input = &DeleteInputInput{} 771 } 772 773 output = &DeleteInputOutput{} 774 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 775 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restjson.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 776 return 777} 778 779// DeleteInput API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 780// 781// Deletes the input end point 782// 783// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 784// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 785// the error. 786// 787// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 788// API operation DeleteInput for usage and error information. 789// 790// Returned Error Types: 791// * BadRequestException 792// 793// * InternalServerErrorException 794// 795// * ForbiddenException 796// 797// * BadGatewayException 798// 799// * NotFoundException 800// 801// * GatewayTimeoutException 802// 803// * TooManyRequestsException 804// 805// * ConflictException 806// 807// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteInput 808func (c *MediaLive) DeleteInput(input *DeleteInputInput) (*DeleteInputOutput, error) { 809 req, out := c.DeleteInputRequest(input) 810 return out, req.Send() 811} 812 813// DeleteInputWithContext is the same as DeleteInput with the addition of 814// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 815// 816// See DeleteInput for details on how to use this API operation. 817// 818// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 819// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 820// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 821// for more information on using Contexts. 822func (c *MediaLive) DeleteInputWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteInputInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteInputOutput, error) { 823 req, out := c.DeleteInputRequest(input) 824 req.SetContext(ctx) 825 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 826 return out, req.Send() 827} 828 829const opDeleteInputSecurityGroup = "DeleteInputSecurityGroup" 830 831// DeleteInputSecurityGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 832// client's request for the DeleteInputSecurityGroup operation. The "output" return 833// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 834// successfully. 835// 836// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 837// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 838// 839// See DeleteInputSecurityGroup for more information on using the DeleteInputSecurityGroup 840// API call, and error handling. 841// 842// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 843// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 844// 845// 846// // Example sending a request using the DeleteInputSecurityGroupRequest method. 847// req, resp := client.DeleteInputSecurityGroupRequest(params) 848// 849// err := req.Send() 850// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 851// fmt.Println(resp) 852// } 853// 854// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteInputSecurityGroup 855func (c *MediaLive) DeleteInputSecurityGroupRequest(input *DeleteInputSecurityGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteInputSecurityGroupOutput) { 856 op := &request.Operation{ 857 Name: opDeleteInputSecurityGroup, 858 HTTPMethod: "DELETE", 859 HTTPPath: "/prod/inputSecurityGroups/{inputSecurityGroupId}", 860 } 861 862 if input == nil { 863 input = &DeleteInputSecurityGroupInput{} 864 } 865 866 output = &DeleteInputSecurityGroupOutput{} 867 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 868 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restjson.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 869 return 870} 871 872// DeleteInputSecurityGroup API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 873// 874// Deletes an Input Security Group 875// 876// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 877// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 878// the error. 879// 880// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 881// API operation DeleteInputSecurityGroup for usage and error information. 882// 883// Returned Error Types: 884// * BadRequestException 885// 886// * InternalServerErrorException 887// 888// * ForbiddenException 889// 890// * BadGatewayException 891// 892// * NotFoundException 893// 894// * GatewayTimeoutException 895// 896// * TooManyRequestsException 897// 898// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteInputSecurityGroup 899func (c *MediaLive) DeleteInputSecurityGroup(input *DeleteInputSecurityGroupInput) (*DeleteInputSecurityGroupOutput, error) { 900 req, out := c.DeleteInputSecurityGroupRequest(input) 901 return out, req.Send() 902} 903 904// DeleteInputSecurityGroupWithContext is the same as DeleteInputSecurityGroup with the addition of 905// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 906// 907// See DeleteInputSecurityGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 908// 909// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 910// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 911// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 912// for more information on using Contexts. 913func (c *MediaLive) DeleteInputSecurityGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteInputSecurityGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteInputSecurityGroupOutput, error) { 914 req, out := c.DeleteInputSecurityGroupRequest(input) 915 req.SetContext(ctx) 916 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 917 return out, req.Send() 918} 919 920const opDeleteMultiplex = "DeleteMultiplex" 921 922// DeleteMultiplexRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 923// client's request for the DeleteMultiplex operation. The "output" return 924// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 925// successfully. 926// 927// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 928// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 929// 930// See DeleteMultiplex for more information on using the DeleteMultiplex 931// API call, and error handling. 932// 933// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 934// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 935// 936// 937// // Example sending a request using the DeleteMultiplexRequest method. 938// req, resp := client.DeleteMultiplexRequest(params) 939// 940// err := req.Send() 941// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 942// fmt.Println(resp) 943// } 944// 945// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteMultiplex 946func (c *MediaLive) DeleteMultiplexRequest(input *DeleteMultiplexInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteMultiplexOutput) { 947 op := &request.Operation{ 948 Name: opDeleteMultiplex, 949 HTTPMethod: "DELETE", 950 HTTPPath: "/prod/multiplexes/{multiplexId}", 951 } 952 953 if input == nil { 954 input = &DeleteMultiplexInput{} 955 } 956 957 output = &DeleteMultiplexOutput{} 958 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 959 return 960} 961 962// DeleteMultiplex API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 963// 964// Delete a multiplex. The multiplex must be idle. 965// 966// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 967// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 968// the error. 969// 970// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 971// API operation DeleteMultiplex for usage and error information. 972// 973// Returned Error Types: 974// * BadRequestException 975// 976// * InternalServerErrorException 977// 978// * ForbiddenException 979// 980// * BadGatewayException 981// 982// * NotFoundException 983// 984// * GatewayTimeoutException 985// 986// * TooManyRequestsException 987// 988// * ConflictException 989// 990// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteMultiplex 991func (c *MediaLive) DeleteMultiplex(input *DeleteMultiplexInput) (*DeleteMultiplexOutput, error) { 992 req, out := c.DeleteMultiplexRequest(input) 993 return out, req.Send() 994} 995 996// DeleteMultiplexWithContext is the same as DeleteMultiplex with the addition of 997// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 998// 999// See DeleteMultiplex for details on how to use this API operation. 1000// 1001// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1002// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1003// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1004// for more information on using Contexts. 1005func (c *MediaLive) DeleteMultiplexWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteMultiplexInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteMultiplexOutput, error) { 1006 req, out := c.DeleteMultiplexRequest(input) 1007 req.SetContext(ctx) 1008 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1009 return out, req.Send() 1010} 1011 1012const opDeleteMultiplexProgram = "DeleteMultiplexProgram" 1013 1014// DeleteMultiplexProgramRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1015// client's request for the DeleteMultiplexProgram operation. The "output" return 1016// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1017// successfully. 1018// 1019// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1020// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1021// 1022// See DeleteMultiplexProgram for more information on using the DeleteMultiplexProgram 1023// API call, and error handling. 1024// 1025// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1026// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1027// 1028// 1029// // Example sending a request using the DeleteMultiplexProgramRequest method. 1030// req, resp := client.DeleteMultiplexProgramRequest(params) 1031// 1032// err := req.Send() 1033// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1034// fmt.Println(resp) 1035// } 1036// 1037// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteMultiplexProgram 1038func (c *MediaLive) DeleteMultiplexProgramRequest(input *DeleteMultiplexProgramInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput) { 1039 op := &request.Operation{ 1040 Name: opDeleteMultiplexProgram, 1041 HTTPMethod: "DELETE", 1042 HTTPPath: "/prod/multiplexes/{multiplexId}/programs/{programName}", 1043 } 1044 1045 if input == nil { 1046 input = &DeleteMultiplexProgramInput{} 1047 } 1048 1049 output = &DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput{} 1050 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1051 return 1052} 1053 1054// DeleteMultiplexProgram API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 1055// 1056// Delete a program from a multiplex. 1057// 1058// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1059// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1060// the error. 1061// 1062// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 1063// API operation DeleteMultiplexProgram for usage and error information. 1064// 1065// Returned Error Types: 1066// * BadRequestException 1067// 1068// * InternalServerErrorException 1069// 1070// * ForbiddenException 1071// 1072// * BadGatewayException 1073// 1074// * NotFoundException 1075// 1076// * GatewayTimeoutException 1077// 1078// * TooManyRequestsException 1079// 1080// * ConflictException 1081// 1082// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteMultiplexProgram 1083func (c *MediaLive) DeleteMultiplexProgram(input *DeleteMultiplexProgramInput) (*DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput, error) { 1084 req, out := c.DeleteMultiplexProgramRequest(input) 1085 return out, req.Send() 1086} 1087 1088// DeleteMultiplexProgramWithContext is the same as DeleteMultiplexProgram with the addition of 1089// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1090// 1091// See DeleteMultiplexProgram for details on how to use this API operation. 1092// 1093// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1094// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1095// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1096// for more information on using Contexts. 1097func (c *MediaLive) DeleteMultiplexProgramWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteMultiplexProgramInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput, error) { 1098 req, out := c.DeleteMultiplexProgramRequest(input) 1099 req.SetContext(ctx) 1100 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1101 return out, req.Send() 1102} 1103 1104const opDeleteReservation = "DeleteReservation" 1105 1106// DeleteReservationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1107// client's request for the DeleteReservation operation. The "output" return 1108// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1109// successfully. 1110// 1111// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1112// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1113// 1114// See DeleteReservation for more information on using the DeleteReservation 1115// API call, and error handling. 1116// 1117// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1118// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1119// 1120// 1121// // Example sending a request using the DeleteReservationRequest method. 1122// req, resp := client.DeleteReservationRequest(params) 1123// 1124// err := req.Send() 1125// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1126// fmt.Println(resp) 1127// } 1128// 1129// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteReservation 1130func (c *MediaLive) DeleteReservationRequest(input *DeleteReservationInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteReservationOutput) { 1131 op := &request.Operation{ 1132 Name: opDeleteReservation, 1133 HTTPMethod: "DELETE", 1134 HTTPPath: "/prod/reservations/{reservationId}", 1135 } 1136 1137 if input == nil { 1138 input = &DeleteReservationInput{} 1139 } 1140 1141 output = &DeleteReservationOutput{} 1142 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1143 return 1144} 1145 1146// DeleteReservation API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 1147// 1148// Delete an expired reservation. 1149// 1150// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1151// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1152// the error. 1153// 1154// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 1155// API operation DeleteReservation for usage and error information. 1156// 1157// Returned Error Types: 1158// * BadRequestException 1159// 1160// * InternalServerErrorException 1161// 1162// * ForbiddenException 1163// 1164// * BadGatewayException 1165// 1166// * NotFoundException 1167// 1168// * GatewayTimeoutException 1169// 1170// * TooManyRequestsException 1171// 1172// * ConflictException 1173// 1174// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteReservation 1175func (c *MediaLive) DeleteReservation(input *DeleteReservationInput) (*DeleteReservationOutput, error) { 1176 req, out := c.DeleteReservationRequest(input) 1177 return out, req.Send() 1178} 1179 1180// DeleteReservationWithContext is the same as DeleteReservation with the addition of 1181// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1182// 1183// See DeleteReservation for details on how to use this API operation. 1184// 1185// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1186// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1187// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1188// for more information on using Contexts. 1189func (c *MediaLive) DeleteReservationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteReservationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteReservationOutput, error) { 1190 req, out := c.DeleteReservationRequest(input) 1191 req.SetContext(ctx) 1192 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1193 return out, req.Send() 1194} 1195 1196const opDeleteSchedule = "DeleteSchedule" 1197 1198// DeleteScheduleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1199// client's request for the DeleteSchedule operation. The "output" return 1200// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1201// successfully. 1202// 1203// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1204// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1205// 1206// See DeleteSchedule for more information on using the DeleteSchedule 1207// API call, and error handling. 1208// 1209// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1210// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1211// 1212// 1213// // Example sending a request using the DeleteScheduleRequest method. 1214// req, resp := client.DeleteScheduleRequest(params) 1215// 1216// err := req.Send() 1217// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1218// fmt.Println(resp) 1219// } 1220// 1221// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteSchedule 1222func (c *MediaLive) DeleteScheduleRequest(input *DeleteScheduleInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteScheduleOutput) { 1223 op := &request.Operation{ 1224 Name: opDeleteSchedule, 1225 HTTPMethod: "DELETE", 1226 HTTPPath: "/prod/channels/{channelId}/schedule", 1227 } 1228 1229 if input == nil { 1230 input = &DeleteScheduleInput{} 1231 } 1232 1233 output = &DeleteScheduleOutput{} 1234 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1235 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restjson.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 1236 return 1237} 1238 1239// DeleteSchedule API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 1240// 1241// Delete all schedule actions on a channel. 1242// 1243// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1244// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1245// the error. 1246// 1247// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 1248// API operation DeleteSchedule for usage and error information. 1249// 1250// Returned Error Types: 1251// * BadRequestException 1252// 1253// * InternalServerErrorException 1254// 1255// * ForbiddenException 1256// 1257// * BadGatewayException 1258// 1259// * NotFoundException 1260// 1261// * GatewayTimeoutException 1262// 1263// * TooManyRequestsException 1264// 1265// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteSchedule 1266func (c *MediaLive) DeleteSchedule(input *DeleteScheduleInput) (*DeleteScheduleOutput, error) { 1267 req, out := c.DeleteScheduleRequest(input) 1268 return out, req.Send() 1269} 1270 1271// DeleteScheduleWithContext is the same as DeleteSchedule with the addition of 1272// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1273// 1274// See DeleteSchedule for details on how to use this API operation. 1275// 1276// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1277// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1278// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1279// for more information on using Contexts. 1280func (c *MediaLive) DeleteScheduleWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteScheduleInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteScheduleOutput, error) { 1281 req, out := c.DeleteScheduleRequest(input) 1282 req.SetContext(ctx) 1283 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1284 return out, req.Send() 1285} 1286 1287const opDeleteTags = "DeleteTags" 1288 1289// DeleteTagsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1290// client's request for the DeleteTags operation. The "output" return 1291// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1292// successfully. 1293// 1294// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1295// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1296// 1297// See DeleteTags for more information on using the DeleteTags 1298// API call, and error handling. 1299// 1300// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1301// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1302// 1303// 1304// // Example sending a request using the DeleteTagsRequest method. 1305// req, resp := client.DeleteTagsRequest(params) 1306// 1307// err := req.Send() 1308// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1309// fmt.Println(resp) 1310// } 1311// 1312// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteTags 1313func (c *MediaLive) DeleteTagsRequest(input *DeleteTagsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteTagsOutput) { 1314 op := &request.Operation{ 1315 Name: opDeleteTags, 1316 HTTPMethod: "DELETE", 1317 HTTPPath: "/prod/tags/{resource-arn}", 1318 } 1319 1320 if input == nil { 1321 input = &DeleteTagsInput{} 1322 } 1323 1324 output = &DeleteTagsOutput{} 1325 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1326 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restjson.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 1327 return 1328} 1329 1330// DeleteTags API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 1331// 1332// Removes tags for a resource 1333// 1334// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1335// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1336// the error. 1337// 1338// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 1339// API operation DeleteTags for usage and error information. 1340// 1341// Returned Error Types: 1342// * NotFoundException 1343// 1344// * BadRequestException 1345// 1346// * InternalServerErrorException 1347// 1348// * ForbiddenException 1349// 1350// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteTags 1351func (c *MediaLive) DeleteTags(input *DeleteTagsInput) (*DeleteTagsOutput, error) { 1352 req, out := c.DeleteTagsRequest(input) 1353 return out, req.Send() 1354} 1355 1356// DeleteTagsWithContext is the same as DeleteTags with the addition of 1357// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1358// 1359// See DeleteTags for details on how to use this API operation. 1360// 1361// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1362// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1363// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1364// for more information on using Contexts. 1365func (c *MediaLive) DeleteTagsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteTagsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteTagsOutput, error) { 1366 req, out := c.DeleteTagsRequest(input) 1367 req.SetContext(ctx) 1368 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1369 return out, req.Send() 1370} 1371 1372const opDescribeChannel = "DescribeChannel" 1373 1374// DescribeChannelRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1375// client's request for the DescribeChannel operation. The "output" return 1376// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1377// successfully. 1378// 1379// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1380// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1381// 1382// See DescribeChannel for more information on using the DescribeChannel 1383// API call, and error handling. 1384// 1385// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1386// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1387// 1388// 1389// // Example sending a request using the DescribeChannelRequest method. 1390// req, resp := client.DescribeChannelRequest(params) 1391// 1392// err := req.Send() 1393// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1394// fmt.Println(resp) 1395// } 1396// 1397// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeChannel 1398func (c *MediaLive) DescribeChannelRequest(input *DescribeChannelInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeChannelOutput) { 1399 op := &request.Operation{ 1400 Name: opDescribeChannel, 1401 HTTPMethod: "GET", 1402 HTTPPath: "/prod/channels/{channelId}", 1403 } 1404 1405 if input == nil { 1406 input = &DescribeChannelInput{} 1407 } 1408 1409 output = &DescribeChannelOutput{} 1410 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1411 return 1412} 1413 1414// DescribeChannel API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 1415// 1416// Gets details about a channel 1417// 1418// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1419// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1420// the error. 1421// 1422// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 1423// API operation DescribeChannel for usage and error information. 1424// 1425// Returned Error Types: 1426// * BadRequestException 1427// 1428// * InternalServerErrorException 1429// 1430// * ForbiddenException 1431// 1432// * BadGatewayException 1433// 1434// * NotFoundException 1435// 1436// * GatewayTimeoutException 1437// 1438// * TooManyRequestsException 1439// 1440// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeChannel 1441func (c *MediaLive) DescribeChannel(input *DescribeChannelInput) (*DescribeChannelOutput, error) { 1442 req, out := c.DescribeChannelRequest(input) 1443 return out, req.Send() 1444} 1445 1446// DescribeChannelWithContext is the same as DescribeChannel with the addition of 1447// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1448// 1449// See DescribeChannel for details on how to use this API operation. 1450// 1451// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1452// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1453// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1454// for more information on using Contexts. 1455func (c *MediaLive) DescribeChannelWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeChannelInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeChannelOutput, error) { 1456 req, out := c.DescribeChannelRequest(input) 1457 req.SetContext(ctx) 1458 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1459 return out, req.Send() 1460} 1461 1462const opDescribeInput = "DescribeInput" 1463 1464// DescribeInputRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1465// client's request for the DescribeInput operation. The "output" return 1466// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1467// successfully. 1468// 1469// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1470// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1471// 1472// See DescribeInput for more information on using the DescribeInput 1473// API call, and error handling. 1474// 1475// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1476// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1477// 1478// 1479// // Example sending a request using the DescribeInputRequest method. 1480// req, resp := client.DescribeInputRequest(params) 1481// 1482// err := req.Send() 1483// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1484// fmt.Println(resp) 1485// } 1486// 1487// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeInput 1488func (c *MediaLive) DescribeInputRequest(input *DescribeInputInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeInputOutput) { 1489 op := &request.Operation{ 1490 Name: opDescribeInput, 1491 HTTPMethod: "GET", 1492 HTTPPath: "/prod/inputs/{inputId}", 1493 } 1494 1495 if input == nil { 1496 input = &DescribeInputInput{} 1497 } 1498 1499 output = &DescribeInputOutput{} 1500 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1501 return 1502} 1503 1504// DescribeInput API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 1505// 1506// Produces details about an input 1507// 1508// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1509// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1510// the error. 1511// 1512// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 1513// API operation DescribeInput for usage and error information. 1514// 1515// Returned Error Types: 1516// * BadRequestException 1517// 1518// * InternalServerErrorException 1519// 1520// * ForbiddenException 1521// 1522// * BadGatewayException 1523// 1524// * NotFoundException 1525// 1526// * GatewayTimeoutException 1527// 1528// * TooManyRequestsException 1529// 1530// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeInput 1531func (c *MediaLive) DescribeInput(input *DescribeInputInput) (*DescribeInputOutput, error) { 1532 req, out := c.DescribeInputRequest(input) 1533 return out, req.Send() 1534} 1535 1536// DescribeInputWithContext is the same as DescribeInput with the addition of 1537// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1538// 1539// See DescribeInput for details on how to use this API operation. 1540// 1541// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1542// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1543// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1544// for more information on using Contexts. 1545func (c *MediaLive) DescribeInputWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeInputInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeInputOutput, error) { 1546 req, out := c.DescribeInputRequest(input) 1547 req.SetContext(ctx) 1548 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1549 return out, req.Send() 1550} 1551 1552const opDescribeInputDevice = "DescribeInputDevice" 1553 1554// DescribeInputDeviceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1555// client's request for the DescribeInputDevice operation. The "output" return 1556// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1557// successfully. 1558// 1559// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1560// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1561// 1562// See DescribeInputDevice for more information on using the DescribeInputDevice 1563// API call, and error handling. 1564// 1565// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1566// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1567// 1568// 1569// // Example sending a request using the DescribeInputDeviceRequest method. 1570// req, resp := client.DescribeInputDeviceRequest(params) 1571// 1572// err := req.Send() 1573// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1574// fmt.Println(resp) 1575// } 1576// 1577// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeInputDevice 1578func (c *MediaLive) DescribeInputDeviceRequest(input *DescribeInputDeviceInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeInputDeviceOutput) { 1579 op := &request.Operation{ 1580 Name: opDescribeInputDevice, 1581 HTTPMethod: "GET", 1582 HTTPPath: "/prod/inputDevices/{inputDeviceId}", 1583 } 1584 1585 if input == nil { 1586 input = &DescribeInputDeviceInput{} 1587 } 1588 1589 output = &DescribeInputDeviceOutput{} 1590 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1591 return 1592} 1593 1594// DescribeInputDevice API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 1595// 1596// Gets the details for the input device 1597// 1598// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1599// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1600// the error. 1601// 1602// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 1603// API operation DescribeInputDevice for usage and error information. 1604// 1605// Returned Error Types: 1606// * BadRequestException 1607// 1608// * InternalServerErrorException 1609// 1610// * ForbiddenException 1611// 1612// * BadGatewayException 1613// 1614// * NotFoundException 1615// 1616// * GatewayTimeoutException 1617// 1618// * TooManyRequestsException 1619// 1620// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeInputDevice 1621func (c *MediaLive) DescribeInputDevice(input *DescribeInputDeviceInput) (*DescribeInputDeviceOutput, error) { 1622 req, out := c.DescribeInputDeviceRequest(input) 1623 return out, req.Send() 1624} 1625 1626// DescribeInputDeviceWithContext is the same as DescribeInputDevice with the addition of 1627// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1628// 1629// See DescribeInputDevice for details on how to use this API operation. 1630// 1631// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1632// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1633// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1634// for more information on using Contexts. 1635func (c *MediaLive) DescribeInputDeviceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeInputDeviceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeInputDeviceOutput, error) { 1636 req, out := c.DescribeInputDeviceRequest(input) 1637 req.SetContext(ctx) 1638 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1639 return out, req.Send() 1640} 1641 1642const opDescribeInputSecurityGroup = "DescribeInputSecurityGroup" 1643 1644// DescribeInputSecurityGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1645// client's request for the DescribeInputSecurityGroup operation. The "output" return 1646// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1647// successfully. 1648// 1649// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1650// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1651// 1652// See DescribeInputSecurityGroup for more information on using the DescribeInputSecurityGroup 1653// API call, and error handling. 1654// 1655// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1656// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1657// 1658// 1659// // Example sending a request using the DescribeInputSecurityGroupRequest method. 1660// req, resp := client.DescribeInputSecurityGroupRequest(params) 1661// 1662// err := req.Send() 1663// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1664// fmt.Println(resp) 1665// } 1666// 1667// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeInputSecurityGroup 1668func (c *MediaLive) DescribeInputSecurityGroupRequest(input *DescribeInputSecurityGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput) { 1669 op := &request.Operation{ 1670 Name: opDescribeInputSecurityGroup, 1671 HTTPMethod: "GET", 1672 HTTPPath: "/prod/inputSecurityGroups/{inputSecurityGroupId}", 1673 } 1674 1675 if input == nil { 1676 input = &DescribeInputSecurityGroupInput{} 1677 } 1678 1679 output = &DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput{} 1680 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1681 return 1682} 1683 1684// DescribeInputSecurityGroup API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 1685// 1686// Produces a summary of an Input Security Group 1687// 1688// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1689// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1690// the error. 1691// 1692// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 1693// API operation DescribeInputSecurityGroup for usage and error information. 1694// 1695// Returned Error Types: 1696// * BadRequestException 1697// 1698// * InternalServerErrorException 1699// 1700// * ForbiddenException 1701// 1702// * BadGatewayException 1703// 1704// * NotFoundException 1705// 1706// * GatewayTimeoutException 1707// 1708// * TooManyRequestsException 1709// 1710// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeInputSecurityGroup 1711func (c *MediaLive) DescribeInputSecurityGroup(input *DescribeInputSecurityGroupInput) (*DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput, error) { 1712 req, out := c.DescribeInputSecurityGroupRequest(input) 1713 return out, req.Send() 1714} 1715 1716// DescribeInputSecurityGroupWithContext is the same as DescribeInputSecurityGroup with the addition of 1717// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1718// 1719// See DescribeInputSecurityGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 1720// 1721// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1722// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1723// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1724// for more information on using Contexts. 1725func (c *MediaLive) DescribeInputSecurityGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeInputSecurityGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput, error) { 1726 req, out := c.DescribeInputSecurityGroupRequest(input) 1727 req.SetContext(ctx) 1728 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1729 return out, req.Send() 1730} 1731 1732const opDescribeMultiplex = "DescribeMultiplex" 1733 1734// DescribeMultiplexRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1735// client's request for the DescribeMultiplex operation. The "output" return 1736// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1737// successfully. 1738// 1739// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1740// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1741// 1742// See DescribeMultiplex for more information on using the DescribeMultiplex 1743// API call, and error handling. 1744// 1745// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1746// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1747// 1748// 1749// // Example sending a request using the DescribeMultiplexRequest method. 1750// req, resp := client.DescribeMultiplexRequest(params) 1751// 1752// err := req.Send() 1753// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1754// fmt.Println(resp) 1755// } 1756// 1757// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeMultiplex 1758func (c *MediaLive) DescribeMultiplexRequest(input *DescribeMultiplexInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeMultiplexOutput) { 1759 op := &request.Operation{ 1760 Name: opDescribeMultiplex, 1761 HTTPMethod: "GET", 1762 HTTPPath: "/prod/multiplexes/{multiplexId}", 1763 } 1764 1765 if input == nil { 1766 input = &DescribeMultiplexInput{} 1767 } 1768 1769 output = &DescribeMultiplexOutput{} 1770 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1771 return 1772} 1773 1774// DescribeMultiplex API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 1775// 1776// Gets details about a multiplex. 1777// 1778// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1779// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1780// the error. 1781// 1782// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 1783// API operation DescribeMultiplex for usage and error information. 1784// 1785// Returned Error Types: 1786// * BadRequestException 1787// 1788// * InternalServerErrorException 1789// 1790// * ForbiddenException 1791// 1792// * BadGatewayException 1793// 1794// * NotFoundException 1795// 1796// * GatewayTimeoutException 1797// 1798// * TooManyRequestsException 1799// 1800// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeMultiplex 1801func (c *MediaLive) DescribeMultiplex(input *DescribeMultiplexInput) (*DescribeMultiplexOutput, error) { 1802 req, out := c.DescribeMultiplexRequest(input) 1803 return out, req.Send() 1804} 1805 1806// DescribeMultiplexWithContext is the same as DescribeMultiplex with the addition of 1807// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1808// 1809// See DescribeMultiplex for details on how to use this API operation. 1810// 1811// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1812// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1813// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1814// for more information on using Contexts. 1815func (c *MediaLive) DescribeMultiplexWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeMultiplexInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeMultiplexOutput, error) { 1816 req, out := c.DescribeMultiplexRequest(input) 1817 req.SetContext(ctx) 1818 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1819 return out, req.Send() 1820} 1821 1822const opDescribeMultiplexProgram = "DescribeMultiplexProgram" 1823 1824// DescribeMultiplexProgramRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1825// client's request for the DescribeMultiplexProgram operation. The "output" return 1826// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1827// successfully. 1828// 1829// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1830// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1831// 1832// See DescribeMultiplexProgram for more information on using the DescribeMultiplexProgram 1833// API call, and error handling. 1834// 1835// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1836// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1837// 1838// 1839// // Example sending a request using the DescribeMultiplexProgramRequest method. 1840// req, resp := client.DescribeMultiplexProgramRequest(params) 1841// 1842// err := req.Send() 1843// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1844// fmt.Println(resp) 1845// } 1846// 1847// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeMultiplexProgram 1848func (c *MediaLive) DescribeMultiplexProgramRequest(input *DescribeMultiplexProgramInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput) { 1849 op := &request.Operation{ 1850 Name: opDescribeMultiplexProgram, 1851 HTTPMethod: "GET", 1852 HTTPPath: "/prod/multiplexes/{multiplexId}/programs/{programName}", 1853 } 1854 1855 if input == nil { 1856 input = &DescribeMultiplexProgramInput{} 1857 } 1858 1859 output = &DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput{} 1860 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1861 return 1862} 1863 1864// DescribeMultiplexProgram API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 1865// 1866// Get the details for a program in a multiplex. 1867// 1868// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1869// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1870// the error. 1871// 1872// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 1873// API operation DescribeMultiplexProgram for usage and error information. 1874// 1875// Returned Error Types: 1876// * BadRequestException 1877// 1878// * InternalServerErrorException 1879// 1880// * ForbiddenException 1881// 1882// * BadGatewayException 1883// 1884// * NotFoundException 1885// 1886// * GatewayTimeoutException 1887// 1888// * TooManyRequestsException 1889// 1890// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeMultiplexProgram 1891func (c *MediaLive) DescribeMultiplexProgram(input *DescribeMultiplexProgramInput) (*DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput, error) { 1892 req, out := c.DescribeMultiplexProgramRequest(input) 1893 return out, req.Send() 1894} 1895 1896// DescribeMultiplexProgramWithContext is the same as DescribeMultiplexProgram with the addition of 1897// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1898// 1899// See DescribeMultiplexProgram for details on how to use this API operation. 1900// 1901// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1902// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1903// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1904// for more information on using Contexts. 1905func (c *MediaLive) DescribeMultiplexProgramWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeMultiplexProgramInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput, error) { 1906 req, out := c.DescribeMultiplexProgramRequest(input) 1907 req.SetContext(ctx) 1908 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1909 return out, req.Send() 1910} 1911 1912const opDescribeOffering = "DescribeOffering" 1913 1914// DescribeOfferingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1915// client's request for the DescribeOffering operation. The "output" return 1916// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1917// successfully. 1918// 1919// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1920// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1921// 1922// See DescribeOffering for more information on using the DescribeOffering 1923// API call, and error handling. 1924// 1925// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1926// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1927// 1928// 1929// // Example sending a request using the DescribeOfferingRequest method. 1930// req, resp := client.DescribeOfferingRequest(params) 1931// 1932// err := req.Send() 1933// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1934// fmt.Println(resp) 1935// } 1936// 1937// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeOffering 1938func (c *MediaLive) DescribeOfferingRequest(input *DescribeOfferingInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeOfferingOutput) { 1939 op := &request.Operation{ 1940 Name: opDescribeOffering, 1941 HTTPMethod: "GET", 1942 HTTPPath: "/prod/offerings/{offeringId}", 1943 } 1944 1945 if input == nil { 1946 input = &DescribeOfferingInput{} 1947 } 1948 1949 output = &DescribeOfferingOutput{} 1950 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1951 return 1952} 1953 1954// DescribeOffering API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 1955// 1956// Get details for an offering. 1957// 1958// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1959// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1960// the error. 1961// 1962// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 1963// API operation DescribeOffering for usage and error information. 1964// 1965// Returned Error Types: 1966// * BadRequestException 1967// 1968// * InternalServerErrorException 1969// 1970// * ForbiddenException 1971// 1972// * BadGatewayException 1973// 1974// * NotFoundException 1975// 1976// * GatewayTimeoutException 1977// 1978// * TooManyRequestsException 1979// 1980// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeOffering 1981func (c *MediaLive) DescribeOffering(input *DescribeOfferingInput) (*DescribeOfferingOutput, error) { 1982 req, out := c.DescribeOfferingRequest(input) 1983 return out, req.Send() 1984} 1985 1986// DescribeOfferingWithContext is the same as DescribeOffering with the addition of 1987// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1988// 1989// See DescribeOffering for details on how to use this API operation. 1990// 1991// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1992// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1993// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1994// for more information on using Contexts. 1995func (c *MediaLive) DescribeOfferingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeOfferingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeOfferingOutput, error) { 1996 req, out := c.DescribeOfferingRequest(input) 1997 req.SetContext(ctx) 1998 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1999 return out, req.Send() 2000} 2001 2002const opDescribeReservation = "DescribeReservation" 2003 2004// DescribeReservationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2005// client's request for the DescribeReservation operation. The "output" return 2006// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2007// successfully. 2008// 2009// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2010// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2011// 2012// See DescribeReservation for more information on using the DescribeReservation 2013// API call, and error handling. 2014// 2015// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2016// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2017// 2018// 2019// // Example sending a request using the DescribeReservationRequest method. 2020// req, resp := client.DescribeReservationRequest(params) 2021// 2022// err := req.Send() 2023// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2024// fmt.Println(resp) 2025// } 2026// 2027// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeReservation 2028func (c *MediaLive) DescribeReservationRequest(input *DescribeReservationInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeReservationOutput) { 2029 op := &request.Operation{ 2030 Name: opDescribeReservation, 2031 HTTPMethod: "GET", 2032 HTTPPath: "/prod/reservations/{reservationId}", 2033 } 2034 2035 if input == nil { 2036 input = &DescribeReservationInput{} 2037 } 2038 2039 output = &DescribeReservationOutput{} 2040 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2041 return 2042} 2043 2044// DescribeReservation API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 2045// 2046// Get details for a reservation. 2047// 2048// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2049// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2050// the error. 2051// 2052// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 2053// API operation DescribeReservation for usage and error information. 2054// 2055// Returned Error Types: 2056// * BadRequestException 2057// 2058// * InternalServerErrorException 2059// 2060// * ForbiddenException 2061// 2062// * BadGatewayException 2063// 2064// * NotFoundException 2065// 2066// * GatewayTimeoutException 2067// 2068// * TooManyRequestsException 2069// 2070// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeReservation 2071func (c *MediaLive) DescribeReservation(input *DescribeReservationInput) (*DescribeReservationOutput, error) { 2072 req, out := c.DescribeReservationRequest(input) 2073 return out, req.Send() 2074} 2075 2076// DescribeReservationWithContext is the same as DescribeReservation with the addition of 2077// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2078// 2079// See DescribeReservation for details on how to use this API operation. 2080// 2081// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2082// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2083// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2084// for more information on using Contexts. 2085func (c *MediaLive) DescribeReservationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeReservationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeReservationOutput, error) { 2086 req, out := c.DescribeReservationRequest(input) 2087 req.SetContext(ctx) 2088 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2089 return out, req.Send() 2090} 2091 2092const opDescribeSchedule = "DescribeSchedule" 2093 2094// DescribeScheduleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2095// client's request for the DescribeSchedule operation. The "output" return 2096// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2097// successfully. 2098// 2099// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2100// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2101// 2102// See DescribeSchedule for more information on using the DescribeSchedule 2103// API call, and error handling. 2104// 2105// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2106// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2107// 2108// 2109// // Example sending a request using the DescribeScheduleRequest method. 2110// req, resp := client.DescribeScheduleRequest(params) 2111// 2112// err := req.Send() 2113// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2114// fmt.Println(resp) 2115// } 2116// 2117// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeSchedule 2118func (c *MediaLive) DescribeScheduleRequest(input *DescribeScheduleInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeScheduleOutput) { 2119 op := &request.Operation{ 2120 Name: opDescribeSchedule, 2121 HTTPMethod: "GET", 2122 HTTPPath: "/prod/channels/{channelId}/schedule", 2123 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 2124 InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, 2125 OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, 2126 LimitToken: "MaxResults", 2127 TruncationToken: "", 2128 }, 2129 } 2130 2131 if input == nil { 2132 input = &DescribeScheduleInput{} 2133 } 2134 2135 output = &DescribeScheduleOutput{} 2136 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2137 return 2138} 2139 2140// DescribeSchedule API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 2141// 2142// Get a channel schedule 2143// 2144// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2145// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2146// the error. 2147// 2148// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 2149// API operation DescribeSchedule for usage and error information. 2150// 2151// Returned Error Types: 2152// * BadRequestException 2153// 2154// * InternalServerErrorException 2155// 2156// * ForbiddenException 2157// 2158// * BadGatewayException 2159// 2160// * NotFoundException 2161// 2162// * GatewayTimeoutException 2163// 2164// * TooManyRequestsException 2165// 2166// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeSchedule 2167func (c *MediaLive) DescribeSchedule(input *DescribeScheduleInput) (*DescribeScheduleOutput, error) { 2168 req, out := c.DescribeScheduleRequest(input) 2169 return out, req.Send() 2170} 2171 2172// DescribeScheduleWithContext is the same as DescribeSchedule with the addition of 2173// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2174// 2175// See DescribeSchedule for details on how to use this API operation. 2176// 2177// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2178// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2179// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2180// for more information on using Contexts. 2181func (c *MediaLive) DescribeScheduleWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeScheduleInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeScheduleOutput, error) { 2182 req, out := c.DescribeScheduleRequest(input) 2183 req.SetContext(ctx) 2184 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2185 return out, req.Send() 2186} 2187 2188// DescribeSchedulePages iterates over the pages of a DescribeSchedule operation, 2189// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 2190// iterating, return false from the fn function. 2191// 2192// See DescribeSchedule method for more information on how to use this operation. 2193// 2194// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 2195// 2196// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeSchedule operation. 2197// pageNum := 0 2198// err := client.DescribeSchedulePages(params, 2199// func(page *medialive.DescribeScheduleOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 2200// pageNum++ 2201// fmt.Println(page) 2202// return pageNum <= 3 2203// }) 2204// 2205func (c *MediaLive) DescribeSchedulePages(input *DescribeScheduleInput, fn func(*DescribeScheduleOutput, bool) bool) error { 2206 return c.DescribeSchedulePagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 2207} 2208 2209// DescribeSchedulePagesWithContext same as DescribeSchedulePages except 2210// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 2211// 2212// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2213// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2214// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2215// for more information on using Contexts. 2216func (c *MediaLive) DescribeSchedulePagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeScheduleInput, fn func(*DescribeScheduleOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 2217 p := request.Pagination{ 2218 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 2219 var inCpy *DescribeScheduleInput 2220 if input != nil { 2221 tmp := *input 2222 inCpy = &tmp 2223 } 2224 req, _ := c.DescribeScheduleRequest(inCpy) 2225 req.SetContext(ctx) 2226 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2227 return req, nil 2228 }, 2229 } 2230 2231 for p.Next() { 2232 if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeScheduleOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 2233 break 2234 } 2235 } 2236 2237 return p.Err() 2238} 2239 2240const opListChannels = "ListChannels" 2241 2242// ListChannelsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2243// client's request for the ListChannels operation. The "output" return 2244// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2245// successfully. 2246// 2247// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2248// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2249// 2250// See ListChannels for more information on using the ListChannels 2251// API call, and error handling. 2252// 2253// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2254// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2255// 2256// 2257// // Example sending a request using the ListChannelsRequest method. 2258// req, resp := client.ListChannelsRequest(params) 2259// 2260// err := req.Send() 2261// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2262// fmt.Println(resp) 2263// } 2264// 2265// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListChannels 2266func (c *MediaLive) ListChannelsRequest(input *ListChannelsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListChannelsOutput) { 2267 op := &request.Operation{ 2268 Name: opListChannels, 2269 HTTPMethod: "GET", 2270 HTTPPath: "/prod/channels", 2271 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 2272 InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, 2273 OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, 2274 LimitToken: "MaxResults", 2275 TruncationToken: "", 2276 }, 2277 } 2278 2279 if input == nil { 2280 input = &ListChannelsInput{} 2281 } 2282 2283 output = &ListChannelsOutput{} 2284 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2285 return 2286} 2287 2288// ListChannels API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 2289// 2290// Produces list of channels that have been created 2291// 2292// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2293// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2294// the error. 2295// 2296// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 2297// API operation ListChannels for usage and error information. 2298// 2299// Returned Error Types: 2300// * BadRequestException 2301// 2302// * InternalServerErrorException 2303// 2304// * ForbiddenException 2305// 2306// * BadGatewayException 2307// 2308// * GatewayTimeoutException 2309// 2310// * TooManyRequestsException 2311// 2312// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListChannels 2313func (c *MediaLive) ListChannels(input *ListChannelsInput) (*ListChannelsOutput, error) { 2314 req, out := c.ListChannelsRequest(input) 2315 return out, req.Send() 2316} 2317 2318// ListChannelsWithContext is the same as ListChannels with the addition of 2319// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2320// 2321// See ListChannels for details on how to use this API operation. 2322// 2323// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2324// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2325// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2326// for more information on using Contexts. 2327func (c *MediaLive) ListChannelsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListChannelsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListChannelsOutput, error) { 2328 req, out := c.ListChannelsRequest(input) 2329 req.SetContext(ctx) 2330 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2331 return out, req.Send() 2332} 2333 2334// ListChannelsPages iterates over the pages of a ListChannels operation, 2335// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 2336// iterating, return false from the fn function. 2337// 2338// See ListChannels method for more information on how to use this operation. 2339// 2340// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 2341// 2342// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListChannels operation. 2343// pageNum := 0 2344// err := client.ListChannelsPages(params, 2345// func(page *medialive.ListChannelsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 2346// pageNum++ 2347// fmt.Println(page) 2348// return pageNum <= 3 2349// }) 2350// 2351func (c *MediaLive) ListChannelsPages(input *ListChannelsInput, fn func(*ListChannelsOutput, bool) bool) error { 2352 return c.ListChannelsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 2353} 2354 2355// ListChannelsPagesWithContext same as ListChannelsPages except 2356// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 2357// 2358// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2359// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2360// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2361// for more information on using Contexts. 2362func (c *MediaLive) ListChannelsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListChannelsInput, fn func(*ListChannelsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 2363 p := request.Pagination{ 2364 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 2365 var inCpy *ListChannelsInput 2366 if input != nil { 2367 tmp := *input 2368 inCpy = &tmp 2369 } 2370 req, _ := c.ListChannelsRequest(inCpy) 2371 req.SetContext(ctx) 2372 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2373 return req, nil 2374 }, 2375 } 2376 2377 for p.Next() { 2378 if !fn(p.Page().(*ListChannelsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 2379 break 2380 } 2381 } 2382 2383 return p.Err() 2384} 2385 2386const opListInputDevices = "ListInputDevices" 2387 2388// ListInputDevicesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2389// client's request for the ListInputDevices operation. The "output" return 2390// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2391// successfully. 2392// 2393// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2394// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2395// 2396// See ListInputDevices for more information on using the ListInputDevices 2397// API call, and error handling. 2398// 2399// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2400// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2401// 2402// 2403// // Example sending a request using the ListInputDevicesRequest method. 2404// req, resp := client.ListInputDevicesRequest(params) 2405// 2406// err := req.Send() 2407// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2408// fmt.Println(resp) 2409// } 2410// 2411// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListInputDevices 2412func (c *MediaLive) ListInputDevicesRequest(input *ListInputDevicesInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListInputDevicesOutput) { 2413 op := &request.Operation{ 2414 Name: opListInputDevices, 2415 HTTPMethod: "GET", 2416 HTTPPath: "/prod/inputDevices", 2417 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 2418 InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, 2419 OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, 2420 LimitToken: "MaxResults", 2421 TruncationToken: "", 2422 }, 2423 } 2424 2425 if input == nil { 2426 input = &ListInputDevicesInput{} 2427 } 2428 2429 output = &ListInputDevicesOutput{} 2430 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2431 return 2432} 2433 2434// ListInputDevices API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 2435// 2436// List input devices 2437// 2438// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2439// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2440// the error. 2441// 2442// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 2443// API operation ListInputDevices for usage and error information. 2444// 2445// Returned Error Types: 2446// * BadRequestException 2447// 2448// * InternalServerErrorException 2449// 2450// * ForbiddenException 2451// 2452// * BadGatewayException 2453// 2454// * GatewayTimeoutException 2455// 2456// * TooManyRequestsException 2457// 2458// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListInputDevices 2459func (c *MediaLive) ListInputDevices(input *ListInputDevicesInput) (*ListInputDevicesOutput, error) { 2460 req, out := c.ListInputDevicesRequest(input) 2461 return out, req.Send() 2462} 2463 2464// ListInputDevicesWithContext is the same as ListInputDevices with the addition of 2465// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2466// 2467// See ListInputDevices for details on how to use this API operation. 2468// 2469// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2470// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2471// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2472// for more information on using Contexts. 2473func (c *MediaLive) ListInputDevicesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListInputDevicesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListInputDevicesOutput, error) { 2474 req, out := c.ListInputDevicesRequest(input) 2475 req.SetContext(ctx) 2476 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2477 return out, req.Send() 2478} 2479 2480// ListInputDevicesPages iterates over the pages of a ListInputDevices operation, 2481// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 2482// iterating, return false from the fn function. 2483// 2484// See ListInputDevices method for more information on how to use this operation. 2485// 2486// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 2487// 2488// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListInputDevices operation. 2489// pageNum := 0 2490// err := client.ListInputDevicesPages(params, 2491// func(page *medialive.ListInputDevicesOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 2492// pageNum++ 2493// fmt.Println(page) 2494// return pageNum <= 3 2495// }) 2496// 2497func (c *MediaLive) ListInputDevicesPages(input *ListInputDevicesInput, fn func(*ListInputDevicesOutput, bool) bool) error { 2498 return c.ListInputDevicesPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 2499} 2500 2501// ListInputDevicesPagesWithContext same as ListInputDevicesPages except 2502// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 2503// 2504// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2505// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2506// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2507// for more information on using Contexts. 2508func (c *MediaLive) ListInputDevicesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListInputDevicesInput, fn func(*ListInputDevicesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 2509 p := request.Pagination{ 2510 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 2511 var inCpy *ListInputDevicesInput 2512 if input != nil { 2513 tmp := *input 2514 inCpy = &tmp 2515 } 2516 req, _ := c.ListInputDevicesRequest(inCpy) 2517 req.SetContext(ctx) 2518 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2519 return req, nil 2520 }, 2521 } 2522 2523 for p.Next() { 2524 if !fn(p.Page().(*ListInputDevicesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 2525 break 2526 } 2527 } 2528 2529 return p.Err() 2530} 2531 2532const opListInputSecurityGroups = "ListInputSecurityGroups" 2533 2534// ListInputSecurityGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2535// client's request for the ListInputSecurityGroups operation. The "output" return 2536// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2537// successfully. 2538// 2539// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2540// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2541// 2542// See ListInputSecurityGroups for more information on using the ListInputSecurityGroups 2543// API call, and error handling. 2544// 2545// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2546// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2547// 2548// 2549// // Example sending a request using the ListInputSecurityGroupsRequest method. 2550// req, resp := client.ListInputSecurityGroupsRequest(params) 2551// 2552// err := req.Send() 2553// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2554// fmt.Println(resp) 2555// } 2556// 2557// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListInputSecurityGroups 2558func (c *MediaLive) ListInputSecurityGroupsRequest(input *ListInputSecurityGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput) { 2559 op := &request.Operation{ 2560 Name: opListInputSecurityGroups, 2561 HTTPMethod: "GET", 2562 HTTPPath: "/prod/inputSecurityGroups", 2563 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 2564 InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, 2565 OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, 2566 LimitToken: "MaxResults", 2567 TruncationToken: "", 2568 }, 2569 } 2570 2571 if input == nil { 2572 input = &ListInputSecurityGroupsInput{} 2573 } 2574 2575 output = &ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput{} 2576 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2577 return 2578} 2579 2580// ListInputSecurityGroups API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 2581// 2582// Produces a list of Input Security Groups for an account 2583// 2584// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2585// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2586// the error. 2587// 2588// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 2589// API operation ListInputSecurityGroups for usage and error information. 2590// 2591// Returned Error Types: 2592// * BadRequestException 2593// 2594// * InternalServerErrorException 2595// 2596// * ForbiddenException 2597// 2598// * BadGatewayException 2599// 2600// * GatewayTimeoutException 2601// 2602// * TooManyRequestsException 2603// 2604// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListInputSecurityGroups 2605func (c *MediaLive) ListInputSecurityGroups(input *ListInputSecurityGroupsInput) (*ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput, error) { 2606 req, out := c.ListInputSecurityGroupsRequest(input) 2607 return out, req.Send() 2608} 2609 2610// ListInputSecurityGroupsWithContext is the same as ListInputSecurityGroups with the addition of 2611// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2612// 2613// See ListInputSecurityGroups for details on how to use this API operation. 2614// 2615// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2616// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2617// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2618// for more information on using Contexts. 2619func (c *MediaLive) ListInputSecurityGroupsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListInputSecurityGroupsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput, error) { 2620 req, out := c.ListInputSecurityGroupsRequest(input) 2621 req.SetContext(ctx) 2622 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2623 return out, req.Send() 2624} 2625 2626// ListInputSecurityGroupsPages iterates over the pages of a ListInputSecurityGroups operation, 2627// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 2628// iterating, return false from the fn function. 2629// 2630// See ListInputSecurityGroups method for more information on how to use this operation. 2631// 2632// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 2633// 2634// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListInputSecurityGroups operation. 2635// pageNum := 0 2636// err := client.ListInputSecurityGroupsPages(params, 2637// func(page *medialive.ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 2638// pageNum++ 2639// fmt.Println(page) 2640// return pageNum <= 3 2641// }) 2642// 2643func (c *MediaLive) ListInputSecurityGroupsPages(input *ListInputSecurityGroupsInput, fn func(*ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput, bool) bool) error { 2644 return c.ListInputSecurityGroupsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 2645} 2646 2647// ListInputSecurityGroupsPagesWithContext same as ListInputSecurityGroupsPages except 2648// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 2649// 2650// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2651// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2652// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2653// for more information on using Contexts. 2654func (c *MediaLive) ListInputSecurityGroupsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListInputSecurityGroupsInput, fn func(*ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 2655 p := request.Pagination{ 2656 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 2657 var inCpy *ListInputSecurityGroupsInput 2658 if input != nil { 2659 tmp := *input 2660 inCpy = &tmp 2661 } 2662 req, _ := c.ListInputSecurityGroupsRequest(inCpy) 2663 req.SetContext(ctx) 2664 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2665 return req, nil 2666 }, 2667 } 2668 2669 for p.Next() { 2670 if !fn(p.Page().(*ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 2671 break 2672 } 2673 } 2674 2675 return p.Err() 2676} 2677 2678const opListInputs = "ListInputs" 2679 2680// ListInputsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2681// client's request for the ListInputs operation. The "output" return 2682// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2683// successfully. 2684// 2685// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2686// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2687// 2688// See ListInputs for more information on using the ListInputs 2689// API call, and error handling. 2690// 2691// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2692// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2693// 2694// 2695// // Example sending a request using the ListInputsRequest method. 2696// req, resp := client.ListInputsRequest(params) 2697// 2698// err := req.Send() 2699// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2700// fmt.Println(resp) 2701// } 2702// 2703// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListInputs 2704func (c *MediaLive) ListInputsRequest(input *ListInputsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListInputsOutput) { 2705 op := &request.Operation{ 2706 Name: opListInputs, 2707 HTTPMethod: "GET", 2708 HTTPPath: "/prod/inputs", 2709 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 2710 InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, 2711 OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, 2712 LimitToken: "MaxResults", 2713 TruncationToken: "", 2714 }, 2715 } 2716 2717 if input == nil { 2718 input = &ListInputsInput{} 2719 } 2720 2721 output = &ListInputsOutput{} 2722 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2723 return 2724} 2725 2726// ListInputs API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 2727// 2728// Produces list of inputs that have been created 2729// 2730// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2731// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2732// the error. 2733// 2734// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 2735// API operation ListInputs for usage and error information. 2736// 2737// Returned Error Types: 2738// * BadRequestException 2739// 2740// * InternalServerErrorException 2741// 2742// * ForbiddenException 2743// 2744// * BadGatewayException 2745// 2746// * GatewayTimeoutException 2747// 2748// * TooManyRequestsException 2749// 2750// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListInputs 2751func (c *MediaLive) ListInputs(input *ListInputsInput) (*ListInputsOutput, error) { 2752 req, out := c.ListInputsRequest(input) 2753 return out, req.Send() 2754} 2755 2756// ListInputsWithContext is the same as ListInputs with the addition of 2757// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2758// 2759// See ListInputs for details on how to use this API operation. 2760// 2761// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2762// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2763// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2764// for more information on using Contexts. 2765func (c *MediaLive) ListInputsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListInputsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListInputsOutput, error) { 2766 req, out := c.ListInputsRequest(input) 2767 req.SetContext(ctx) 2768 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2769 return out, req.Send() 2770} 2771 2772// ListInputsPages iterates over the pages of a ListInputs operation, 2773// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 2774// iterating, return false from the fn function. 2775// 2776// See ListInputs method for more information on how to use this operation. 2777// 2778// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 2779// 2780// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListInputs operation. 2781// pageNum := 0 2782// err := client.ListInputsPages(params, 2783// func(page *medialive.ListInputsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 2784// pageNum++ 2785// fmt.Println(page) 2786// return pageNum <= 3 2787// }) 2788// 2789func (c *MediaLive) ListInputsPages(input *ListInputsInput, fn func(*ListInputsOutput, bool) bool) error { 2790 return c.ListInputsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 2791} 2792 2793// ListInputsPagesWithContext same as ListInputsPages except 2794// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 2795// 2796// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2797// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2798// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2799// for more information on using Contexts. 2800func (c *MediaLive) ListInputsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListInputsInput, fn func(*ListInputsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 2801 p := request.Pagination{ 2802 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 2803 var inCpy *ListInputsInput 2804 if input != nil { 2805 tmp := *input 2806 inCpy = &tmp 2807 } 2808 req, _ := c.ListInputsRequest(inCpy) 2809 req.SetContext(ctx) 2810 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2811 return req, nil 2812 }, 2813 } 2814 2815 for p.Next() { 2816 if !fn(p.Page().(*ListInputsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 2817 break 2818 } 2819 } 2820 2821 return p.Err() 2822} 2823 2824const opListMultiplexPrograms = "ListMultiplexPrograms" 2825 2826// ListMultiplexProgramsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2827// client's request for the ListMultiplexPrograms operation. The "output" return 2828// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2829// successfully. 2830// 2831// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2832// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2833// 2834// See ListMultiplexPrograms for more information on using the ListMultiplexPrograms 2835// API call, and error handling. 2836// 2837// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2838// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2839// 2840// 2841// // Example sending a request using the ListMultiplexProgramsRequest method. 2842// req, resp := client.ListMultiplexProgramsRequest(params) 2843// 2844// err := req.Send() 2845// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2846// fmt.Println(resp) 2847// } 2848// 2849// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListMultiplexPrograms 2850func (c *MediaLive) ListMultiplexProgramsRequest(input *ListMultiplexProgramsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListMultiplexProgramsOutput) { 2851 op := &request.Operation{ 2852 Name: opListMultiplexPrograms, 2853 HTTPMethod: "GET", 2854 HTTPPath: "/prod/multiplexes/{multiplexId}/programs", 2855 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 2856 InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, 2857 OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, 2858 LimitToken: "MaxResults", 2859 TruncationToken: "", 2860 }, 2861 } 2862 2863 if input == nil { 2864 input = &ListMultiplexProgramsInput{} 2865 } 2866 2867 output = &ListMultiplexProgramsOutput{} 2868 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2869 return 2870} 2871 2872// ListMultiplexPrograms API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 2873// 2874// List the programs that currently exist for a specific multiplex. 2875// 2876// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2877// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2878// the error. 2879// 2880// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 2881// API operation ListMultiplexPrograms for usage and error information. 2882// 2883// Returned Error Types: 2884// * BadRequestException 2885// 2886// * InternalServerErrorException 2887// 2888// * ForbiddenException 2889// 2890// * BadGatewayException 2891// 2892// * NotFoundException 2893// 2894// * GatewayTimeoutException 2895// 2896// * TooManyRequestsException 2897// 2898// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListMultiplexPrograms 2899func (c *MediaLive) ListMultiplexPrograms(input *ListMultiplexProgramsInput) (*ListMultiplexProgramsOutput, error) { 2900 req, out := c.ListMultiplexProgramsRequest(input) 2901 return out, req.Send() 2902} 2903 2904// ListMultiplexProgramsWithContext is the same as ListMultiplexPrograms with the addition of 2905// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2906// 2907// See ListMultiplexPrograms for details on how to use this API operation. 2908// 2909// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2910// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2911// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2912// for more information on using Contexts. 2913func (c *MediaLive) ListMultiplexProgramsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListMultiplexProgramsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListMultiplexProgramsOutput, error) { 2914 req, out := c.ListMultiplexProgramsRequest(input) 2915 req.SetContext(ctx) 2916 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2917 return out, req.Send() 2918} 2919 2920// ListMultiplexProgramsPages iterates over the pages of a ListMultiplexPrograms operation, 2921// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 2922// iterating, return false from the fn function. 2923// 2924// See ListMultiplexPrograms method for more information on how to use this operation. 2925// 2926// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 2927// 2928// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListMultiplexPrograms operation. 2929// pageNum := 0 2930// err := client.ListMultiplexProgramsPages(params, 2931// func(page *medialive.ListMultiplexProgramsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 2932// pageNum++ 2933// fmt.Println(page) 2934// return pageNum <= 3 2935// }) 2936// 2937func (c *MediaLive) ListMultiplexProgramsPages(input *ListMultiplexProgramsInput, fn func(*ListMultiplexProgramsOutput, bool) bool) error { 2938 return c.ListMultiplexProgramsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 2939} 2940 2941// ListMultiplexProgramsPagesWithContext same as ListMultiplexProgramsPages except 2942// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 2943// 2944// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2945// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2946// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2947// for more information on using Contexts. 2948func (c *MediaLive) ListMultiplexProgramsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListMultiplexProgramsInput, fn func(*ListMultiplexProgramsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 2949 p := request.Pagination{ 2950 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 2951 var inCpy *ListMultiplexProgramsInput 2952 if input != nil { 2953 tmp := *input 2954 inCpy = &tmp 2955 } 2956 req, _ := c.ListMultiplexProgramsRequest(inCpy) 2957 req.SetContext(ctx) 2958 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2959 return req, nil 2960 }, 2961 } 2962 2963 for p.Next() { 2964 if !fn(p.Page().(*ListMultiplexProgramsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 2965 break 2966 } 2967 } 2968 2969 return p.Err() 2970} 2971 2972const opListMultiplexes = "ListMultiplexes" 2973 2974// ListMultiplexesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2975// client's request for the ListMultiplexes operation. The "output" return 2976// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2977// successfully. 2978// 2979// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2980// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2981// 2982// See ListMultiplexes for more information on using the ListMultiplexes 2983// API call, and error handling. 2984// 2985// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2986// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2987// 2988// 2989// // Example sending a request using the ListMultiplexesRequest method. 2990// req, resp := client.ListMultiplexesRequest(params) 2991// 2992// err := req.Send() 2993// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2994// fmt.Println(resp) 2995// } 2996// 2997// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListMultiplexes 2998func (c *MediaLive) ListMultiplexesRequest(input *ListMultiplexesInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListMultiplexesOutput) { 2999 op := &request.Operation{ 3000 Name: opListMultiplexes, 3001 HTTPMethod: "GET", 3002 HTTPPath: "/prod/multiplexes", 3003 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 3004 InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, 3005 OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, 3006 LimitToken: "MaxResults", 3007 TruncationToken: "", 3008 }, 3009 } 3010 3011 if input == nil { 3012 input = &ListMultiplexesInput{} 3013 } 3014 3015 output = &ListMultiplexesOutput{} 3016 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3017 return 3018} 3019 3020// ListMultiplexes API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 3021// 3022// Retrieve a list of the existing multiplexes. 3023// 3024// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3025// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3026// the error. 3027// 3028// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 3029// API operation ListMultiplexes for usage and error information. 3030// 3031// Returned Error Types: 3032// * BadRequestException 3033// 3034// * InternalServerErrorException 3035// 3036// * ForbiddenException 3037// 3038// * BadGatewayException 3039// 3040// * GatewayTimeoutException 3041// 3042// * TooManyRequestsException 3043// 3044// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListMultiplexes 3045func (c *MediaLive) ListMultiplexes(input *ListMultiplexesInput) (*ListMultiplexesOutput, error) { 3046 req, out := c.ListMultiplexesRequest(input) 3047 return out, req.Send() 3048} 3049 3050// ListMultiplexesWithContext is the same as ListMultiplexes with the addition of 3051// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3052// 3053// See ListMultiplexes for details on how to use this API operation. 3054// 3055// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3056// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3057// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3058// for more information on using Contexts. 3059func (c *MediaLive) ListMultiplexesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListMultiplexesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListMultiplexesOutput, error) { 3060 req, out := c.ListMultiplexesRequest(input) 3061 req.SetContext(ctx) 3062 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3063 return out, req.Send() 3064} 3065 3066// ListMultiplexesPages iterates over the pages of a ListMultiplexes operation, 3067// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 3068// iterating, return false from the fn function. 3069// 3070// See ListMultiplexes method for more information on how to use this operation. 3071// 3072// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 3073// 3074// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListMultiplexes operation. 3075// pageNum := 0 3076// err := client.ListMultiplexesPages(params, 3077// func(page *medialive.ListMultiplexesOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 3078// pageNum++ 3079// fmt.Println(page) 3080// return pageNum <= 3 3081// }) 3082// 3083func (c *MediaLive) ListMultiplexesPages(input *ListMultiplexesInput, fn func(*ListMultiplexesOutput, bool) bool) error { 3084 return c.ListMultiplexesPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 3085} 3086 3087// ListMultiplexesPagesWithContext same as ListMultiplexesPages except 3088// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 3089// 3090// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3091// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3092// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3093// for more information on using Contexts. 3094func (c *MediaLive) ListMultiplexesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListMultiplexesInput, fn func(*ListMultiplexesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 3095 p := request.Pagination{ 3096 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 3097 var inCpy *ListMultiplexesInput 3098 if input != nil { 3099 tmp := *input 3100 inCpy = &tmp 3101 } 3102 req, _ := c.ListMultiplexesRequest(inCpy) 3103 req.SetContext(ctx) 3104 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3105 return req, nil 3106 }, 3107 } 3108 3109 for p.Next() { 3110 if !fn(p.Page().(*ListMultiplexesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 3111 break 3112 } 3113 } 3114 3115 return p.Err() 3116} 3117 3118const opListOfferings = "ListOfferings" 3119 3120// ListOfferingsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3121// client's request for the ListOfferings operation. The "output" return 3122// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3123// successfully. 3124// 3125// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3126// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3127// 3128// See ListOfferings for more information on using the ListOfferings 3129// API call, and error handling. 3130// 3131// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3132// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3133// 3134// 3135// // Example sending a request using the ListOfferingsRequest method. 3136// req, resp := client.ListOfferingsRequest(params) 3137// 3138// err := req.Send() 3139// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3140// fmt.Println(resp) 3141// } 3142// 3143// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListOfferings 3144func (c *MediaLive) ListOfferingsRequest(input *ListOfferingsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListOfferingsOutput) { 3145 op := &request.Operation{ 3146 Name: opListOfferings, 3147 HTTPMethod: "GET", 3148 HTTPPath: "/prod/offerings", 3149 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 3150 InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, 3151 OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, 3152 LimitToken: "MaxResults", 3153 TruncationToken: "", 3154 }, 3155 } 3156 3157 if input == nil { 3158 input = &ListOfferingsInput{} 3159 } 3160 3161 output = &ListOfferingsOutput{} 3162 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3163 return 3164} 3165 3166// ListOfferings API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 3167// 3168// List offerings available for purchase. 3169// 3170// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3171// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3172// the error. 3173// 3174// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 3175// API operation ListOfferings for usage and error information. 3176// 3177// Returned Error Types: 3178// * BadRequestException 3179// 3180// * InternalServerErrorException 3181// 3182// * ForbiddenException 3183// 3184// * BadGatewayException 3185// 3186// * GatewayTimeoutException 3187// 3188// * TooManyRequestsException 3189// 3190// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListOfferings 3191func (c *MediaLive) ListOfferings(input *ListOfferingsInput) (*ListOfferingsOutput, error) { 3192 req, out := c.ListOfferingsRequest(input) 3193 return out, req.Send() 3194} 3195 3196// ListOfferingsWithContext is the same as ListOfferings with the addition of 3197// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3198// 3199// See ListOfferings for details on how to use this API operation. 3200// 3201// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3202// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3203// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3204// for more information on using Contexts. 3205func (c *MediaLive) ListOfferingsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListOfferingsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListOfferingsOutput, error) { 3206 req, out := c.ListOfferingsRequest(input) 3207 req.SetContext(ctx) 3208 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3209 return out, req.Send() 3210} 3211 3212// ListOfferingsPages iterates over the pages of a ListOfferings operation, 3213// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 3214// iterating, return false from the fn function. 3215// 3216// See ListOfferings method for more information on how to use this operation. 3217// 3218// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 3219// 3220// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListOfferings operation. 3221// pageNum := 0 3222// err := client.ListOfferingsPages(params, 3223// func(page *medialive.ListOfferingsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 3224// pageNum++ 3225// fmt.Println(page) 3226// return pageNum <= 3 3227// }) 3228// 3229func (c *MediaLive) ListOfferingsPages(input *ListOfferingsInput, fn func(*ListOfferingsOutput, bool) bool) error { 3230 return c.ListOfferingsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 3231} 3232 3233// ListOfferingsPagesWithContext same as ListOfferingsPages except 3234// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 3235// 3236// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3237// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3238// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3239// for more information on using Contexts. 3240func (c *MediaLive) ListOfferingsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListOfferingsInput, fn func(*ListOfferingsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 3241 p := request.Pagination{ 3242 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 3243 var inCpy *ListOfferingsInput 3244 if input != nil { 3245 tmp := *input 3246 inCpy = &tmp 3247 } 3248 req, _ := c.ListOfferingsRequest(inCpy) 3249 req.SetContext(ctx) 3250 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3251 return req, nil 3252 }, 3253 } 3254 3255 for p.Next() { 3256 if !fn(p.Page().(*ListOfferingsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 3257 break 3258 } 3259 } 3260 3261 return p.Err() 3262} 3263 3264const opListReservations = "ListReservations" 3265 3266// ListReservationsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3267// client's request for the ListReservations operation. The "output" return 3268// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3269// successfully. 3270// 3271// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3272// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3273// 3274// See ListReservations for more information on using the ListReservations 3275// API call, and error handling. 3276// 3277// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3278// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3279// 3280// 3281// // Example sending a request using the ListReservationsRequest method. 3282// req, resp := client.ListReservationsRequest(params) 3283// 3284// err := req.Send() 3285// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3286// fmt.Println(resp) 3287// } 3288// 3289// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListReservations 3290func (c *MediaLive) ListReservationsRequest(input *ListReservationsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListReservationsOutput) { 3291 op := &request.Operation{ 3292 Name: opListReservations, 3293 HTTPMethod: "GET", 3294 HTTPPath: "/prod/reservations", 3295 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 3296 InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, 3297 OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, 3298 LimitToken: "MaxResults", 3299 TruncationToken: "", 3300 }, 3301 } 3302 3303 if input == nil { 3304 input = &ListReservationsInput{} 3305 } 3306 3307 output = &ListReservationsOutput{} 3308 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3309 return 3310} 3311 3312// ListReservations API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 3313// 3314// List purchased reservations. 3315// 3316// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3317// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3318// the error. 3319// 3320// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 3321// API operation ListReservations for usage and error information. 3322// 3323// Returned Error Types: 3324// * BadRequestException 3325// 3326// * InternalServerErrorException 3327// 3328// * ForbiddenException 3329// 3330// * BadGatewayException 3331// 3332// * GatewayTimeoutException 3333// 3334// * TooManyRequestsException 3335// 3336// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListReservations 3337func (c *MediaLive) ListReservations(input *ListReservationsInput) (*ListReservationsOutput, error) { 3338 req, out := c.ListReservationsRequest(input) 3339 return out, req.Send() 3340} 3341 3342// ListReservationsWithContext is the same as ListReservations with the addition of 3343// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3344// 3345// See ListReservations for details on how to use this API operation. 3346// 3347// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3348// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3349// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3350// for more information on using Contexts. 3351func (c *MediaLive) ListReservationsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListReservationsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListReservationsOutput, error) { 3352 req, out := c.ListReservationsRequest(input) 3353 req.SetContext(ctx) 3354 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3355 return out, req.Send() 3356} 3357 3358// ListReservationsPages iterates over the pages of a ListReservations operation, 3359// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 3360// iterating, return false from the fn function. 3361// 3362// See ListReservations method for more information on how to use this operation. 3363// 3364// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 3365// 3366// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListReservations operation. 3367// pageNum := 0 3368// err := client.ListReservationsPages(params, 3369// func(page *medialive.ListReservationsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 3370// pageNum++ 3371// fmt.Println(page) 3372// return pageNum <= 3 3373// }) 3374// 3375func (c *MediaLive) ListReservationsPages(input *ListReservationsInput, fn func(*ListReservationsOutput, bool) bool) error { 3376 return c.ListReservationsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 3377} 3378 3379// ListReservationsPagesWithContext same as ListReservationsPages except 3380// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 3381// 3382// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3383// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3384// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3385// for more information on using Contexts. 3386func (c *MediaLive) ListReservationsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListReservationsInput, fn func(*ListReservationsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 3387 p := request.Pagination{ 3388 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 3389 var inCpy *ListReservationsInput 3390 if input != nil { 3391 tmp := *input 3392 inCpy = &tmp 3393 } 3394 req, _ := c.ListReservationsRequest(inCpy) 3395 req.SetContext(ctx) 3396 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3397 return req, nil 3398 }, 3399 } 3400 3401 for p.Next() { 3402 if !fn(p.Page().(*ListReservationsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 3403 break 3404 } 3405 } 3406 3407 return p.Err() 3408} 3409 3410const opListTagsForResource = "ListTagsForResource" 3411 3412// ListTagsForResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3413// client's request for the ListTagsForResource operation. The "output" return 3414// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3415// successfully. 3416// 3417// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3418// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3419// 3420// See ListTagsForResource for more information on using the ListTagsForResource 3421// API call, and error handling. 3422// 3423// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3424// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3425// 3426// 3427// // Example sending a request using the ListTagsForResourceRequest method. 3428// req, resp := client.ListTagsForResourceRequest(params) 3429// 3430// err := req.Send() 3431// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3432// fmt.Println(resp) 3433// } 3434// 3435// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListTagsForResource 3436func (c *MediaLive) ListTagsForResourceRequest(input *ListTagsForResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListTagsForResourceOutput) { 3437 op := &request.Operation{ 3438 Name: opListTagsForResource, 3439 HTTPMethod: "GET", 3440 HTTPPath: "/prod/tags/{resource-arn}", 3441 } 3442 3443 if input == nil { 3444 input = &ListTagsForResourceInput{} 3445 } 3446 3447 output = &ListTagsForResourceOutput{} 3448 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3449 return 3450} 3451 3452// ListTagsForResource API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 3453// 3454// Produces list of tags that have been created for a resource 3455// 3456// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3457// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3458// the error. 3459// 3460// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 3461// API operation ListTagsForResource for usage and error information. 3462// 3463// Returned Error Types: 3464// * NotFoundException 3465// 3466// * BadRequestException 3467// 3468// * InternalServerErrorException 3469// 3470// * ForbiddenException 3471// 3472// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListTagsForResource 3473func (c *MediaLive) ListTagsForResource(input *ListTagsForResourceInput) (*ListTagsForResourceOutput, error) { 3474 req, out := c.ListTagsForResourceRequest(input) 3475 return out, req.Send() 3476} 3477 3478// ListTagsForResourceWithContext is the same as ListTagsForResource with the addition of 3479// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3480// 3481// See ListTagsForResource for details on how to use this API operation. 3482// 3483// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3484// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3485// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3486// for more information on using Contexts. 3487func (c *MediaLive) ListTagsForResourceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListTagsForResourceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListTagsForResourceOutput, error) { 3488 req, out := c.ListTagsForResourceRequest(input) 3489 req.SetContext(ctx) 3490 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3491 return out, req.Send() 3492} 3493 3494const opPurchaseOffering = "PurchaseOffering" 3495 3496// PurchaseOfferingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3497// client's request for the PurchaseOffering operation. The "output" return 3498// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3499// successfully. 3500// 3501// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3502// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3503// 3504// See PurchaseOffering for more information on using the PurchaseOffering 3505// API call, and error handling. 3506// 3507// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3508// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3509// 3510// 3511// // Example sending a request using the PurchaseOfferingRequest method. 3512// req, resp := client.PurchaseOfferingRequest(params) 3513// 3514// err := req.Send() 3515// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3516// fmt.Println(resp) 3517// } 3518// 3519// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/PurchaseOffering 3520func (c *MediaLive) PurchaseOfferingRequest(input *PurchaseOfferingInput) (req *request.Request, output *PurchaseOfferingOutput) { 3521 op := &request.Operation{ 3522 Name: opPurchaseOffering, 3523 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3524 HTTPPath: "/prod/offerings/{offeringId}/purchase", 3525 } 3526 3527 if input == nil { 3528 input = &PurchaseOfferingInput{} 3529 } 3530 3531 output = &PurchaseOfferingOutput{} 3532 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3533 return 3534} 3535 3536// PurchaseOffering API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 3537// 3538// Purchase an offering and create a reservation. 3539// 3540// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3541// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3542// the error. 3543// 3544// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 3545// API operation PurchaseOffering for usage and error information. 3546// 3547// Returned Error Types: 3548// * BadRequestException 3549// 3550// * InternalServerErrorException 3551// 3552// * ForbiddenException 3553// 3554// * BadGatewayException 3555// 3556// * NotFoundException 3557// 3558// * GatewayTimeoutException 3559// 3560// * TooManyRequestsException 3561// 3562// * ConflictException 3563// 3564// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/PurchaseOffering 3565func (c *MediaLive) PurchaseOffering(input *PurchaseOfferingInput) (*PurchaseOfferingOutput, error) { 3566 req, out := c.PurchaseOfferingRequest(input) 3567 return out, req.Send() 3568} 3569 3570// PurchaseOfferingWithContext is the same as PurchaseOffering with the addition of 3571// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3572// 3573// See PurchaseOffering for details on how to use this API operation. 3574// 3575// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3576// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3577// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3578// for more information on using Contexts. 3579func (c *MediaLive) PurchaseOfferingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PurchaseOfferingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PurchaseOfferingOutput, error) { 3580 req, out := c.PurchaseOfferingRequest(input) 3581 req.SetContext(ctx) 3582 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3583 return out, req.Send() 3584} 3585 3586const opStartChannel = "StartChannel" 3587 3588// StartChannelRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3589// client's request for the StartChannel operation. The "output" return 3590// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3591// successfully. 3592// 3593// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3594// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3595// 3596// See StartChannel for more information on using the StartChannel 3597// API call, and error handling. 3598// 3599// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3600// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3601// 3602// 3603// // Example sending a request using the StartChannelRequest method. 3604// req, resp := client.StartChannelRequest(params) 3605// 3606// err := req.Send() 3607// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3608// fmt.Println(resp) 3609// } 3610// 3611// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/StartChannel 3612func (c *MediaLive) StartChannelRequest(input *StartChannelInput) (req *request.Request, output *StartChannelOutput) { 3613 op := &request.Operation{ 3614 Name: opStartChannel, 3615 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3616 HTTPPath: "/prod/channels/{channelId}/start", 3617 } 3618 3619 if input == nil { 3620 input = &StartChannelInput{} 3621 } 3622 3623 output = &StartChannelOutput{} 3624 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3625 return 3626} 3627 3628// StartChannel API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 3629// 3630// Starts an existing channel 3631// 3632// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3633// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3634// the error. 3635// 3636// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 3637// API operation StartChannel for usage and error information. 3638// 3639// Returned Error Types: 3640// * BadRequestException 3641// 3642// * InternalServerErrorException 3643// 3644// * ForbiddenException 3645// 3646// * BadGatewayException 3647// 3648// * NotFoundException 3649// 3650// * GatewayTimeoutException 3651// 3652// * TooManyRequestsException 3653// 3654// * ConflictException 3655// 3656// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/StartChannel 3657func (c *MediaLive) StartChannel(input *StartChannelInput) (*StartChannelOutput, error) { 3658 req, out := c.StartChannelRequest(input) 3659 return out, req.Send() 3660} 3661 3662// StartChannelWithContext is the same as StartChannel with the addition of 3663// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3664// 3665// See StartChannel for details on how to use this API operation. 3666// 3667// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3668// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3669// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3670// for more information on using Contexts. 3671func (c *MediaLive) StartChannelWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StartChannelInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StartChannelOutput, error) { 3672 req, out := c.StartChannelRequest(input) 3673 req.SetContext(ctx) 3674 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3675 return out, req.Send() 3676} 3677 3678const opStartMultiplex = "StartMultiplex" 3679 3680// StartMultiplexRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3681// client's request for the StartMultiplex operation. The "output" return 3682// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3683// successfully. 3684// 3685// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3686// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3687// 3688// See StartMultiplex for more information on using the StartMultiplex 3689// API call, and error handling. 3690// 3691// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3692// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3693// 3694// 3695// // Example sending a request using the StartMultiplexRequest method. 3696// req, resp := client.StartMultiplexRequest(params) 3697// 3698// err := req.Send() 3699// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3700// fmt.Println(resp) 3701// } 3702// 3703// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/StartMultiplex 3704func (c *MediaLive) StartMultiplexRequest(input *StartMultiplexInput) (req *request.Request, output *StartMultiplexOutput) { 3705 op := &request.Operation{ 3706 Name: opStartMultiplex, 3707 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3708 HTTPPath: "/prod/multiplexes/{multiplexId}/start", 3709 } 3710 3711 if input == nil { 3712 input = &StartMultiplexInput{} 3713 } 3714 3715 output = &StartMultiplexOutput{} 3716 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3717 return 3718} 3719 3720// StartMultiplex API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 3721// 3722// Start (run) the multiplex. Starting the multiplex does not start the channels. 3723// You must explicitly start each channel. 3724// 3725// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3726// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3727// the error. 3728// 3729// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 3730// API operation StartMultiplex for usage and error information. 3731// 3732// Returned Error Types: 3733// * BadRequestException 3734// 3735// * InternalServerErrorException 3736// 3737// * ForbiddenException 3738// 3739// * BadGatewayException 3740// 3741// * NotFoundException 3742// 3743// * GatewayTimeoutException 3744// 3745// * TooManyRequestsException 3746// 3747// * ConflictException 3748// 3749// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/StartMultiplex 3750func (c *MediaLive) StartMultiplex(input *StartMultiplexInput) (*StartMultiplexOutput, error) { 3751 req, out := c.StartMultiplexRequest(input) 3752 return out, req.Send() 3753} 3754 3755// StartMultiplexWithContext is the same as StartMultiplex with the addition of 3756// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3757// 3758// See StartMultiplex for details on how to use this API operation. 3759// 3760// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3761// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3762// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3763// for more information on using Contexts. 3764func (c *MediaLive) StartMultiplexWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StartMultiplexInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StartMultiplexOutput, error) { 3765 req, out := c.StartMultiplexRequest(input) 3766 req.SetContext(ctx) 3767 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3768 return out, req.Send() 3769} 3770 3771const opStopChannel = "StopChannel" 3772 3773// StopChannelRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3774// client's request for the StopChannel operation. The "output" return 3775// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3776// successfully. 3777// 3778// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3779// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3780// 3781// See StopChannel for more information on using the StopChannel 3782// API call, and error handling. 3783// 3784// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3785// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3786// 3787// 3788// // Example sending a request using the StopChannelRequest method. 3789// req, resp := client.StopChannelRequest(params) 3790// 3791// err := req.Send() 3792// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3793// fmt.Println(resp) 3794// } 3795// 3796// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/StopChannel 3797func (c *MediaLive) StopChannelRequest(input *StopChannelInput) (req *request.Request, output *StopChannelOutput) { 3798 op := &request.Operation{ 3799 Name: opStopChannel, 3800 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3801 HTTPPath: "/prod/channels/{channelId}/stop", 3802 } 3803 3804 if input == nil { 3805 input = &StopChannelInput{} 3806 } 3807 3808 output = &StopChannelOutput{} 3809 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3810 return 3811} 3812 3813// StopChannel API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 3814// 3815// Stops a running channel 3816// 3817// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3818// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3819// the error. 3820// 3821// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 3822// API operation StopChannel for usage and error information. 3823// 3824// Returned Error Types: 3825// * BadRequestException 3826// 3827// * InternalServerErrorException 3828// 3829// * ForbiddenException 3830// 3831// * BadGatewayException 3832// 3833// * NotFoundException 3834// 3835// * GatewayTimeoutException 3836// 3837// * TooManyRequestsException 3838// 3839// * ConflictException 3840// 3841// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/StopChannel 3842func (c *MediaLive) StopChannel(input *StopChannelInput) (*StopChannelOutput, error) { 3843 req, out := c.StopChannelRequest(input) 3844 return out, req.Send() 3845} 3846 3847// StopChannelWithContext is the same as StopChannel with the addition of 3848// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3849// 3850// See StopChannel for details on how to use this API operation. 3851// 3852// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3853// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3854// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3855// for more information on using Contexts. 3856func (c *MediaLive) StopChannelWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StopChannelInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StopChannelOutput, error) { 3857 req, out := c.StopChannelRequest(input) 3858 req.SetContext(ctx) 3859 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3860 return out, req.Send() 3861} 3862 3863const opStopMultiplex = "StopMultiplex" 3864 3865// StopMultiplexRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3866// client's request for the StopMultiplex operation. The "output" return 3867// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3868// successfully. 3869// 3870// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3871// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3872// 3873// See StopMultiplex for more information on using the StopMultiplex 3874// API call, and error handling. 3875// 3876// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3877// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3878// 3879// 3880// // Example sending a request using the StopMultiplexRequest method. 3881// req, resp := client.StopMultiplexRequest(params) 3882// 3883// err := req.Send() 3884// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3885// fmt.Println(resp) 3886// } 3887// 3888// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/StopMultiplex 3889func (c *MediaLive) StopMultiplexRequest(input *StopMultiplexInput) (req *request.Request, output *StopMultiplexOutput) { 3890 op := &request.Operation{ 3891 Name: opStopMultiplex, 3892 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3893 HTTPPath: "/prod/multiplexes/{multiplexId}/stop", 3894 } 3895 3896 if input == nil { 3897 input = &StopMultiplexInput{} 3898 } 3899 3900 output = &StopMultiplexOutput{} 3901 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3902 return 3903} 3904 3905// StopMultiplex API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 3906// 3907// Stops a running multiplex. If the multiplex isn't running, this action has 3908// no effect. 3909// 3910// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3911// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3912// the error. 3913// 3914// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 3915// API operation StopMultiplex for usage and error information. 3916// 3917// Returned Error Types: 3918// * BadRequestException 3919// 3920// * InternalServerErrorException 3921// 3922// * ForbiddenException 3923// 3924// * BadGatewayException 3925// 3926// * NotFoundException 3927// 3928// * GatewayTimeoutException 3929// 3930// * TooManyRequestsException 3931// 3932// * ConflictException 3933// 3934// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/StopMultiplex 3935func (c *MediaLive) StopMultiplex(input *StopMultiplexInput) (*StopMultiplexOutput, error) { 3936 req, out := c.StopMultiplexRequest(input) 3937 return out, req.Send() 3938} 3939 3940// StopMultiplexWithContext is the same as StopMultiplex with the addition of 3941// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3942// 3943// See StopMultiplex for details on how to use this API operation. 3944// 3945// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3946// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3947// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3948// for more information on using Contexts. 3949func (c *MediaLive) StopMultiplexWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StopMultiplexInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StopMultiplexOutput, error) { 3950 req, out := c.StopMultiplexRequest(input) 3951 req.SetContext(ctx) 3952 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3953 return out, req.Send() 3954} 3955 3956const opUpdateChannel = "UpdateChannel" 3957 3958// UpdateChannelRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3959// client's request for the UpdateChannel operation. The "output" return 3960// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3961// successfully. 3962// 3963// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3964// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3965// 3966// See UpdateChannel for more information on using the UpdateChannel 3967// API call, and error handling. 3968// 3969// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3970// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3971// 3972// 3973// // Example sending a request using the UpdateChannelRequest method. 3974// req, resp := client.UpdateChannelRequest(params) 3975// 3976// err := req.Send() 3977// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3978// fmt.Println(resp) 3979// } 3980// 3981// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateChannel 3982func (c *MediaLive) UpdateChannelRequest(input *UpdateChannelInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateChannelOutput) { 3983 op := &request.Operation{ 3984 Name: opUpdateChannel, 3985 HTTPMethod: "PUT", 3986 HTTPPath: "/prod/channels/{channelId}", 3987 } 3988 3989 if input == nil { 3990 input = &UpdateChannelInput{} 3991 } 3992 3993 output = &UpdateChannelOutput{} 3994 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3995 return 3996} 3997 3998// UpdateChannel API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 3999// 4000// Updates a channel. 4001// 4002// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4003// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4004// the error. 4005// 4006// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 4007// API operation UpdateChannel for usage and error information. 4008// 4009// Returned Error Types: 4010// * BadRequestException 4011// 4012// * UnprocessableEntityException 4013// 4014// * InternalServerErrorException 4015// 4016// * ForbiddenException 4017// 4018// * BadGatewayException 4019// 4020// * GatewayTimeoutException 4021// 4022// * ConflictException 4023// 4024// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateChannel 4025func (c *MediaLive) UpdateChannel(input *UpdateChannelInput) (*UpdateChannelOutput, error) { 4026 req, out := c.UpdateChannelRequest(input) 4027 return out, req.Send() 4028} 4029 4030// UpdateChannelWithContext is the same as UpdateChannel with the addition of 4031// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4032// 4033// See UpdateChannel for details on how to use this API operation. 4034// 4035// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4036// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4037// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4038// for more information on using Contexts. 4039func (c *MediaLive) UpdateChannelWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateChannelInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateChannelOutput, error) { 4040 req, out := c.UpdateChannelRequest(input) 4041 req.SetContext(ctx) 4042 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4043 return out, req.Send() 4044} 4045 4046const opUpdateChannelClass = "UpdateChannelClass" 4047 4048// UpdateChannelClassRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4049// client's request for the UpdateChannelClass operation. The "output" return 4050// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4051// successfully. 4052// 4053// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4054// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4055// 4056// See UpdateChannelClass for more information on using the UpdateChannelClass 4057// API call, and error handling. 4058// 4059// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4060// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4061// 4062// 4063// // Example sending a request using the UpdateChannelClassRequest method. 4064// req, resp := client.UpdateChannelClassRequest(params) 4065// 4066// err := req.Send() 4067// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4068// fmt.Println(resp) 4069// } 4070// 4071// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateChannelClass 4072func (c *MediaLive) UpdateChannelClassRequest(input *UpdateChannelClassInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateChannelClassOutput) { 4073 op := &request.Operation{ 4074 Name: opUpdateChannelClass, 4075 HTTPMethod: "PUT", 4076 HTTPPath: "/prod/channels/{channelId}/channelClass", 4077 } 4078 4079 if input == nil { 4080 input = &UpdateChannelClassInput{} 4081 } 4082 4083 output = &UpdateChannelClassOutput{} 4084 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4085 return 4086} 4087 4088// UpdateChannelClass API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 4089// 4090// Changes the class of the channel. 4091// 4092// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4093// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4094// the error. 4095// 4096// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 4097// API operation UpdateChannelClass for usage and error information. 4098// 4099// Returned Error Types: 4100// * BadRequestException 4101// 4102// * UnprocessableEntityException 4103// 4104// * InternalServerErrorException 4105// 4106// * ForbiddenException 4107// 4108// * BadGatewayException 4109// 4110// * NotFoundException 4111// 4112// * GatewayTimeoutException 4113// 4114// * TooManyRequestsException 4115// 4116// * ConflictException 4117// 4118// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateChannelClass 4119func (c *MediaLive) UpdateChannelClass(input *UpdateChannelClassInput) (*UpdateChannelClassOutput, error) { 4120 req, out := c.UpdateChannelClassRequest(input) 4121 return out, req.Send() 4122} 4123 4124// UpdateChannelClassWithContext is the same as UpdateChannelClass with the addition of 4125// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4126// 4127// See UpdateChannelClass for details on how to use this API operation. 4128// 4129// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4130// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4131// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4132// for more information on using Contexts. 4133func (c *MediaLive) UpdateChannelClassWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateChannelClassInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateChannelClassOutput, error) { 4134 req, out := c.UpdateChannelClassRequest(input) 4135 req.SetContext(ctx) 4136 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4137 return out, req.Send() 4138} 4139 4140const opUpdateInput = "UpdateInput" 4141 4142// UpdateInputRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4143// client's request for the UpdateInput operation. The "output" return 4144// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4145// successfully. 4146// 4147// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4148// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4149// 4150// See UpdateInput for more information on using the UpdateInput 4151// API call, and error handling. 4152// 4153// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4154// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4155// 4156// 4157// // Example sending a request using the UpdateInputRequest method. 4158// req, resp := client.UpdateInputRequest(params) 4159// 4160// err := req.Send() 4161// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4162// fmt.Println(resp) 4163// } 4164// 4165// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateInput 4166func (c *MediaLive) UpdateInputRequest(input *UpdateInputInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateInputOutput) { 4167 op := &request.Operation{ 4168 Name: opUpdateInput, 4169 HTTPMethod: "PUT", 4170 HTTPPath: "/prod/inputs/{inputId}", 4171 } 4172 4173 if input == nil { 4174 input = &UpdateInputInput{} 4175 } 4176 4177 output = &UpdateInputOutput{} 4178 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4179 return 4180} 4181 4182// UpdateInput API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 4183// 4184// Updates an input. 4185// 4186// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4187// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4188// the error. 4189// 4190// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 4191// API operation UpdateInput for usage and error information. 4192// 4193// Returned Error Types: 4194// * BadRequestException 4195// 4196// * InternalServerErrorException 4197// 4198// * ForbiddenException 4199// 4200// * BadGatewayException 4201// 4202// * NotFoundException 4203// 4204// * GatewayTimeoutException 4205// 4206// * ConflictException 4207// 4208// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateInput 4209func (c *MediaLive) UpdateInput(input *UpdateInputInput) (*UpdateInputOutput, error) { 4210 req, out := c.UpdateInputRequest(input) 4211 return out, req.Send() 4212} 4213 4214// UpdateInputWithContext is the same as UpdateInput with the addition of 4215// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4216// 4217// See UpdateInput for details on how to use this API operation. 4218// 4219// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4220// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4221// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4222// for more information on using Contexts. 4223func (c *MediaLive) UpdateInputWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateInputInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateInputOutput, error) { 4224 req, out := c.UpdateInputRequest(input) 4225 req.SetContext(ctx) 4226 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4227 return out, req.Send() 4228} 4229 4230const opUpdateInputDevice = "UpdateInputDevice" 4231 4232// UpdateInputDeviceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4233// client's request for the UpdateInputDevice operation. The "output" return 4234// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4235// successfully. 4236// 4237// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4238// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4239// 4240// See UpdateInputDevice for more information on using the UpdateInputDevice 4241// API call, and error handling. 4242// 4243// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4244// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4245// 4246// 4247// // Example sending a request using the UpdateInputDeviceRequest method. 4248// req, resp := client.UpdateInputDeviceRequest(params) 4249// 4250// err := req.Send() 4251// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4252// fmt.Println(resp) 4253// } 4254// 4255// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateInputDevice 4256func (c *MediaLive) UpdateInputDeviceRequest(input *UpdateInputDeviceInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateInputDeviceOutput) { 4257 op := &request.Operation{ 4258 Name: opUpdateInputDevice, 4259 HTTPMethod: "PUT", 4260 HTTPPath: "/prod/inputDevices/{inputDeviceId}", 4261 } 4262 4263 if input == nil { 4264 input = &UpdateInputDeviceInput{} 4265 } 4266 4267 output = &UpdateInputDeviceOutput{} 4268 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4269 return 4270} 4271 4272// UpdateInputDevice API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 4273// 4274// Updates the parameters for the input device. 4275// 4276// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4277// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4278// the error. 4279// 4280// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 4281// API operation UpdateInputDevice for usage and error information. 4282// 4283// Returned Error Types: 4284// * BadRequestException 4285// 4286// * UnprocessableEntityException 4287// 4288// * InternalServerErrorException 4289// 4290// * ForbiddenException 4291// 4292// * BadGatewayException 4293// 4294// * NotFoundException 4295// 4296// * GatewayTimeoutException 4297// 4298// * TooManyRequestsException 4299// 4300// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateInputDevice 4301func (c *MediaLive) UpdateInputDevice(input *UpdateInputDeviceInput) (*UpdateInputDeviceOutput, error) { 4302 req, out := c.UpdateInputDeviceRequest(input) 4303 return out, req.Send() 4304} 4305 4306// UpdateInputDeviceWithContext is the same as UpdateInputDevice with the addition of 4307// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4308// 4309// See UpdateInputDevice for details on how to use this API operation. 4310// 4311// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4312// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4313// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4314// for more information on using Contexts. 4315func (c *MediaLive) UpdateInputDeviceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateInputDeviceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateInputDeviceOutput, error) { 4316 req, out := c.UpdateInputDeviceRequest(input) 4317 req.SetContext(ctx) 4318 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4319 return out, req.Send() 4320} 4321 4322const opUpdateInputSecurityGroup = "UpdateInputSecurityGroup" 4323 4324// UpdateInputSecurityGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4325// client's request for the UpdateInputSecurityGroup operation. The "output" return 4326// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4327// successfully. 4328// 4329// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4330// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4331// 4332// See UpdateInputSecurityGroup for more information on using the UpdateInputSecurityGroup 4333// API call, and error handling. 4334// 4335// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4336// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4337// 4338// 4339// // Example sending a request using the UpdateInputSecurityGroupRequest method. 4340// req, resp := client.UpdateInputSecurityGroupRequest(params) 4341// 4342// err := req.Send() 4343// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4344// fmt.Println(resp) 4345// } 4346// 4347// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateInputSecurityGroup 4348func (c *MediaLive) UpdateInputSecurityGroupRequest(input *UpdateInputSecurityGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateInputSecurityGroupOutput) { 4349 op := &request.Operation{ 4350 Name: opUpdateInputSecurityGroup, 4351 HTTPMethod: "PUT", 4352 HTTPPath: "/prod/inputSecurityGroups/{inputSecurityGroupId}", 4353 } 4354 4355 if input == nil { 4356 input = &UpdateInputSecurityGroupInput{} 4357 } 4358 4359 output = &UpdateInputSecurityGroupOutput{} 4360 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4361 return 4362} 4363 4364// UpdateInputSecurityGroup API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 4365// 4366// Update an Input Security Group's Whilelists. 4367// 4368// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4369// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4370// the error. 4371// 4372// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 4373// API operation UpdateInputSecurityGroup for usage and error information. 4374// 4375// Returned Error Types: 4376// * BadRequestException 4377// 4378// * InternalServerErrorException 4379// 4380// * ForbiddenException 4381// 4382// * BadGatewayException 4383// 4384// * NotFoundException 4385// 4386// * GatewayTimeoutException 4387// 4388// * ConflictException 4389// 4390// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateInputSecurityGroup 4391func (c *MediaLive) UpdateInputSecurityGroup(input *UpdateInputSecurityGroupInput) (*UpdateInputSecurityGroupOutput, error) { 4392 req, out := c.UpdateInputSecurityGroupRequest(input) 4393 return out, req.Send() 4394} 4395 4396// UpdateInputSecurityGroupWithContext is the same as UpdateInputSecurityGroup with the addition of 4397// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4398// 4399// See UpdateInputSecurityGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 4400// 4401// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4402// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4403// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4404// for more information on using Contexts. 4405func (c *MediaLive) UpdateInputSecurityGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateInputSecurityGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateInputSecurityGroupOutput, error) { 4406 req, out := c.UpdateInputSecurityGroupRequest(input) 4407 req.SetContext(ctx) 4408 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4409 return out, req.Send() 4410} 4411 4412const opUpdateMultiplex = "UpdateMultiplex" 4413 4414// UpdateMultiplexRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4415// client's request for the UpdateMultiplex operation. The "output" return 4416// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4417// successfully. 4418// 4419// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4420// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4421// 4422// See UpdateMultiplex for more information on using the UpdateMultiplex 4423// API call, and error handling. 4424// 4425// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4426// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4427// 4428// 4429// // Example sending a request using the UpdateMultiplexRequest method. 4430// req, resp := client.UpdateMultiplexRequest(params) 4431// 4432// err := req.Send() 4433// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4434// fmt.Println(resp) 4435// } 4436// 4437// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateMultiplex 4438func (c *MediaLive) UpdateMultiplexRequest(input *UpdateMultiplexInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateMultiplexOutput) { 4439 op := &request.Operation{ 4440 Name: opUpdateMultiplex, 4441 HTTPMethod: "PUT", 4442 HTTPPath: "/prod/multiplexes/{multiplexId}", 4443 } 4444 4445 if input == nil { 4446 input = &UpdateMultiplexInput{} 4447 } 4448 4449 output = &UpdateMultiplexOutput{} 4450 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4451 return 4452} 4453 4454// UpdateMultiplex API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 4455// 4456// Updates a multiplex. 4457// 4458// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4459// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4460// the error. 4461// 4462// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 4463// API operation UpdateMultiplex for usage and error information. 4464// 4465// Returned Error Types: 4466// * BadRequestException 4467// 4468// * UnprocessableEntityException 4469// 4470// * InternalServerErrorException 4471// 4472// * ForbiddenException 4473// 4474// * BadGatewayException 4475// 4476// * NotFoundException 4477// 4478// * GatewayTimeoutException 4479// 4480// * ConflictException 4481// 4482// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateMultiplex 4483func (c *MediaLive) UpdateMultiplex(input *UpdateMultiplexInput) (*UpdateMultiplexOutput, error) { 4484 req, out := c.UpdateMultiplexRequest(input) 4485 return out, req.Send() 4486} 4487 4488// UpdateMultiplexWithContext is the same as UpdateMultiplex with the addition of 4489// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4490// 4491// See UpdateMultiplex for details on how to use this API operation. 4492// 4493// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4494// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4495// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4496// for more information on using Contexts. 4497func (c *MediaLive) UpdateMultiplexWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateMultiplexInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateMultiplexOutput, error) { 4498 req, out := c.UpdateMultiplexRequest(input) 4499 req.SetContext(ctx) 4500 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4501 return out, req.Send() 4502} 4503 4504const opUpdateMultiplexProgram = "UpdateMultiplexProgram" 4505 4506// UpdateMultiplexProgramRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4507// client's request for the UpdateMultiplexProgram operation. The "output" return 4508// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4509// successfully. 4510// 4511// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4512// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4513// 4514// See UpdateMultiplexProgram for more information on using the UpdateMultiplexProgram 4515// API call, and error handling. 4516// 4517// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4518// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4519// 4520// 4521// // Example sending a request using the UpdateMultiplexProgramRequest method. 4522// req, resp := client.UpdateMultiplexProgramRequest(params) 4523// 4524// err := req.Send() 4525// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4526// fmt.Println(resp) 4527// } 4528// 4529// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateMultiplexProgram 4530func (c *MediaLive) UpdateMultiplexProgramRequest(input *UpdateMultiplexProgramInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateMultiplexProgramOutput) { 4531 op := &request.Operation{ 4532 Name: opUpdateMultiplexProgram, 4533 HTTPMethod: "PUT", 4534 HTTPPath: "/prod/multiplexes/{multiplexId}/programs/{programName}", 4535 } 4536 4537 if input == nil { 4538 input = &UpdateMultiplexProgramInput{} 4539 } 4540 4541 output = &UpdateMultiplexProgramOutput{} 4542 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4543 return 4544} 4545 4546// UpdateMultiplexProgram API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 4547// 4548// Update a program in a multiplex. 4549// 4550// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4551// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4552// the error. 4553// 4554// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 4555// API operation UpdateMultiplexProgram for usage and error information. 4556// 4557// Returned Error Types: 4558// * BadRequestException 4559// 4560// * UnprocessableEntityException 4561// 4562// * InternalServerErrorException 4563// 4564// * ForbiddenException 4565// 4566// * BadGatewayException 4567// 4568// * NotFoundException 4569// 4570// * GatewayTimeoutException 4571// 4572// * ConflictException 4573// 4574// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateMultiplexProgram 4575func (c *MediaLive) UpdateMultiplexProgram(input *UpdateMultiplexProgramInput) (*UpdateMultiplexProgramOutput, error) { 4576 req, out := c.UpdateMultiplexProgramRequest(input) 4577 return out, req.Send() 4578} 4579 4580// UpdateMultiplexProgramWithContext is the same as UpdateMultiplexProgram with the addition of 4581// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4582// 4583// See UpdateMultiplexProgram for details on how to use this API operation. 4584// 4585// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4586// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4587// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4588// for more information on using Contexts. 4589func (c *MediaLive) UpdateMultiplexProgramWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateMultiplexProgramInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateMultiplexProgramOutput, error) { 4590 req, out := c.UpdateMultiplexProgramRequest(input) 4591 req.SetContext(ctx) 4592 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4593 return out, req.Send() 4594} 4595 4596const opUpdateReservation = "UpdateReservation" 4597 4598// UpdateReservationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4599// client's request for the UpdateReservation operation. The "output" return 4600// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4601// successfully. 4602// 4603// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4604// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4605// 4606// See UpdateReservation for more information on using the UpdateReservation 4607// API call, and error handling. 4608// 4609// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4610// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4611// 4612// 4613// // Example sending a request using the UpdateReservationRequest method. 4614// req, resp := client.UpdateReservationRequest(params) 4615// 4616// err := req.Send() 4617// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4618// fmt.Println(resp) 4619// } 4620// 4621// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateReservation 4622func (c *MediaLive) UpdateReservationRequest(input *UpdateReservationInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateReservationOutput) { 4623 op := &request.Operation{ 4624 Name: opUpdateReservation, 4625 HTTPMethod: "PUT", 4626 HTTPPath: "/prod/reservations/{reservationId}", 4627 } 4628 4629 if input == nil { 4630 input = &UpdateReservationInput{} 4631 } 4632 4633 output = &UpdateReservationOutput{} 4634 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4635 return 4636} 4637 4638// UpdateReservation API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 4639// 4640// Update reservation. 4641// 4642// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4643// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4644// the error. 4645// 4646// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 4647// API operation UpdateReservation for usage and error information. 4648// 4649// Returned Error Types: 4650// * BadRequestException 4651// 4652// * InternalServerErrorException 4653// 4654// * ForbiddenException 4655// 4656// * BadGatewayException 4657// 4658// * NotFoundException 4659// 4660// * GatewayTimeoutException 4661// 4662// * TooManyRequestsException 4663// 4664// * ConflictException 4665// 4666// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateReservation 4667func (c *MediaLive) UpdateReservation(input *UpdateReservationInput) (*UpdateReservationOutput, error) { 4668 req, out := c.UpdateReservationRequest(input) 4669 return out, req.Send() 4670} 4671 4672// UpdateReservationWithContext is the same as UpdateReservation with the addition of 4673// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4674// 4675// See UpdateReservation for details on how to use this API operation. 4676// 4677// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4678// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4679// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4680// for more information on using Contexts. 4681func (c *MediaLive) UpdateReservationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateReservationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateReservationOutput, error) { 4682 req, out := c.UpdateReservationRequest(input) 4683 req.SetContext(ctx) 4684 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4685 return out, req.Send() 4686} 4687 4688// Aac Settings 4689type AacSettings struct { 4690 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 4691 4692 // Average bitrate in bits/second. Valid values depend on rate control mode 4693 // and profile. 4694 Bitrate *float64 `locationName:"bitrate" type:"double"` 4695 4696 // Mono, Stereo, or 5.1 channel layout. Valid values depend on rate control 4697 // mode and profile. The adReceiverMix setting receives a stereo description 4698 // plus control track and emits a mono AAC encode of the description track, 4699 // with control data emitted in the PES header as per ETSI TS 101 154 Annex 4700 // E. 4701 CodingMode *string `locationName:"codingMode" type:"string" enum:"AacCodingMode"` 4702 4703 // Set to "broadcasterMixedAd" when input contains pre-mixed main audio + AD 4704 // (narration) as a stereo pair. The Audio Type field (audioType) will be set 4705 // to 3, which signals to downstream systems that this stream contains "broadcaster 4706 // mixed AD". Note that the input received by the encoder must contain pre-mixed 4707 // audio; the encoder does not perform the mixing. The values in audioTypeControl 4708 // and audioType (in AudioDescription) are ignored when set to broadcasterMixedAd.Leave 4709 // set to "normal" when input does not contain pre-mixed audio + AD. 4710 InputType *string `locationName:"inputType" type:"string" enum:"AacInputType"` 4711 4712 // AAC Profile. 4713 Profile *string `locationName:"profile" type:"string" enum:"AacProfile"` 4714 4715 // Rate Control Mode. 4716 RateControlMode *string `locationName:"rateControlMode" type:"string" enum:"AacRateControlMode"` 4717 4718 // Sets LATM / LOAS AAC output for raw containers. 4719 RawFormat *string `locationName:"rawFormat" type:"string" enum:"AacRawFormat"` 4720 4721 // Sample rate in Hz. Valid values depend on rate control mode and profile. 4722 SampleRate *float64 `locationName:"sampleRate" type:"double"` 4723 4724 // Use MPEG-2 AAC audio instead of MPEG-4 AAC audio for raw or MPEG-2 Transport 4725 // Stream containers. 4726 Spec *string `locationName:"spec" type:"string" enum:"AacSpec"` 4727 4728 // VBR Quality Level - Only used if rateControlMode is VBR. 4729 VbrQuality *string `locationName:"vbrQuality" type:"string" enum:"AacVbrQuality"` 4730} 4731 4732// String returns the string representation 4733func (s AacSettings) String() string { 4734 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 4735} 4736 4737// GoString returns the string representation 4738func (s AacSettings) GoString() string { 4739 return s.String() 4740} 4741 4742// SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value. 4743func (s *AacSettings) SetBitrate(v float64) *AacSettings { 4744 s.Bitrate = &v 4745 return s 4746} 4747 4748// SetCodingMode sets the CodingMode field's value. 4749func (s *AacSettings) SetCodingMode(v string) *AacSettings { 4750 s.CodingMode = &v 4751 return s 4752} 4753 4754// SetInputType sets the InputType field's value. 4755func (s *AacSettings) SetInputType(v string) *AacSettings { 4756 s.InputType = &v 4757 return s 4758} 4759 4760// SetProfile sets the Profile field's value. 4761func (s *AacSettings) SetProfile(v string) *AacSettings { 4762 s.Profile = &v 4763 return s 4764} 4765 4766// SetRateControlMode sets the RateControlMode field's value. 4767func (s *AacSettings) SetRateControlMode(v string) *AacSettings { 4768 s.RateControlMode = &v 4769 return s 4770} 4771 4772// SetRawFormat sets the RawFormat field's value. 4773func (s *AacSettings) SetRawFormat(v string) *AacSettings { 4774 s.RawFormat = &v 4775 return s 4776} 4777 4778// SetSampleRate sets the SampleRate field's value. 4779func (s *AacSettings) SetSampleRate(v float64) *AacSettings { 4780 s.SampleRate = &v 4781 return s 4782} 4783 4784// SetSpec sets the Spec field's value. 4785func (s *AacSettings) SetSpec(v string) *AacSettings { 4786 s.Spec = &v 4787 return s 4788} 4789 4790// SetVbrQuality sets the VbrQuality field's value. 4791func (s *AacSettings) SetVbrQuality(v string) *AacSettings { 4792 s.VbrQuality = &v 4793 return s 4794} 4795 4796// Ac3 Settings 4797type Ac3Settings struct { 4798 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 4799 4800 // Average bitrate in bits/second. Valid bitrates depend on the coding mode. 4801 Bitrate *float64 `locationName:"bitrate" type:"double"` 4802 4803 // Specifies the bitstream mode (bsmod) for the emitted AC-3 stream. See ATSC 4804 // A/52-2012 for background on these values. 4805 BitstreamMode *string `locationName:"bitstreamMode" type:"string" enum:"Ac3BitstreamMode"` 4806 4807 // Dolby Digital coding mode. Determines number of channels. 4808 CodingMode *string `locationName:"codingMode" type:"string" enum:"Ac3CodingMode"` 4809 4810 // Sets the dialnorm for the output. If excluded and input audio is Dolby Digital, 4811 // dialnorm will be passed through. 4812 Dialnorm *int64 `locationName:"dialnorm" min:"1" type:"integer"` 4813 4814 // If set to filmStandard, adds dynamic range compression signaling to the output 4815 // bitstream as defined in the Dolby Digital specification. 4816 DrcProfile *string `locationName:"drcProfile" type:"string" enum:"Ac3DrcProfile"` 4817 4818 // When set to enabled, applies a 120Hz lowpass filter to the LFE channel prior 4819 // to encoding. Only valid in codingMode32Lfe mode. 4820 LfeFilter *string `locationName:"lfeFilter" type:"string" enum:"Ac3LfeFilter"` 4821 4822 // When set to "followInput", encoder metadata will be sourced from the DD, 4823 // DD+, or DolbyE decoder that supplied this audio data. If audio was not supplied 4824 // from one of these streams, then the static metadata settings will be used. 4825 MetadataControl *string `locationName:"metadataControl" type:"string" enum:"Ac3MetadataControl"` 4826} 4827 4828// String returns the string representation 4829func (s Ac3Settings) String() string { 4830 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 4831} 4832 4833// GoString returns the string representation 4834func (s Ac3Settings) GoString() string { 4835 return s.String() 4836} 4837 4838// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 4839func (s *Ac3Settings) Validate() error { 4840 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Ac3Settings"} 4841 if s.Dialnorm != nil && *s.Dialnorm < 1 { 4842 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Dialnorm", 1)) 4843 } 4844 4845 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 4846 return invalidParams 4847 } 4848 return nil 4849} 4850 4851// SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value. 4852func (s *Ac3Settings) SetBitrate(v float64) *Ac3Settings { 4853 s.Bitrate = &v 4854 return s 4855} 4856 4857// SetBitstreamMode sets the BitstreamMode field's value. 4858func (s *Ac3Settings) SetBitstreamMode(v string) *Ac3Settings { 4859 s.BitstreamMode = &v 4860 return s 4861} 4862 4863// SetCodingMode sets the CodingMode field's value. 4864func (s *Ac3Settings) SetCodingMode(v string) *Ac3Settings { 4865 s.CodingMode = &v 4866 return s 4867} 4868 4869// SetDialnorm sets the Dialnorm field's value. 4870func (s *Ac3Settings) SetDialnorm(v int64) *Ac3Settings { 4871 s.Dialnorm = &v 4872 return s 4873} 4874 4875// SetDrcProfile sets the DrcProfile field's value. 4876func (s *Ac3Settings) SetDrcProfile(v string) *Ac3Settings { 4877 s.DrcProfile = &v 4878 return s 4879} 4880 4881// SetLfeFilter sets the LfeFilter field's value. 4882func (s *Ac3Settings) SetLfeFilter(v string) *Ac3Settings { 4883 s.LfeFilter = &v 4884 return s 4885} 4886 4887// SetMetadataControl sets the MetadataControl field's value. 4888func (s *Ac3Settings) SetMetadataControl(v string) *Ac3Settings { 4889 s.MetadataControl = &v 4890 return s 4891} 4892 4893// Archive Container Settings 4894type ArchiveContainerSettings struct { 4895 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 4896 4897 // M2ts Settings 4898 M2tsSettings *M2tsSettings `locationName:"m2tsSettings" type:"structure"` 4899} 4900 4901// String returns the string representation 4902func (s ArchiveContainerSettings) String() string { 4903 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 4904} 4905 4906// GoString returns the string representation 4907func (s ArchiveContainerSettings) GoString() string { 4908 return s.String() 4909} 4910 4911// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 4912func (s *ArchiveContainerSettings) Validate() error { 4913 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ArchiveContainerSettings"} 4914 if s.M2tsSettings != nil { 4915 if err := s.M2tsSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 4916 invalidParams.AddNested("M2tsSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 4917 } 4918 } 4919 4920 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 4921 return invalidParams 4922 } 4923 return nil 4924} 4925 4926// SetM2tsSettings sets the M2tsSettings field's value. 4927func (s *ArchiveContainerSettings) SetM2tsSettings(v *M2tsSettings) *ArchiveContainerSettings { 4928 s.M2tsSettings = v 4929 return s 4930} 4931 4932// Archive Group Settings 4933type ArchiveGroupSettings struct { 4934 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 4935 4936 // A directory and base filename where archive files should be written. 4937 // 4938 // Destination is a required field 4939 Destination *OutputLocationRef `locationName:"destination" type:"structure" required:"true"` 4940 4941 // Number of seconds to write to archive file before closing and starting a 4942 // new one. 4943 RolloverInterval *int64 `locationName:"rolloverInterval" min:"1" type:"integer"` 4944} 4945 4946// String returns the string representation 4947func (s ArchiveGroupSettings) String() string { 4948 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 4949} 4950 4951// GoString returns the string representation 4952func (s ArchiveGroupSettings) GoString() string { 4953 return s.String() 4954} 4955 4956// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 4957func (s *ArchiveGroupSettings) Validate() error { 4958 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ArchiveGroupSettings"} 4959 if s.Destination == nil { 4960 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Destination")) 4961 } 4962 if s.RolloverInterval != nil && *s.RolloverInterval < 1 { 4963 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("RolloverInterval", 1)) 4964 } 4965 4966 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 4967 return invalidParams 4968 } 4969 return nil 4970} 4971 4972// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value. 4973func (s *ArchiveGroupSettings) SetDestination(v *OutputLocationRef) *ArchiveGroupSettings { 4974 s.Destination = v 4975 return s 4976} 4977 4978// SetRolloverInterval sets the RolloverInterval field's value. 4979func (s *ArchiveGroupSettings) SetRolloverInterval(v int64) *ArchiveGroupSettings { 4980 s.RolloverInterval = &v 4981 return s 4982} 4983 4984// Archive Output Settings 4985type ArchiveOutputSettings struct { 4986 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 4987 4988 // Settings specific to the container type of the file. 4989 // 4990 // ContainerSettings is a required field 4991 ContainerSettings *ArchiveContainerSettings `locationName:"containerSettings" type:"structure" required:"true"` 4992 4993 // Output file extension. If excluded, this will be auto-selected from the container 4994 // type. 4995 Extension *string `locationName:"extension" type:"string"` 4996 4997 // String concatenated to the end of the destination filename. Required for 4998 // multiple outputs of the same type. 4999 NameModifier *string `locationName:"nameModifier" type:"string"` 5000} 5001 5002// String returns the string representation 5003func (s ArchiveOutputSettings) String() string { 5004 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5005} 5006 5007// GoString returns the string representation 5008func (s ArchiveOutputSettings) GoString() string { 5009 return s.String() 5010} 5011 5012// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 5013func (s *ArchiveOutputSettings) Validate() error { 5014 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ArchiveOutputSettings"} 5015 if s.ContainerSettings == nil { 5016 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ContainerSettings")) 5017 } 5018 if s.ContainerSettings != nil { 5019 if err := s.ContainerSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 5020 invalidParams.AddNested("ContainerSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 5021 } 5022 } 5023 5024 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 5025 return invalidParams 5026 } 5027 return nil 5028} 5029 5030// SetContainerSettings sets the ContainerSettings field's value. 5031func (s *ArchiveOutputSettings) SetContainerSettings(v *ArchiveContainerSettings) *ArchiveOutputSettings { 5032 s.ContainerSettings = v 5033 return s 5034} 5035 5036// SetExtension sets the Extension field's value. 5037func (s *ArchiveOutputSettings) SetExtension(v string) *ArchiveOutputSettings { 5038 s.Extension = &v 5039 return s 5040} 5041 5042// SetNameModifier sets the NameModifier field's value. 5043func (s *ArchiveOutputSettings) SetNameModifier(v string) *ArchiveOutputSettings { 5044 s.NameModifier = &v 5045 return s 5046} 5047 5048// Arib Destination Settings 5049type AribDestinationSettings struct { 5050 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5051} 5052 5053// String returns the string representation 5054func (s AribDestinationSettings) String() string { 5055 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5056} 5057 5058// GoString returns the string representation 5059func (s AribDestinationSettings) GoString() string { 5060 return s.String() 5061} 5062 5063// Arib Source Settings 5064type AribSourceSettings struct { 5065 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5066} 5067 5068// String returns the string representation 5069func (s AribSourceSettings) String() string { 5070 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5071} 5072 5073// GoString returns the string representation 5074func (s AribSourceSettings) GoString() string { 5075 return s.String() 5076} 5077 5078// Audio Channel Mapping 5079type AudioChannelMapping struct { 5080 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5081 5082 // Indices and gain values for each input channel that should be remixed into 5083 // this output channel. 5084 // 5085 // InputChannelLevels is a required field 5086 InputChannelLevels []*InputChannelLevel `locationName:"inputChannelLevels" type:"list" required:"true"` 5087 5088 // The index of the output channel being produced. 5089 // 5090 // OutputChannel is a required field 5091 OutputChannel *int64 `locationName:"outputChannel" type:"integer" required:"true"` 5092} 5093 5094// String returns the string representation 5095func (s AudioChannelMapping) String() string { 5096 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5097} 5098 5099// GoString returns the string representation 5100func (s AudioChannelMapping) GoString() string { 5101 return s.String() 5102} 5103 5104// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 5105func (s *AudioChannelMapping) Validate() error { 5106 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AudioChannelMapping"} 5107 if s.InputChannelLevels == nil { 5108 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputChannelLevels")) 5109 } 5110 if s.OutputChannel == nil { 5111 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OutputChannel")) 5112 } 5113 if s.InputChannelLevels != nil { 5114 for i, v := range s.InputChannelLevels { 5115 if v == nil { 5116 continue 5117 } 5118 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 5119 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "InputChannelLevels", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 5120 } 5121 } 5122 } 5123 5124 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 5125 return invalidParams 5126 } 5127 return nil 5128} 5129 5130// SetInputChannelLevels sets the InputChannelLevels field's value. 5131func (s *AudioChannelMapping) SetInputChannelLevels(v []*InputChannelLevel) *AudioChannelMapping { 5132 s.InputChannelLevels = v 5133 return s 5134} 5135 5136// SetOutputChannel sets the OutputChannel field's value. 5137func (s *AudioChannelMapping) SetOutputChannel(v int64) *AudioChannelMapping { 5138 s.OutputChannel = &v 5139 return s 5140} 5141 5142// Audio Codec Settings 5143type AudioCodecSettings struct { 5144 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5145 5146 // Aac Settings 5147 AacSettings *AacSettings `locationName:"aacSettings" type:"structure"` 5148 5149 // Ac3 Settings 5150 Ac3Settings *Ac3Settings `locationName:"ac3Settings" type:"structure"` 5151 5152 // Eac3 Settings 5153 Eac3Settings *Eac3Settings `locationName:"eac3Settings" type:"structure"` 5154 5155 // Mp2 Settings 5156 Mp2Settings *Mp2Settings `locationName:"mp2Settings" type:"structure"` 5157 5158 // Pass Through Settings 5159 PassThroughSettings *PassThroughSettings `locationName:"passThroughSettings" type:"structure"` 5160} 5161 5162// String returns the string representation 5163func (s AudioCodecSettings) String() string { 5164 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5165} 5166 5167// GoString returns the string representation 5168func (s AudioCodecSettings) GoString() string { 5169 return s.String() 5170} 5171 5172// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 5173func (s *AudioCodecSettings) Validate() error { 5174 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AudioCodecSettings"} 5175 if s.Ac3Settings != nil { 5176 if err := s.Ac3Settings.Validate(); err != nil { 5177 invalidParams.AddNested("Ac3Settings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 5178 } 5179 } 5180 if s.Eac3Settings != nil { 5181 if err := s.Eac3Settings.Validate(); err != nil { 5182 invalidParams.AddNested("Eac3Settings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 5183 } 5184 } 5185 5186 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 5187 return invalidParams 5188 } 5189 return nil 5190} 5191 5192// SetAacSettings sets the AacSettings field's value. 5193func (s *AudioCodecSettings) SetAacSettings(v *AacSettings) *AudioCodecSettings { 5194 s.AacSettings = v 5195 return s 5196} 5197 5198// SetAc3Settings sets the Ac3Settings field's value. 5199func (s *AudioCodecSettings) SetAc3Settings(v *Ac3Settings) *AudioCodecSettings { 5200 s.Ac3Settings = v 5201 return s 5202} 5203 5204// SetEac3Settings sets the Eac3Settings field's value. 5205func (s *AudioCodecSettings) SetEac3Settings(v *Eac3Settings) *AudioCodecSettings { 5206 s.Eac3Settings = v 5207 return s 5208} 5209 5210// SetMp2Settings sets the Mp2Settings field's value. 5211func (s *AudioCodecSettings) SetMp2Settings(v *Mp2Settings) *AudioCodecSettings { 5212 s.Mp2Settings = v 5213 return s 5214} 5215 5216// SetPassThroughSettings sets the PassThroughSettings field's value. 5217func (s *AudioCodecSettings) SetPassThroughSettings(v *PassThroughSettings) *AudioCodecSettings { 5218 s.PassThroughSettings = v 5219 return s 5220} 5221 5222// Audio Description 5223type AudioDescription struct { 5224 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5225 5226 // Advanced audio normalization settings. 5227 AudioNormalizationSettings *AudioNormalizationSettings `locationName:"audioNormalizationSettings" type:"structure"` 5228 5229 // The name of the AudioSelector used as the source for this AudioDescription. 5230 // 5231 // AudioSelectorName is a required field 5232 AudioSelectorName *string `locationName:"audioSelectorName" type:"string" required:"true"` 5233 5234 // Applies only if audioTypeControl is useConfigured. The values for audioType 5235 // are defined in ISO-IEC 13818-1. 5236 AudioType *string `locationName:"audioType" type:"string" enum:"AudioType"` 5237 5238 // Determines how audio type is determined. followInput: If the input contains 5239 // an ISO 639 audioType, then that value is passed through to the output. If 5240 // the input contains no ISO 639 audioType, the value in Audio Type is included 5241 // in the output. useConfigured: The value in Audio Type is included in the 5242 // output.Note that this field and audioType are both ignored if inputType is 5243 // broadcasterMixedAd. 5244 AudioTypeControl *string `locationName:"audioTypeControl" type:"string" enum:"AudioDescriptionAudioTypeControl"` 5245 5246 // Audio codec settings. 5247 CodecSettings *AudioCodecSettings `locationName:"codecSettings" type:"structure"` 5248 5249 // Indicates the language of the audio output track. Only used if languageControlMode 5250 // is useConfigured, or there is no ISO 639 language code specified in the input. 5251 LanguageCode *string `locationName:"languageCode" min:"3" type:"string"` 5252 5253 // Choosing followInput will cause the ISO 639 language code of the output to 5254 // follow the ISO 639 language code of the input. The languageCode will be used 5255 // when useConfigured is set, or when followInput is selected but there is no 5256 // ISO 639 language code specified by the input. 5257 LanguageCodeControl *string `locationName:"languageCodeControl" type:"string" enum:"AudioDescriptionLanguageCodeControl"` 5258 5259 // The name of this AudioDescription. Outputs will use this name to uniquely 5260 // identify this AudioDescription. Description names should be unique within 5261 // this Live Event. 5262 // 5263 // Name is a required field 5264 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"` 5265 5266 // Settings that control how input audio channels are remixed into the output 5267 // audio channels. 5268 RemixSettings *RemixSettings `locationName:"remixSettings" type:"structure"` 5269 5270 // Used for MS Smooth and Apple HLS outputs. Indicates the name displayed by 5271 // the player (eg. English, or Director Commentary). 5272 StreamName *string `locationName:"streamName" type:"string"` 5273} 5274 5275// String returns the string representation 5276func (s AudioDescription) String() string { 5277 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5278} 5279 5280// GoString returns the string representation 5281func (s AudioDescription) GoString() string { 5282 return s.String() 5283} 5284 5285// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 5286func (s *AudioDescription) Validate() error { 5287 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AudioDescription"} 5288 if s.AudioSelectorName == nil { 5289 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AudioSelectorName")) 5290 } 5291 if s.LanguageCode != nil && len(*s.LanguageCode) < 3 { 5292 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("LanguageCode", 3)) 5293 } 5294 if s.Name == nil { 5295 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) 5296 } 5297 if s.CodecSettings != nil { 5298 if err := s.CodecSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 5299 invalidParams.AddNested("CodecSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 5300 } 5301 } 5302 if s.RemixSettings != nil { 5303 if err := s.RemixSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 5304 invalidParams.AddNested("RemixSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 5305 } 5306 } 5307 5308 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 5309 return invalidParams 5310 } 5311 return nil 5312} 5313 5314// SetAudioNormalizationSettings sets the AudioNormalizationSettings field's value. 5315func (s *AudioDescription) SetAudioNormalizationSettings(v *AudioNormalizationSettings) *AudioDescription { 5316 s.AudioNormalizationSettings = v 5317 return s 5318} 5319 5320// SetAudioSelectorName sets the AudioSelectorName field's value. 5321func (s *AudioDescription) SetAudioSelectorName(v string) *AudioDescription { 5322 s.AudioSelectorName = &v 5323 return s 5324} 5325 5326// SetAudioType sets the AudioType field's value. 5327func (s *AudioDescription) SetAudioType(v string) *AudioDescription { 5328 s.AudioType = &v 5329 return s 5330} 5331 5332// SetAudioTypeControl sets the AudioTypeControl field's value. 5333func (s *AudioDescription) SetAudioTypeControl(v string) *AudioDescription { 5334 s.AudioTypeControl = &v 5335 return s 5336} 5337 5338// SetCodecSettings sets the CodecSettings field's value. 5339func (s *AudioDescription) SetCodecSettings(v *AudioCodecSettings) *AudioDescription { 5340 s.CodecSettings = v 5341 return s 5342} 5343 5344// SetLanguageCode sets the LanguageCode field's value. 5345func (s *AudioDescription) SetLanguageCode(v string) *AudioDescription { 5346 s.LanguageCode = &v 5347 return s 5348} 5349 5350// SetLanguageCodeControl sets the LanguageCodeControl field's value. 5351func (s *AudioDescription) SetLanguageCodeControl(v string) *AudioDescription { 5352 s.LanguageCodeControl = &v 5353 return s 5354} 5355 5356// SetName sets the Name field's value. 5357func (s *AudioDescription) SetName(v string) *AudioDescription { 5358 s.Name = &v 5359 return s 5360} 5361 5362// SetRemixSettings sets the RemixSettings field's value. 5363func (s *AudioDescription) SetRemixSettings(v *RemixSettings) *AudioDescription { 5364 s.RemixSettings = v 5365 return s 5366} 5367 5368// SetStreamName sets the StreamName field's value. 5369func (s *AudioDescription) SetStreamName(v string) *AudioDescription { 5370 s.StreamName = &v 5371 return s 5372} 5373 5374// Audio Language Selection 5375type AudioLanguageSelection struct { 5376 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5377 5378 // Selects a specific three-letter language code from within an audio source. 5379 // 5380 // LanguageCode is a required field 5381 LanguageCode *string `locationName:"languageCode" type:"string" required:"true"` 5382 5383 // When set to "strict", the transport stream demux strictly identifies audio 5384 // streams by their language descriptor. If a PMT update occurs such that an 5385 // audio stream matching the initially selected language is no longer present 5386 // then mute will be encoded until the language returns. If "loose", then on 5387 // a PMT update the demux will choose another audio stream in the program with 5388 // the same stream type if it can't find one with the same language. 5389 LanguageSelectionPolicy *string `locationName:"languageSelectionPolicy" type:"string" enum:"AudioLanguageSelectionPolicy"` 5390} 5391 5392// String returns the string representation 5393func (s AudioLanguageSelection) String() string { 5394 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5395} 5396 5397// GoString returns the string representation 5398func (s AudioLanguageSelection) GoString() string { 5399 return s.String() 5400} 5401 5402// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 5403func (s *AudioLanguageSelection) Validate() error { 5404 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AudioLanguageSelection"} 5405 if s.LanguageCode == nil { 5406 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("LanguageCode")) 5407 } 5408 5409 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 5410 return invalidParams 5411 } 5412 return nil 5413} 5414 5415// SetLanguageCode sets the LanguageCode field's value. 5416func (s *AudioLanguageSelection) SetLanguageCode(v string) *AudioLanguageSelection { 5417 s.LanguageCode = &v 5418 return s 5419} 5420 5421// SetLanguageSelectionPolicy sets the LanguageSelectionPolicy field's value. 5422func (s *AudioLanguageSelection) SetLanguageSelectionPolicy(v string) *AudioLanguageSelection { 5423 s.LanguageSelectionPolicy = &v 5424 return s 5425} 5426 5427// Audio Normalization Settings 5428type AudioNormalizationSettings struct { 5429 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5430 5431 // Audio normalization algorithm to use. itu17701 conforms to the CALM Act specification, 5432 // itu17702 conforms to the EBU R-128 specification. 5433 Algorithm *string `locationName:"algorithm" type:"string" enum:"AudioNormalizationAlgorithm"` 5434 5435 // When set to correctAudio the output audio is corrected using the chosen algorithm. 5436 // If set to measureOnly, the audio will be measured but not adjusted. 5437 AlgorithmControl *string `locationName:"algorithmControl" type:"string" enum:"AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl"` 5438 5439 // Target LKFS(loudness) to adjust volume to. If no value is entered, a default 5440 // value will be used according to the chosen algorithm. The CALM Act (1770-1) 5441 // recommends a target of -24 LKFS. The EBU R-128 specification (1770-2) recommends 5442 // a target of -23 LKFS. 5443 TargetLkfs *float64 `locationName:"targetLkfs" type:"double"` 5444} 5445 5446// String returns the string representation 5447func (s AudioNormalizationSettings) String() string { 5448 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5449} 5450 5451// GoString returns the string representation 5452func (s AudioNormalizationSettings) GoString() string { 5453 return s.String() 5454} 5455 5456// SetAlgorithm sets the Algorithm field's value. 5457func (s *AudioNormalizationSettings) SetAlgorithm(v string) *AudioNormalizationSettings { 5458 s.Algorithm = &v 5459 return s 5460} 5461 5462// SetAlgorithmControl sets the AlgorithmControl field's value. 5463func (s *AudioNormalizationSettings) SetAlgorithmControl(v string) *AudioNormalizationSettings { 5464 s.AlgorithmControl = &v 5465 return s 5466} 5467 5468// SetTargetLkfs sets the TargetLkfs field's value. 5469func (s *AudioNormalizationSettings) SetTargetLkfs(v float64) *AudioNormalizationSettings { 5470 s.TargetLkfs = &v 5471 return s 5472} 5473 5474// Audio Only Hls Settings 5475type AudioOnlyHlsSettings struct { 5476 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5477 5478 // Specifies the group to which the audio Rendition belongs. 5479 AudioGroupId *string `locationName:"audioGroupId" type:"string"` 5480 5481 // Optional. Specifies the .jpg or .png image to use as the cover art for an 5482 // audio-only output. We recommend a low bit-size file because the image increases 5483 // the output audio bandwidth.The image is attached to the audio as an ID3 tag, 5484 // frame type APIC, picture type 0x10, as per the "ID3 tag version 2.4.0 - Native 5485 // Frames" standard. 5486 AudioOnlyImage *InputLocation `locationName:"audioOnlyImage" type:"structure"` 5487 5488 // Four types of audio-only tracks are supported:Audio-Only Variant StreamThe 5489 // client can play back this audio-only stream instead of video in low-bandwidth 5490 // scenarios. Represented as an EXT-X-STREAM-INF in the HLS manifest.Alternate 5491 // Audio, Auto Select, DefaultAlternate rendition that the client should try 5492 // to play back by default. Represented as an EXT-X-MEDIA in the HLS manifest 5493 // with DEFAULT=YES, AUTOSELECT=YESAlternate Audio, Auto Select, Not DefaultAlternate 5494 // rendition that the client may try to play back by default. Represented as 5495 // an EXT-X-MEDIA in the HLS manifest with DEFAULT=NO, AUTOSELECT=YESAlternate 5496 // Audio, not Auto SelectAlternate rendition that the client will not try to 5497 // play back by default. Represented as an EXT-X-MEDIA in the HLS manifest with 5498 // DEFAULT=NO, AUTOSELECT=NO 5499 AudioTrackType *string `locationName:"audioTrackType" type:"string" enum:"AudioOnlyHlsTrackType"` 5500 5501 // Specifies the segment type. 5502 SegmentType *string `locationName:"segmentType" type:"string" enum:"AudioOnlyHlsSegmentType"` 5503} 5504 5505// String returns the string representation 5506func (s AudioOnlyHlsSettings) String() string { 5507 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5508} 5509 5510// GoString returns the string representation 5511func (s AudioOnlyHlsSettings) GoString() string { 5512 return s.String() 5513} 5514 5515// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 5516func (s *AudioOnlyHlsSettings) Validate() error { 5517 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AudioOnlyHlsSettings"} 5518 if s.AudioOnlyImage != nil { 5519 if err := s.AudioOnlyImage.Validate(); err != nil { 5520 invalidParams.AddNested("AudioOnlyImage", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 5521 } 5522 } 5523 5524 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 5525 return invalidParams 5526 } 5527 return nil 5528} 5529 5530// SetAudioGroupId sets the AudioGroupId field's value. 5531func (s *AudioOnlyHlsSettings) SetAudioGroupId(v string) *AudioOnlyHlsSettings { 5532 s.AudioGroupId = &v 5533 return s 5534} 5535 5536// SetAudioOnlyImage sets the AudioOnlyImage field's value. 5537func (s *AudioOnlyHlsSettings) SetAudioOnlyImage(v *InputLocation) *AudioOnlyHlsSettings { 5538 s.AudioOnlyImage = v 5539 return s 5540} 5541 5542// SetAudioTrackType sets the AudioTrackType field's value. 5543func (s *AudioOnlyHlsSettings) SetAudioTrackType(v string) *AudioOnlyHlsSettings { 5544 s.AudioTrackType = &v 5545 return s 5546} 5547 5548// SetSegmentType sets the SegmentType field's value. 5549func (s *AudioOnlyHlsSettings) SetSegmentType(v string) *AudioOnlyHlsSettings { 5550 s.SegmentType = &v 5551 return s 5552} 5553 5554// Audio Pid Selection 5555type AudioPidSelection struct { 5556 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5557 5558 // Selects a specific PID from within a source. 5559 // 5560 // Pid is a required field 5561 Pid *int64 `locationName:"pid" type:"integer" required:"true"` 5562} 5563 5564// String returns the string representation 5565func (s AudioPidSelection) String() string { 5566 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5567} 5568 5569// GoString returns the string representation 5570func (s AudioPidSelection) GoString() string { 5571 return s.String() 5572} 5573 5574// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 5575func (s *AudioPidSelection) Validate() error { 5576 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AudioPidSelection"} 5577 if s.Pid == nil { 5578 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Pid")) 5579 } 5580 5581 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 5582 return invalidParams 5583 } 5584 return nil 5585} 5586 5587// SetPid sets the Pid field's value. 5588func (s *AudioPidSelection) SetPid(v int64) *AudioPidSelection { 5589 s.Pid = &v 5590 return s 5591} 5592 5593// Audio Selector 5594type AudioSelector struct { 5595 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5596 5597 // The name of this AudioSelector. AudioDescriptions will use this name to uniquely 5598 // identify this Selector. Selector names should be unique per input. 5599 // 5600 // Name is a required field 5601 Name *string `locationName:"name" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` 5602 5603 // The audio selector settings. 5604 SelectorSettings *AudioSelectorSettings `locationName:"selectorSettings" type:"structure"` 5605} 5606 5607// String returns the string representation 5608func (s AudioSelector) String() string { 5609 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5610} 5611 5612// GoString returns the string representation 5613func (s AudioSelector) GoString() string { 5614 return s.String() 5615} 5616 5617// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 5618func (s *AudioSelector) Validate() error { 5619 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AudioSelector"} 5620 if s.Name == nil { 5621 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) 5622 } 5623 if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 { 5624 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1)) 5625 } 5626 if s.SelectorSettings != nil { 5627 if err := s.SelectorSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 5628 invalidParams.AddNested("SelectorSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 5629 } 5630 } 5631 5632 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 5633 return invalidParams 5634 } 5635 return nil 5636} 5637 5638// SetName sets the Name field's value. 5639func (s *AudioSelector) SetName(v string) *AudioSelector { 5640 s.Name = &v 5641 return s 5642} 5643 5644// SetSelectorSettings sets the SelectorSettings field's value. 5645func (s *AudioSelector) SetSelectorSettings(v *AudioSelectorSettings) *AudioSelector { 5646 s.SelectorSettings = v 5647 return s 5648} 5649 5650// Audio Selector Settings 5651type AudioSelectorSettings struct { 5652 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5653 5654 // Audio Language Selection 5655 AudioLanguageSelection *AudioLanguageSelection `locationName:"audioLanguageSelection" type:"structure"` 5656 5657 // Audio Pid Selection 5658 AudioPidSelection *AudioPidSelection `locationName:"audioPidSelection" type:"structure"` 5659 5660 // Audio Track Selection 5661 AudioTrackSelection *AudioTrackSelection `locationName:"audioTrackSelection" type:"structure"` 5662} 5663 5664// String returns the string representation 5665func (s AudioSelectorSettings) String() string { 5666 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5667} 5668 5669// GoString returns the string representation 5670func (s AudioSelectorSettings) GoString() string { 5671 return s.String() 5672} 5673 5674// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 5675func (s *AudioSelectorSettings) Validate() error { 5676 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AudioSelectorSettings"} 5677 if s.AudioLanguageSelection != nil { 5678 if err := s.AudioLanguageSelection.Validate(); err != nil { 5679 invalidParams.AddNested("AudioLanguageSelection", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 5680 } 5681 } 5682 if s.AudioPidSelection != nil { 5683 if err := s.AudioPidSelection.Validate(); err != nil { 5684 invalidParams.AddNested("AudioPidSelection", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 5685 } 5686 } 5687 if s.AudioTrackSelection != nil { 5688 if err := s.AudioTrackSelection.Validate(); err != nil { 5689 invalidParams.AddNested("AudioTrackSelection", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 5690 } 5691 } 5692 5693 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 5694 return invalidParams 5695 } 5696 return nil 5697} 5698 5699// SetAudioLanguageSelection sets the AudioLanguageSelection field's value. 5700func (s *AudioSelectorSettings) SetAudioLanguageSelection(v *AudioLanguageSelection) *AudioSelectorSettings { 5701 s.AudioLanguageSelection = v 5702 return s 5703} 5704 5705// SetAudioPidSelection sets the AudioPidSelection field's value. 5706func (s *AudioSelectorSettings) SetAudioPidSelection(v *AudioPidSelection) *AudioSelectorSettings { 5707 s.AudioPidSelection = v 5708 return s 5709} 5710 5711// SetAudioTrackSelection sets the AudioTrackSelection field's value. 5712func (s *AudioSelectorSettings) SetAudioTrackSelection(v *AudioTrackSelection) *AudioSelectorSettings { 5713 s.AudioTrackSelection = v 5714 return s 5715} 5716 5717// Audio Track 5718type AudioTrack struct { 5719 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5720 5721 // 1-based integer value that maps to a specific audio track 5722 // 5723 // Track is a required field 5724 Track *int64 `locationName:"track" min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"` 5725} 5726 5727// String returns the string representation 5728func (s AudioTrack) String() string { 5729 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5730} 5731 5732// GoString returns the string representation 5733func (s AudioTrack) GoString() string { 5734 return s.String() 5735} 5736 5737// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 5738func (s *AudioTrack) Validate() error { 5739 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AudioTrack"} 5740 if s.Track == nil { 5741 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Track")) 5742 } 5743 if s.Track != nil && *s.Track < 1 { 5744 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Track", 1)) 5745 } 5746 5747 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 5748 return invalidParams 5749 } 5750 return nil 5751} 5752 5753// SetTrack sets the Track field's value. 5754func (s *AudioTrack) SetTrack(v int64) *AudioTrack { 5755 s.Track = &v 5756 return s 5757} 5758 5759// Audio Track Selection 5760type AudioTrackSelection struct { 5761 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5762 5763 // Selects one or more unique audio tracks from within an mp4 source. 5764 // 5765 // Tracks is a required field 5766 Tracks []*AudioTrack `locationName:"tracks" type:"list" required:"true"` 5767} 5768 5769// String returns the string representation 5770func (s AudioTrackSelection) String() string { 5771 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5772} 5773 5774// GoString returns the string representation 5775func (s AudioTrackSelection) GoString() string { 5776 return s.String() 5777} 5778 5779// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 5780func (s *AudioTrackSelection) Validate() error { 5781 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AudioTrackSelection"} 5782 if s.Tracks == nil { 5783 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Tracks")) 5784 } 5785 if s.Tracks != nil { 5786 for i, v := range s.Tracks { 5787 if v == nil { 5788 continue 5789 } 5790 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 5791 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Tracks", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 5792 } 5793 } 5794 } 5795 5796 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 5797 return invalidParams 5798 } 5799 return nil 5800} 5801 5802// SetTracks sets the Tracks field's value. 5803func (s *AudioTrackSelection) SetTracks(v []*AudioTrack) *AudioTrackSelection { 5804 s.Tracks = v 5805 return s 5806} 5807 5808// The settings for Automatic Input Failover. 5809type AutomaticInputFailoverSettings struct { 5810 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5811 5812 // Input preference when deciding which input to make active when a previously 5813 // failed input has recovered. 5814 InputPreference *string `locationName:"inputPreference" type:"string" enum:"InputPreference"` 5815 5816 // The input ID of the secondary input in the automatic input failover pair. 5817 // 5818 // SecondaryInputId is a required field 5819 SecondaryInputId *string `locationName:"secondaryInputId" type:"string" required:"true"` 5820} 5821 5822// String returns the string representation 5823func (s AutomaticInputFailoverSettings) String() string { 5824 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5825} 5826 5827// GoString returns the string representation 5828func (s AutomaticInputFailoverSettings) GoString() string { 5829 return s.String() 5830} 5831 5832// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 5833func (s *AutomaticInputFailoverSettings) Validate() error { 5834 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AutomaticInputFailoverSettings"} 5835 if s.SecondaryInputId == nil { 5836 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SecondaryInputId")) 5837 } 5838 5839 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 5840 return invalidParams 5841 } 5842 return nil 5843} 5844 5845// SetInputPreference sets the InputPreference field's value. 5846func (s *AutomaticInputFailoverSettings) SetInputPreference(v string) *AutomaticInputFailoverSettings { 5847 s.InputPreference = &v 5848 return s 5849} 5850 5851// SetSecondaryInputId sets the SecondaryInputId field's value. 5852func (s *AutomaticInputFailoverSettings) SetSecondaryInputId(v string) *AutomaticInputFailoverSettings { 5853 s.SecondaryInputId = &v 5854 return s 5855} 5856 5857// Avail Blanking 5858type AvailBlanking struct { 5859 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5860 5861 // Blanking image to be used. Leave empty for solid black. Only bmp and png 5862 // images are supported. 5863 AvailBlankingImage *InputLocation `locationName:"availBlankingImage" type:"structure"` 5864 5865 // When set to enabled, causes video, audio and captions to be blanked when 5866 // insertion metadata is added. 5867 State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"AvailBlankingState"` 5868} 5869 5870// String returns the string representation 5871func (s AvailBlanking) String() string { 5872 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5873} 5874 5875// GoString returns the string representation 5876func (s AvailBlanking) GoString() string { 5877 return s.String() 5878} 5879 5880// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 5881func (s *AvailBlanking) Validate() error { 5882 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AvailBlanking"} 5883 if s.AvailBlankingImage != nil { 5884 if err := s.AvailBlankingImage.Validate(); err != nil { 5885 invalidParams.AddNested("AvailBlankingImage", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 5886 } 5887 } 5888 5889 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 5890 return invalidParams 5891 } 5892 return nil 5893} 5894 5895// SetAvailBlankingImage sets the AvailBlankingImage field's value. 5896func (s *AvailBlanking) SetAvailBlankingImage(v *InputLocation) *AvailBlanking { 5897 s.AvailBlankingImage = v 5898 return s 5899} 5900 5901// SetState sets the State field's value. 5902func (s *AvailBlanking) SetState(v string) *AvailBlanking { 5903 s.State = &v 5904 return s 5905} 5906 5907// Avail Configuration 5908type AvailConfiguration struct { 5909 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5910 5911 // Ad avail settings. 5912 AvailSettings *AvailSettings `locationName:"availSettings" type:"structure"` 5913} 5914 5915// String returns the string representation 5916func (s AvailConfiguration) String() string { 5917 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5918} 5919 5920// GoString returns the string representation 5921func (s AvailConfiguration) GoString() string { 5922 return s.String() 5923} 5924 5925// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 5926func (s *AvailConfiguration) Validate() error { 5927 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AvailConfiguration"} 5928 if s.AvailSettings != nil { 5929 if err := s.AvailSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 5930 invalidParams.AddNested("AvailSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 5931 } 5932 } 5933 5934 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 5935 return invalidParams 5936 } 5937 return nil 5938} 5939 5940// SetAvailSettings sets the AvailSettings field's value. 5941func (s *AvailConfiguration) SetAvailSettings(v *AvailSettings) *AvailConfiguration { 5942 s.AvailSettings = v 5943 return s 5944} 5945 5946// Avail Settings 5947type AvailSettings struct { 5948 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5949 5950 // Scte35 Splice Insert 5951 Scte35SpliceInsert *Scte35SpliceInsert `locationName:"scte35SpliceInsert" type:"structure"` 5952 5953 // Scte35 Time Signal Apos 5954 Scte35TimeSignalApos *Scte35TimeSignalApos `locationName:"scte35TimeSignalApos" type:"structure"` 5955} 5956 5957// String returns the string representation 5958func (s AvailSettings) String() string { 5959 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5960} 5961 5962// GoString returns the string representation 5963func (s AvailSettings) GoString() string { 5964 return s.String() 5965} 5966 5967// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 5968func (s *AvailSettings) Validate() error { 5969 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AvailSettings"} 5970 if s.Scte35SpliceInsert != nil { 5971 if err := s.Scte35SpliceInsert.Validate(); err != nil { 5972 invalidParams.AddNested("Scte35SpliceInsert", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 5973 } 5974 } 5975 if s.Scte35TimeSignalApos != nil { 5976 if err := s.Scte35TimeSignalApos.Validate(); err != nil { 5977 invalidParams.AddNested("Scte35TimeSignalApos", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 5978 } 5979 } 5980 5981 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 5982 return invalidParams 5983 } 5984 return nil 5985} 5986 5987// SetScte35SpliceInsert sets the Scte35SpliceInsert field's value. 5988func (s *AvailSettings) SetScte35SpliceInsert(v *Scte35SpliceInsert) *AvailSettings { 5989 s.Scte35SpliceInsert = v 5990 return s 5991} 5992 5993// SetScte35TimeSignalApos sets the Scte35TimeSignalApos field's value. 5994func (s *AvailSettings) SetScte35TimeSignalApos(v *Scte35TimeSignalApos) *AvailSettings { 5995 s.Scte35TimeSignalApos = v 5996 return s 5997} 5998 5999type BadGatewayException struct { 6000 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6001 RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"` 6002 6003 Message_ *string `locationName:"message" type:"string"` 6004} 6005 6006// String returns the string representation 6007func (s BadGatewayException) String() string { 6008 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6009} 6010 6011// GoString returns the string representation 6012func (s BadGatewayException) GoString() string { 6013 return s.String() 6014} 6015 6016func newErrorBadGatewayException(v protocol.ResponseMetadata) error { 6017 return &BadGatewayException{ 6018 RespMetadata: v, 6019 } 6020} 6021 6022// Code returns the exception type name. 6023func (s *BadGatewayException) Code() string { 6024 return "BadGatewayException" 6025} 6026 6027// Message returns the exception's message. 6028func (s *BadGatewayException) Message() string { 6029 if s.Message_ != nil { 6030 return *s.Message_ 6031 } 6032 return "" 6033} 6034 6035// OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface. 6036func (s *BadGatewayException) OrigErr() error { 6037 return nil 6038} 6039 6040func (s *BadGatewayException) Error() string { 6041 return fmt.Sprintf("%s: %s", s.Code(), s.Message()) 6042} 6043 6044// Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error. 6045func (s *BadGatewayException) StatusCode() int { 6046 return s.RespMetadata.StatusCode 6047} 6048 6049// RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request. 6050func (s *BadGatewayException) RequestID() string { 6051 return s.RespMetadata.RequestID 6052} 6053 6054type BadRequestException struct { 6055 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6056 RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"` 6057 6058 Message_ *string `locationName:"message" type:"string"` 6059} 6060 6061// String returns the string representation 6062func (s BadRequestException) String() string { 6063 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6064} 6065 6066// GoString returns the string representation 6067func (s BadRequestException) GoString() string { 6068 return s.String() 6069} 6070 6071func newErrorBadRequestException(v protocol.ResponseMetadata) error { 6072 return &BadRequestException{ 6073 RespMetadata: v, 6074 } 6075} 6076 6077// Code returns the exception type name. 6078func (s *BadRequestException) Code() string { 6079 return "BadRequestException" 6080} 6081 6082// Message returns the exception's message. 6083func (s *BadRequestException) Message() string { 6084 if s.Message_ != nil { 6085 return *s.Message_ 6086 } 6087 return "" 6088} 6089 6090// OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface. 6091func (s *BadRequestException) OrigErr() error { 6092 return nil 6093} 6094 6095func (s *BadRequestException) Error() string { 6096 return fmt.Sprintf("%s: %s", s.Code(), s.Message()) 6097} 6098 6099// Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error. 6100func (s *BadRequestException) StatusCode() int { 6101 return s.RespMetadata.StatusCode 6102} 6103 6104// RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request. 6105func (s *BadRequestException) RequestID() string { 6106 return s.RespMetadata.RequestID 6107} 6108 6109// A list of schedule actions to create (in a request) or that have been created 6110// (in a response). 6111type BatchScheduleActionCreateRequest struct { 6112 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6113 6114 // A list of schedule actions to create. 6115 // 6116 // ScheduleActions is a required field 6117 ScheduleActions []*ScheduleAction `locationName:"scheduleActions" type:"list" required:"true"` 6118} 6119 6120// String returns the string representation 6121func (s BatchScheduleActionCreateRequest) String() string { 6122 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6123} 6124 6125// GoString returns the string representation 6126func (s BatchScheduleActionCreateRequest) GoString() string { 6127 return s.String() 6128} 6129 6130// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 6131func (s *BatchScheduleActionCreateRequest) Validate() error { 6132 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BatchScheduleActionCreateRequest"} 6133 if s.ScheduleActions == nil { 6134 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ScheduleActions")) 6135 } 6136 if s.ScheduleActions != nil { 6137 for i, v := range s.ScheduleActions { 6138 if v == nil { 6139 continue 6140 } 6141 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 6142 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "ScheduleActions", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 6143 } 6144 } 6145 } 6146 6147 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 6148 return invalidParams 6149 } 6150 return nil 6151} 6152 6153// SetScheduleActions sets the ScheduleActions field's value. 6154func (s *BatchScheduleActionCreateRequest) SetScheduleActions(v []*ScheduleAction) *BatchScheduleActionCreateRequest { 6155 s.ScheduleActions = v 6156 return s 6157} 6158 6159// List of actions that have been created in the schedule. 6160type BatchScheduleActionCreateResult struct { 6161 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6162 6163 // List of actions that have been created in the schedule. 6164 // 6165 // ScheduleActions is a required field 6166 ScheduleActions []*ScheduleAction `locationName:"scheduleActions" type:"list" required:"true"` 6167} 6168 6169// String returns the string representation 6170func (s BatchScheduleActionCreateResult) String() string { 6171 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6172} 6173 6174// GoString returns the string representation 6175func (s BatchScheduleActionCreateResult) GoString() string { 6176 return s.String() 6177} 6178 6179// SetScheduleActions sets the ScheduleActions field's value. 6180func (s *BatchScheduleActionCreateResult) SetScheduleActions(v []*ScheduleAction) *BatchScheduleActionCreateResult { 6181 s.ScheduleActions = v 6182 return s 6183} 6184 6185// A list of schedule actions to delete. 6186type BatchScheduleActionDeleteRequest struct { 6187 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6188 6189 // A list of schedule actions to delete. 6190 // 6191 // ActionNames is a required field 6192 ActionNames []*string `locationName:"actionNames" type:"list" required:"true"` 6193} 6194 6195// String returns the string representation 6196func (s BatchScheduleActionDeleteRequest) String() string { 6197 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6198} 6199 6200// GoString returns the string representation 6201func (s BatchScheduleActionDeleteRequest) GoString() string { 6202 return s.String() 6203} 6204 6205// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 6206func (s *BatchScheduleActionDeleteRequest) Validate() error { 6207 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BatchScheduleActionDeleteRequest"} 6208 if s.ActionNames == nil { 6209 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ActionNames")) 6210 } 6211 6212 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 6213 return invalidParams 6214 } 6215 return nil 6216} 6217 6218// SetActionNames sets the ActionNames field's value. 6219func (s *BatchScheduleActionDeleteRequest) SetActionNames(v []*string) *BatchScheduleActionDeleteRequest { 6220 s.ActionNames = v 6221 return s 6222} 6223 6224// List of actions that have been deleted from the schedule. 6225type BatchScheduleActionDeleteResult struct { 6226 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6227 6228 // List of actions that have been deleted from the schedule. 6229 // 6230 // ScheduleActions is a required field 6231 ScheduleActions []*ScheduleAction `locationName:"scheduleActions" type:"list" required:"true"` 6232} 6233 6234// String returns the string representation 6235func (s BatchScheduleActionDeleteResult) String() string { 6236 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6237} 6238 6239// GoString returns the string representation 6240func (s BatchScheduleActionDeleteResult) GoString() string { 6241 return s.String() 6242} 6243 6244// SetScheduleActions sets the ScheduleActions field's value. 6245func (s *BatchScheduleActionDeleteResult) SetScheduleActions(v []*ScheduleAction) *BatchScheduleActionDeleteResult { 6246 s.ScheduleActions = v 6247 return s 6248} 6249 6250// A request to create actions (add actions to the schedule), delete actions 6251// (remove actions from the schedule), or both create and delete actions. 6252type BatchUpdateScheduleInput struct { 6253 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6254 6255 // ChannelId is a required field 6256 ChannelId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"channelId" type:"string" required:"true"` 6257 6258 // Schedule actions to create in the schedule. 6259 Creates *BatchScheduleActionCreateRequest `locationName:"creates" type:"structure"` 6260 6261 // Schedule actions to delete from the schedule. 6262 Deletes *BatchScheduleActionDeleteRequest `locationName:"deletes" type:"structure"` 6263} 6264 6265// String returns the string representation 6266func (s BatchUpdateScheduleInput) String() string { 6267 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6268} 6269 6270// GoString returns the string representation 6271func (s BatchUpdateScheduleInput) GoString() string { 6272 return s.String() 6273} 6274 6275// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 6276func (s *BatchUpdateScheduleInput) Validate() error { 6277 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BatchUpdateScheduleInput"} 6278 if s.ChannelId == nil { 6279 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ChannelId")) 6280 } 6281 if s.ChannelId != nil && len(*s.ChannelId) < 1 { 6282 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ChannelId", 1)) 6283 } 6284 if s.Creates != nil { 6285 if err := s.Creates.Validate(); err != nil { 6286 invalidParams.AddNested("Creates", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 6287 } 6288 } 6289 if s.Deletes != nil { 6290 if err := s.Deletes.Validate(); err != nil { 6291 invalidParams.AddNested("Deletes", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 6292 } 6293 } 6294 6295 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 6296 return invalidParams 6297 } 6298 return nil 6299} 6300 6301// SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value. 6302func (s *BatchUpdateScheduleInput) SetChannelId(v string) *BatchUpdateScheduleInput { 6303 s.ChannelId = &v 6304 return s 6305} 6306 6307// SetCreates sets the Creates field's value. 6308func (s *BatchUpdateScheduleInput) SetCreates(v *BatchScheduleActionCreateRequest) *BatchUpdateScheduleInput { 6309 s.Creates = v 6310 return s 6311} 6312 6313// SetDeletes sets the Deletes field's value. 6314func (s *BatchUpdateScheduleInput) SetDeletes(v *BatchScheduleActionDeleteRequest) *BatchUpdateScheduleInput { 6315 s.Deletes = v 6316 return s 6317} 6318 6319type BatchUpdateScheduleOutput struct { 6320 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6321 6322 // List of actions that have been created in the schedule. 6323 Creates *BatchScheduleActionCreateResult `locationName:"creates" type:"structure"` 6324 6325 // List of actions that have been deleted from the schedule. 6326 Deletes *BatchScheduleActionDeleteResult `locationName:"deletes" type:"structure"` 6327} 6328 6329// String returns the string representation 6330func (s BatchUpdateScheduleOutput) String() string { 6331 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6332} 6333 6334// GoString returns the string representation 6335func (s BatchUpdateScheduleOutput) GoString() string { 6336 return s.String() 6337} 6338 6339// SetCreates sets the Creates field's value. 6340func (s *BatchUpdateScheduleOutput) SetCreates(v *BatchScheduleActionCreateResult) *BatchUpdateScheduleOutput { 6341 s.Creates = v 6342 return s 6343} 6344 6345// SetDeletes sets the Deletes field's value. 6346func (s *BatchUpdateScheduleOutput) SetDeletes(v *BatchScheduleActionDeleteResult) *BatchUpdateScheduleOutput { 6347 s.Deletes = v 6348 return s 6349} 6350 6351// Blackout Slate 6352type BlackoutSlate struct { 6353 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6354 6355 // Blackout slate image to be used. Leave empty for solid black. Only bmp and 6356 // png images are supported. 6357 BlackoutSlateImage *InputLocation `locationName:"blackoutSlateImage" type:"structure"` 6358 6359 // Setting to enabled causes the encoder to blackout the video, audio, and captions, 6360 // and raise the "Network Blackout Image" slate when an SCTE104/35 Network End 6361 // Segmentation Descriptor is encountered. The blackout will be lifted when 6362 // the Network Start Segmentation Descriptor is encountered. The Network End 6363 // and Network Start descriptors must contain a network ID that matches the 6364 // value entered in "Network ID". 6365 NetworkEndBlackout *string `locationName:"networkEndBlackout" type:"string" enum:"BlackoutSlateNetworkEndBlackout"` 6366 6367 // Path to local file to use as Network End Blackout image. Image will be scaled 6368 // to fill the entire output raster. 6369 NetworkEndBlackoutImage *InputLocation `locationName:"networkEndBlackoutImage" type:"structure"` 6370 6371 // Provides Network ID that matches EIDR ID format (e.g., "10.XXXX/XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-C"). 6372 NetworkId *string `locationName:"networkId" min:"34" type:"string"` 6373 6374 // When set to enabled, causes video, audio and captions to be blanked when 6375 // indicated by program metadata. 6376 State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"BlackoutSlateState"` 6377} 6378 6379// String returns the string representation 6380func (s BlackoutSlate) String() string { 6381 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6382} 6383 6384// GoString returns the string representation 6385func (s BlackoutSlate) GoString() string { 6386 return s.String() 6387} 6388 6389// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 6390func (s *BlackoutSlate) Validate() error { 6391 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BlackoutSlate"} 6392 if s.NetworkId != nil && len(*s.NetworkId) < 34 { 6393 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("NetworkId", 34)) 6394 } 6395 if s.BlackoutSlateImage != nil { 6396 if err := s.BlackoutSlateImage.Validate(); err != nil { 6397 invalidParams.AddNested("BlackoutSlateImage", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 6398 } 6399 } 6400 if s.NetworkEndBlackoutImage != nil { 6401 if err := s.NetworkEndBlackoutImage.Validate(); err != nil { 6402 invalidParams.AddNested("NetworkEndBlackoutImage", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 6403 } 6404 } 6405 6406 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 6407 return invalidParams 6408 } 6409 return nil 6410} 6411 6412// SetBlackoutSlateImage sets the BlackoutSlateImage field's value. 6413func (s *BlackoutSlate) SetBlackoutSlateImage(v *InputLocation) *BlackoutSlate { 6414 s.BlackoutSlateImage = v 6415 return s 6416} 6417 6418// SetNetworkEndBlackout sets the NetworkEndBlackout field's value. 6419func (s *BlackoutSlate) SetNetworkEndBlackout(v string) *BlackoutSlate { 6420 s.NetworkEndBlackout = &v 6421 return s 6422} 6423 6424// SetNetworkEndBlackoutImage sets the NetworkEndBlackoutImage field's value. 6425func (s *BlackoutSlate) SetNetworkEndBlackoutImage(v *InputLocation) *BlackoutSlate { 6426 s.NetworkEndBlackoutImage = v 6427 return s 6428} 6429 6430// SetNetworkId sets the NetworkId field's value. 6431func (s *BlackoutSlate) SetNetworkId(v string) *BlackoutSlate { 6432 s.NetworkId = &v 6433 return s 6434} 6435 6436// SetState sets the State field's value. 6437func (s *BlackoutSlate) SetState(v string) *BlackoutSlate { 6438 s.State = &v 6439 return s 6440} 6441 6442// Burn In Destination Settings 6443type BurnInDestinationSettings struct { 6444 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6445 6446 // If no explicit xPosition or yPosition is provided, setting alignment to centered 6447 // will place the captions at the bottom center of the output. Similarly, setting 6448 // a left alignment will align captions to the bottom left of the output. If 6449 // x and y positions are given in conjunction with the alignment parameter, 6450 // the font will be justified (either left or centered) relative to those coordinates. 6451 // Selecting "smart" justification will left-justify live subtitles and center-justify 6452 // pre-recorded subtitles. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 6453 Alignment *string `locationName:"alignment" type:"string" enum:"BurnInAlignment"` 6454 6455 // Specifies the color of the rectangle behind the captions. All burn-in and 6456 // DVB-Sub font settings must match. 6457 BackgroundColor *string `locationName:"backgroundColor" type:"string" enum:"BurnInBackgroundColor"` 6458 6459 // Specifies the opacity of the background rectangle. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent. 6460 // Leaving this parameter out is equivalent to setting it to 0 (transparent). 6461 // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 6462 BackgroundOpacity *int64 `locationName:"backgroundOpacity" type:"integer"` 6463 6464 // External font file used for caption burn-in. File extension must be 'ttf' 6465 // or 'tte'. Although the user can select output fonts for many different types 6466 // of input captions, embedded, STL and teletext sources use a strict grid system. 6467 // Using external fonts with these caption sources could cause unexpected display 6468 // of proportional fonts. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 6469 Font *InputLocation `locationName:"font" type:"structure"` 6470 6471 // Specifies the color of the burned-in captions. This option is not valid for 6472 // source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings 6473 // are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font 6474 // settings must match. 6475 FontColor *string `locationName:"fontColor" type:"string" enum:"BurnInFontColor"` 6476 6477 // Specifies the opacity of the burned-in captions. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent. 6478 // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 6479 FontOpacity *int64 `locationName:"fontOpacity" type:"integer"` 6480 6481 // Font resolution in DPI (dots per inch); default is 96 dpi. All burn-in and 6482 // DVB-Sub font settings must match. 6483 FontResolution *int64 `locationName:"fontResolution" min:"96" type:"integer"` 6484 6485 // When set to 'auto' fontSize will scale depending on the size of the output. 6486 // Giving a positive integer will specify the exact font size in points. All 6487 // burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 6488 FontSize *string `locationName:"fontSize" type:"string"` 6489 6490 // Specifies font outline color. This option is not valid for source captions 6491 // that are either 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings are already 6492 // pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings 6493 // must match. 6494 OutlineColor *string `locationName:"outlineColor" type:"string" enum:"BurnInOutlineColor"` 6495 6496 // Specifies font outline size in pixels. This option is not valid for source 6497 // captions that are either 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings 6498 // are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font 6499 // settings must match. 6500 OutlineSize *int64 `locationName:"outlineSize" type:"integer"` 6501 6502 // Specifies the color of the shadow cast by the captions. All burn-in and DVB-Sub 6503 // font settings must match. 6504 ShadowColor *string `locationName:"shadowColor" type:"string" enum:"BurnInShadowColor"` 6505 6506 // Specifies the opacity of the shadow. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent. Leaving 6507 // this parameter out is equivalent to setting it to 0 (transparent). All burn-in 6508 // and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 6509 ShadowOpacity *int64 `locationName:"shadowOpacity" type:"integer"` 6510 6511 // Specifies the horizontal offset of the shadow relative to the captions in 6512 // pixels. A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels to the left. 6513 // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 6514 ShadowXOffset *int64 `locationName:"shadowXOffset" type:"integer"` 6515 6516 // Specifies the vertical offset of the shadow relative to the captions in pixels. 6517 // A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels above the text. All 6518 // burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 6519 ShadowYOffset *int64 `locationName:"shadowYOffset" type:"integer"` 6520 6521 // Controls whether a fixed grid size will be used to generate the output subtitles 6522 // bitmap. Only applicable for Teletext inputs and DVB-Sub/Burn-in outputs. 6523 TeletextGridControl *string `locationName:"teletextGridControl" type:"string" enum:"BurnInTeletextGridControl"` 6524 6525 // Specifies the horizontal position of the caption relative to the left side 6526 // of the output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting 6527 // 10 pixels from the left of the output. If no explicit xPosition is provided, 6528 // the horizontal caption position will be determined by the alignment parameter. 6529 // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 6530 XPosition *int64 `locationName:"xPosition" type:"integer"` 6531 6532 // Specifies the vertical position of the caption relative to the top of the 6533 // output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting 10 6534 // pixels from the top of the output. If no explicit yPosition is provided, 6535 // the caption will be positioned towards the bottom of the output. All burn-in 6536 // and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 6537 YPosition *int64 `locationName:"yPosition" type:"integer"` 6538} 6539 6540// String returns the string representation 6541func (s BurnInDestinationSettings) String() string { 6542 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6543} 6544 6545// GoString returns the string representation 6546func (s BurnInDestinationSettings) GoString() string { 6547 return s.String() 6548} 6549 6550// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 6551func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) Validate() error { 6552 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BurnInDestinationSettings"} 6553 if s.FontResolution != nil && *s.FontResolution < 96 { 6554 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("FontResolution", 96)) 6555 } 6556 if s.Font != nil { 6557 if err := s.Font.Validate(); err != nil { 6558 invalidParams.AddNested("Font", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 6559 } 6560 } 6561 6562 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 6563 return invalidParams 6564 } 6565 return nil 6566} 6567 6568// SetAlignment sets the Alignment field's value. 6569func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetAlignment(v string) *BurnInDestinationSettings { 6570 s.Alignment = &v 6571 return s 6572} 6573 6574// SetBackgroundColor sets the BackgroundColor field's value. 6575func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetBackgroundColor(v string) *BurnInDestinationSettings { 6576 s.BackgroundColor = &v 6577 return s 6578} 6579 6580// SetBackgroundOpacity sets the BackgroundOpacity field's value. 6581func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetBackgroundOpacity(v int64) *BurnInDestinationSettings { 6582 s.BackgroundOpacity = &v 6583 return s 6584} 6585 6586// SetFont sets the Font field's value. 6587func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetFont(v *InputLocation) *BurnInDestinationSettings { 6588 s.Font = v 6589 return s 6590} 6591 6592// SetFontColor sets the FontColor field's value. 6593func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetFontColor(v string) *BurnInDestinationSettings { 6594 s.FontColor = &v 6595 return s 6596} 6597 6598// SetFontOpacity sets the FontOpacity field's value. 6599func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetFontOpacity(v int64) *BurnInDestinationSettings { 6600 s.FontOpacity = &v 6601 return s 6602} 6603 6604// SetFontResolution sets the FontResolution field's value. 6605func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetFontResolution(v int64) *BurnInDestinationSettings { 6606 s.FontResolution = &v 6607 return s 6608} 6609 6610// SetFontSize sets the FontSize field's value. 6611func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetFontSize(v string) *BurnInDestinationSettings { 6612 s.FontSize = &v 6613 return s 6614} 6615 6616// SetOutlineColor sets the OutlineColor field's value. 6617func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetOutlineColor(v string) *BurnInDestinationSettings { 6618 s.OutlineColor = &v 6619 return s 6620} 6621 6622// SetOutlineSize sets the OutlineSize field's value. 6623func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetOutlineSize(v int64) *BurnInDestinationSettings { 6624 s.OutlineSize = &v 6625 return s 6626} 6627 6628// SetShadowColor sets the ShadowColor field's value. 6629func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetShadowColor(v string) *BurnInDestinationSettings { 6630 s.ShadowColor = &v 6631 return s 6632} 6633 6634// SetShadowOpacity sets the ShadowOpacity field's value. 6635func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetShadowOpacity(v int64) *BurnInDestinationSettings { 6636 s.ShadowOpacity = &v 6637 return s 6638} 6639 6640// SetShadowXOffset sets the ShadowXOffset field's value. 6641func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetShadowXOffset(v int64) *BurnInDestinationSettings { 6642 s.ShadowXOffset = &v 6643 return s 6644} 6645 6646// SetShadowYOffset sets the ShadowYOffset field's value. 6647func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetShadowYOffset(v int64) *BurnInDestinationSettings { 6648 s.ShadowYOffset = &v 6649 return s 6650} 6651 6652// SetTeletextGridControl sets the TeletextGridControl field's value. 6653func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetTeletextGridControl(v string) *BurnInDestinationSettings { 6654 s.TeletextGridControl = &v 6655 return s 6656} 6657 6658// SetXPosition sets the XPosition field's value. 6659func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetXPosition(v int64) *BurnInDestinationSettings { 6660 s.XPosition = &v 6661 return s 6662} 6663 6664// SetYPosition sets the YPosition field's value. 6665func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetYPosition(v int64) *BurnInDestinationSettings { 6666 s.YPosition = &v 6667 return s 6668} 6669 6670// Caption Description 6671type CaptionDescription struct { 6672 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6673 6674 // Specifies which input caption selector to use as a caption source when generating 6675 // output captions. This field should match a captionSelector name. 6676 // 6677 // CaptionSelectorName is a required field 6678 CaptionSelectorName *string `locationName:"captionSelectorName" type:"string" required:"true"` 6679 6680 // Additional settings for captions destination that depend on the destination 6681 // type. 6682 DestinationSettings *CaptionDestinationSettings `locationName:"destinationSettings" type:"structure"` 6683 6684 // ISO 639-2 three-digit code: http://www.loc.gov/standards/iso639-2/ 6685 LanguageCode *string `locationName:"languageCode" type:"string"` 6686 6687 // Human readable information to indicate captions available for players (eg. 6688 // English, or Spanish). 6689 LanguageDescription *string `locationName:"languageDescription" type:"string"` 6690 6691 // Name of the caption description. Used to associate a caption description 6692 // with an output. Names must be unique within an event. 6693 // 6694 // Name is a required field 6695 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"` 6696} 6697 6698// String returns the string representation 6699func (s CaptionDescription) String() string { 6700 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6701} 6702 6703// GoString returns the string representation 6704func (s CaptionDescription) GoString() string { 6705 return s.String() 6706} 6707 6708// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 6709func (s *CaptionDescription) Validate() error { 6710 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CaptionDescription"} 6711 if s.CaptionSelectorName == nil { 6712 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CaptionSelectorName")) 6713 } 6714 if s.Name == nil { 6715 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) 6716 } 6717 if s.DestinationSettings != nil { 6718 if err := s.DestinationSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 6719 invalidParams.AddNested("DestinationSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 6720 } 6721 } 6722 6723 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 6724 return invalidParams 6725 } 6726 return nil 6727} 6728 6729// SetCaptionSelectorName sets the CaptionSelectorName field's value. 6730func (s *CaptionDescription) SetCaptionSelectorName(v string) *CaptionDescription { 6731 s.CaptionSelectorName = &v 6732 return s 6733} 6734 6735// SetDestinationSettings sets the DestinationSettings field's value. 6736func (s *CaptionDescription) SetDestinationSettings(v *CaptionDestinationSettings) *CaptionDescription { 6737 s.DestinationSettings = v 6738 return s 6739} 6740 6741// SetLanguageCode sets the LanguageCode field's value. 6742func (s *CaptionDescription) SetLanguageCode(v string) *CaptionDescription { 6743 s.LanguageCode = &v 6744 return s 6745} 6746 6747// SetLanguageDescription sets the LanguageDescription field's value. 6748func (s *CaptionDescription) SetLanguageDescription(v string) *CaptionDescription { 6749 s.LanguageDescription = &v 6750 return s 6751} 6752 6753// SetName sets the Name field's value. 6754func (s *CaptionDescription) SetName(v string) *CaptionDescription { 6755 s.Name = &v 6756 return s 6757} 6758 6759// Caption Destination Settings 6760type CaptionDestinationSettings struct { 6761 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6762 6763 // Arib Destination Settings 6764 AribDestinationSettings *AribDestinationSettings `locationName:"aribDestinationSettings" type:"structure"` 6765 6766 // Burn In Destination Settings 6767 BurnInDestinationSettings *BurnInDestinationSettings `locationName:"burnInDestinationSettings" type:"structure"` 6768 6769 // Dvb Sub Destination Settings 6770 DvbSubDestinationSettings *DvbSubDestinationSettings `locationName:"dvbSubDestinationSettings" type:"structure"` 6771 6772 // Embedded Destination Settings 6773 EmbeddedDestinationSettings *EmbeddedDestinationSettings `locationName:"embeddedDestinationSettings" type:"structure"` 6774 6775 // Embedded Plus Scte20 Destination Settings 6776 EmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings *EmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings `locationName:"embeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings" type:"structure"` 6777 6778 // Rtmp Caption Info Destination Settings 6779 RtmpCaptionInfoDestinationSettings *RtmpCaptionInfoDestinationSettings `locationName:"rtmpCaptionInfoDestinationSettings" type:"structure"` 6780 6781 // Scte20 Plus Embedded Destination Settings 6782 Scte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings *Scte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings `locationName:"scte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings" type:"structure"` 6783 6784 // Scte27 Destination Settings 6785 Scte27DestinationSettings *Scte27DestinationSettings `locationName:"scte27DestinationSettings" type:"structure"` 6786 6787 // Smpte Tt Destination Settings 6788 SmpteTtDestinationSettings *SmpteTtDestinationSettings `locationName:"smpteTtDestinationSettings" type:"structure"` 6789 6790 // Teletext Destination Settings 6791 TeletextDestinationSettings *TeletextDestinationSettings `locationName:"teletextDestinationSettings" type:"structure"` 6792 6793 // Ttml Destination Settings 6794 TtmlDestinationSettings *TtmlDestinationSettings `locationName:"ttmlDestinationSettings" type:"structure"` 6795 6796 // Webvtt Destination Settings 6797 WebvttDestinationSettings *WebvttDestinationSettings `locationName:"webvttDestinationSettings" type:"structure"` 6798} 6799 6800// String returns the string representation 6801func (s CaptionDestinationSettings) String() string { 6802 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6803} 6804 6805// GoString returns the string representation 6806func (s CaptionDestinationSettings) GoString() string { 6807 return s.String() 6808} 6809 6810// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 6811func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) Validate() error { 6812 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CaptionDestinationSettings"} 6813 if s.BurnInDestinationSettings != nil { 6814 if err := s.BurnInDestinationSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 6815 invalidParams.AddNested("BurnInDestinationSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 6816 } 6817 } 6818 if s.DvbSubDestinationSettings != nil { 6819 if err := s.DvbSubDestinationSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 6820 invalidParams.AddNested("DvbSubDestinationSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 6821 } 6822 } 6823 6824 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 6825 return invalidParams 6826 } 6827 return nil 6828} 6829 6830// SetAribDestinationSettings sets the AribDestinationSettings field's value. 6831func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetAribDestinationSettings(v *AribDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings { 6832 s.AribDestinationSettings = v 6833 return s 6834} 6835 6836// SetBurnInDestinationSettings sets the BurnInDestinationSettings field's value. 6837func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetBurnInDestinationSettings(v *BurnInDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings { 6838 s.BurnInDestinationSettings = v 6839 return s 6840} 6841 6842// SetDvbSubDestinationSettings sets the DvbSubDestinationSettings field's value. 6843func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetDvbSubDestinationSettings(v *DvbSubDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings { 6844 s.DvbSubDestinationSettings = v 6845 return s 6846} 6847 6848// SetEmbeddedDestinationSettings sets the EmbeddedDestinationSettings field's value. 6849func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetEmbeddedDestinationSettings(v *EmbeddedDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings { 6850 s.EmbeddedDestinationSettings = v 6851 return s 6852} 6853 6854// SetEmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings sets the EmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings field's value. 6855func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetEmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings(v *EmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings { 6856 s.EmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings = v 6857 return s 6858} 6859 6860// SetRtmpCaptionInfoDestinationSettings sets the RtmpCaptionInfoDestinationSettings field's value. 6861func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetRtmpCaptionInfoDestinationSettings(v *RtmpCaptionInfoDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings { 6862 s.RtmpCaptionInfoDestinationSettings = v 6863 return s 6864} 6865 6866// SetScte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings sets the Scte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings field's value. 6867func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetScte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings(v *Scte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings { 6868 s.Scte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings = v 6869 return s 6870} 6871 6872// SetScte27DestinationSettings sets the Scte27DestinationSettings field's value. 6873func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetScte27DestinationSettings(v *Scte27DestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings { 6874 s.Scte27DestinationSettings = v 6875 return s 6876} 6877 6878// SetSmpteTtDestinationSettings sets the SmpteTtDestinationSettings field's value. 6879func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetSmpteTtDestinationSettings(v *SmpteTtDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings { 6880 s.SmpteTtDestinationSettings = v 6881 return s 6882} 6883 6884// SetTeletextDestinationSettings sets the TeletextDestinationSettings field's value. 6885func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetTeletextDestinationSettings(v *TeletextDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings { 6886 s.TeletextDestinationSettings = v 6887 return s 6888} 6889 6890// SetTtmlDestinationSettings sets the TtmlDestinationSettings field's value. 6891func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetTtmlDestinationSettings(v *TtmlDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings { 6892 s.TtmlDestinationSettings = v 6893 return s 6894} 6895 6896// SetWebvttDestinationSettings sets the WebvttDestinationSettings field's value. 6897func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetWebvttDestinationSettings(v *WebvttDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings { 6898 s.WebvttDestinationSettings = v 6899 return s 6900} 6901 6902// Maps a caption channel to an ISO 693-2 language code (http://www.loc.gov/standards/iso639-2), 6903// with an optional description. 6904type CaptionLanguageMapping struct { 6905 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6906 6907 // The closed caption channel being described by this CaptionLanguageMapping. 6908 // Each channel mapping must have a unique channel number (maximum of 4) 6909 // 6910 // CaptionChannel is a required field 6911 CaptionChannel *int64 `locationName:"captionChannel" min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"` 6912 6913 // Three character ISO 639-2 language code (see http://www.loc.gov/standards/iso639-2) 6914 // 6915 // LanguageCode is a required field 6916 LanguageCode *string `locationName:"languageCode" min:"3" type:"string" required:"true"` 6917 6918 // Textual description of language 6919 // 6920 // LanguageDescription is a required field 6921 LanguageDescription *string `locationName:"languageDescription" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` 6922} 6923 6924// String returns the string representation 6925func (s CaptionLanguageMapping) String() string { 6926 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6927} 6928 6929// GoString returns the string representation 6930func (s CaptionLanguageMapping) GoString() string { 6931 return s.String() 6932} 6933 6934// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 6935func (s *CaptionLanguageMapping) Validate() error { 6936 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CaptionLanguageMapping"} 6937 if s.CaptionChannel == nil { 6938 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CaptionChannel")) 6939 } 6940 if s.CaptionChannel != nil && *s.CaptionChannel < 1 { 6941 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("CaptionChannel", 1)) 6942 } 6943 if s.LanguageCode == nil { 6944 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("LanguageCode")) 6945 } 6946 if s.LanguageCode != nil && len(*s.LanguageCode) < 3 { 6947 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("LanguageCode", 3)) 6948 } 6949 if s.LanguageDescription == nil { 6950 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("LanguageDescription")) 6951 } 6952 if s.LanguageDescription != nil && len(*s.LanguageDescription) < 1 { 6953 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("LanguageDescription", 1)) 6954 } 6955 6956 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 6957 return invalidParams 6958 } 6959 return nil 6960} 6961 6962// SetCaptionChannel sets the CaptionChannel field's value. 6963func (s *CaptionLanguageMapping) SetCaptionChannel(v int64) *CaptionLanguageMapping { 6964 s.CaptionChannel = &v 6965 return s 6966} 6967 6968// SetLanguageCode sets the LanguageCode field's value. 6969func (s *CaptionLanguageMapping) SetLanguageCode(v string) *CaptionLanguageMapping { 6970 s.LanguageCode = &v 6971 return s 6972} 6973 6974// SetLanguageDescription sets the LanguageDescription field's value. 6975func (s *CaptionLanguageMapping) SetLanguageDescription(v string) *CaptionLanguageMapping { 6976 s.LanguageDescription = &v 6977 return s 6978} 6979 6980// Output groups for this Live Event. Output groups contain information about 6981// where streams should be distributed. 6982type CaptionSelector struct { 6983 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6984 6985 // When specified this field indicates the three letter language code of the 6986 // caption track to extract from the source. 6987 LanguageCode *string `locationName:"languageCode" type:"string"` 6988 6989 // Name identifier for a caption selector. This name is used to associate this 6990 // caption selector with one or more caption descriptions. Names must be unique 6991 // within an event. 6992 // 6993 // Name is a required field 6994 Name *string `locationName:"name" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` 6995 6996 // Caption selector settings. 6997 SelectorSettings *CaptionSelectorSettings `locationName:"selectorSettings" type:"structure"` 6998} 6999 7000// String returns the string representation 7001func (s CaptionSelector) String() string { 7002 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7003} 7004 7005// GoString returns the string representation 7006func (s CaptionSelector) GoString() string { 7007 return s.String() 7008} 7009 7010// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 7011func (s *CaptionSelector) Validate() error { 7012 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CaptionSelector"} 7013 if s.Name == nil { 7014 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) 7015 } 7016 if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 { 7017 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1)) 7018 } 7019 if s.SelectorSettings != nil { 7020 if err := s.SelectorSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 7021 invalidParams.AddNested("SelectorSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 7022 } 7023 } 7024 7025 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 7026 return invalidParams 7027 } 7028 return nil 7029} 7030 7031// SetLanguageCode sets the LanguageCode field's value. 7032func (s *CaptionSelector) SetLanguageCode(v string) *CaptionSelector { 7033 s.LanguageCode = &v 7034 return s 7035} 7036 7037// SetName sets the Name field's value. 7038func (s *CaptionSelector) SetName(v string) *CaptionSelector { 7039 s.Name = &v 7040 return s 7041} 7042 7043// SetSelectorSettings sets the SelectorSettings field's value. 7044func (s *CaptionSelector) SetSelectorSettings(v *CaptionSelectorSettings) *CaptionSelector { 7045 s.SelectorSettings = v 7046 return s 7047} 7048 7049// Caption Selector Settings 7050type CaptionSelectorSettings struct { 7051 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7052 7053 // Arib Source Settings 7054 AribSourceSettings *AribSourceSettings `locationName:"aribSourceSettings" type:"structure"` 7055 7056 // Dvb Sub Source Settings 7057 DvbSubSourceSettings *DvbSubSourceSettings `locationName:"dvbSubSourceSettings" type:"structure"` 7058 7059 // Embedded Source Settings 7060 EmbeddedSourceSettings *EmbeddedSourceSettings `locationName:"embeddedSourceSettings" type:"structure"` 7061 7062 // Scte20 Source Settings 7063 Scte20SourceSettings *Scte20SourceSettings `locationName:"scte20SourceSettings" type:"structure"` 7064 7065 // Scte27 Source Settings 7066 Scte27SourceSettings *Scte27SourceSettings `locationName:"scte27SourceSettings" type:"structure"` 7067 7068 // Teletext Source Settings 7069 TeletextSourceSettings *TeletextSourceSettings `locationName:"teletextSourceSettings" type:"structure"` 7070} 7071 7072// String returns the string representation 7073func (s CaptionSelectorSettings) String() string { 7074 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7075} 7076 7077// GoString returns the string representation 7078func (s CaptionSelectorSettings) GoString() string { 7079 return s.String() 7080} 7081 7082// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 7083func (s *CaptionSelectorSettings) Validate() error { 7084 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CaptionSelectorSettings"} 7085 if s.DvbSubSourceSettings != nil { 7086 if err := s.DvbSubSourceSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 7087 invalidParams.AddNested("DvbSubSourceSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 7088 } 7089 } 7090 if s.EmbeddedSourceSettings != nil { 7091 if err := s.EmbeddedSourceSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 7092 invalidParams.AddNested("EmbeddedSourceSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 7093 } 7094 } 7095 if s.Scte20SourceSettings != nil { 7096 if err := s.Scte20SourceSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 7097 invalidParams.AddNested("Scte20SourceSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 7098 } 7099 } 7100 if s.Scte27SourceSettings != nil { 7101 if err := s.Scte27SourceSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 7102 invalidParams.AddNested("Scte27SourceSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 7103 } 7104 } 7105 7106 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 7107 return invalidParams 7108 } 7109 return nil 7110} 7111 7112// SetAribSourceSettings sets the AribSourceSettings field's value. 7113func (s *CaptionSelectorSettings) SetAribSourceSettings(v *AribSourceSettings) *CaptionSelectorSettings { 7114 s.AribSourceSettings = v 7115 return s 7116} 7117 7118// SetDvbSubSourceSettings sets the DvbSubSourceSettings field's value. 7119func (s *CaptionSelectorSettings) SetDvbSubSourceSettings(v *DvbSubSourceSettings) *CaptionSelectorSettings { 7120 s.DvbSubSourceSettings = v 7121 return s 7122} 7123 7124// SetEmbeddedSourceSettings sets the EmbeddedSourceSettings field's value. 7125func (s *CaptionSelectorSettings) SetEmbeddedSourceSettings(v *EmbeddedSourceSettings) *CaptionSelectorSettings { 7126 s.EmbeddedSourceSettings = v 7127 return s 7128} 7129 7130// SetScte20SourceSettings sets the Scte20SourceSettings field's value. 7131func (s *CaptionSelectorSettings) SetScte20SourceSettings(v *Scte20SourceSettings) *CaptionSelectorSettings { 7132 s.Scte20SourceSettings = v 7133 return s 7134} 7135 7136// SetScte27SourceSettings sets the Scte27SourceSettings field's value. 7137func (s *CaptionSelectorSettings) SetScte27SourceSettings(v *Scte27SourceSettings) *CaptionSelectorSettings { 7138 s.Scte27SourceSettings = v 7139 return s 7140} 7141 7142// SetTeletextSourceSettings sets the TeletextSourceSettings field's value. 7143func (s *CaptionSelectorSettings) SetTeletextSourceSettings(v *TeletextSourceSettings) *CaptionSelectorSettings { 7144 s.TeletextSourceSettings = v 7145 return s 7146} 7147 7148type Channel struct { 7149 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7150 7151 // The unique arn of the channel. 7152 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 7153 7154 // The class for this channel. STANDARD for a channel with two pipelines or 7155 // SINGLE_PIPELINE for a channel with one pipeline. 7156 ChannelClass *string `locationName:"channelClass" type:"string" enum:"ChannelClass"` 7157 7158 // A list of destinations of the channel. For UDP outputs, there is onedestination 7159 // per output. For other types (HLS, for example), there isone destination per 7160 // packager. 7161 Destinations []*OutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"` 7162 7163 // The endpoints where outgoing connections initiate from 7164 EgressEndpoints []*ChannelEgressEndpoint `locationName:"egressEndpoints" type:"list"` 7165 7166 // Encoder Settings 7167 EncoderSettings *EncoderSettings `locationName:"encoderSettings" type:"structure"` 7168 7169 // The unique id of the channel. 7170 Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` 7171 7172 // List of input attachments for channel. 7173 InputAttachments []*InputAttachment `locationName:"inputAttachments" type:"list"` 7174 7175 InputSpecification *InputSpecification `locationName:"inputSpecification" type:"structure"` 7176 7177 // The log level being written to CloudWatch Logs. 7178 LogLevel *string `locationName:"logLevel" type:"string" enum:"LogLevel"` 7179 7180 // The name of the channel. (user-mutable) 7181 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 7182 7183 // Runtime details for the pipelines of a running channel. 7184 PipelineDetails []*PipelineDetail `locationName:"pipelineDetails" type:"list"` 7185 7186 // The number of currently healthy pipelines. 7187 PipelinesRunningCount *int64 `locationName:"pipelinesRunningCount" type:"integer"` 7188 7189 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the role assumed when running the Channel. 7190 RoleArn *string `locationName:"roleArn" type:"string"` 7191 7192 State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"ChannelState"` 7193 7194 // A collection of key-value pairs. 7195 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 7196} 7197 7198// String returns the string representation 7199func (s Channel) String() string { 7200 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7201} 7202 7203// GoString returns the string representation 7204func (s Channel) GoString() string { 7205 return s.String() 7206} 7207 7208// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 7209func (s *Channel) SetArn(v string) *Channel { 7210 s.Arn = &v 7211 return s 7212} 7213 7214// SetChannelClass sets the ChannelClass field's value. 7215func (s *Channel) SetChannelClass(v string) *Channel { 7216 s.ChannelClass = &v 7217 return s 7218} 7219 7220// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value. 7221func (s *Channel) SetDestinations(v []*OutputDestination) *Channel { 7222 s.Destinations = v 7223 return s 7224} 7225 7226// SetEgressEndpoints sets the EgressEndpoints field's value. 7227func (s *Channel) SetEgressEndpoints(v []*ChannelEgressEndpoint) *Channel { 7228 s.EgressEndpoints = v 7229 return s 7230} 7231 7232// SetEncoderSettings sets the EncoderSettings field's value. 7233func (s *Channel) SetEncoderSettings(v *EncoderSettings) *Channel { 7234 s.EncoderSettings = v 7235 return s 7236} 7237 7238// SetId sets the Id field's value. 7239func (s *Channel) SetId(v string) *Channel { 7240 s.Id = &v 7241 return s 7242} 7243 7244// SetInputAttachments sets the InputAttachments field's value. 7245func (s *Channel) SetInputAttachments(v []*InputAttachment) *Channel { 7246 s.InputAttachments = v 7247 return s 7248} 7249 7250// SetInputSpecification sets the InputSpecification field's value. 7251func (s *Channel) SetInputSpecification(v *InputSpecification) *Channel { 7252 s.InputSpecification = v 7253 return s 7254} 7255 7256// SetLogLevel sets the LogLevel field's value. 7257func (s *Channel) SetLogLevel(v string) *Channel { 7258 s.LogLevel = &v 7259 return s 7260} 7261 7262// SetName sets the Name field's value. 7263func (s *Channel) SetName(v string) *Channel { 7264 s.Name = &v 7265 return s 7266} 7267 7268// SetPipelineDetails sets the PipelineDetails field's value. 7269func (s *Channel) SetPipelineDetails(v []*PipelineDetail) *Channel { 7270 s.PipelineDetails = v 7271 return s 7272} 7273 7274// SetPipelinesRunningCount sets the PipelinesRunningCount field's value. 7275func (s *Channel) SetPipelinesRunningCount(v int64) *Channel { 7276 s.PipelinesRunningCount = &v 7277 return s 7278} 7279 7280// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. 7281func (s *Channel) SetRoleArn(v string) *Channel { 7282 s.RoleArn = &v 7283 return s 7284} 7285 7286// SetState sets the State field's value. 7287func (s *Channel) SetState(v string) *Channel { 7288 s.State = &v 7289 return s 7290} 7291 7292// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 7293func (s *Channel) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *Channel { 7294 s.Tags = v 7295 return s 7296} 7297 7298type ChannelEgressEndpoint struct { 7299 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7300 7301 // Public IP of where a channel's output comes from 7302 SourceIp *string `locationName:"sourceIp" type:"string"` 7303} 7304 7305// String returns the string representation 7306func (s ChannelEgressEndpoint) String() string { 7307 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7308} 7309 7310// GoString returns the string representation 7311func (s ChannelEgressEndpoint) GoString() string { 7312 return s.String() 7313} 7314 7315// SetSourceIp sets the SourceIp field's value. 7316func (s *ChannelEgressEndpoint) SetSourceIp(v string) *ChannelEgressEndpoint { 7317 s.SourceIp = &v 7318 return s 7319} 7320 7321type ChannelSummary struct { 7322 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7323 7324 // The unique arn of the channel. 7325 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 7326 7327 // The class for this channel. STANDARD for a channel with two pipelines or 7328 // SINGLE_PIPELINE for a channel with one pipeline. 7329 ChannelClass *string `locationName:"channelClass" type:"string" enum:"ChannelClass"` 7330 7331 // A list of destinations of the channel. For UDP outputs, there is onedestination 7332 // per output. For other types (HLS, for example), there isone destination per 7333 // packager. 7334 Destinations []*OutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"` 7335 7336 // The endpoints where outgoing connections initiate from 7337 EgressEndpoints []*ChannelEgressEndpoint `locationName:"egressEndpoints" type:"list"` 7338 7339 // The unique id of the channel. 7340 Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` 7341 7342 // List of input attachments for channel. 7343 InputAttachments []*InputAttachment `locationName:"inputAttachments" type:"list"` 7344 7345 InputSpecification *InputSpecification `locationName:"inputSpecification" type:"structure"` 7346 7347 // The log level being written to CloudWatch Logs. 7348 LogLevel *string `locationName:"logLevel" type:"string" enum:"LogLevel"` 7349 7350 // The name of the channel. (user-mutable) 7351 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 7352 7353 // The number of currently healthy pipelines. 7354 PipelinesRunningCount *int64 `locationName:"pipelinesRunningCount" type:"integer"` 7355 7356 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the role assumed when running the Channel. 7357 RoleArn *string `locationName:"roleArn" type:"string"` 7358 7359 State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"ChannelState"` 7360 7361 // A collection of key-value pairs. 7362 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 7363} 7364 7365// String returns the string representation 7366func (s ChannelSummary) String() string { 7367 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7368} 7369 7370// GoString returns the string representation 7371func (s ChannelSummary) GoString() string { 7372 return s.String() 7373} 7374 7375// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 7376func (s *ChannelSummary) SetArn(v string) *ChannelSummary { 7377 s.Arn = &v 7378 return s 7379} 7380 7381// SetChannelClass sets the ChannelClass field's value. 7382func (s *ChannelSummary) SetChannelClass(v string) *ChannelSummary { 7383 s.ChannelClass = &v 7384 return s 7385} 7386 7387// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value. 7388func (s *ChannelSummary) SetDestinations(v []*OutputDestination) *ChannelSummary { 7389 s.Destinations = v 7390 return s 7391} 7392 7393// SetEgressEndpoints sets the EgressEndpoints field's value. 7394func (s *ChannelSummary) SetEgressEndpoints(v []*ChannelEgressEndpoint) *ChannelSummary { 7395 s.EgressEndpoints = v 7396 return s 7397} 7398 7399// SetId sets the Id field's value. 7400func (s *ChannelSummary) SetId(v string) *ChannelSummary { 7401 s.Id = &v 7402 return s 7403} 7404 7405// SetInputAttachments sets the InputAttachments field's value. 7406func (s *ChannelSummary) SetInputAttachments(v []*InputAttachment) *ChannelSummary { 7407 s.InputAttachments = v 7408 return s 7409} 7410 7411// SetInputSpecification sets the InputSpecification field's value. 7412func (s *ChannelSummary) SetInputSpecification(v *InputSpecification) *ChannelSummary { 7413 s.InputSpecification = v 7414 return s 7415} 7416 7417// SetLogLevel sets the LogLevel field's value. 7418func (s *ChannelSummary) SetLogLevel(v string) *ChannelSummary { 7419 s.LogLevel = &v 7420 return s 7421} 7422 7423// SetName sets the Name field's value. 7424func (s *ChannelSummary) SetName(v string) *ChannelSummary { 7425 s.Name = &v 7426 return s 7427} 7428 7429// SetPipelinesRunningCount sets the PipelinesRunningCount field's value. 7430func (s *ChannelSummary) SetPipelinesRunningCount(v int64) *ChannelSummary { 7431 s.PipelinesRunningCount = &v 7432 return s 7433} 7434 7435// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. 7436func (s *ChannelSummary) SetRoleArn(v string) *ChannelSummary { 7437 s.RoleArn = &v 7438 return s 7439} 7440 7441// SetState sets the State field's value. 7442func (s *ChannelSummary) SetState(v string) *ChannelSummary { 7443 s.State = &v 7444 return s 7445} 7446 7447// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 7448func (s *ChannelSummary) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *ChannelSummary { 7449 s.Tags = v 7450 return s 7451} 7452 7453// Passthrough applies no color space conversion to the output 7454type ColorSpacePassthroughSettings struct { 7455 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7456} 7457 7458// String returns the string representation 7459func (s ColorSpacePassthroughSettings) String() string { 7460 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7461} 7462 7463// GoString returns the string representation 7464func (s ColorSpacePassthroughSettings) GoString() string { 7465 return s.String() 7466} 7467 7468type ConflictException struct { 7469 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7470 RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"` 7471 7472 Message_ *string `locationName:"message" type:"string"` 7473} 7474 7475// String returns the string representation 7476func (s ConflictException) String() string { 7477 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7478} 7479 7480// GoString returns the string representation 7481func (s ConflictException) GoString() string { 7482 return s.String() 7483} 7484 7485func newErrorConflictException(v protocol.ResponseMetadata) error { 7486 return &ConflictException{ 7487 RespMetadata: v, 7488 } 7489} 7490 7491// Code returns the exception type name. 7492func (s *ConflictException) Code() string { 7493 return "ConflictException" 7494} 7495 7496// Message returns the exception's message. 7497func (s *ConflictException) Message() string { 7498 if s.Message_ != nil { 7499 return *s.Message_ 7500 } 7501 return "" 7502} 7503 7504// OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface. 7505func (s *ConflictException) OrigErr() error { 7506 return nil 7507} 7508 7509func (s *ConflictException) Error() string { 7510 return fmt.Sprintf("%s: %s", s.Code(), s.Message()) 7511} 7512 7513// Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error. 7514func (s *ConflictException) StatusCode() int { 7515 return s.RespMetadata.StatusCode 7516} 7517 7518// RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request. 7519func (s *ConflictException) RequestID() string { 7520 return s.RespMetadata.RequestID 7521} 7522 7523type CreateChannelInput struct { 7524 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7525 7526 // A standard channel has two encoding pipelines and a single pipeline channel 7527 // only has one. 7528 ChannelClass *string `locationName:"channelClass" type:"string" enum:"ChannelClass"` 7529 7530 Destinations []*OutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"` 7531 7532 // Encoder Settings 7533 EncoderSettings *EncoderSettings `locationName:"encoderSettings" type:"structure"` 7534 7535 InputAttachments []*InputAttachment `locationName:"inputAttachments" type:"list"` 7536 7537 InputSpecification *InputSpecification `locationName:"inputSpecification" type:"structure"` 7538 7539 // The log level the user wants for their channel. 7540 LogLevel *string `locationName:"logLevel" type:"string" enum:"LogLevel"` 7541 7542 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 7543 7544 RequestId *string `locationName:"requestId" type:"string" idempotencyToken:"true"` 7545 7546 Reserved *string `locationName:"reserved" deprecated:"true" type:"string"` 7547 7548 RoleArn *string `locationName:"roleArn" type:"string"` 7549 7550 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 7551} 7552 7553// String returns the string representation 7554func (s CreateChannelInput) String() string { 7555 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7556} 7557 7558// GoString returns the string representation 7559func (s CreateChannelInput) GoString() string { 7560 return s.String() 7561} 7562 7563// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 7564func (s *CreateChannelInput) Validate() error { 7565 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateChannelInput"} 7566 if s.Destinations != nil { 7567 for i, v := range s.Destinations { 7568 if v == nil { 7569 continue 7570 } 7571 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 7572 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Destinations", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 7573 } 7574 } 7575 } 7576 if s.EncoderSettings != nil { 7577 if err := s.EncoderSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 7578 invalidParams.AddNested("EncoderSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 7579 } 7580 } 7581 if s.InputAttachments != nil { 7582 for i, v := range s.InputAttachments { 7583 if v == nil { 7584 continue 7585 } 7586 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 7587 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "InputAttachments", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 7588 } 7589 } 7590 } 7591 7592 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 7593 return invalidParams 7594 } 7595 return nil 7596} 7597 7598// SetChannelClass sets the ChannelClass field's value. 7599func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetChannelClass(v string) *CreateChannelInput { 7600 s.ChannelClass = &v 7601 return s 7602} 7603 7604// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value. 7605func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetDestinations(v []*OutputDestination) *CreateChannelInput { 7606 s.Destinations = v 7607 return s 7608} 7609 7610// SetEncoderSettings sets the EncoderSettings field's value. 7611func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetEncoderSettings(v *EncoderSettings) *CreateChannelInput { 7612 s.EncoderSettings = v 7613 return s 7614} 7615 7616// SetInputAttachments sets the InputAttachments field's value. 7617func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetInputAttachments(v []*InputAttachment) *CreateChannelInput { 7618 s.InputAttachments = v 7619 return s 7620} 7621 7622// SetInputSpecification sets the InputSpecification field's value. 7623func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetInputSpecification(v *InputSpecification) *CreateChannelInput { 7624 s.InputSpecification = v 7625 return s 7626} 7627 7628// SetLogLevel sets the LogLevel field's value. 7629func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetLogLevel(v string) *CreateChannelInput { 7630 s.LogLevel = &v 7631 return s 7632} 7633 7634// SetName sets the Name field's value. 7635func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetName(v string) *CreateChannelInput { 7636 s.Name = &v 7637 return s 7638} 7639 7640// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value. 7641func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetRequestId(v string) *CreateChannelInput { 7642 s.RequestId = &v 7643 return s 7644} 7645 7646// SetReserved sets the Reserved field's value. 7647func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetReserved(v string) *CreateChannelInput { 7648 s.Reserved = &v 7649 return s 7650} 7651 7652// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. 7653func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetRoleArn(v string) *CreateChannelInput { 7654 s.RoleArn = &v 7655 return s 7656} 7657 7658// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 7659func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *CreateChannelInput { 7660 s.Tags = v 7661 return s 7662} 7663 7664type CreateChannelOutput struct { 7665 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7666 7667 Channel *Channel `locationName:"channel" type:"structure"` 7668} 7669 7670// String returns the string representation 7671func (s CreateChannelOutput) String() string { 7672 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7673} 7674 7675// GoString returns the string representation 7676func (s CreateChannelOutput) GoString() string { 7677 return s.String() 7678} 7679 7680// SetChannel sets the Channel field's value. 7681func (s *CreateChannelOutput) SetChannel(v *Channel) *CreateChannelOutput { 7682 s.Channel = v 7683 return s 7684} 7685 7686type CreateInputInput struct { 7687 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7688 7689 Destinations []*InputDestinationRequest `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"` 7690 7691 InputDevices []*InputDeviceSettings `locationName:"inputDevices" type:"list"` 7692 7693 InputSecurityGroups []*string `locationName:"inputSecurityGroups" type:"list"` 7694 7695 MediaConnectFlows []*MediaConnectFlowRequest `locationName:"mediaConnectFlows" type:"list"` 7696 7697 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 7698 7699 RequestId *string `locationName:"requestId" type:"string" idempotencyToken:"true"` 7700 7701 RoleArn *string `locationName:"roleArn" type:"string"` 7702 7703 Sources []*InputSourceRequest `locationName:"sources" type:"list"` 7704 7705 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 7706 7707 Type *string `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"InputType"` 7708 7709 // Settings for a private VPC Input.When this property is specified, the input 7710 // destination addresses will be created in a VPC rather than with public Internet 7711 // addresses.This property requires setting the roleArn property on Input creation.Not 7712 // compatible with the inputSecurityGroups property. 7713 Vpc *InputVpcRequest `locationName:"vpc" type:"structure"` 7714} 7715 7716// String returns the string representation 7717func (s CreateInputInput) String() string { 7718 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7719} 7720 7721// GoString returns the string representation 7722func (s CreateInputInput) GoString() string { 7723 return s.String() 7724} 7725 7726// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 7727func (s *CreateInputInput) Validate() error { 7728 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateInputInput"} 7729 if s.Vpc != nil { 7730 if err := s.Vpc.Validate(); err != nil { 7731 invalidParams.AddNested("Vpc", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 7732 } 7733 } 7734 7735 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 7736 return invalidParams 7737 } 7738 return nil 7739} 7740 7741// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value. 7742func (s *CreateInputInput) SetDestinations(v []*InputDestinationRequest) *CreateInputInput { 7743 s.Destinations = v 7744 return s 7745} 7746 7747// SetInputDevices sets the InputDevices field's value. 7748func (s *CreateInputInput) SetInputDevices(v []*InputDeviceSettings) *CreateInputInput { 7749 s.InputDevices = v 7750 return s 7751} 7752 7753// SetInputSecurityGroups sets the InputSecurityGroups field's value. 7754func (s *CreateInputInput) SetInputSecurityGroups(v []*string) *CreateInputInput { 7755 s.InputSecurityGroups = v 7756 return s 7757} 7758 7759// SetMediaConnectFlows sets the MediaConnectFlows field's value. 7760func (s *CreateInputInput) SetMediaConnectFlows(v []*MediaConnectFlowRequest) *CreateInputInput { 7761 s.MediaConnectFlows = v 7762 return s 7763} 7764 7765// SetName sets the Name field's value. 7766func (s *CreateInputInput) SetName(v string) *CreateInputInput { 7767 s.Name = &v 7768 return s 7769} 7770 7771// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value. 7772func (s *CreateInputInput) SetRequestId(v string) *CreateInputInput { 7773 s.RequestId = &v 7774 return s 7775} 7776 7777// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. 7778func (s *CreateInputInput) SetRoleArn(v string) *CreateInputInput { 7779 s.RoleArn = &v 7780 return s 7781} 7782 7783// SetSources sets the Sources field's value. 7784func (s *CreateInputInput) SetSources(v []*InputSourceRequest) *CreateInputInput { 7785 s.Sources = v 7786 return s 7787} 7788 7789// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 7790func (s *CreateInputInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *CreateInputInput { 7791 s.Tags = v 7792 return s 7793} 7794 7795// SetType sets the Type field's value. 7796func (s *CreateInputInput) SetType(v string) *CreateInputInput { 7797 s.Type = &v 7798 return s 7799} 7800 7801// SetVpc sets the Vpc field's value. 7802func (s *CreateInputInput) SetVpc(v *InputVpcRequest) *CreateInputInput { 7803 s.Vpc = v 7804 return s 7805} 7806 7807type CreateInputOutput struct { 7808 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7809 7810 Input *Input `locationName:"input" type:"structure"` 7811} 7812 7813// String returns the string representation 7814func (s CreateInputOutput) String() string { 7815 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7816} 7817 7818// GoString returns the string representation 7819func (s CreateInputOutput) GoString() string { 7820 return s.String() 7821} 7822 7823// SetInput sets the Input field's value. 7824func (s *CreateInputOutput) SetInput(v *Input) *CreateInputOutput { 7825 s.Input = v 7826 return s 7827} 7828 7829type CreateInputSecurityGroupInput struct { 7830 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7831 7832 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 7833 7834 WhitelistRules []*InputWhitelistRuleCidr `locationName:"whitelistRules" type:"list"` 7835} 7836 7837// String returns the string representation 7838func (s CreateInputSecurityGroupInput) String() string { 7839 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7840} 7841 7842// GoString returns the string representation 7843func (s CreateInputSecurityGroupInput) GoString() string { 7844 return s.String() 7845} 7846 7847// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 7848func (s *CreateInputSecurityGroupInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *CreateInputSecurityGroupInput { 7849 s.Tags = v 7850 return s 7851} 7852 7853// SetWhitelistRules sets the WhitelistRules field's value. 7854func (s *CreateInputSecurityGroupInput) SetWhitelistRules(v []*InputWhitelistRuleCidr) *CreateInputSecurityGroupInput { 7855 s.WhitelistRules = v 7856 return s 7857} 7858 7859type CreateInputSecurityGroupOutput struct { 7860 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7861 7862 // An Input Security Group 7863 SecurityGroup *InputSecurityGroup `locationName:"securityGroup" type:"structure"` 7864} 7865 7866// String returns the string representation 7867func (s CreateInputSecurityGroupOutput) String() string { 7868 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7869} 7870 7871// GoString returns the string representation 7872func (s CreateInputSecurityGroupOutput) GoString() string { 7873 return s.String() 7874} 7875 7876// SetSecurityGroup sets the SecurityGroup field's value. 7877func (s *CreateInputSecurityGroupOutput) SetSecurityGroup(v *InputSecurityGroup) *CreateInputSecurityGroupOutput { 7878 s.SecurityGroup = v 7879 return s 7880} 7881 7882type CreateMultiplexInput struct { 7883 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7884 7885 // AvailabilityZones is a required field 7886 AvailabilityZones []*string `locationName:"availabilityZones" type:"list" required:"true"` 7887 7888 // Contains configuration for a Multiplex event 7889 // 7890 // MultiplexSettings is a required field 7891 MultiplexSettings *MultiplexSettings `locationName:"multiplexSettings" type:"structure" required:"true"` 7892 7893 // Name is a required field 7894 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"` 7895 7896 RequestId *string `locationName:"requestId" type:"string" idempotencyToken:"true"` 7897 7898 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 7899} 7900 7901// String returns the string representation 7902func (s CreateMultiplexInput) String() string { 7903 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7904} 7905 7906// GoString returns the string representation 7907func (s CreateMultiplexInput) GoString() string { 7908 return s.String() 7909} 7910 7911// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 7912func (s *CreateMultiplexInput) Validate() error { 7913 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateMultiplexInput"} 7914 if s.AvailabilityZones == nil { 7915 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AvailabilityZones")) 7916 } 7917 if s.MultiplexSettings == nil { 7918 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MultiplexSettings")) 7919 } 7920 if s.Name == nil { 7921 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) 7922 } 7923 if s.MultiplexSettings != nil { 7924 if err := s.MultiplexSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 7925 invalidParams.AddNested("MultiplexSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 7926 } 7927 } 7928 7929 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 7930 return invalidParams 7931 } 7932 return nil 7933} 7934 7935// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value. 7936func (s *CreateMultiplexInput) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *CreateMultiplexInput { 7937 s.AvailabilityZones = v 7938 return s 7939} 7940 7941// SetMultiplexSettings sets the MultiplexSettings field's value. 7942func (s *CreateMultiplexInput) SetMultiplexSettings(v *MultiplexSettings) *CreateMultiplexInput { 7943 s.MultiplexSettings = v 7944 return s 7945} 7946 7947// SetName sets the Name field's value. 7948func (s *CreateMultiplexInput) SetName(v string) *CreateMultiplexInput { 7949 s.Name = &v 7950 return s 7951} 7952 7953// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value. 7954func (s *CreateMultiplexInput) SetRequestId(v string) *CreateMultiplexInput { 7955 s.RequestId = &v 7956 return s 7957} 7958 7959// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 7960func (s *CreateMultiplexInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *CreateMultiplexInput { 7961 s.Tags = v 7962 return s 7963} 7964 7965type CreateMultiplexOutput struct { 7966 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7967 7968 // The multiplex object. 7969 Multiplex *Multiplex `locationName:"multiplex" type:"structure"` 7970} 7971 7972// String returns the string representation 7973func (s CreateMultiplexOutput) String() string { 7974 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7975} 7976 7977// GoString returns the string representation 7978func (s CreateMultiplexOutput) GoString() string { 7979 return s.String() 7980} 7981 7982// SetMultiplex sets the Multiplex field's value. 7983func (s *CreateMultiplexOutput) SetMultiplex(v *Multiplex) *CreateMultiplexOutput { 7984 s.Multiplex = v 7985 return s 7986} 7987 7988type CreateMultiplexProgramInput struct { 7989 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7990 7991 // MultiplexId is a required field 7992 MultiplexId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"multiplexId" type:"string" required:"true"` 7993 7994 // Multiplex Program settings configuration. 7995 // 7996 // MultiplexProgramSettings is a required field 7997 MultiplexProgramSettings *MultiplexProgramSettings `locationName:"multiplexProgramSettings" type:"structure" required:"true"` 7998 7999 // ProgramName is a required field 8000 ProgramName *string `locationName:"programName" type:"string" required:"true"` 8001 8002 RequestId *string `locationName:"requestId" type:"string" idempotencyToken:"true"` 8003} 8004 8005// String returns the string representation 8006func (s CreateMultiplexProgramInput) String() string { 8007 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8008} 8009 8010// GoString returns the string representation 8011func (s CreateMultiplexProgramInput) GoString() string { 8012 return s.String() 8013} 8014 8015// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 8016func (s *CreateMultiplexProgramInput) Validate() error { 8017 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateMultiplexProgramInput"} 8018 if s.MultiplexId == nil { 8019 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MultiplexId")) 8020 } 8021 if s.MultiplexId != nil && len(*s.MultiplexId) < 1 { 8022 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("MultiplexId", 1)) 8023 } 8024 if s.MultiplexProgramSettings == nil { 8025 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MultiplexProgramSettings")) 8026 } 8027 if s.ProgramName == nil { 8028 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ProgramName")) 8029 } 8030 if s.MultiplexProgramSettings != nil { 8031 if err := s.MultiplexProgramSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 8032 invalidParams.AddNested("MultiplexProgramSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 8033 } 8034 } 8035 8036 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 8037 return invalidParams 8038 } 8039 return nil 8040} 8041 8042// SetMultiplexId sets the MultiplexId field's value. 8043func (s *CreateMultiplexProgramInput) SetMultiplexId(v string) *CreateMultiplexProgramInput { 8044 s.MultiplexId = &v 8045 return s 8046} 8047 8048// SetMultiplexProgramSettings sets the MultiplexProgramSettings field's value. 8049func (s *CreateMultiplexProgramInput) SetMultiplexProgramSettings(v *MultiplexProgramSettings) *CreateMultiplexProgramInput { 8050 s.MultiplexProgramSettings = v 8051 return s 8052} 8053 8054// SetProgramName sets the ProgramName field's value. 8055func (s *CreateMultiplexProgramInput) SetProgramName(v string) *CreateMultiplexProgramInput { 8056 s.ProgramName = &v 8057 return s 8058} 8059 8060// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value. 8061func (s *CreateMultiplexProgramInput) SetRequestId(v string) *CreateMultiplexProgramInput { 8062 s.RequestId = &v 8063 return s 8064} 8065 8066type CreateMultiplexProgramOutput struct { 8067 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8068 8069 // The multiplex program object. 8070 MultiplexProgram *MultiplexProgram `locationName:"multiplexProgram" type:"structure"` 8071} 8072 8073// String returns the string representation 8074func (s CreateMultiplexProgramOutput) String() string { 8075 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8076} 8077 8078// GoString returns the string representation 8079func (s CreateMultiplexProgramOutput) GoString() string { 8080 return s.String() 8081} 8082 8083// SetMultiplexProgram sets the MultiplexProgram field's value. 8084func (s *CreateMultiplexProgramOutput) SetMultiplexProgram(v *MultiplexProgram) *CreateMultiplexProgramOutput { 8085 s.MultiplexProgram = v 8086 return s 8087} 8088 8089type CreateTagsInput struct { 8090 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8091 8092 // ResourceArn is a required field 8093 ResourceArn *string `location:"uri" locationName:"resource-arn" type:"string" required:"true"` 8094 8095 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 8096} 8097 8098// String returns the string representation 8099func (s CreateTagsInput) String() string { 8100 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8101} 8102 8103// GoString returns the string representation 8104func (s CreateTagsInput) GoString() string { 8105 return s.String() 8106} 8107 8108// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 8109func (s *CreateTagsInput) Validate() error { 8110 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateTagsInput"} 8111 if s.ResourceArn == nil { 8112 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceArn")) 8113 } 8114 if s.ResourceArn != nil && len(*s.ResourceArn) < 1 { 8115 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ResourceArn", 1)) 8116 } 8117 8118 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 8119 return invalidParams 8120 } 8121 return nil 8122} 8123 8124// SetResourceArn sets the ResourceArn field's value. 8125func (s *CreateTagsInput) SetResourceArn(v string) *CreateTagsInput { 8126 s.ResourceArn = &v 8127 return s 8128} 8129 8130// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 8131func (s *CreateTagsInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *CreateTagsInput { 8132 s.Tags = v 8133 return s 8134} 8135 8136type CreateTagsOutput struct { 8137 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8138} 8139 8140// String returns the string representation 8141func (s CreateTagsOutput) String() string { 8142 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8143} 8144 8145// GoString returns the string representation 8146func (s CreateTagsOutput) GoString() string { 8147 return s.String() 8148} 8149 8150type DeleteChannelInput struct { 8151 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8152 8153 // ChannelId is a required field 8154 ChannelId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"channelId" type:"string" required:"true"` 8155} 8156 8157// String returns the string representation 8158func (s DeleteChannelInput) String() string { 8159 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8160} 8161 8162// GoString returns the string representation 8163func (s DeleteChannelInput) GoString() string { 8164 return s.String() 8165} 8166 8167// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 8168func (s *DeleteChannelInput) Validate() error { 8169 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteChannelInput"} 8170 if s.ChannelId == nil { 8171 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ChannelId")) 8172 } 8173 if s.ChannelId != nil && len(*s.ChannelId) < 1 { 8174 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ChannelId", 1)) 8175 } 8176 8177 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 8178 return invalidParams 8179 } 8180 return nil 8181} 8182 8183// SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value. 8184func (s *DeleteChannelInput) SetChannelId(v string) *DeleteChannelInput { 8185 s.ChannelId = &v 8186 return s 8187} 8188 8189type DeleteChannelOutput struct { 8190 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8191 8192 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 8193 8194 // A standard channel has two encoding pipelines and a single pipeline channel 8195 // only has one. 8196 ChannelClass *string `locationName:"channelClass" type:"string" enum:"ChannelClass"` 8197 8198 Destinations []*OutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"` 8199 8200 EgressEndpoints []*ChannelEgressEndpoint `locationName:"egressEndpoints" type:"list"` 8201 8202 // Encoder Settings 8203 EncoderSettings *EncoderSettings `locationName:"encoderSettings" type:"structure"` 8204 8205 Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` 8206 8207 InputAttachments []*InputAttachment `locationName:"inputAttachments" type:"list"` 8208 8209 InputSpecification *InputSpecification `locationName:"inputSpecification" type:"structure"` 8210 8211 // The log level the user wants for their channel. 8212 LogLevel *string `locationName:"logLevel" type:"string" enum:"LogLevel"` 8213 8214 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 8215 8216 PipelineDetails []*PipelineDetail `locationName:"pipelineDetails" type:"list"` 8217 8218 PipelinesRunningCount *int64 `locationName:"pipelinesRunningCount" type:"integer"` 8219 8220 RoleArn *string `locationName:"roleArn" type:"string"` 8221 8222 State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"ChannelState"` 8223 8224 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 8225} 8226 8227// String returns the string representation 8228func (s DeleteChannelOutput) String() string { 8229 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8230} 8231 8232// GoString returns the string representation 8233func (s DeleteChannelOutput) GoString() string { 8234 return s.String() 8235} 8236 8237// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 8238func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetArn(v string) *DeleteChannelOutput { 8239 s.Arn = &v 8240 return s 8241} 8242 8243// SetChannelClass sets the ChannelClass field's value. 8244func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetChannelClass(v string) *DeleteChannelOutput { 8245 s.ChannelClass = &v 8246 return s 8247} 8248 8249// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value. 8250func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetDestinations(v []*OutputDestination) *DeleteChannelOutput { 8251 s.Destinations = v 8252 return s 8253} 8254 8255// SetEgressEndpoints sets the EgressEndpoints field's value. 8256func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetEgressEndpoints(v []*ChannelEgressEndpoint) *DeleteChannelOutput { 8257 s.EgressEndpoints = v 8258 return s 8259} 8260 8261// SetEncoderSettings sets the EncoderSettings field's value. 8262func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetEncoderSettings(v *EncoderSettings) *DeleteChannelOutput { 8263 s.EncoderSettings = v 8264 return s 8265} 8266 8267// SetId sets the Id field's value. 8268func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetId(v string) *DeleteChannelOutput { 8269 s.Id = &v 8270 return s 8271} 8272 8273// SetInputAttachments sets the InputAttachments field's value. 8274func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetInputAttachments(v []*InputAttachment) *DeleteChannelOutput { 8275 s.InputAttachments = v 8276 return s 8277} 8278 8279// SetInputSpecification sets the InputSpecification field's value. 8280func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetInputSpecification(v *InputSpecification) *DeleteChannelOutput { 8281 s.InputSpecification = v 8282 return s 8283} 8284 8285// SetLogLevel sets the LogLevel field's value. 8286func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetLogLevel(v string) *DeleteChannelOutput { 8287 s.LogLevel = &v 8288 return s 8289} 8290 8291// SetName sets the Name field's value. 8292func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetName(v string) *DeleteChannelOutput { 8293 s.Name = &v 8294 return s 8295} 8296 8297// SetPipelineDetails sets the PipelineDetails field's value. 8298func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetPipelineDetails(v []*PipelineDetail) *DeleteChannelOutput { 8299 s.PipelineDetails = v 8300 return s 8301} 8302 8303// SetPipelinesRunningCount sets the PipelinesRunningCount field's value. 8304func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetPipelinesRunningCount(v int64) *DeleteChannelOutput { 8305 s.PipelinesRunningCount = &v 8306 return s 8307} 8308 8309// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. 8310func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetRoleArn(v string) *DeleteChannelOutput { 8311 s.RoleArn = &v 8312 return s 8313} 8314 8315// SetState sets the State field's value. 8316func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetState(v string) *DeleteChannelOutput { 8317 s.State = &v 8318 return s 8319} 8320 8321// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 8322func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *DeleteChannelOutput { 8323 s.Tags = v 8324 return s 8325} 8326 8327type DeleteInputInput struct { 8328 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8329 8330 // InputId is a required field 8331 InputId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"inputId" type:"string" required:"true"` 8332} 8333 8334// String returns the string representation 8335func (s DeleteInputInput) String() string { 8336 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8337} 8338 8339// GoString returns the string representation 8340func (s DeleteInputInput) GoString() string { 8341 return s.String() 8342} 8343 8344// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 8345func (s *DeleteInputInput) Validate() error { 8346 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteInputInput"} 8347 if s.InputId == nil { 8348 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputId")) 8349 } 8350 if s.InputId != nil && len(*s.InputId) < 1 { 8351 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("InputId", 1)) 8352 } 8353 8354 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 8355 return invalidParams 8356 } 8357 return nil 8358} 8359 8360// SetInputId sets the InputId field's value. 8361func (s *DeleteInputInput) SetInputId(v string) *DeleteInputInput { 8362 s.InputId = &v 8363 return s 8364} 8365 8366type DeleteInputOutput struct { 8367 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8368} 8369 8370// String returns the string representation 8371func (s DeleteInputOutput) String() string { 8372 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8373} 8374 8375// GoString returns the string representation 8376func (s DeleteInputOutput) GoString() string { 8377 return s.String() 8378} 8379 8380type DeleteInputSecurityGroupInput struct { 8381 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8382 8383 // InputSecurityGroupId is a required field 8384 InputSecurityGroupId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"inputSecurityGroupId" type:"string" required:"true"` 8385} 8386 8387// String returns the string representation 8388func (s DeleteInputSecurityGroupInput) String() string { 8389 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8390} 8391 8392// GoString returns the string representation 8393func (s DeleteInputSecurityGroupInput) GoString() string { 8394 return s.String() 8395} 8396 8397// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 8398func (s *DeleteInputSecurityGroupInput) Validate() error { 8399 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteInputSecurityGroupInput"} 8400 if s.InputSecurityGroupId == nil { 8401 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputSecurityGroupId")) 8402 } 8403 if s.InputSecurityGroupId != nil && len(*s.InputSecurityGroupId) < 1 { 8404 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("InputSecurityGroupId", 1)) 8405 } 8406 8407 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 8408 return invalidParams 8409 } 8410 return nil 8411} 8412 8413// SetInputSecurityGroupId sets the InputSecurityGroupId field's value. 8414func (s *DeleteInputSecurityGroupInput) SetInputSecurityGroupId(v string) *DeleteInputSecurityGroupInput { 8415 s.InputSecurityGroupId = &v 8416 return s 8417} 8418 8419type DeleteInputSecurityGroupOutput struct { 8420 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8421} 8422 8423// String returns the string representation 8424func (s DeleteInputSecurityGroupOutput) String() string { 8425 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8426} 8427 8428// GoString returns the string representation 8429func (s DeleteInputSecurityGroupOutput) GoString() string { 8430 return s.String() 8431} 8432 8433type DeleteMultiplexInput struct { 8434 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8435 8436 // MultiplexId is a required field 8437 MultiplexId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"multiplexId" type:"string" required:"true"` 8438} 8439 8440// String returns the string representation 8441func (s DeleteMultiplexInput) String() string { 8442 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8443} 8444 8445// GoString returns the string representation 8446func (s DeleteMultiplexInput) GoString() string { 8447 return s.String() 8448} 8449 8450// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 8451func (s *DeleteMultiplexInput) Validate() error { 8452 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteMultiplexInput"} 8453 if s.MultiplexId == nil { 8454 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MultiplexId")) 8455 } 8456 if s.MultiplexId != nil && len(*s.MultiplexId) < 1 { 8457 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("MultiplexId", 1)) 8458 } 8459 8460 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 8461 return invalidParams 8462 } 8463 return nil 8464} 8465 8466// SetMultiplexId sets the MultiplexId field's value. 8467func (s *DeleteMultiplexInput) SetMultiplexId(v string) *DeleteMultiplexInput { 8468 s.MultiplexId = &v 8469 return s 8470} 8471 8472type DeleteMultiplexOutput struct { 8473 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8474 8475 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 8476 8477 AvailabilityZones []*string `locationName:"availabilityZones" type:"list"` 8478 8479 Destinations []*MultiplexOutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"` 8480 8481 Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` 8482 8483 // Contains configuration for a Multiplex event 8484 MultiplexSettings *MultiplexSettings `locationName:"multiplexSettings" type:"structure"` 8485 8486 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 8487 8488 PipelinesRunningCount *int64 `locationName:"pipelinesRunningCount" type:"integer"` 8489 8490 ProgramCount *int64 `locationName:"programCount" type:"integer"` 8491 8492 // The current state of the multiplex. 8493 State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"MultiplexState"` 8494 8495 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 8496} 8497 8498// String returns the string representation 8499func (s DeleteMultiplexOutput) String() string { 8500 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8501} 8502 8503// GoString returns the string representation 8504func (s DeleteMultiplexOutput) GoString() string { 8505 return s.String() 8506} 8507 8508// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 8509func (s *DeleteMultiplexOutput) SetArn(v string) *DeleteMultiplexOutput { 8510 s.Arn = &v 8511 return s 8512} 8513 8514// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value. 8515func (s *DeleteMultiplexOutput) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *DeleteMultiplexOutput { 8516 s.AvailabilityZones = v 8517 return s 8518} 8519 8520// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value. 8521func (s *DeleteMultiplexOutput) SetDestinations(v []*MultiplexOutputDestination) *DeleteMultiplexOutput { 8522 s.Destinations = v 8523 return s 8524} 8525 8526// SetId sets the Id field's value. 8527func (s *DeleteMultiplexOutput) SetId(v string) *DeleteMultiplexOutput { 8528 s.Id = &v 8529 return s 8530} 8531 8532// SetMultiplexSettings sets the MultiplexSettings field's value. 8533func (s *DeleteMultiplexOutput) SetMultiplexSettings(v *MultiplexSettings) *DeleteMultiplexOutput { 8534 s.MultiplexSettings = v 8535 return s 8536} 8537 8538// SetName sets the Name field's value. 8539func (s *DeleteMultiplexOutput) SetName(v string) *DeleteMultiplexOutput { 8540 s.Name = &v 8541 return s 8542} 8543 8544// SetPipelinesRunningCount sets the PipelinesRunningCount field's value. 8545func (s *DeleteMultiplexOutput) SetPipelinesRunningCount(v int64) *DeleteMultiplexOutput { 8546 s.PipelinesRunningCount = &v 8547 return s 8548} 8549 8550// SetProgramCount sets the ProgramCount field's value. 8551func (s *DeleteMultiplexOutput) SetProgramCount(v int64) *DeleteMultiplexOutput { 8552 s.ProgramCount = &v 8553 return s 8554} 8555 8556// SetState sets the State field's value. 8557func (s *DeleteMultiplexOutput) SetState(v string) *DeleteMultiplexOutput { 8558 s.State = &v 8559 return s 8560} 8561 8562// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 8563func (s *DeleteMultiplexOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *DeleteMultiplexOutput { 8564 s.Tags = v 8565 return s 8566} 8567 8568type DeleteMultiplexProgramInput struct { 8569 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8570 8571 // MultiplexId is a required field 8572 MultiplexId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"multiplexId" type:"string" required:"true"` 8573 8574 // ProgramName is a required field 8575 ProgramName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"programName" type:"string" required:"true"` 8576} 8577 8578// String returns the string representation 8579func (s DeleteMultiplexProgramInput) String() string { 8580 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8581} 8582 8583// GoString returns the string representation 8584func (s DeleteMultiplexProgramInput) GoString() string { 8585 return s.String() 8586} 8587 8588// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 8589func (s *DeleteMultiplexProgramInput) Validate() error { 8590 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteMultiplexProgramInput"} 8591 if s.MultiplexId == nil { 8592 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MultiplexId")) 8593 } 8594 if s.MultiplexId != nil && len(*s.MultiplexId) < 1 { 8595 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("MultiplexId", 1)) 8596 } 8597 if s.ProgramName == nil { 8598 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ProgramName")) 8599 } 8600 if s.ProgramName != nil && len(*s.ProgramName) < 1 { 8601 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ProgramName", 1)) 8602 } 8603 8604 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 8605 return invalidParams 8606 } 8607 return nil 8608} 8609 8610// SetMultiplexId sets the MultiplexId field's value. 8611func (s *DeleteMultiplexProgramInput) SetMultiplexId(v string) *DeleteMultiplexProgramInput { 8612 s.MultiplexId = &v 8613 return s 8614} 8615 8616// SetProgramName sets the ProgramName field's value. 8617func (s *DeleteMultiplexProgramInput) SetProgramName(v string) *DeleteMultiplexProgramInput { 8618 s.ProgramName = &v 8619 return s 8620} 8621 8622type DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput struct { 8623 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8624 8625 ChannelId *string `locationName:"channelId" type:"string"` 8626 8627 // Multiplex Program settings configuration. 8628 MultiplexProgramSettings *MultiplexProgramSettings `locationName:"multiplexProgramSettings" type:"structure"` 8629 8630 // Packet identifiers map for a given Multiplex program. 8631 PacketIdentifiersMap *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap `locationName:"packetIdentifiersMap" type:"structure"` 8632 8633 ProgramName *string `locationName:"programName" type:"string"` 8634} 8635 8636// String returns the string representation 8637func (s DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput) String() string { 8638 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8639} 8640 8641// GoString returns the string representation 8642func (s DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput) GoString() string { 8643 return s.String() 8644} 8645 8646// SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value. 8647func (s *DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput) SetChannelId(v string) *DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput { 8648 s.ChannelId = &v 8649 return s 8650} 8651 8652// SetMultiplexProgramSettings sets the MultiplexProgramSettings field's value. 8653func (s *DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput) SetMultiplexProgramSettings(v *MultiplexProgramSettings) *DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput { 8654 s.MultiplexProgramSettings = v 8655 return s 8656} 8657 8658// SetPacketIdentifiersMap sets the PacketIdentifiersMap field's value. 8659func (s *DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput) SetPacketIdentifiersMap(v *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) *DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput { 8660 s.PacketIdentifiersMap = v 8661 return s 8662} 8663 8664// SetProgramName sets the ProgramName field's value. 8665func (s *DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput) SetProgramName(v string) *DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput { 8666 s.ProgramName = &v 8667 return s 8668} 8669 8670type DeleteReservationInput struct { 8671 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8672 8673 // ReservationId is a required field 8674 ReservationId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"reservationId" type:"string" required:"true"` 8675} 8676 8677// String returns the string representation 8678func (s DeleteReservationInput) String() string { 8679 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8680} 8681 8682// GoString returns the string representation 8683func (s DeleteReservationInput) GoString() string { 8684 return s.String() 8685} 8686 8687// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 8688func (s *DeleteReservationInput) Validate() error { 8689 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteReservationInput"} 8690 if s.ReservationId == nil { 8691 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReservationId")) 8692 } 8693 if s.ReservationId != nil && len(*s.ReservationId) < 1 { 8694 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ReservationId", 1)) 8695 } 8696 8697 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 8698 return invalidParams 8699 } 8700 return nil 8701} 8702 8703// SetReservationId sets the ReservationId field's value. 8704func (s *DeleteReservationInput) SetReservationId(v string) *DeleteReservationInput { 8705 s.ReservationId = &v 8706 return s 8707} 8708 8709type DeleteReservationOutput struct { 8710 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8711 8712 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 8713 8714 Count *int64 `locationName:"count" type:"integer"` 8715 8716 CurrencyCode *string `locationName:"currencyCode" type:"string"` 8717 8718 Duration *int64 `locationName:"duration" type:"integer"` 8719 8720 // Units for duration, e.g. 'MONTHS' 8721 DurationUnits *string `locationName:"durationUnits" type:"string" enum:"OfferingDurationUnits"` 8722 8723 End *string `locationName:"end" type:"string"` 8724 8725 FixedPrice *float64 `locationName:"fixedPrice" type:"double"` 8726 8727 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 8728 8729 OfferingDescription *string `locationName:"offeringDescription" type:"string"` 8730 8731 OfferingId *string `locationName:"offeringId" type:"string"` 8732 8733 // Offering type, e.g. 'NO_UPFRONT' 8734 OfferingType *string `locationName:"offeringType" type:"string" enum:"OfferingType"` 8735 8736 Region *string `locationName:"region" type:"string"` 8737 8738 ReservationId *string `locationName:"reservationId" type:"string"` 8739 8740 // Resource configuration (codec, resolution, bitrate, ...) 8741 ResourceSpecification *ReservationResourceSpecification `locationName:"resourceSpecification" type:"structure"` 8742 8743 Start *string `locationName:"start" type:"string"` 8744 8745 // Current reservation state 8746 State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"ReservationState"` 8747 8748 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 8749 8750 UsagePrice *float64 `locationName:"usagePrice" type:"double"` 8751} 8752 8753// String returns the string representation 8754func (s DeleteReservationOutput) String() string { 8755 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8756} 8757 8758// GoString returns the string representation 8759func (s DeleteReservationOutput) GoString() string { 8760 return s.String() 8761} 8762 8763// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 8764func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetArn(v string) *DeleteReservationOutput { 8765 s.Arn = &v 8766 return s 8767} 8768 8769// SetCount sets the Count field's value. 8770func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetCount(v int64) *DeleteReservationOutput { 8771 s.Count = &v 8772 return s 8773} 8774 8775// SetCurrencyCode sets the CurrencyCode field's value. 8776func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetCurrencyCode(v string) *DeleteReservationOutput { 8777 s.CurrencyCode = &v 8778 return s 8779} 8780 8781// SetDuration sets the Duration field's value. 8782func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetDuration(v int64) *DeleteReservationOutput { 8783 s.Duration = &v 8784 return s 8785} 8786 8787// SetDurationUnits sets the DurationUnits field's value. 8788func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetDurationUnits(v string) *DeleteReservationOutput { 8789 s.DurationUnits = &v 8790 return s 8791} 8792 8793// SetEnd sets the End field's value. 8794func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetEnd(v string) *DeleteReservationOutput { 8795 s.End = &v 8796 return s 8797} 8798 8799// SetFixedPrice sets the FixedPrice field's value. 8800func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetFixedPrice(v float64) *DeleteReservationOutput { 8801 s.FixedPrice = &v 8802 return s 8803} 8804 8805// SetName sets the Name field's value. 8806func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetName(v string) *DeleteReservationOutput { 8807 s.Name = &v 8808 return s 8809} 8810 8811// SetOfferingDescription sets the OfferingDescription field's value. 8812func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetOfferingDescription(v string) *DeleteReservationOutput { 8813 s.OfferingDescription = &v 8814 return s 8815} 8816 8817// SetOfferingId sets the OfferingId field's value. 8818func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetOfferingId(v string) *DeleteReservationOutput { 8819 s.OfferingId = &v 8820 return s 8821} 8822 8823// SetOfferingType sets the OfferingType field's value. 8824func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetOfferingType(v string) *DeleteReservationOutput { 8825 s.OfferingType = &v 8826 return s 8827} 8828 8829// SetRegion sets the Region field's value. 8830func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetRegion(v string) *DeleteReservationOutput { 8831 s.Region = &v 8832 return s 8833} 8834 8835// SetReservationId sets the ReservationId field's value. 8836func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetReservationId(v string) *DeleteReservationOutput { 8837 s.ReservationId = &v 8838 return s 8839} 8840 8841// SetResourceSpecification sets the ResourceSpecification field's value. 8842func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetResourceSpecification(v *ReservationResourceSpecification) *DeleteReservationOutput { 8843 s.ResourceSpecification = v 8844 return s 8845} 8846 8847// SetStart sets the Start field's value. 8848func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetStart(v string) *DeleteReservationOutput { 8849 s.Start = &v 8850 return s 8851} 8852 8853// SetState sets the State field's value. 8854func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetState(v string) *DeleteReservationOutput { 8855 s.State = &v 8856 return s 8857} 8858 8859// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 8860func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *DeleteReservationOutput { 8861 s.Tags = v 8862 return s 8863} 8864 8865// SetUsagePrice sets the UsagePrice field's value. 8866func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetUsagePrice(v float64) *DeleteReservationOutput { 8867 s.UsagePrice = &v 8868 return s 8869} 8870 8871type DeleteScheduleInput struct { 8872 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8873 8874 // ChannelId is a required field 8875 ChannelId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"channelId" type:"string" required:"true"` 8876} 8877 8878// String returns the string representation 8879func (s DeleteScheduleInput) String() string { 8880 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8881} 8882 8883// GoString returns the string representation 8884func (s DeleteScheduleInput) GoString() string { 8885 return s.String() 8886} 8887 8888// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 8889func (s *DeleteScheduleInput) Validate() error { 8890 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteScheduleInput"} 8891 if s.ChannelId == nil { 8892 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ChannelId")) 8893 } 8894 if s.ChannelId != nil && len(*s.ChannelId) < 1 { 8895 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ChannelId", 1)) 8896 } 8897 8898 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 8899 return invalidParams 8900 } 8901 return nil 8902} 8903 8904// SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value. 8905func (s *DeleteScheduleInput) SetChannelId(v string) *DeleteScheduleInput { 8906 s.ChannelId = &v 8907 return s 8908} 8909 8910type DeleteScheduleOutput struct { 8911 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8912} 8913 8914// String returns the string representation 8915func (s DeleteScheduleOutput) String() string { 8916 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8917} 8918 8919// GoString returns the string representation 8920func (s DeleteScheduleOutput) GoString() string { 8921 return s.String() 8922} 8923 8924type DeleteTagsInput struct { 8925 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8926 8927 // ResourceArn is a required field 8928 ResourceArn *string `location:"uri" locationName:"resource-arn" type:"string" required:"true"` 8929 8930 // TagKeys is a required field 8931 TagKeys []*string `location:"querystring" locationName:"tagKeys" type:"list" required:"true"` 8932} 8933 8934// String returns the string representation 8935func (s DeleteTagsInput) String() string { 8936 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8937} 8938 8939// GoString returns the string representation 8940func (s DeleteTagsInput) GoString() string { 8941 return s.String() 8942} 8943 8944// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 8945func (s *DeleteTagsInput) Validate() error { 8946 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteTagsInput"} 8947 if s.ResourceArn == nil { 8948 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceArn")) 8949 } 8950 if s.ResourceArn != nil && len(*s.ResourceArn) < 1 { 8951 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ResourceArn", 1)) 8952 } 8953 if s.TagKeys == nil { 8954 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TagKeys")) 8955 } 8956 8957 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 8958 return invalidParams 8959 } 8960 return nil 8961} 8962 8963// SetResourceArn sets the ResourceArn field's value. 8964func (s *DeleteTagsInput) SetResourceArn(v string) *DeleteTagsInput { 8965 s.ResourceArn = &v 8966 return s 8967} 8968 8969// SetTagKeys sets the TagKeys field's value. 8970func (s *DeleteTagsInput) SetTagKeys(v []*string) *DeleteTagsInput { 8971 s.TagKeys = v 8972 return s 8973} 8974 8975type DeleteTagsOutput struct { 8976 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8977} 8978 8979// String returns the string representation 8980func (s DeleteTagsOutput) String() string { 8981 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8982} 8983 8984// GoString returns the string representation 8985func (s DeleteTagsOutput) GoString() string { 8986 return s.String() 8987} 8988 8989type DescribeChannelInput struct { 8990 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8991 8992 // ChannelId is a required field 8993 ChannelId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"channelId" type:"string" required:"true"` 8994} 8995 8996// String returns the string representation 8997func (s DescribeChannelInput) String() string { 8998 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8999} 9000 9001// GoString returns the string representation 9002func (s DescribeChannelInput) GoString() string { 9003 return s.String() 9004} 9005 9006// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 9007func (s *DescribeChannelInput) Validate() error { 9008 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeChannelInput"} 9009 if s.ChannelId == nil { 9010 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ChannelId")) 9011 } 9012 if s.ChannelId != nil && len(*s.ChannelId) < 1 { 9013 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ChannelId", 1)) 9014 } 9015 9016 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 9017 return invalidParams 9018 } 9019 return nil 9020} 9021 9022// SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value. 9023func (s *DescribeChannelInput) SetChannelId(v string) *DescribeChannelInput { 9024 s.ChannelId = &v 9025 return s 9026} 9027 9028type DescribeChannelOutput struct { 9029 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9030 9031 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 9032 9033 // A standard channel has two encoding pipelines and a single pipeline channel 9034 // only has one. 9035 ChannelClass *string `locationName:"channelClass" type:"string" enum:"ChannelClass"` 9036 9037 Destinations []*OutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"` 9038 9039 EgressEndpoints []*ChannelEgressEndpoint `locationName:"egressEndpoints" type:"list"` 9040 9041 // Encoder Settings 9042 EncoderSettings *EncoderSettings `locationName:"encoderSettings" type:"structure"` 9043 9044 Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` 9045 9046 InputAttachments []*InputAttachment `locationName:"inputAttachments" type:"list"` 9047 9048 InputSpecification *InputSpecification `locationName:"inputSpecification" type:"structure"` 9049 9050 // The log level the user wants for their channel. 9051 LogLevel *string `locationName:"logLevel" type:"string" enum:"LogLevel"` 9052 9053 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 9054 9055 PipelineDetails []*PipelineDetail `locationName:"pipelineDetails" type:"list"` 9056 9057 PipelinesRunningCount *int64 `locationName:"pipelinesRunningCount" type:"integer"` 9058 9059 RoleArn *string `locationName:"roleArn" type:"string"` 9060 9061 State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"ChannelState"` 9062 9063 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 9064} 9065 9066// String returns the string representation 9067func (s DescribeChannelOutput) String() string { 9068 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9069} 9070 9071// GoString returns the string representation 9072func (s DescribeChannelOutput) GoString() string { 9073 return s.String() 9074} 9075 9076// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 9077func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetArn(v string) *DescribeChannelOutput { 9078 s.Arn = &v 9079 return s 9080} 9081 9082// SetChannelClass sets the ChannelClass field's value. 9083func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetChannelClass(v string) *DescribeChannelOutput { 9084 s.ChannelClass = &v 9085 return s 9086} 9087 9088// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value. 9089func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetDestinations(v []*OutputDestination) *DescribeChannelOutput { 9090 s.Destinations = v 9091 return s 9092} 9093 9094// SetEgressEndpoints sets the EgressEndpoints field's value. 9095func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetEgressEndpoints(v []*ChannelEgressEndpoint) *DescribeChannelOutput { 9096 s.EgressEndpoints = v 9097 return s 9098} 9099 9100// SetEncoderSettings sets the EncoderSettings field's value. 9101func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetEncoderSettings(v *EncoderSettings) *DescribeChannelOutput { 9102 s.EncoderSettings = v 9103 return s 9104} 9105 9106// SetId sets the Id field's value. 9107func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetId(v string) *DescribeChannelOutput { 9108 s.Id = &v 9109 return s 9110} 9111 9112// SetInputAttachments sets the InputAttachments field's value. 9113func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetInputAttachments(v []*InputAttachment) *DescribeChannelOutput { 9114 s.InputAttachments = v 9115 return s 9116} 9117 9118// SetInputSpecification sets the InputSpecification field's value. 9119func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetInputSpecification(v *InputSpecification) *DescribeChannelOutput { 9120 s.InputSpecification = v 9121 return s 9122} 9123 9124// SetLogLevel sets the LogLevel field's value. 9125func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetLogLevel(v string) *DescribeChannelOutput { 9126 s.LogLevel = &v 9127 return s 9128} 9129 9130// SetName sets the Name field's value. 9131func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetName(v string) *DescribeChannelOutput { 9132 s.Name = &v 9133 return s 9134} 9135 9136// SetPipelineDetails sets the PipelineDetails field's value. 9137func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetPipelineDetails(v []*PipelineDetail) *DescribeChannelOutput { 9138 s.PipelineDetails = v 9139 return s 9140} 9141 9142// SetPipelinesRunningCount sets the PipelinesRunningCount field's value. 9143func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetPipelinesRunningCount(v int64) *DescribeChannelOutput { 9144 s.PipelinesRunningCount = &v 9145 return s 9146} 9147 9148// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. 9149func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetRoleArn(v string) *DescribeChannelOutput { 9150 s.RoleArn = &v 9151 return s 9152} 9153 9154// SetState sets the State field's value. 9155func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetState(v string) *DescribeChannelOutput { 9156 s.State = &v 9157 return s 9158} 9159 9160// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 9161func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *DescribeChannelOutput { 9162 s.Tags = v 9163 return s 9164} 9165 9166type DescribeInputDeviceInput struct { 9167 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9168 9169 // InputDeviceId is a required field 9170 InputDeviceId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"inputDeviceId" type:"string" required:"true"` 9171} 9172 9173// String returns the string representation 9174func (s DescribeInputDeviceInput) String() string { 9175 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9176} 9177 9178// GoString returns the string representation 9179func (s DescribeInputDeviceInput) GoString() string { 9180 return s.String() 9181} 9182 9183// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 9184func (s *DescribeInputDeviceInput) Validate() error { 9185 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeInputDeviceInput"} 9186 if s.InputDeviceId == nil { 9187 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputDeviceId")) 9188 } 9189 if s.InputDeviceId != nil && len(*s.InputDeviceId) < 1 { 9190 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("InputDeviceId", 1)) 9191 } 9192 9193 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 9194 return invalidParams 9195 } 9196 return nil 9197} 9198 9199// SetInputDeviceId sets the InputDeviceId field's value. 9200func (s *DescribeInputDeviceInput) SetInputDeviceId(v string) *DescribeInputDeviceInput { 9201 s.InputDeviceId = &v 9202 return s 9203} 9204 9205type DescribeInputDeviceOutput struct { 9206 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9207 9208 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 9209 9210 // The state of the connection between the input device and AWS. 9211 ConnectionState *string `locationName:"connectionState" type:"string" enum:"InputDeviceConnectionState"` 9212 9213 // The status of the action to synchronize the device configuration. If you 9214 // change the configuration of the input device (for example, the maximum bitrate), 9215 // MediaLive sends the new data to the device. The device might not update itself 9216 // immediately. SYNCED means the device has updated its configuration. SYNCING 9217 // means that it has not updated its configuration. 9218 DeviceSettingsSyncState *string `locationName:"deviceSettingsSyncState" type:"string" enum:"DeviceSettingsSyncState"` 9219 9220 // Settings that describe the active source from the input device, and the video 9221 // characteristics of that source. 9222 HdDeviceSettings *InputDeviceHdSettings `locationName:"hdDeviceSettings" type:"structure"` 9223 9224 Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` 9225 9226 MacAddress *string `locationName:"macAddress" type:"string"` 9227 9228 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 9229 9230 // The network settings for the input device. 9231 NetworkSettings *InputDeviceNetworkSettings `locationName:"networkSettings" type:"structure"` 9232 9233 SerialNumber *string `locationName:"serialNumber" type:"string"` 9234 9235 // The type of the input device. For an AWS Elemental Link device that outputs 9236 // resolutions up to 1080, choose "HD". 9237 Type *string `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"InputDeviceType"` 9238} 9239 9240// String returns the string representation 9241func (s DescribeInputDeviceOutput) String() string { 9242 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9243} 9244 9245// GoString returns the string representation 9246func (s DescribeInputDeviceOutput) GoString() string { 9247 return s.String() 9248} 9249 9250// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 9251func (s *DescribeInputDeviceOutput) SetArn(v string) *DescribeInputDeviceOutput { 9252 s.Arn = &v 9253 return s 9254} 9255 9256// SetConnectionState sets the ConnectionState field's value. 9257func (s *DescribeInputDeviceOutput) SetConnectionState(v string) *DescribeInputDeviceOutput { 9258 s.ConnectionState = &v 9259 return s 9260} 9261 9262// SetDeviceSettingsSyncState sets the DeviceSettingsSyncState field's value. 9263func (s *DescribeInputDeviceOutput) SetDeviceSettingsSyncState(v string) *DescribeInputDeviceOutput { 9264 s.DeviceSettingsSyncState = &v 9265 return s 9266} 9267 9268// SetHdDeviceSettings sets the HdDeviceSettings field's value. 9269func (s *DescribeInputDeviceOutput) SetHdDeviceSettings(v *InputDeviceHdSettings) *DescribeInputDeviceOutput { 9270 s.HdDeviceSettings = v 9271 return s 9272} 9273 9274// SetId sets the Id field's value. 9275func (s *DescribeInputDeviceOutput) SetId(v string) *DescribeInputDeviceOutput { 9276 s.Id = &v 9277 return s 9278} 9279 9280// SetMacAddress sets the MacAddress field's value. 9281func (s *DescribeInputDeviceOutput) SetMacAddress(v string) *DescribeInputDeviceOutput { 9282 s.MacAddress = &v 9283 return s 9284} 9285 9286// SetName sets the Name field's value. 9287func (s *DescribeInputDeviceOutput) SetName(v string) *DescribeInputDeviceOutput { 9288 s.Name = &v 9289 return s 9290} 9291 9292// SetNetworkSettings sets the NetworkSettings field's value. 9293func (s *DescribeInputDeviceOutput) SetNetworkSettings(v *InputDeviceNetworkSettings) *DescribeInputDeviceOutput { 9294 s.NetworkSettings = v 9295 return s 9296} 9297 9298// SetSerialNumber sets the SerialNumber field's value. 9299func (s *DescribeInputDeviceOutput) SetSerialNumber(v string) *DescribeInputDeviceOutput { 9300 s.SerialNumber = &v 9301 return s 9302} 9303 9304// SetType sets the Type field's value. 9305func (s *DescribeInputDeviceOutput) SetType(v string) *DescribeInputDeviceOutput { 9306 s.Type = &v 9307 return s 9308} 9309 9310type DescribeInputInput struct { 9311 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9312 9313 // InputId is a required field 9314 InputId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"inputId" type:"string" required:"true"` 9315} 9316 9317// String returns the string representation 9318func (s DescribeInputInput) String() string { 9319 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9320} 9321 9322// GoString returns the string representation 9323func (s DescribeInputInput) GoString() string { 9324 return s.String() 9325} 9326 9327// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 9328func (s *DescribeInputInput) Validate() error { 9329 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeInputInput"} 9330 if s.InputId == nil { 9331 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputId")) 9332 } 9333 if s.InputId != nil && len(*s.InputId) < 1 { 9334 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("InputId", 1)) 9335 } 9336 9337 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 9338 return invalidParams 9339 } 9340 return nil 9341} 9342 9343// SetInputId sets the InputId field's value. 9344func (s *DescribeInputInput) SetInputId(v string) *DescribeInputInput { 9345 s.InputId = &v 9346 return s 9347} 9348 9349type DescribeInputOutput struct { 9350 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9351 9352 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 9353 9354 AttachedChannels []*string `locationName:"attachedChannels" type:"list"` 9355 9356 Destinations []*InputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"` 9357 9358 Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` 9359 9360 // A standard input has two sources and a single pipeline input only has one. 9361 InputClass *string `locationName:"inputClass" type:"string" enum:"InputClass"` 9362 9363 InputDevices []*InputDeviceSettings `locationName:"inputDevices" type:"list"` 9364 9365 // There are two types of input sources, static and dynamic. If an input source 9366 // is dynamic you canchange the source url of the input dynamically using an 9367 // input switch action. However, the only input typeto support a dynamic url 9368 // at this time is MP4_FILE. By default all input sources are static. 9369 InputSourceType *string `locationName:"inputSourceType" type:"string" enum:"InputSourceType"` 9370 9371 MediaConnectFlows []*MediaConnectFlow `locationName:"mediaConnectFlows" type:"list"` 9372 9373 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 9374 9375 RoleArn *string `locationName:"roleArn" type:"string"` 9376 9377 SecurityGroups []*string `locationName:"securityGroups" type:"list"` 9378 9379 Sources []*InputSource `locationName:"sources" type:"list"` 9380 9381 State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"InputState"` 9382 9383 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 9384 9385 Type *string `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"InputType"` 9386} 9387 9388// String returns the string representation 9389func (s DescribeInputOutput) String() string { 9390 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9391} 9392 9393// GoString returns the string representation 9394func (s DescribeInputOutput) GoString() string { 9395 return s.String() 9396} 9397 9398// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 9399func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetArn(v string) *DescribeInputOutput { 9400 s.Arn = &v 9401 return s 9402} 9403 9404// SetAttachedChannels sets the AttachedChannels field's value. 9405func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetAttachedChannels(v []*string) *DescribeInputOutput { 9406 s.AttachedChannels = v 9407 return s 9408} 9409 9410// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value. 9411func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetDestinations(v []*InputDestination) *DescribeInputOutput { 9412 s.Destinations = v 9413 return s 9414} 9415 9416// SetId sets the Id field's value. 9417func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetId(v string) *DescribeInputOutput { 9418 s.Id = &v 9419 return s 9420} 9421 9422// SetInputClass sets the InputClass field's value. 9423func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetInputClass(v string) *DescribeInputOutput { 9424 s.InputClass = &v 9425 return s 9426} 9427 9428// SetInputDevices sets the InputDevices field's value. 9429func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetInputDevices(v []*InputDeviceSettings) *DescribeInputOutput { 9430 s.InputDevices = v 9431 return s 9432} 9433 9434// SetInputSourceType sets the InputSourceType field's value. 9435func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetInputSourceType(v string) *DescribeInputOutput { 9436 s.InputSourceType = &v 9437 return s 9438} 9439 9440// SetMediaConnectFlows sets the MediaConnectFlows field's value. 9441func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetMediaConnectFlows(v []*MediaConnectFlow) *DescribeInputOutput { 9442 s.MediaConnectFlows = v 9443 return s 9444} 9445 9446// SetName sets the Name field's value. 9447func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetName(v string) *DescribeInputOutput { 9448 s.Name = &v 9449 return s 9450} 9451 9452// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. 9453func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetRoleArn(v string) *DescribeInputOutput { 9454 s.RoleArn = &v 9455 return s 9456} 9457 9458// SetSecurityGroups sets the SecurityGroups field's value. 9459func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetSecurityGroups(v []*string) *DescribeInputOutput { 9460 s.SecurityGroups = v 9461 return s 9462} 9463 9464// SetSources sets the Sources field's value. 9465func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetSources(v []*InputSource) *DescribeInputOutput { 9466 s.Sources = v 9467 return s 9468} 9469 9470// SetState sets the State field's value. 9471func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetState(v string) *DescribeInputOutput { 9472 s.State = &v 9473 return s 9474} 9475 9476// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 9477func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *DescribeInputOutput { 9478 s.Tags = v 9479 return s 9480} 9481 9482// SetType sets the Type field's value. 9483func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetType(v string) *DescribeInputOutput { 9484 s.Type = &v 9485 return s 9486} 9487 9488type DescribeInputSecurityGroupInput struct { 9489 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9490 9491 // InputSecurityGroupId is a required field 9492 InputSecurityGroupId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"inputSecurityGroupId" type:"string" required:"true"` 9493} 9494 9495// String returns the string representation 9496func (s DescribeInputSecurityGroupInput) String() string { 9497 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9498} 9499 9500// GoString returns the string representation 9501func (s DescribeInputSecurityGroupInput) GoString() string { 9502 return s.String() 9503} 9504 9505// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 9506func (s *DescribeInputSecurityGroupInput) Validate() error { 9507 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeInputSecurityGroupInput"} 9508 if s.InputSecurityGroupId == nil { 9509 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputSecurityGroupId")) 9510 } 9511 if s.InputSecurityGroupId != nil && len(*s.InputSecurityGroupId) < 1 { 9512 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("InputSecurityGroupId", 1)) 9513 } 9514 9515 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 9516 return invalidParams 9517 } 9518 return nil 9519} 9520 9521// SetInputSecurityGroupId sets the InputSecurityGroupId field's value. 9522func (s *DescribeInputSecurityGroupInput) SetInputSecurityGroupId(v string) *DescribeInputSecurityGroupInput { 9523 s.InputSecurityGroupId = &v 9524 return s 9525} 9526 9527type DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput struct { 9528 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9529 9530 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 9531 9532 Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` 9533 9534 Inputs []*string `locationName:"inputs" type:"list"` 9535 9536 State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"InputSecurityGroupState"` 9537 9538 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 9539 9540 WhitelistRules []*InputWhitelistRule `locationName:"whitelistRules" type:"list"` 9541} 9542 9543// String returns the string representation 9544func (s DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput) String() string { 9545 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9546} 9547 9548// GoString returns the string representation 9549func (s DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput) GoString() string { 9550 return s.String() 9551} 9552 9553// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 9554func (s *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput) SetArn(v string) *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput { 9555 s.Arn = &v 9556 return s 9557} 9558 9559// SetId sets the Id field's value. 9560func (s *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput) SetId(v string) *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput { 9561 s.Id = &v 9562 return s 9563} 9564 9565// SetInputs sets the Inputs field's value. 9566func (s *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput) SetInputs(v []*string) *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput { 9567 s.Inputs = v 9568 return s 9569} 9570 9571// SetState sets the State field's value. 9572func (s *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput) SetState(v string) *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput { 9573 s.State = &v 9574 return s 9575} 9576 9577// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 9578func (s *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput { 9579 s.Tags = v 9580 return s 9581} 9582 9583// SetWhitelistRules sets the WhitelistRules field's value. 9584func (s *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput) SetWhitelistRules(v []*InputWhitelistRule) *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput { 9585 s.WhitelistRules = v 9586 return s 9587} 9588 9589type DescribeMultiplexInput struct { 9590 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9591 9592 // MultiplexId is a required field 9593 MultiplexId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"multiplexId" type:"string" required:"true"` 9594} 9595 9596// String returns the string representation 9597func (s DescribeMultiplexInput) String() string { 9598 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9599} 9600 9601// GoString returns the string representation 9602func (s DescribeMultiplexInput) GoString() string { 9603 return s.String() 9604} 9605 9606// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 9607func (s *DescribeMultiplexInput) Validate() error { 9608 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeMultiplexInput"} 9609 if s.MultiplexId == nil { 9610 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MultiplexId")) 9611 } 9612 if s.MultiplexId != nil && len(*s.MultiplexId) < 1 { 9613 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("MultiplexId", 1)) 9614 } 9615 9616 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 9617 return invalidParams 9618 } 9619 return nil 9620} 9621 9622// SetMultiplexId sets the MultiplexId field's value. 9623func (s *DescribeMultiplexInput) SetMultiplexId(v string) *DescribeMultiplexInput { 9624 s.MultiplexId = &v 9625 return s 9626} 9627 9628type DescribeMultiplexOutput struct { 9629 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9630 9631 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 9632 9633 AvailabilityZones []*string `locationName:"availabilityZones" type:"list"` 9634 9635 Destinations []*MultiplexOutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"` 9636 9637 Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` 9638 9639 // Contains configuration for a Multiplex event 9640 MultiplexSettings *MultiplexSettings `locationName:"multiplexSettings" type:"structure"` 9641 9642 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 9643 9644 PipelinesRunningCount *int64 `locationName:"pipelinesRunningCount" type:"integer"` 9645 9646 ProgramCount *int64 `locationName:"programCount" type:"integer"` 9647 9648 // The current state of the multiplex. 9649 State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"MultiplexState"` 9650 9651 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 9652} 9653 9654// String returns the string representation 9655func (s DescribeMultiplexOutput) String() string { 9656 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9657} 9658 9659// GoString returns the string representation 9660func (s DescribeMultiplexOutput) GoString() string { 9661 return s.String() 9662} 9663 9664// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 9665func (s *DescribeMultiplexOutput) SetArn(v string) *DescribeMultiplexOutput { 9666 s.Arn = &v 9667 return s 9668} 9669 9670// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value. 9671func (s *DescribeMultiplexOutput) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *DescribeMultiplexOutput { 9672 s.AvailabilityZones = v 9673 return s 9674} 9675 9676// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value. 9677func (s *DescribeMultiplexOutput) SetDestinations(v []*MultiplexOutputDestination) *DescribeMultiplexOutput { 9678 s.Destinations = v 9679 return s 9680} 9681 9682// SetId sets the Id field's value. 9683func (s *DescribeMultiplexOutput) SetId(v string) *DescribeMultiplexOutput { 9684 s.Id = &v 9685 return s 9686} 9687 9688// SetMultiplexSettings sets the MultiplexSettings field's value. 9689func (s *DescribeMultiplexOutput) SetMultiplexSettings(v *MultiplexSettings) *DescribeMultiplexOutput { 9690 s.MultiplexSettings = v 9691 return s 9692} 9693 9694// SetName sets the Name field's value. 9695func (s *DescribeMultiplexOutput) SetName(v string) *DescribeMultiplexOutput { 9696 s.Name = &v 9697 return s 9698} 9699 9700// SetPipelinesRunningCount sets the PipelinesRunningCount field's value. 9701func (s *DescribeMultiplexOutput) SetPipelinesRunningCount(v int64) *DescribeMultiplexOutput { 9702 s.PipelinesRunningCount = &v 9703 return s 9704} 9705 9706// SetProgramCount sets the ProgramCount field's value. 9707func (s *DescribeMultiplexOutput) SetProgramCount(v int64) *DescribeMultiplexOutput { 9708 s.ProgramCount = &v 9709 return s 9710} 9711 9712// SetState sets the State field's value. 9713func (s *DescribeMultiplexOutput) SetState(v string) *DescribeMultiplexOutput { 9714 s.State = &v 9715 return s 9716} 9717 9718// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 9719func (s *DescribeMultiplexOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *DescribeMultiplexOutput { 9720 s.Tags = v 9721 return s 9722} 9723 9724type DescribeMultiplexProgramInput struct { 9725 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9726 9727 // MultiplexId is a required field 9728 MultiplexId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"multiplexId" type:"string" required:"true"` 9729 9730 // ProgramName is a required field 9731 ProgramName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"programName" type:"string" required:"true"` 9732} 9733 9734// String returns the string representation 9735func (s DescribeMultiplexProgramInput) String() string { 9736 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9737} 9738 9739// GoString returns the string representation 9740func (s DescribeMultiplexProgramInput) GoString() string { 9741 return s.String() 9742} 9743 9744// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 9745func (s *DescribeMultiplexProgramInput) Validate() error { 9746 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeMultiplexProgramInput"} 9747 if s.MultiplexId == nil { 9748 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MultiplexId")) 9749 } 9750 if s.MultiplexId != nil && len(*s.MultiplexId) < 1 { 9751 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("MultiplexId", 1)) 9752 } 9753 if s.ProgramName == nil { 9754 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ProgramName")) 9755 } 9756 if s.ProgramName != nil && len(*s.ProgramName) < 1 { 9757 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ProgramName", 1)) 9758 } 9759 9760 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 9761 return invalidParams 9762 } 9763 return nil 9764} 9765 9766// SetMultiplexId sets the MultiplexId field's value. 9767func (s *DescribeMultiplexProgramInput) SetMultiplexId(v string) *DescribeMultiplexProgramInput { 9768 s.MultiplexId = &v 9769 return s 9770} 9771 9772// SetProgramName sets the ProgramName field's value. 9773func (s *DescribeMultiplexProgramInput) SetProgramName(v string) *DescribeMultiplexProgramInput { 9774 s.ProgramName = &v 9775 return s 9776} 9777 9778type DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput struct { 9779 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9780 9781 ChannelId *string `locationName:"channelId" type:"string"` 9782 9783 // Multiplex Program settings configuration. 9784 MultiplexProgramSettings *MultiplexProgramSettings `locationName:"multiplexProgramSettings" type:"structure"` 9785 9786 // Packet identifiers map for a given Multiplex program. 9787 PacketIdentifiersMap *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap `locationName:"packetIdentifiersMap" type:"structure"` 9788 9789 ProgramName *string `locationName:"programName" type:"string"` 9790} 9791 9792// String returns the string representation 9793func (s DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput) String() string { 9794 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9795} 9796 9797// GoString returns the string representation 9798func (s DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput) GoString() string { 9799 return s.String() 9800} 9801 9802// SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value. 9803func (s *DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput) SetChannelId(v string) *DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput { 9804 s.ChannelId = &v 9805 return s 9806} 9807 9808// SetMultiplexProgramSettings sets the MultiplexProgramSettings field's value. 9809func (s *DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput) SetMultiplexProgramSettings(v *MultiplexProgramSettings) *DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput { 9810 s.MultiplexProgramSettings = v 9811 return s 9812} 9813 9814// SetPacketIdentifiersMap sets the PacketIdentifiersMap field's value. 9815func (s *DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput) SetPacketIdentifiersMap(v *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) *DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput { 9816 s.PacketIdentifiersMap = v 9817 return s 9818} 9819 9820// SetProgramName sets the ProgramName field's value. 9821func (s *DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput) SetProgramName(v string) *DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput { 9822 s.ProgramName = &v 9823 return s 9824} 9825 9826type DescribeOfferingInput struct { 9827 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9828 9829 // OfferingId is a required field 9830 OfferingId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"offeringId" type:"string" required:"true"` 9831} 9832 9833// String returns the string representation 9834func (s DescribeOfferingInput) String() string { 9835 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9836} 9837 9838// GoString returns the string representation 9839func (s DescribeOfferingInput) GoString() string { 9840 return s.String() 9841} 9842 9843// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 9844func (s *DescribeOfferingInput) Validate() error { 9845 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeOfferingInput"} 9846 if s.OfferingId == nil { 9847 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OfferingId")) 9848 } 9849 if s.OfferingId != nil && len(*s.OfferingId) < 1 { 9850 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("OfferingId", 1)) 9851 } 9852 9853 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 9854 return invalidParams 9855 } 9856 return nil 9857} 9858 9859// SetOfferingId sets the OfferingId field's value. 9860func (s *DescribeOfferingInput) SetOfferingId(v string) *DescribeOfferingInput { 9861 s.OfferingId = &v 9862 return s 9863} 9864 9865type DescribeOfferingOutput struct { 9866 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9867 9868 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 9869 9870 CurrencyCode *string `locationName:"currencyCode" type:"string"` 9871 9872 Duration *int64 `locationName:"duration" type:"integer"` 9873 9874 // Units for duration, e.g. 'MONTHS' 9875 DurationUnits *string `locationName:"durationUnits" type:"string" enum:"OfferingDurationUnits"` 9876 9877 FixedPrice *float64 `locationName:"fixedPrice" type:"double"` 9878 9879 OfferingDescription *string `locationName:"offeringDescription" type:"string"` 9880 9881 OfferingId *string `locationName:"offeringId" type:"string"` 9882 9883 // Offering type, e.g. 'NO_UPFRONT' 9884 OfferingType *string `locationName:"offeringType" type:"string" enum:"OfferingType"` 9885 9886 Region *string `locationName:"region" type:"string"` 9887 9888 // Resource configuration (codec, resolution, bitrate, ...) 9889 ResourceSpecification *ReservationResourceSpecification `locationName:"resourceSpecification" type:"structure"` 9890 9891 UsagePrice *float64 `locationName:"usagePrice" type:"double"` 9892} 9893 9894// String returns the string representation 9895func (s DescribeOfferingOutput) String() string { 9896 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9897} 9898 9899// GoString returns the string representation 9900func (s DescribeOfferingOutput) GoString() string { 9901 return s.String() 9902} 9903 9904// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 9905func (s *DescribeOfferingOutput) SetArn(v string) *DescribeOfferingOutput { 9906 s.Arn = &v 9907 return s 9908} 9909 9910// SetCurrencyCode sets the CurrencyCode field's value. 9911func (s *DescribeOfferingOutput) SetCurrencyCode(v string) *DescribeOfferingOutput { 9912 s.CurrencyCode = &v 9913 return s 9914} 9915 9916// SetDuration sets the Duration field's value. 9917func (s *DescribeOfferingOutput) SetDuration(v int64) *DescribeOfferingOutput { 9918 s.Duration = &v 9919 return s 9920} 9921 9922// SetDurationUnits sets the DurationUnits field's value. 9923func (s *DescribeOfferingOutput) SetDurationUnits(v string) *DescribeOfferingOutput { 9924 s.DurationUnits = &v 9925 return s 9926} 9927 9928// SetFixedPrice sets the FixedPrice field's value. 9929func (s *DescribeOfferingOutput) SetFixedPrice(v float64) *DescribeOfferingOutput { 9930 s.FixedPrice = &v 9931 return s 9932} 9933 9934// SetOfferingDescription sets the OfferingDescription field's value. 9935func (s *DescribeOfferingOutput) SetOfferingDescription(v string) *DescribeOfferingOutput { 9936 s.OfferingDescription = &v 9937 return s 9938} 9939 9940// SetOfferingId sets the OfferingId field's value. 9941func (s *DescribeOfferingOutput) SetOfferingId(v string) *DescribeOfferingOutput { 9942 s.OfferingId = &v 9943 return s 9944} 9945 9946// SetOfferingType sets the OfferingType field's value. 9947func (s *DescribeOfferingOutput) SetOfferingType(v string) *DescribeOfferingOutput { 9948 s.OfferingType = &v 9949 return s 9950} 9951 9952// SetRegion sets the Region field's value. 9953func (s *DescribeOfferingOutput) SetRegion(v string) *DescribeOfferingOutput { 9954 s.Region = &v 9955 return s 9956} 9957 9958// SetResourceSpecification sets the ResourceSpecification field's value. 9959func (s *DescribeOfferingOutput) SetResourceSpecification(v *ReservationResourceSpecification) *DescribeOfferingOutput { 9960 s.ResourceSpecification = v 9961 return s 9962} 9963 9964// SetUsagePrice sets the UsagePrice field's value. 9965func (s *DescribeOfferingOutput) SetUsagePrice(v float64) *DescribeOfferingOutput { 9966 s.UsagePrice = &v 9967 return s 9968} 9969 9970type DescribeReservationInput struct { 9971 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9972 9973 // ReservationId is a required field 9974 ReservationId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"reservationId" type:"string" required:"true"` 9975} 9976 9977// String returns the string representation 9978func (s DescribeReservationInput) String() string { 9979 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9980} 9981 9982// GoString returns the string representation 9983func (s DescribeReservationInput) GoString() string { 9984 return s.String() 9985} 9986 9987// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 9988func (s *DescribeReservationInput) Validate() error { 9989 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeReservationInput"} 9990 if s.ReservationId == nil { 9991 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReservationId")) 9992 } 9993 if s.ReservationId != nil && len(*s.ReservationId) < 1 { 9994 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ReservationId", 1)) 9995 } 9996 9997 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 9998 return invalidParams 9999 } 10000 return nil 10001} 10002 10003// SetReservationId sets the ReservationId field's value. 10004func (s *DescribeReservationInput) SetReservationId(v string) *DescribeReservationInput { 10005 s.ReservationId = &v 10006 return s 10007} 10008 10009type DescribeReservationOutput struct { 10010 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10011 10012 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 10013 10014 Count *int64 `locationName:"count" type:"integer"` 10015 10016 CurrencyCode *string `locationName:"currencyCode" type:"string"` 10017 10018 Duration *int64 `locationName:"duration" type:"integer"` 10019 10020 // Units for duration, e.g. 'MONTHS' 10021 DurationUnits *string `locationName:"durationUnits" type:"string" enum:"OfferingDurationUnits"` 10022 10023 End *string `locationName:"end" type:"string"` 10024 10025 FixedPrice *float64 `locationName:"fixedPrice" type:"double"` 10026 10027 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 10028 10029 OfferingDescription *string `locationName:"offeringDescription" type:"string"` 10030 10031 OfferingId *string `locationName:"offeringId" type:"string"` 10032 10033 // Offering type, e.g. 'NO_UPFRONT' 10034 OfferingType *string `locationName:"offeringType" type:"string" enum:"OfferingType"` 10035 10036 Region *string `locationName:"region" type:"string"` 10037 10038 ReservationId *string `locationName:"reservationId" type:"string"` 10039 10040 // Resource configuration (codec, resolution, bitrate, ...) 10041 ResourceSpecification *ReservationResourceSpecification `locationName:"resourceSpecification" type:"structure"` 10042 10043 Start *string `locationName:"start" type:"string"` 10044 10045 // Current reservation state 10046 State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"ReservationState"` 10047 10048 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 10049 10050 UsagePrice *float64 `locationName:"usagePrice" type:"double"` 10051} 10052 10053// String returns the string representation 10054func (s DescribeReservationOutput) String() string { 10055 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10056} 10057 10058// GoString returns the string representation 10059func (s DescribeReservationOutput) GoString() string { 10060 return s.String() 10061} 10062 10063// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 10064func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetArn(v string) *DescribeReservationOutput { 10065 s.Arn = &v 10066 return s 10067} 10068 10069// SetCount sets the Count field's value. 10070func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetCount(v int64) *DescribeReservationOutput { 10071 s.Count = &v 10072 return s 10073} 10074 10075// SetCurrencyCode sets the CurrencyCode field's value. 10076func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetCurrencyCode(v string) *DescribeReservationOutput { 10077 s.CurrencyCode = &v 10078 return s 10079} 10080 10081// SetDuration sets the Duration field's value. 10082func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetDuration(v int64) *DescribeReservationOutput { 10083 s.Duration = &v 10084 return s 10085} 10086 10087// SetDurationUnits sets the DurationUnits field's value. 10088func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetDurationUnits(v string) *DescribeReservationOutput { 10089 s.DurationUnits = &v 10090 return s 10091} 10092 10093// SetEnd sets the End field's value. 10094func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetEnd(v string) *DescribeReservationOutput { 10095 s.End = &v 10096 return s 10097} 10098 10099// SetFixedPrice sets the FixedPrice field's value. 10100func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetFixedPrice(v float64) *DescribeReservationOutput { 10101 s.FixedPrice = &v 10102 return s 10103} 10104 10105// SetName sets the Name field's value. 10106func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetName(v string) *DescribeReservationOutput { 10107 s.Name = &v 10108 return s 10109} 10110 10111// SetOfferingDescription sets the OfferingDescription field's value. 10112func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetOfferingDescription(v string) *DescribeReservationOutput { 10113 s.OfferingDescription = &v 10114 return s 10115} 10116 10117// SetOfferingId sets the OfferingId field's value. 10118func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetOfferingId(v string) *DescribeReservationOutput { 10119 s.OfferingId = &v 10120 return s 10121} 10122 10123// SetOfferingType sets the OfferingType field's value. 10124func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetOfferingType(v string) *DescribeReservationOutput { 10125 s.OfferingType = &v 10126 return s 10127} 10128 10129// SetRegion sets the Region field's value. 10130func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetRegion(v string) *DescribeReservationOutput { 10131 s.Region = &v 10132 return s 10133} 10134 10135// SetReservationId sets the ReservationId field's value. 10136func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetReservationId(v string) *DescribeReservationOutput { 10137 s.ReservationId = &v 10138 return s 10139} 10140 10141// SetResourceSpecification sets the ResourceSpecification field's value. 10142func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetResourceSpecification(v *ReservationResourceSpecification) *DescribeReservationOutput { 10143 s.ResourceSpecification = v 10144 return s 10145} 10146 10147// SetStart sets the Start field's value. 10148func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetStart(v string) *DescribeReservationOutput { 10149 s.Start = &v 10150 return s 10151} 10152 10153// SetState sets the State field's value. 10154func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetState(v string) *DescribeReservationOutput { 10155 s.State = &v 10156 return s 10157} 10158 10159// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 10160func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *DescribeReservationOutput { 10161 s.Tags = v 10162 return s 10163} 10164 10165// SetUsagePrice sets the UsagePrice field's value. 10166func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetUsagePrice(v float64) *DescribeReservationOutput { 10167 s.UsagePrice = &v 10168 return s 10169} 10170 10171type DescribeScheduleInput struct { 10172 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10173 10174 // ChannelId is a required field 10175 ChannelId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"channelId" type:"string" required:"true"` 10176 10177 MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"` 10178 10179 NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` 10180} 10181 10182// String returns the string representation 10183func (s DescribeScheduleInput) String() string { 10184 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10185} 10186 10187// GoString returns the string representation 10188func (s DescribeScheduleInput) GoString() string { 10189 return s.String() 10190} 10191 10192// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 10193func (s *DescribeScheduleInput) Validate() error { 10194 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeScheduleInput"} 10195 if s.ChannelId == nil { 10196 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ChannelId")) 10197 } 10198 if s.ChannelId != nil && len(*s.ChannelId) < 1 { 10199 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ChannelId", 1)) 10200 } 10201 if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 { 10202 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1)) 10203 } 10204 10205 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 10206 return invalidParams 10207 } 10208 return nil 10209} 10210 10211// SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value. 10212func (s *DescribeScheduleInput) SetChannelId(v string) *DescribeScheduleInput { 10213 s.ChannelId = &v 10214 return s 10215} 10216 10217// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value. 10218func (s *DescribeScheduleInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *DescribeScheduleInput { 10219 s.MaxResults = &v 10220 return s 10221} 10222 10223// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 10224func (s *DescribeScheduleInput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeScheduleInput { 10225 s.NextToken = &v 10226 return s 10227} 10228 10229type DescribeScheduleOutput struct { 10230 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10231 10232 NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` 10233 10234 ScheduleActions []*ScheduleAction `locationName:"scheduleActions" type:"list"` 10235} 10236 10237// String returns the string representation 10238func (s DescribeScheduleOutput) String() string { 10239 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10240} 10241 10242// GoString returns the string representation 10243func (s DescribeScheduleOutput) GoString() string { 10244 return s.String() 10245} 10246 10247// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 10248func (s *DescribeScheduleOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeScheduleOutput { 10249 s.NextToken = &v 10250 return s 10251} 10252 10253// SetScheduleActions sets the ScheduleActions field's value. 10254func (s *DescribeScheduleOutput) SetScheduleActions(v []*ScheduleAction) *DescribeScheduleOutput { 10255 s.ScheduleActions = v 10256 return s 10257} 10258 10259// DVB Network Information Table (NIT) 10260type DvbNitSettings struct { 10261 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10262 10263 // The numeric value placed in the Network Information Table (NIT). 10264 // 10265 // NetworkId is a required field 10266 NetworkId *int64 `locationName:"networkId" type:"integer" required:"true"` 10267 10268 // The network name text placed in the networkNameDescriptor inside the Network 10269 // Information Table. Maximum length is 256 characters. 10270 // 10271 // NetworkName is a required field 10272 NetworkName *string `locationName:"networkName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` 10273 10274 // The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output 10275 // transport stream. 10276 RepInterval *int64 `locationName:"repInterval" min:"25" type:"integer"` 10277} 10278 10279// String returns the string representation 10280func (s DvbNitSettings) String() string { 10281 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10282} 10283 10284// GoString returns the string representation 10285func (s DvbNitSettings) GoString() string { 10286 return s.String() 10287} 10288 10289// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 10290func (s *DvbNitSettings) Validate() error { 10291 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DvbNitSettings"} 10292 if s.NetworkId == nil { 10293 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NetworkId")) 10294 } 10295 if s.NetworkName == nil { 10296 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NetworkName")) 10297 } 10298 if s.NetworkName != nil && len(*s.NetworkName) < 1 { 10299 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("NetworkName", 1)) 10300 } 10301 if s.RepInterval != nil && *s.RepInterval < 25 { 10302 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("RepInterval", 25)) 10303 } 10304 10305 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 10306 return invalidParams 10307 } 10308 return nil 10309} 10310 10311// SetNetworkId sets the NetworkId field's value. 10312func (s *DvbNitSettings) SetNetworkId(v int64) *DvbNitSettings { 10313 s.NetworkId = &v 10314 return s 10315} 10316 10317// SetNetworkName sets the NetworkName field's value. 10318func (s *DvbNitSettings) SetNetworkName(v string) *DvbNitSettings { 10319 s.NetworkName = &v 10320 return s 10321} 10322 10323// SetRepInterval sets the RepInterval field's value. 10324func (s *DvbNitSettings) SetRepInterval(v int64) *DvbNitSettings { 10325 s.RepInterval = &v 10326 return s 10327} 10328 10329// DVB Service Description Table (SDT) 10330type DvbSdtSettings struct { 10331 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10332 10333 // Selects method of inserting SDT information into output stream. The sdtFollow 10334 // setting copies SDT information from input stream to output stream. The sdtFollowIfPresent 10335 // setting copies SDT information from input stream to output stream if SDT 10336 // information is present in the input, otherwise it will fall back on the user-defined 10337 // values. The sdtManual setting means user will enter the SDT information. 10338 // The sdtNone setting means output stream will not contain SDT information. 10339 OutputSdt *string `locationName:"outputSdt" type:"string" enum:"DvbSdtOutputSdt"` 10340 10341 // The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output 10342 // transport stream. 10343 RepInterval *int64 `locationName:"repInterval" min:"25" type:"integer"` 10344 10345 // The service name placed in the serviceDescriptor in the Service Description 10346 // Table. Maximum length is 256 characters. 10347 ServiceName *string `locationName:"serviceName" min:"1" type:"string"` 10348 10349 // The service provider name placed in the serviceDescriptor in the Service 10350 // Description Table. Maximum length is 256 characters. 10351 ServiceProviderName *string `locationName:"serviceProviderName" min:"1" type:"string"` 10352} 10353 10354// String returns the string representation 10355func (s DvbSdtSettings) String() string { 10356 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10357} 10358 10359// GoString returns the string representation 10360func (s DvbSdtSettings) GoString() string { 10361 return s.String() 10362} 10363 10364// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 10365func (s *DvbSdtSettings) Validate() error { 10366 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DvbSdtSettings"} 10367 if s.RepInterval != nil && *s.RepInterval < 25 { 10368 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("RepInterval", 25)) 10369 } 10370 if s.ServiceName != nil && len(*s.ServiceName) < 1 { 10371 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ServiceName", 1)) 10372 } 10373 if s.ServiceProviderName != nil && len(*s.ServiceProviderName) < 1 { 10374 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ServiceProviderName", 1)) 10375 } 10376 10377 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 10378 return invalidParams 10379 } 10380 return nil 10381} 10382 10383// SetOutputSdt sets the OutputSdt field's value. 10384func (s *DvbSdtSettings) SetOutputSdt(v string) *DvbSdtSettings { 10385 s.OutputSdt = &v 10386 return s 10387} 10388 10389// SetRepInterval sets the RepInterval field's value. 10390func (s *DvbSdtSettings) SetRepInterval(v int64) *DvbSdtSettings { 10391 s.RepInterval = &v 10392 return s 10393} 10394 10395// SetServiceName sets the ServiceName field's value. 10396func (s *DvbSdtSettings) SetServiceName(v string) *DvbSdtSettings { 10397 s.ServiceName = &v 10398 return s 10399} 10400 10401// SetServiceProviderName sets the ServiceProviderName field's value. 10402func (s *DvbSdtSettings) SetServiceProviderName(v string) *DvbSdtSettings { 10403 s.ServiceProviderName = &v 10404 return s 10405} 10406 10407// Dvb Sub Destination Settings 10408type DvbSubDestinationSettings struct { 10409 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10410 10411 // If no explicit xPosition or yPosition is provided, setting alignment to centered 10412 // will place the captions at the bottom center of the output. Similarly, setting 10413 // a left alignment will align captions to the bottom left of the output. If 10414 // x and y positions are given in conjunction with the alignment parameter, 10415 // the font will be justified (either left or centered) relative to those coordinates. 10416 // Selecting "smart" justification will left-justify live subtitles and center-justify 10417 // pre-recorded subtitles. This option is not valid for source captions that 10418 // are STL or 608/embedded. These source settings are already pre-defined by 10419 // the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 10420 Alignment *string `locationName:"alignment" type:"string" enum:"DvbSubDestinationAlignment"` 10421 10422 // Specifies the color of the rectangle behind the captions. All burn-in and 10423 // DVB-Sub font settings must match. 10424 BackgroundColor *string `locationName:"backgroundColor" type:"string" enum:"DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColor"` 10425 10426 // Specifies the opacity of the background rectangle. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent. 10427 // Leaving this parameter blank is equivalent to setting it to 0 (transparent). 10428 // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 10429 BackgroundOpacity *int64 `locationName:"backgroundOpacity" type:"integer"` 10430 10431 // External font file used for caption burn-in. File extension must be 'ttf' 10432 // or 'tte'. Although the user can select output fonts for many different types 10433 // of input captions, embedded, STL and teletext sources use a strict grid system. 10434 // Using external fonts with these caption sources could cause unexpected display 10435 // of proportional fonts. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 10436 Font *InputLocation `locationName:"font" type:"structure"` 10437 10438 // Specifies the color of the burned-in captions. This option is not valid for 10439 // source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings 10440 // are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font 10441 // settings must match. 10442 FontColor *string `locationName:"fontColor" type:"string" enum:"DvbSubDestinationFontColor"` 10443 10444 // Specifies the opacity of the burned-in captions. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent. 10445 // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 10446 FontOpacity *int64 `locationName:"fontOpacity" type:"integer"` 10447 10448 // Font resolution in DPI (dots per inch); default is 96 dpi. All burn-in and 10449 // DVB-Sub font settings must match. 10450 FontResolution *int64 `locationName:"fontResolution" min:"96" type:"integer"` 10451 10452 // When set to auto fontSize will scale depending on the size of the output. 10453 // Giving a positive integer will specify the exact font size in points. All 10454 // burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 10455 FontSize *string `locationName:"fontSize" type:"string"` 10456 10457 // Specifies font outline color. This option is not valid for source captions 10458 // that are either 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings are already 10459 // pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings 10460 // must match. 10461 OutlineColor *string `locationName:"outlineColor" type:"string" enum:"DvbSubDestinationOutlineColor"` 10462 10463 // Specifies font outline size in pixels. This option is not valid for source 10464 // captions that are either 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings 10465 // are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font 10466 // settings must match. 10467 OutlineSize *int64 `locationName:"outlineSize" type:"integer"` 10468 10469 // Specifies the color of the shadow cast by the captions. All burn-in and DVB-Sub 10470 // font settings must match. 10471 ShadowColor *string `locationName:"shadowColor" type:"string" enum:"DvbSubDestinationShadowColor"` 10472 10473 // Specifies the opacity of the shadow. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent. Leaving 10474 // this parameter blank is equivalent to setting it to 0 (transparent). All 10475 // burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 10476 ShadowOpacity *int64 `locationName:"shadowOpacity" type:"integer"` 10477 10478 // Specifies the horizontal offset of the shadow relative to the captions in 10479 // pixels. A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels to the left. 10480 // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 10481 ShadowXOffset *int64 `locationName:"shadowXOffset" type:"integer"` 10482 10483 // Specifies the vertical offset of the shadow relative to the captions in pixels. 10484 // A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels above the text. All 10485 // burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 10486 ShadowYOffset *int64 `locationName:"shadowYOffset" type:"integer"` 10487 10488 // Controls whether a fixed grid size will be used to generate the output subtitles 10489 // bitmap. Only applicable for Teletext inputs and DVB-Sub/Burn-in outputs. 10490 TeletextGridControl *string `locationName:"teletextGridControl" type:"string" enum:"DvbSubDestinationTeletextGridControl"` 10491 10492 // Specifies the horizontal position of the caption relative to the left side 10493 // of the output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting 10494 // 10 pixels from the left of the output. If no explicit xPosition is provided, 10495 // the horizontal caption position will be determined by the alignment parameter. 10496 // This option is not valid for source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or 10497 // teletext. These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream. 10498 // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 10499 XPosition *int64 `locationName:"xPosition" type:"integer"` 10500 10501 // Specifies the vertical position of the caption relative to the top of the 10502 // output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting 10 10503 // pixels from the top of the output. If no explicit yPosition is provided, 10504 // the caption will be positioned towards the bottom of the output. This option 10505 // is not valid for source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext. 10506 // These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All 10507 // burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 10508 YPosition *int64 `locationName:"yPosition" type:"integer"` 10509} 10510 10511// String returns the string representation 10512func (s DvbSubDestinationSettings) String() string { 10513 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10514} 10515 10516// GoString returns the string representation 10517func (s DvbSubDestinationSettings) GoString() string { 10518 return s.String() 10519} 10520 10521// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 10522func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) Validate() error { 10523 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DvbSubDestinationSettings"} 10524 if s.FontResolution != nil && *s.FontResolution < 96 { 10525 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("FontResolution", 96)) 10526 } 10527 if s.Font != nil { 10528 if err := s.Font.Validate(); err != nil { 10529 invalidParams.AddNested("Font", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 10530 } 10531 } 10532 10533 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 10534 return invalidParams 10535 } 10536 return nil 10537} 10538 10539// SetAlignment sets the Alignment field's value. 10540func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetAlignment(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { 10541 s.Alignment = &v 10542 return s 10543} 10544 10545// SetBackgroundColor sets the BackgroundColor field's value. 10546func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetBackgroundColor(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { 10547 s.BackgroundColor = &v 10548 return s 10549} 10550 10551// SetBackgroundOpacity sets the BackgroundOpacity field's value. 10552func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetBackgroundOpacity(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { 10553 s.BackgroundOpacity = &v 10554 return s 10555} 10556 10557// SetFont sets the Font field's value. 10558func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetFont(v *InputLocation) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { 10559 s.Font = v 10560 return s 10561} 10562 10563// SetFontColor sets the FontColor field's value. 10564func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetFontColor(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { 10565 s.FontColor = &v 10566 return s 10567} 10568 10569// SetFontOpacity sets the FontOpacity field's value. 10570func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetFontOpacity(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { 10571 s.FontOpacity = &v 10572 return s 10573} 10574 10575// SetFontResolution sets the FontResolution field's value. 10576func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetFontResolution(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { 10577 s.FontResolution = &v 10578 return s 10579} 10580 10581// SetFontSize sets the FontSize field's value. 10582func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetFontSize(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { 10583 s.FontSize = &v 10584 return s 10585} 10586 10587// SetOutlineColor sets the OutlineColor field's value. 10588func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetOutlineColor(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { 10589 s.OutlineColor = &v 10590 return s 10591} 10592 10593// SetOutlineSize sets the OutlineSize field's value. 10594func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetOutlineSize(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { 10595 s.OutlineSize = &v 10596 return s 10597} 10598 10599// SetShadowColor sets the ShadowColor field's value. 10600func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetShadowColor(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { 10601 s.ShadowColor = &v 10602 return s 10603} 10604 10605// SetShadowOpacity sets the ShadowOpacity field's value. 10606func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetShadowOpacity(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { 10607 s.ShadowOpacity = &v 10608 return s 10609} 10610 10611// SetShadowXOffset sets the ShadowXOffset field's value. 10612func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetShadowXOffset(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { 10613 s.ShadowXOffset = &v 10614 return s 10615} 10616 10617// SetShadowYOffset sets the ShadowYOffset field's value. 10618func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetShadowYOffset(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { 10619 s.ShadowYOffset = &v 10620 return s 10621} 10622 10623// SetTeletextGridControl sets the TeletextGridControl field's value. 10624func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetTeletextGridControl(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { 10625 s.TeletextGridControl = &v 10626 return s 10627} 10628 10629// SetXPosition sets the XPosition field's value. 10630func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetXPosition(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { 10631 s.XPosition = &v 10632 return s 10633} 10634 10635// SetYPosition sets the YPosition field's value. 10636func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetYPosition(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { 10637 s.YPosition = &v 10638 return s 10639} 10640 10641// Dvb Sub Source Settings 10642type DvbSubSourceSettings struct { 10643 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10644 10645 // When using DVB-Sub with Burn-In or SMPTE-TT, use this PID for the source 10646 // content. Unused for DVB-Sub passthrough. All DVB-Sub content is passed through, 10647 // regardless of selectors. 10648 Pid *int64 `locationName:"pid" min:"1" type:"integer"` 10649} 10650 10651// String returns the string representation 10652func (s DvbSubSourceSettings) String() string { 10653 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10654} 10655 10656// GoString returns the string representation 10657func (s DvbSubSourceSettings) GoString() string { 10658 return s.String() 10659} 10660 10661// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 10662func (s *DvbSubSourceSettings) Validate() error { 10663 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DvbSubSourceSettings"} 10664 if s.Pid != nil && *s.Pid < 1 { 10665 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Pid", 1)) 10666 } 10667 10668 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 10669 return invalidParams 10670 } 10671 return nil 10672} 10673 10674// SetPid sets the Pid field's value. 10675func (s *DvbSubSourceSettings) SetPid(v int64) *DvbSubSourceSettings { 10676 s.Pid = &v 10677 return s 10678} 10679 10680// DVB Time and Date Table (SDT) 10681type DvbTdtSettings struct { 10682 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10683 10684 // The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output 10685 // transport stream. 10686 RepInterval *int64 `locationName:"repInterval" min:"1000" type:"integer"` 10687} 10688 10689// String returns the string representation 10690func (s DvbTdtSettings) String() string { 10691 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10692} 10693 10694// GoString returns the string representation 10695func (s DvbTdtSettings) GoString() string { 10696 return s.String() 10697} 10698 10699// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 10700func (s *DvbTdtSettings) Validate() error { 10701 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DvbTdtSettings"} 10702 if s.RepInterval != nil && *s.RepInterval < 1000 { 10703 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("RepInterval", 1000)) 10704 } 10705 10706 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 10707 return invalidParams 10708 } 10709 return nil 10710} 10711 10712// SetRepInterval sets the RepInterval field's value. 10713func (s *DvbTdtSettings) SetRepInterval(v int64) *DvbTdtSettings { 10714 s.RepInterval = &v 10715 return s 10716} 10717 10718// Eac3 Settings 10719type Eac3Settings struct { 10720 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10721 10722 // When set to attenuate3Db, applies a 3 dB attenuation to the surround channels. 10723 // Only used for 3/2 coding mode. 10724 AttenuationControl *string `locationName:"attenuationControl" type:"string" enum:"Eac3AttenuationControl"` 10725 10726 // Average bitrate in bits/second. Valid bitrates depend on the coding mode. 10727 Bitrate *float64 `locationName:"bitrate" type:"double"` 10728 10729 // Specifies the bitstream mode (bsmod) for the emitted E-AC-3 stream. See ATSC 10730 // A/52-2012 (Annex E) for background on these values. 10731 BitstreamMode *string `locationName:"bitstreamMode" type:"string" enum:"Eac3BitstreamMode"` 10732 10733 // Dolby Digital Plus coding mode. Determines number of channels. 10734 CodingMode *string `locationName:"codingMode" type:"string" enum:"Eac3CodingMode"` 10735 10736 // When set to enabled, activates a DC highpass filter for all input channels. 10737 DcFilter *string `locationName:"dcFilter" type:"string" enum:"Eac3DcFilter"` 10738 10739 // Sets the dialnorm for the output. If blank and input audio is Dolby Digital 10740 // Plus, dialnorm will be passed through. 10741 Dialnorm *int64 `locationName:"dialnorm" min:"1" type:"integer"` 10742 10743 // Sets the Dolby dynamic range compression profile. 10744 DrcLine *string `locationName:"drcLine" type:"string" enum:"Eac3DrcLine"` 10745 10746 // Sets the profile for heavy Dolby dynamic range compression, ensures that 10747 // the instantaneous signal peaks do not exceed specified levels. 10748 DrcRf *string `locationName:"drcRf" type:"string" enum:"Eac3DrcRf"` 10749 10750 // When encoding 3/2 audio, setting to lfe enables the LFE channel 10751 LfeControl *string `locationName:"lfeControl" type:"string" enum:"Eac3LfeControl"` 10752 10753 // When set to enabled, applies a 120Hz lowpass filter to the LFE channel prior 10754 // to encoding. Only valid with codingMode32 coding mode. 10755 LfeFilter *string `locationName:"lfeFilter" type:"string" enum:"Eac3LfeFilter"` 10756 10757 // Left only/Right only center mix level. Only used for 3/2 coding mode. 10758 LoRoCenterMixLevel *float64 `locationName:"loRoCenterMixLevel" type:"double"` 10759 10760 // Left only/Right only surround mix level. Only used for 3/2 coding mode. 10761 LoRoSurroundMixLevel *float64 `locationName:"loRoSurroundMixLevel" type:"double"` 10762 10763 // Left total/Right total center mix level. Only used for 3/2 coding mode. 10764 LtRtCenterMixLevel *float64 `locationName:"ltRtCenterMixLevel" type:"double"` 10765 10766 // Left total/Right total surround mix level. Only used for 3/2 coding mode. 10767 LtRtSurroundMixLevel *float64 `locationName:"ltRtSurroundMixLevel" type:"double"` 10768 10769 // When set to followInput, encoder metadata will be sourced from the DD, DD+, 10770 // or DolbyE decoder that supplied this audio data. If audio was not supplied 10771 // from one of these streams, then the static metadata settings will be used. 10772 MetadataControl *string `locationName:"metadataControl" type:"string" enum:"Eac3MetadataControl"` 10773 10774 // When set to whenPossible, input DD+ audio will be passed through if it is 10775 // present on the input. This detection is dynamic over the life of the transcode. 10776 // Inputs that alternate between DD+ and non-DD+ content will have a consistent 10777 // DD+ output as the system alternates between passthrough and encoding. 10778 PassthroughControl *string `locationName:"passthroughControl" type:"string" enum:"Eac3PassthroughControl"` 10779 10780 // When set to shift90Degrees, applies a 90-degree phase shift to the surround 10781 // channels. Only used for 3/2 coding mode. 10782 PhaseControl *string `locationName:"phaseControl" type:"string" enum:"Eac3PhaseControl"` 10783 10784 // Stereo downmix preference. Only used for 3/2 coding mode. 10785 StereoDownmix *string `locationName:"stereoDownmix" type:"string" enum:"Eac3StereoDownmix"` 10786 10787 // When encoding 3/2 audio, sets whether an extra center back surround channel 10788 // is matrix encoded into the left and right surround channels. 10789 SurroundExMode *string `locationName:"surroundExMode" type:"string" enum:"Eac3SurroundExMode"` 10790 10791 // When encoding 2/0 audio, sets whether Dolby Surround is matrix encoded into 10792 // the two channels. 10793 SurroundMode *string `locationName:"surroundMode" type:"string" enum:"Eac3SurroundMode"` 10794} 10795 10796// String returns the string representation 10797func (s Eac3Settings) String() string { 10798 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10799} 10800 10801// GoString returns the string representation 10802func (s Eac3Settings) GoString() string { 10803 return s.String() 10804} 10805 10806// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 10807func (s *Eac3Settings) Validate() error { 10808 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Eac3Settings"} 10809 if s.Dialnorm != nil && *s.Dialnorm < 1 { 10810 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Dialnorm", 1)) 10811 } 10812 10813 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 10814 return invalidParams 10815 } 10816 return nil 10817} 10818 10819// SetAttenuationControl sets the AttenuationControl field's value. 10820func (s *Eac3Settings) SetAttenuationControl(v string) *Eac3Settings { 10821 s.AttenuationControl = &v 10822 return s 10823} 10824 10825// SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value. 10826func (s *Eac3Settings) SetBitrate(v float64) *Eac3Settings { 10827 s.Bitrate = &v 10828 return s 10829} 10830 10831// SetBitstreamMode sets the BitstreamMode field's value. 10832func (s *Eac3Settings) SetBitstreamMode(v string) *Eac3Settings { 10833 s.BitstreamMode = &v 10834 return s 10835} 10836 10837// SetCodingMode sets the CodingMode field's value. 10838func (s *Eac3Settings) SetCodingMode(v string) *Eac3Settings { 10839 s.CodingMode = &v 10840 return s 10841} 10842 10843// SetDcFilter sets the DcFilter field's value. 10844func (s *Eac3Settings) SetDcFilter(v string) *Eac3Settings { 10845 s.DcFilter = &v 10846 return s 10847} 10848 10849// SetDialnorm sets the Dialnorm field's value. 10850func (s *Eac3Settings) SetDialnorm(v int64) *Eac3Settings { 10851 s.Dialnorm = &v 10852 return s 10853} 10854 10855// SetDrcLine sets the DrcLine field's value. 10856func (s *Eac3Settings) SetDrcLine(v string) *Eac3Settings { 10857 s.DrcLine = &v 10858 return s 10859} 10860 10861// SetDrcRf sets the DrcRf field's value. 10862func (s *Eac3Settings) SetDrcRf(v string) *Eac3Settings { 10863 s.DrcRf = &v 10864 return s 10865} 10866 10867// SetLfeControl sets the LfeControl field's value. 10868func (s *Eac3Settings) SetLfeControl(v string) *Eac3Settings { 10869 s.LfeControl = &v 10870 return s 10871} 10872 10873// SetLfeFilter sets the LfeFilter field's value. 10874func (s *Eac3Settings) SetLfeFilter(v string) *Eac3Settings { 10875 s.LfeFilter = &v 10876 return s 10877} 10878 10879// SetLoRoCenterMixLevel sets the LoRoCenterMixLevel field's value. 10880func (s *Eac3Settings) SetLoRoCenterMixLevel(v float64) *Eac3Settings { 10881 s.LoRoCenterMixLevel = &v 10882 return s 10883} 10884 10885// SetLoRoSurroundMixLevel sets the LoRoSurroundMixLevel field's value. 10886func (s *Eac3Settings) SetLoRoSurroundMixLevel(v float64) *Eac3Settings { 10887 s.LoRoSurroundMixLevel = &v 10888 return s 10889} 10890 10891// SetLtRtCenterMixLevel sets the LtRtCenterMixLevel field's value. 10892func (s *Eac3Settings) SetLtRtCenterMixLevel(v float64) *Eac3Settings { 10893 s.LtRtCenterMixLevel = &v 10894 return s 10895} 10896 10897// SetLtRtSurroundMixLevel sets the LtRtSurroundMixLevel field's value. 10898func (s *Eac3Settings) SetLtRtSurroundMixLevel(v float64) *Eac3Settings { 10899 s.LtRtSurroundMixLevel = &v 10900 return s 10901} 10902 10903// SetMetadataControl sets the MetadataControl field's value. 10904func (s *Eac3Settings) SetMetadataControl(v string) *Eac3Settings { 10905 s.MetadataControl = &v 10906 return s 10907} 10908 10909// SetPassthroughControl sets the PassthroughControl field's value. 10910func (s *Eac3Settings) SetPassthroughControl(v string) *Eac3Settings { 10911 s.PassthroughControl = &v 10912 return s 10913} 10914 10915// SetPhaseControl sets the PhaseControl field's value. 10916func (s *Eac3Settings) SetPhaseControl(v string) *Eac3Settings { 10917 s.PhaseControl = &v 10918 return s 10919} 10920 10921// SetStereoDownmix sets the StereoDownmix field's value. 10922func (s *Eac3Settings) SetStereoDownmix(v string) *Eac3Settings { 10923 s.StereoDownmix = &v 10924 return s 10925} 10926 10927// SetSurroundExMode sets the SurroundExMode field's value. 10928func (s *Eac3Settings) SetSurroundExMode(v string) *Eac3Settings { 10929 s.SurroundExMode = &v 10930 return s 10931} 10932 10933// SetSurroundMode sets the SurroundMode field's value. 10934func (s *Eac3Settings) SetSurroundMode(v string) *Eac3Settings { 10935 s.SurroundMode = &v 10936 return s 10937} 10938 10939// Embedded Destination Settings 10940type EmbeddedDestinationSettings struct { 10941 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10942} 10943 10944// String returns the string representation 10945func (s EmbeddedDestinationSettings) String() string { 10946 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10947} 10948 10949// GoString returns the string representation 10950func (s EmbeddedDestinationSettings) GoString() string { 10951 return s.String() 10952} 10953 10954// Embedded Plus Scte20 Destination Settings 10955type EmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings struct { 10956 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10957} 10958 10959// String returns the string representation 10960func (s EmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings) String() string { 10961 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10962} 10963 10964// GoString returns the string representation 10965func (s EmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings) GoString() string { 10966 return s.String() 10967} 10968 10969// Embedded Source Settings 10970type EmbeddedSourceSettings struct { 10971 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10972 10973 // If upconvert, 608 data is both passed through via the "608 compatibility 10974 // bytes" fields of the 708 wrapper as well as translated into 708. 708 data 10975 // present in the source content will be discarded. 10976 Convert608To708 *string `locationName:"convert608To708" type:"string" enum:"EmbeddedConvert608To708"` 10977 10978 // Set to "auto" to handle streams with intermittent and/or non-aligned SCTE-20 10979 // and Embedded captions. 10980 Scte20Detection *string `locationName:"scte20Detection" type:"string" enum:"EmbeddedScte20Detection"` 10981 10982 // Specifies the 608/708 channel number within the video track from which to 10983 // extract captions. Unused for passthrough. 10984 Source608ChannelNumber *int64 `locationName:"source608ChannelNumber" min:"1" type:"integer"` 10985 10986 // This field is unused and deprecated. 10987 Source608TrackNumber *int64 `locationName:"source608TrackNumber" min:"1" type:"integer"` 10988} 10989 10990// String returns the string representation 10991func (s EmbeddedSourceSettings) String() string { 10992 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10993} 10994 10995// GoString returns the string representation 10996func (s EmbeddedSourceSettings) GoString() string { 10997 return s.String() 10998} 10999 11000// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 11001func (s *EmbeddedSourceSettings) Validate() error { 11002 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "EmbeddedSourceSettings"} 11003 if s.Source608ChannelNumber != nil && *s.Source608ChannelNumber < 1 { 11004 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Source608ChannelNumber", 1)) 11005 } 11006 if s.Source608TrackNumber != nil && *s.Source608TrackNumber < 1 { 11007 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Source608TrackNumber", 1)) 11008 } 11009 11010 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 11011 return invalidParams 11012 } 11013 return nil 11014} 11015 11016// SetConvert608To708 sets the Convert608To708 field's value. 11017func (s *EmbeddedSourceSettings) SetConvert608To708(v string) *EmbeddedSourceSettings { 11018 s.Convert608To708 = &v 11019 return s 11020} 11021 11022// SetScte20Detection sets the Scte20Detection field's value. 11023func (s *EmbeddedSourceSettings) SetScte20Detection(v string) *EmbeddedSourceSettings { 11024 s.Scte20Detection = &v 11025 return s 11026} 11027 11028// SetSource608ChannelNumber sets the Source608ChannelNumber field's value. 11029func (s *EmbeddedSourceSettings) SetSource608ChannelNumber(v int64) *EmbeddedSourceSettings { 11030 s.Source608ChannelNumber = &v 11031 return s 11032} 11033 11034// SetSource608TrackNumber sets the Source608TrackNumber field's value. 11035func (s *EmbeddedSourceSettings) SetSource608TrackNumber(v int64) *EmbeddedSourceSettings { 11036 s.Source608TrackNumber = &v 11037 return s 11038} 11039 11040// Encoder Settings 11041type EncoderSettings struct { 11042 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11043 11044 // AudioDescriptions is a required field 11045 AudioDescriptions []*AudioDescription `locationName:"audioDescriptions" type:"list" required:"true"` 11046 11047 // Settings for ad avail blanking. 11048 AvailBlanking *AvailBlanking `locationName:"availBlanking" type:"structure"` 11049 11050 // Event-wide configuration settings for ad avail insertion. 11051 AvailConfiguration *AvailConfiguration `locationName:"availConfiguration" type:"structure"` 11052 11053 // Settings for blackout slate. 11054 BlackoutSlate *BlackoutSlate `locationName:"blackoutSlate" type:"structure"` 11055 11056 // Settings for caption decriptions 11057 CaptionDescriptions []*CaptionDescription `locationName:"captionDescriptions" type:"list"` 11058 11059 // Feature Activations 11060 FeatureActivations *FeatureActivations `locationName:"featureActivations" type:"structure"` 11061 11062 // Configuration settings that apply to the event as a whole. 11063 GlobalConfiguration *GlobalConfiguration `locationName:"globalConfiguration" type:"structure"` 11064 11065 // Nielsen configuration settings. 11066 NielsenConfiguration *NielsenConfiguration `locationName:"nielsenConfiguration" type:"structure"` 11067 11068 // OutputGroups is a required field 11069 OutputGroups []*OutputGroup `locationName:"outputGroups" type:"list" required:"true"` 11070 11071 // Contains settings used to acquire and adjust timecode information from inputs. 11072 // 11073 // TimecodeConfig is a required field 11074 TimecodeConfig *TimecodeConfig `locationName:"timecodeConfig" type:"structure" required:"true"` 11075 11076 // VideoDescriptions is a required field 11077 VideoDescriptions []*VideoDescription `locationName:"videoDescriptions" type:"list" required:"true"` 11078} 11079 11080// String returns the string representation 11081func (s EncoderSettings) String() string { 11082 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11083} 11084 11085// GoString returns the string representation 11086func (s EncoderSettings) GoString() string { 11087 return s.String() 11088} 11089 11090// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 11091func (s *EncoderSettings) Validate() error { 11092 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "EncoderSettings"} 11093 if s.AudioDescriptions == nil { 11094 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AudioDescriptions")) 11095 } 11096 if s.OutputGroups == nil { 11097 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OutputGroups")) 11098 } 11099 if s.TimecodeConfig == nil { 11100 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TimecodeConfig")) 11101 } 11102 if s.VideoDescriptions == nil { 11103 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VideoDescriptions")) 11104 } 11105 if s.AudioDescriptions != nil { 11106 for i, v := range s.AudioDescriptions { 11107 if v == nil { 11108 continue 11109 } 11110 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 11111 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "AudioDescriptions", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 11112 } 11113 } 11114 } 11115 if s.AvailBlanking != nil { 11116 if err := s.AvailBlanking.Validate(); err != nil { 11117 invalidParams.AddNested("AvailBlanking", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 11118 } 11119 } 11120 if s.AvailConfiguration != nil { 11121 if err := s.AvailConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil { 11122 invalidParams.AddNested("AvailConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 11123 } 11124 } 11125 if s.BlackoutSlate != nil { 11126 if err := s.BlackoutSlate.Validate(); err != nil { 11127 invalidParams.AddNested("BlackoutSlate", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 11128 } 11129 } 11130 if s.CaptionDescriptions != nil { 11131 for i, v := range s.CaptionDescriptions { 11132 if v == nil { 11133 continue 11134 } 11135 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 11136 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "CaptionDescriptions", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 11137 } 11138 } 11139 } 11140 if s.GlobalConfiguration != nil { 11141 if err := s.GlobalConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil { 11142 invalidParams.AddNested("GlobalConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 11143 } 11144 } 11145 if s.OutputGroups != nil { 11146 for i, v := range s.OutputGroups { 11147 if v == nil { 11148 continue 11149 } 11150 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 11151 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "OutputGroups", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 11152 } 11153 } 11154 } 11155 if s.TimecodeConfig != nil { 11156 if err := s.TimecodeConfig.Validate(); err != nil { 11157 invalidParams.AddNested("TimecodeConfig", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 11158 } 11159 } 11160 if s.VideoDescriptions != nil { 11161 for i, v := range s.VideoDescriptions { 11162 if v == nil { 11163 continue 11164 } 11165 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 11166 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "VideoDescriptions", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 11167 } 11168 } 11169 } 11170 11171 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 11172 return invalidParams 11173 } 11174 return nil 11175} 11176 11177// SetAudioDescriptions sets the AudioDescriptions field's value. 11178func (s *EncoderSettings) SetAudioDescriptions(v []*AudioDescription) *EncoderSettings { 11179 s.AudioDescriptions = v 11180 return s 11181} 11182 11183// SetAvailBlanking sets the AvailBlanking field's value. 11184func (s *EncoderSettings) SetAvailBlanking(v *AvailBlanking) *EncoderSettings { 11185 s.AvailBlanking = v 11186 return s 11187} 11188 11189// SetAvailConfiguration sets the AvailConfiguration field's value. 11190func (s *EncoderSettings) SetAvailConfiguration(v *AvailConfiguration) *EncoderSettings { 11191 s.AvailConfiguration = v 11192 return s 11193} 11194 11195// SetBlackoutSlate sets the BlackoutSlate field's value. 11196func (s *EncoderSettings) SetBlackoutSlate(v *BlackoutSlate) *EncoderSettings { 11197 s.BlackoutSlate = v 11198 return s 11199} 11200 11201// SetCaptionDescriptions sets the CaptionDescriptions field's value. 11202func (s *EncoderSettings) SetCaptionDescriptions(v []*CaptionDescription) *EncoderSettings { 11203 s.CaptionDescriptions = v 11204 return s 11205} 11206 11207// SetFeatureActivations sets the FeatureActivations field's value. 11208func (s *EncoderSettings) SetFeatureActivations(v *FeatureActivations) *EncoderSettings { 11209 s.FeatureActivations = v 11210 return s 11211} 11212 11213// SetGlobalConfiguration sets the GlobalConfiguration field's value. 11214func (s *EncoderSettings) SetGlobalConfiguration(v *GlobalConfiguration) *EncoderSettings { 11215 s.GlobalConfiguration = v 11216 return s 11217} 11218 11219// SetNielsenConfiguration sets the NielsenConfiguration field's value. 11220func (s *EncoderSettings) SetNielsenConfiguration(v *NielsenConfiguration) *EncoderSettings { 11221 s.NielsenConfiguration = v 11222 return s 11223} 11224 11225// SetOutputGroups sets the OutputGroups field's value. 11226func (s *EncoderSettings) SetOutputGroups(v []*OutputGroup) *EncoderSettings { 11227 s.OutputGroups = v 11228 return s 11229} 11230 11231// SetTimecodeConfig sets the TimecodeConfig field's value. 11232func (s *EncoderSettings) SetTimecodeConfig(v *TimecodeConfig) *EncoderSettings { 11233 s.TimecodeConfig = v 11234 return s 11235} 11236 11237// SetVideoDescriptions sets the VideoDescriptions field's value. 11238func (s *EncoderSettings) SetVideoDescriptions(v []*VideoDescription) *EncoderSettings { 11239 s.VideoDescriptions = v 11240 return s 11241} 11242 11243// Feature Activations 11244type FeatureActivations struct { 11245 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11246 11247 // Enables the Input Prepare feature. You can create Input Prepare actions in 11248 // the schedule only if this feature is enabled.If you disable the feature on 11249 // an existing schedule, make sure that you first delete all input prepare actions 11250 // from the schedule. 11251 InputPrepareScheduleActions *string `locationName:"inputPrepareScheduleActions" type:"string" enum:"FeatureActivationsInputPrepareScheduleActions"` 11252} 11253 11254// String returns the string representation 11255func (s FeatureActivations) String() string { 11256 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11257} 11258 11259// GoString returns the string representation 11260func (s FeatureActivations) GoString() string { 11261 return s.String() 11262} 11263 11264// SetInputPrepareScheduleActions sets the InputPrepareScheduleActions field's value. 11265func (s *FeatureActivations) SetInputPrepareScheduleActions(v string) *FeatureActivations { 11266 s.InputPrepareScheduleActions = &v 11267 return s 11268} 11269 11270// Fec Output Settings 11271type FecOutputSettings struct { 11272 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11273 11274 // Parameter D from SMPTE 2022-1. The height of the FEC protection matrix. The 11275 // number of transport stream packets per column error correction packet. Must 11276 // be between 4 and 20, inclusive. 11277 ColumnDepth *int64 `locationName:"columnDepth" min:"4" type:"integer"` 11278 11279 // Enables column only or column and row based FEC 11280 IncludeFec *string `locationName:"includeFec" type:"string" enum:"FecOutputIncludeFec"` 11281 11282 // Parameter L from SMPTE 2022-1. The width of the FEC protection matrix. Must 11283 // be between 1 and 20, inclusive. If only Column FEC is used, then larger values 11284 // increase robustness. If Row FEC is used, then this is the number of transport 11285 // stream packets per row error correction packet, and the value must be between 11286 // 4 and 20, inclusive, if includeFec is columnAndRow. If includeFec is column, 11287 // this value must be 1 to 20, inclusive. 11288 RowLength *int64 `locationName:"rowLength" min:"1" type:"integer"` 11289} 11290 11291// String returns the string representation 11292func (s FecOutputSettings) String() string { 11293 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11294} 11295 11296// GoString returns the string representation 11297func (s FecOutputSettings) GoString() string { 11298 return s.String() 11299} 11300 11301// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 11302func (s *FecOutputSettings) Validate() error { 11303 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "FecOutputSettings"} 11304 if s.ColumnDepth != nil && *s.ColumnDepth < 4 { 11305 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("ColumnDepth", 4)) 11306 } 11307 if s.RowLength != nil && *s.RowLength < 1 { 11308 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("RowLength", 1)) 11309 } 11310 11311 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 11312 return invalidParams 11313 } 11314 return nil 11315} 11316 11317// SetColumnDepth sets the ColumnDepth field's value. 11318func (s *FecOutputSettings) SetColumnDepth(v int64) *FecOutputSettings { 11319 s.ColumnDepth = &v 11320 return s 11321} 11322 11323// SetIncludeFec sets the IncludeFec field's value. 11324func (s *FecOutputSettings) SetIncludeFec(v string) *FecOutputSettings { 11325 s.IncludeFec = &v 11326 return s 11327} 11328 11329// SetRowLength sets the RowLength field's value. 11330func (s *FecOutputSettings) SetRowLength(v int64) *FecOutputSettings { 11331 s.RowLength = &v 11332 return s 11333} 11334 11335// Start time for the action. 11336type FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings struct { 11337 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11338 11339 // Start time for the action to start in the channel. (Not the time for the 11340 // action to be added to the schedule: actions are always added to the schedule 11341 // immediately.) UTC format: yyyy-mm-ddThh:mm:ss.nnnZ. All the letters are digits 11342 // (for example, mm might be 01) except for the two constants "T" for time and 11343 // "Z" for "UTC format". 11344 // 11345 // Time is a required field 11346 Time *string `locationName:"time" type:"string" required:"true"` 11347} 11348 11349// String returns the string representation 11350func (s FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings) String() string { 11351 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11352} 11353 11354// GoString returns the string representation 11355func (s FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings) GoString() string { 11356 return s.String() 11357} 11358 11359// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 11360func (s *FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings) Validate() error { 11361 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings"} 11362 if s.Time == nil { 11363 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Time")) 11364 } 11365 11366 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 11367 return invalidParams 11368 } 11369 return nil 11370} 11371 11372// SetTime sets the Time field's value. 11373func (s *FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings) SetTime(v string) *FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings { 11374 s.Time = &v 11375 return s 11376} 11377 11378// Fmp4 Hls Settings 11379type Fmp4HlsSettings struct { 11380 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11381 11382 // List all the audio groups that are used with the video output stream. Input 11383 // all the audio GROUP-IDs that are associated to the video, separate by ','. 11384 AudioRenditionSets *string `locationName:"audioRenditionSets" type:"string"` 11385 11386 // If set to passthrough, Nielsen inaudible tones for media tracking will be 11387 // detected in the input audio and an equivalent ID3 tag will be inserted in 11388 // the output. 11389 NielsenId3Behavior *string `locationName:"nielsenId3Behavior" type:"string" enum:"Fmp4NielsenId3Behavior"` 11390 11391 // When set to passthrough, timed metadata is passed through from input to output. 11392 TimedMetadataBehavior *string `locationName:"timedMetadataBehavior" type:"string" enum:"Fmp4TimedMetadataBehavior"` 11393} 11394 11395// String returns the string representation 11396func (s Fmp4HlsSettings) String() string { 11397 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11398} 11399 11400// GoString returns the string representation 11401func (s Fmp4HlsSettings) GoString() string { 11402 return s.String() 11403} 11404 11405// SetAudioRenditionSets sets the AudioRenditionSets field's value. 11406func (s *Fmp4HlsSettings) SetAudioRenditionSets(v string) *Fmp4HlsSettings { 11407 s.AudioRenditionSets = &v 11408 return s 11409} 11410 11411// SetNielsenId3Behavior sets the NielsenId3Behavior field's value. 11412func (s *Fmp4HlsSettings) SetNielsenId3Behavior(v string) *Fmp4HlsSettings { 11413 s.NielsenId3Behavior = &v 11414 return s 11415} 11416 11417// SetTimedMetadataBehavior sets the TimedMetadataBehavior field's value. 11418func (s *Fmp4HlsSettings) SetTimedMetadataBehavior(v string) *Fmp4HlsSettings { 11419 s.TimedMetadataBehavior = &v 11420 return s 11421} 11422 11423// Settings to specify if an action follows another. 11424type FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings struct { 11425 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11426 11427 // Identifies whether this action starts relative to the start or relative to 11428 // the end of the reference action. 11429 // 11430 // FollowPoint is a required field 11431 FollowPoint *string `locationName:"followPoint" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"FollowPoint"` 11432 11433 // The action name of another action that this one refers to. 11434 // 11435 // ReferenceActionName is a required field 11436 ReferenceActionName *string `locationName:"referenceActionName" type:"string" required:"true"` 11437} 11438 11439// String returns the string representation 11440func (s FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings) String() string { 11441 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11442} 11443 11444// GoString returns the string representation 11445func (s FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings) GoString() string { 11446 return s.String() 11447} 11448 11449// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 11450func (s *FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings) Validate() error { 11451 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings"} 11452 if s.FollowPoint == nil { 11453 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("FollowPoint")) 11454 } 11455 if s.ReferenceActionName == nil { 11456 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReferenceActionName")) 11457 } 11458 11459 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 11460 return invalidParams 11461 } 11462 return nil 11463} 11464 11465// SetFollowPoint sets the FollowPoint field's value. 11466func (s *FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings) SetFollowPoint(v string) *FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings { 11467 s.FollowPoint = &v 11468 return s 11469} 11470 11471// SetReferenceActionName sets the ReferenceActionName field's value. 11472func (s *FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings) SetReferenceActionName(v string) *FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings { 11473 s.ReferenceActionName = &v 11474 return s 11475} 11476 11477type ForbiddenException struct { 11478 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11479 RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"` 11480 11481 Message_ *string `locationName:"message" type:"string"` 11482} 11483 11484// String returns the string representation 11485func (s ForbiddenException) String() string { 11486 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11487} 11488 11489// GoString returns the string representation 11490func (s ForbiddenException) GoString() string { 11491 return s.String() 11492} 11493 11494func newErrorForbiddenException(v protocol.ResponseMetadata) error { 11495 return &ForbiddenException{ 11496 RespMetadata: v, 11497 } 11498} 11499 11500// Code returns the exception type name. 11501func (s *ForbiddenException) Code() string { 11502 return "ForbiddenException" 11503} 11504 11505// Message returns the exception's message. 11506func (s *ForbiddenException) Message() string { 11507 if s.Message_ != nil { 11508 return *s.Message_ 11509 } 11510 return "" 11511} 11512 11513// OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface. 11514func (s *ForbiddenException) OrigErr() error { 11515 return nil 11516} 11517 11518func (s *ForbiddenException) Error() string { 11519 return fmt.Sprintf("%s: %s", s.Code(), s.Message()) 11520} 11521 11522// Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error. 11523func (s *ForbiddenException) StatusCode() int { 11524 return s.RespMetadata.StatusCode 11525} 11526 11527// RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request. 11528func (s *ForbiddenException) RequestID() string { 11529 return s.RespMetadata.RequestID 11530} 11531 11532// Frame Capture Group Settings 11533type FrameCaptureGroupSettings struct { 11534 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11535 11536 // The destination for the frame capture files. Either the URI for an Amazon 11537 // S3 bucket and object, plus a file name prefix (for example, s3ssl://sportsDelivery/highlights/20180820/curling_) 11538 // or the URI for a MediaStore container, plus a file name prefix (for example, 11539 // mediastoressl://sportsDelivery/20180820/curling_). The final file names consist 11540 // of the prefix from the destination field (for example, "curling_") + name 11541 // modifier + the counter (5 digits, starting from 00001) + extension (which 11542 // is always .jpg). For example, curlingLow.00001.jpg 11543 // 11544 // Destination is a required field 11545 Destination *OutputLocationRef `locationName:"destination" type:"structure" required:"true"` 11546} 11547 11548// String returns the string representation 11549func (s FrameCaptureGroupSettings) String() string { 11550 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11551} 11552 11553// GoString returns the string representation 11554func (s FrameCaptureGroupSettings) GoString() string { 11555 return s.String() 11556} 11557 11558// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 11559func (s *FrameCaptureGroupSettings) Validate() error { 11560 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "FrameCaptureGroupSettings"} 11561 if s.Destination == nil { 11562 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Destination")) 11563 } 11564 11565 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 11566 return invalidParams 11567 } 11568 return nil 11569} 11570 11571// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value. 11572func (s *FrameCaptureGroupSettings) SetDestination(v *OutputLocationRef) *FrameCaptureGroupSettings { 11573 s.Destination = v 11574 return s 11575} 11576 11577// Frame Capture Output Settings 11578type FrameCaptureOutputSettings struct { 11579 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11580 11581 // Required if the output group contains more than one output. This modifier 11582 // forms part of the output file name. 11583 NameModifier *string `locationName:"nameModifier" type:"string"` 11584} 11585 11586// String returns the string representation 11587func (s FrameCaptureOutputSettings) String() string { 11588 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11589} 11590 11591// GoString returns the string representation 11592func (s FrameCaptureOutputSettings) GoString() string { 11593 return s.String() 11594} 11595 11596// SetNameModifier sets the NameModifier field's value. 11597func (s *FrameCaptureOutputSettings) SetNameModifier(v string) *FrameCaptureOutputSettings { 11598 s.NameModifier = &v 11599 return s 11600} 11601 11602// Frame Capture Settings 11603type FrameCaptureSettings struct { 11604 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11605 11606 // The frequency at which to capture frames for inclusion in the output. May 11607 // be specified in either seconds or milliseconds, as specified by captureIntervalUnits. 11608 // 11609 // CaptureInterval is a required field 11610 CaptureInterval *int64 `locationName:"captureInterval" min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"` 11611 11612 // Unit for the frame capture interval. 11613 CaptureIntervalUnits *string `locationName:"captureIntervalUnits" type:"string" enum:"FrameCaptureIntervalUnit"` 11614} 11615 11616// String returns the string representation 11617func (s FrameCaptureSettings) String() string { 11618 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11619} 11620 11621// GoString returns the string representation 11622func (s FrameCaptureSettings) GoString() string { 11623 return s.String() 11624} 11625 11626// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 11627func (s *FrameCaptureSettings) Validate() error { 11628 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "FrameCaptureSettings"} 11629 if s.CaptureInterval == nil { 11630 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CaptureInterval")) 11631 } 11632 if s.CaptureInterval != nil && *s.CaptureInterval < 1 { 11633 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("CaptureInterval", 1)) 11634 } 11635 11636 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 11637 return invalidParams 11638 } 11639 return nil 11640} 11641 11642// SetCaptureInterval sets the CaptureInterval field's value. 11643func (s *FrameCaptureSettings) SetCaptureInterval(v int64) *FrameCaptureSettings { 11644 s.CaptureInterval = &v 11645 return s 11646} 11647 11648// SetCaptureIntervalUnits sets the CaptureIntervalUnits field's value. 11649func (s *FrameCaptureSettings) SetCaptureIntervalUnits(v string) *FrameCaptureSettings { 11650 s.CaptureIntervalUnits = &v 11651 return s 11652} 11653 11654type GatewayTimeoutException struct { 11655 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11656 RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"` 11657 11658 Message_ *string `locationName:"message" type:"string"` 11659} 11660 11661// String returns the string representation 11662func (s GatewayTimeoutException) String() string { 11663 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11664} 11665 11666// GoString returns the string representation 11667func (s GatewayTimeoutException) GoString() string { 11668 return s.String() 11669} 11670 11671func newErrorGatewayTimeoutException(v protocol.ResponseMetadata) error { 11672 return &GatewayTimeoutException{ 11673 RespMetadata: v, 11674 } 11675} 11676 11677// Code returns the exception type name. 11678func (s *GatewayTimeoutException) Code() string { 11679 return "GatewayTimeoutException" 11680} 11681 11682// Message returns the exception's message. 11683func (s *GatewayTimeoutException) Message() string { 11684 if s.Message_ != nil { 11685 return *s.Message_ 11686 } 11687 return "" 11688} 11689 11690// OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface. 11691func (s *GatewayTimeoutException) OrigErr() error { 11692 return nil 11693} 11694 11695func (s *GatewayTimeoutException) Error() string { 11696 return fmt.Sprintf("%s: %s", s.Code(), s.Message()) 11697} 11698 11699// Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error. 11700func (s *GatewayTimeoutException) StatusCode() int { 11701 return s.RespMetadata.StatusCode 11702} 11703 11704// RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request. 11705func (s *GatewayTimeoutException) RequestID() string { 11706 return s.RespMetadata.RequestID 11707} 11708 11709// Global Configuration 11710type GlobalConfiguration struct { 11711 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11712 11713 // Value to set the initial audio gain for the Live Event. 11714 InitialAudioGain *int64 `locationName:"initialAudioGain" type:"integer"` 11715 11716 // Indicates the action to take when the current input completes (e.g. end-of-file). 11717 // When switchAndLoopInputs is configured the encoder will restart at the beginning 11718 // of the first input. When "none" is configured the encoder will transcode 11719 // either black, a solid color, or a user specified slate images per the "Input 11720 // Loss Behavior" configuration until the next input switch occurs (which is 11721 // controlled through the Channel Schedule API). 11722 InputEndAction *string `locationName:"inputEndAction" type:"string" enum:"GlobalConfigurationInputEndAction"` 11723 11724 // Settings for system actions when input is lost. 11725 InputLossBehavior *InputLossBehavior `locationName:"inputLossBehavior" type:"structure"` 11726 11727 // Indicates how MediaLive pipelines are synchronized.PIPELINE_LOCKING - MediaLive 11728 // will attempt to synchronize the output of each pipeline to the other.EPOCH_LOCKING 11729 // - MediaLive will attempt to synchronize the output of each pipeline to the 11730 // Unix epoch. 11731 OutputLockingMode *string `locationName:"outputLockingMode" type:"string" enum:"GlobalConfigurationOutputLockingMode"` 11732 11733 // Indicates whether the rate of frames emitted by the Live encoder should be 11734 // paced by its system clock (which optionally may be locked to another source 11735 // via NTP) or should be locked to the clock of the source that is providing 11736 // the input stream. 11737 OutputTimingSource *string `locationName:"outputTimingSource" type:"string" enum:"GlobalConfigurationOutputTimingSource"` 11738 11739 // Adjusts video input buffer for streams with very low video framerates. This 11740 // is commonly set to enabled for music channels with less than one video frame 11741 // per second. 11742 SupportLowFramerateInputs *string `locationName:"supportLowFramerateInputs" type:"string" enum:"GlobalConfigurationLowFramerateInputs"` 11743} 11744 11745// String returns the string representation 11746func (s GlobalConfiguration) String() string { 11747 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11748} 11749 11750// GoString returns the string representation 11751func (s GlobalConfiguration) GoString() string { 11752 return s.String() 11753} 11754 11755// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 11756func (s *GlobalConfiguration) Validate() error { 11757 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GlobalConfiguration"} 11758 if s.InitialAudioGain != nil && *s.InitialAudioGain < -60 { 11759 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("InitialAudioGain", -60)) 11760 } 11761 if s.InputLossBehavior != nil { 11762 if err := s.InputLossBehavior.Validate(); err != nil { 11763 invalidParams.AddNested("InputLossBehavior", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 11764 } 11765 } 11766 11767 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 11768 return invalidParams 11769 } 11770 return nil 11771} 11772 11773// SetInitialAudioGain sets the InitialAudioGain field's value. 11774func (s *GlobalConfiguration) SetInitialAudioGain(v int64) *GlobalConfiguration { 11775 s.InitialAudioGain = &v 11776 return s 11777} 11778 11779// SetInputEndAction sets the InputEndAction field's value. 11780func (s *GlobalConfiguration) SetInputEndAction(v string) *GlobalConfiguration { 11781 s.InputEndAction = &v 11782 return s 11783} 11784 11785// SetInputLossBehavior sets the InputLossBehavior field's value. 11786func (s *GlobalConfiguration) SetInputLossBehavior(v *InputLossBehavior) *GlobalConfiguration { 11787 s.InputLossBehavior = v 11788 return s 11789} 11790 11791// SetOutputLockingMode sets the OutputLockingMode field's value. 11792func (s *GlobalConfiguration) SetOutputLockingMode(v string) *GlobalConfiguration { 11793 s.OutputLockingMode = &v 11794 return s 11795} 11796 11797// SetOutputTimingSource sets the OutputTimingSource field's value. 11798func (s *GlobalConfiguration) SetOutputTimingSource(v string) *GlobalConfiguration { 11799 s.OutputTimingSource = &v 11800 return s 11801} 11802 11803// SetSupportLowFramerateInputs sets the SupportLowFramerateInputs field's value. 11804func (s *GlobalConfiguration) SetSupportLowFramerateInputs(v string) *GlobalConfiguration { 11805 s.SupportLowFramerateInputs = &v 11806 return s 11807} 11808 11809// H264 Color Space Settings 11810type H264ColorSpaceSettings struct { 11811 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11812 11813 // Passthrough applies no color space conversion to the output 11814 ColorSpacePassthroughSettings *ColorSpacePassthroughSettings `locationName:"colorSpacePassthroughSettings" type:"structure"` 11815 11816 // Rec601 Settings 11817 Rec601Settings *Rec601Settings `locationName:"rec601Settings" type:"structure"` 11818 11819 // Rec709 Settings 11820 Rec709Settings *Rec709Settings `locationName:"rec709Settings" type:"structure"` 11821} 11822 11823// String returns the string representation 11824func (s H264ColorSpaceSettings) String() string { 11825 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11826} 11827 11828// GoString returns the string representation 11829func (s H264ColorSpaceSettings) GoString() string { 11830 return s.String() 11831} 11832 11833// SetColorSpacePassthroughSettings sets the ColorSpacePassthroughSettings field's value. 11834func (s *H264ColorSpaceSettings) SetColorSpacePassthroughSettings(v *ColorSpacePassthroughSettings) *H264ColorSpaceSettings { 11835 s.ColorSpacePassthroughSettings = v 11836 return s 11837} 11838 11839// SetRec601Settings sets the Rec601Settings field's value. 11840func (s *H264ColorSpaceSettings) SetRec601Settings(v *Rec601Settings) *H264ColorSpaceSettings { 11841 s.Rec601Settings = v 11842 return s 11843} 11844 11845// SetRec709Settings sets the Rec709Settings field's value. 11846func (s *H264ColorSpaceSettings) SetRec709Settings(v *Rec709Settings) *H264ColorSpaceSettings { 11847 s.Rec709Settings = v 11848 return s 11849} 11850 11851// H264 Filter Settings 11852type H264FilterSettings struct { 11853 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11854 11855 // Temporal Filter Settings 11856 TemporalFilterSettings *TemporalFilterSettings `locationName:"temporalFilterSettings" type:"structure"` 11857} 11858 11859// String returns the string representation 11860func (s H264FilterSettings) String() string { 11861 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11862} 11863 11864// GoString returns the string representation 11865func (s H264FilterSettings) GoString() string { 11866 return s.String() 11867} 11868 11869// SetTemporalFilterSettings sets the TemporalFilterSettings field's value. 11870func (s *H264FilterSettings) SetTemporalFilterSettings(v *TemporalFilterSettings) *H264FilterSettings { 11871 s.TemporalFilterSettings = v 11872 return s 11873} 11874 11875// H264 Settings 11876type H264Settings struct { 11877 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11878 11879 // Adaptive quantization. Allows intra-frame quantizers to vary to improve visual 11880 // quality. 11881 AdaptiveQuantization *string `locationName:"adaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"H264AdaptiveQuantization"` 11882 11883 // Indicates that AFD values will be written into the output stream. If afdSignaling 11884 // is "auto", the system will try to preserve the input AFD value (in cases 11885 // where multiple AFD values are valid). If set to "fixed", the AFD value will 11886 // be the value configured in the fixedAfd parameter. 11887 AfdSignaling *string `locationName:"afdSignaling" type:"string" enum:"AfdSignaling"` 11888 11889 // Average bitrate in bits/second. Required when the rate control mode is VBR 11890 // or CBR. Not used for QVBR. In an MS Smooth output group, each output must 11891 // have a unique value when its bitrate is rounded down to the nearest multiple 11892 // of 1000. 11893 Bitrate *int64 `locationName:"bitrate" min:"1000" type:"integer"` 11894 11895 // Percentage of the buffer that should initially be filled (HRD buffer model). 11896 BufFillPct *int64 `locationName:"bufFillPct" type:"integer"` 11897 11898 // Size of buffer (HRD buffer model) in bits. 11899 BufSize *int64 `locationName:"bufSize" type:"integer"` 11900 11901 // Includes colorspace metadata in the output. 11902 ColorMetadata *string `locationName:"colorMetadata" type:"string" enum:"H264ColorMetadata"` 11903 11904 // Color Space settings 11905 ColorSpaceSettings *H264ColorSpaceSettings `locationName:"colorSpaceSettings" type:"structure"` 11906 11907 // Entropy encoding mode. Use cabac (must be in Main or High profile) or cavlc. 11908 EntropyEncoding *string `locationName:"entropyEncoding" type:"string" enum:"H264EntropyEncoding"` 11909 11910 // Optional filters that you can apply to an encode. 11911 FilterSettings *H264FilterSettings `locationName:"filterSettings" type:"structure"` 11912 11913 // Four bit AFD value to write on all frames of video in the output stream. 11914 // Only valid when afdSignaling is set to 'Fixed'. 11915 FixedAfd *string `locationName:"fixedAfd" type:"string" enum:"FixedAfd"` 11916 11917 // If set to enabled, adjust quantization within each frame to reduce flicker 11918 // or 'pop' on I-frames. 11919 FlickerAq *string `locationName:"flickerAq" type:"string" enum:"H264FlickerAq"` 11920 11921 // This setting applies only when scan type is "interlaced." It controls whether 11922 // coding is performed on a field basis or on a frame basis. (When the video 11923 // is progressive, the coding is always performed on a frame basis.)enabled: 11924 // Force MediaLive to code on a field basis, so that odd and even sets of fields 11925 // are coded separately.disabled: Code the two sets of fields separately (on 11926 // a field basis) or together (on a frame basis using PAFF), depending on what 11927 // is most appropriate for the content. 11928 ForceFieldPictures *string `locationName:"forceFieldPictures" type:"string" enum:"H264ForceFieldPictures"` 11929 11930 // This field indicates how the output video frame rate is specified. If "specified" 11931 // is selected then the output video frame rate is determined by framerateNumerator 11932 // and framerateDenominator, else if "initializeFromSource" is selected then 11933 // the output video frame rate will be set equal to the input video frame rate 11934 // of the first input. 11935 FramerateControl *string `locationName:"framerateControl" type:"string" enum:"H264FramerateControl"` 11936 11937 // Framerate denominator. 11938 FramerateDenominator *int64 `locationName:"framerateDenominator" min:"1" type:"integer"` 11939 11940 // Framerate numerator - framerate is a fraction, e.g. 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 11941 // fps. 11942 FramerateNumerator *int64 `locationName:"framerateNumerator" min:"1" type:"integer"` 11943 11944 // If enabled, use reference B frames for GOP structures that have B frames 11945 // > 1. 11946 GopBReference *string `locationName:"gopBReference" type:"string" enum:"H264GopBReference"` 11947 11948 // Frequency of closed GOPs. In streaming applications, it is recommended that 11949 // this be set to 1 so a decoder joining mid-stream will receive an IDR frame 11950 // as quickly as possible. Setting this value to 0 will break output segmenting. 11951 GopClosedCadence *int64 `locationName:"gopClosedCadence" type:"integer"` 11952 11953 // Number of B-frames between reference frames. 11954 GopNumBFrames *int64 `locationName:"gopNumBFrames" type:"integer"` 11955 11956 // GOP size (keyframe interval) in units of either frames or seconds per gopSizeUnits.If 11957 // gopSizeUnits is frames, gopSize must be an integer and must be greater than 11958 // or equal to 1.If gopSizeUnits is seconds, gopSize must be greater than 0, 11959 // but need not be an integer. 11960 GopSize *float64 `locationName:"gopSize" type:"double"` 11961 11962 // Indicates if the gopSize is specified in frames or seconds. If seconds the 11963 // system will convert the gopSize into a frame count at run time. 11964 GopSizeUnits *string `locationName:"gopSizeUnits" type:"string" enum:"H264GopSizeUnits"` 11965 11966 // H.264 Level. 11967 Level *string `locationName:"level" type:"string" enum:"H264Level"` 11968 11969 // Amount of lookahead. A value of low can decrease latency and memory usage, 11970 // while high can produce better quality for certain content. 11971 LookAheadRateControl *string `locationName:"lookAheadRateControl" type:"string" enum:"H264LookAheadRateControl"` 11972 11973 // For QVBR: See the tooltip for Quality levelFor VBR: Set the maximum bitrate 11974 // in order to accommodate expected spikes in the complexity of the video. 11975 MaxBitrate *int64 `locationName:"maxBitrate" min:"1000" type:"integer"` 11976 11977 // Only meaningful if sceneChangeDetect is set to enabled. Defaults to 5 if 11978 // multiplex rate control is used. Enforces separation between repeated (cadence) 11979 // I-frames and I-frames inserted by Scene Change Detection. If a scene change 11980 // I-frame is within I-interval frames of a cadence I-frame, the GOP is shrunk 11981 // and/or stretched to the scene change I-frame. GOP stretch requires enabling 11982 // lookahead as well as setting I-interval. The normal cadence resumes for the 11983 // next GOP. Note: Maximum GOP stretch = GOP size + Min-I-interval - 1 11984 MinIInterval *int64 `locationName:"minIInterval" type:"integer"` 11985 11986 // Number of reference frames to use. The encoder may use more than requested 11987 // if using B-frames and/or interlaced encoding. 11988 NumRefFrames *int64 `locationName:"numRefFrames" min:"1" type:"integer"` 11989 11990 // This field indicates how the output pixel aspect ratio is specified. If "specified" 11991 // is selected then the output video pixel aspect ratio is determined by parNumerator 11992 // and parDenominator, else if "initializeFromSource" is selected then the output 11993 // pixsel aspect ratio will be set equal to the input video pixel aspect ratio 11994 // of the first input. 11995 ParControl *string `locationName:"parControl" type:"string" enum:"H264ParControl"` 11996 11997 // Pixel Aspect Ratio denominator. 11998 ParDenominator *int64 `locationName:"parDenominator" min:"1" type:"integer"` 11999 12000 // Pixel Aspect Ratio numerator. 12001 ParNumerator *int64 `locationName:"parNumerator" type:"integer"` 12002 12003 // H.264 Profile. 12004 Profile *string `locationName:"profile" type:"string" enum:"H264Profile"` 12005 12006 // Leave as STANDARD_QUALITY or choose a different value (which might result 12007 // in additional costs to run the channel).- ENHANCED_QUALITY: Produces a slightly 12008 // better video quality without an increase in the bitrate. Has an effect only 12009 // when the Rate control mode is QVBR or CBR. If this channel is in a MediaLive 12010 // multiplex, the value must be ENHANCED_QUALITY.- STANDARD_QUALITY: Valid for 12011 // any Rate control mode. 12012 QualityLevel *string `locationName:"qualityLevel" type:"string" enum:"H264QualityLevel"` 12013 12014 // Controls the target quality for the video encode. Applies only when the rate 12015 // control mode is QVBR. Set values for the QVBR quality level field and Max 12016 // bitrate field that suit your most important viewing devices. Recommended 12017 // values are:- Primary screen: Quality level: 8 to 10. Max bitrate: 4M- PC 12018 // or tablet: Quality level: 7. Max bitrate: 1.5M to 3M- Smartphone: Quality 12019 // level: 6. Max bitrate: 1M to 1.5M 12020 QvbrQualityLevel *int64 `locationName:"qvbrQualityLevel" min:"1" type:"integer"` 12021 12022 // Rate control mode.QVBR: Quality will match the specified quality level except 12023 // when it is constrained by themaximum bitrate. Recommended if you or your 12024 // viewers pay for bandwidth.VBR: Quality and bitrate vary, depending on the 12025 // video complexity. Recommended instead of QVBRif you want to maintain a specific 12026 // average bitrate over the duration of the channel.CBR: Quality varies, depending 12027 // on the video complexity. Recommended only if you distributeyour assets to 12028 // devices that cannot handle variable bitrates.Multiplex: This rate control 12029 // mode is only supported (and is required) when the video is beingdelivered 12030 // to a MediaLive Multiplex in which case the rate control configuration is 12031 // controlledby the properties within the Multiplex Program. 12032 RateControlMode *string `locationName:"rateControlMode" type:"string" enum:"H264RateControlMode"` 12033 12034 // Sets the scan type of the output to progressive or top-field-first interlaced. 12035 ScanType *string `locationName:"scanType" type:"string" enum:"H264ScanType"` 12036 12037 // Scene change detection.- On: inserts I-frames when scene change is detected.- 12038 // Off: does not force an I-frame when scene change is detected. 12039 SceneChangeDetect *string `locationName:"sceneChangeDetect" type:"string" enum:"H264SceneChangeDetect"` 12040 12041 // Number of slices per picture. Must be less than or equal to the number of 12042 // macroblock rows for progressive pictures, and less than or equal to half 12043 // the number of macroblock rows for interlaced pictures.This field is optional; 12044 // when no value is specified the encoder will choose the number of slices based 12045 // on encode resolution. 12046 Slices *int64 `locationName:"slices" min:"1" type:"integer"` 12047 12048 // Softness. Selects quantizer matrix, larger values reduce high-frequency content 12049 // in the encoded image. 12050 Softness *int64 `locationName:"softness" type:"integer"` 12051 12052 // If set to enabled, adjust quantization within each frame based on spatial 12053 // variation of content complexity. 12054 SpatialAq *string `locationName:"spatialAq" type:"string" enum:"H264SpatialAq"` 12055 12056 // If set to fixed, use gopNumBFrames B-frames per sub-GOP. If set to dynamic, 12057 // optimize the number of B-frames used for each sub-GOP to improve visual quality. 12058 SubgopLength *string `locationName:"subgopLength" type:"string" enum:"H264SubGopLength"` 12059 12060 // Produces a bitstream compliant with SMPTE RP-2027. 12061 Syntax *string `locationName:"syntax" type:"string" enum:"H264Syntax"` 12062 12063 // If set to enabled, adjust quantization within each frame based on temporal 12064 // variation of content complexity. 12065 TemporalAq *string `locationName:"temporalAq" type:"string" enum:"H264TemporalAq"` 12066 12067 // Determines how timecodes should be inserted into the video elementary stream.- 12068 // 'disabled': Do not include timecodes- 'picTimingSei': Pass through picture 12069 // timing SEI messages from the source specified in Timecode Config 12070 TimecodeInsertion *string `locationName:"timecodeInsertion" type:"string" enum:"H264TimecodeInsertionBehavior"` 12071} 12072 12073// String returns the string representation 12074func (s H264Settings) String() string { 12075 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12076} 12077 12078// GoString returns the string representation 12079func (s H264Settings) GoString() string { 12080 return s.String() 12081} 12082 12083// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 12084func (s *H264Settings) Validate() error { 12085 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "H264Settings"} 12086 if s.Bitrate != nil && *s.Bitrate < 1000 { 12087 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Bitrate", 1000)) 12088 } 12089 if s.FramerateDenominator != nil && *s.FramerateDenominator < 1 { 12090 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("FramerateDenominator", 1)) 12091 } 12092 if s.FramerateNumerator != nil && *s.FramerateNumerator < 1 { 12093 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("FramerateNumerator", 1)) 12094 } 12095 if s.MaxBitrate != nil && *s.MaxBitrate < 1000 { 12096 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxBitrate", 1000)) 12097 } 12098 if s.NumRefFrames != nil && *s.NumRefFrames < 1 { 12099 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("NumRefFrames", 1)) 12100 } 12101 if s.ParDenominator != nil && *s.ParDenominator < 1 { 12102 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("ParDenominator", 1)) 12103 } 12104 if s.QvbrQualityLevel != nil && *s.QvbrQualityLevel < 1 { 12105 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("QvbrQualityLevel", 1)) 12106 } 12107 if s.Slices != nil && *s.Slices < 1 { 12108 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Slices", 1)) 12109 } 12110 12111 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 12112 return invalidParams 12113 } 12114 return nil 12115} 12116 12117// SetAdaptiveQuantization sets the AdaptiveQuantization field's value. 12118func (s *H264Settings) SetAdaptiveQuantization(v string) *H264Settings { 12119 s.AdaptiveQuantization = &v 12120 return s 12121} 12122 12123// SetAfdSignaling sets the AfdSignaling field's value. 12124func (s *H264Settings) SetAfdSignaling(v string) *H264Settings { 12125 s.AfdSignaling = &v 12126 return s 12127} 12128 12129// SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value. 12130func (s *H264Settings) SetBitrate(v int64) *H264Settings { 12131 s.Bitrate = &v 12132 return s 12133} 12134 12135// SetBufFillPct sets the BufFillPct field's value. 12136func (s *H264Settings) SetBufFillPct(v int64) *H264Settings { 12137 s.BufFillPct = &v 12138 return s 12139} 12140 12141// SetBufSize sets the BufSize field's value. 12142func (s *H264Settings) SetBufSize(v int64) *H264Settings { 12143 s.BufSize = &v 12144 return s 12145} 12146 12147// SetColorMetadata sets the ColorMetadata field's value. 12148func (s *H264Settings) SetColorMetadata(v string) *H264Settings { 12149 s.ColorMetadata = &v 12150 return s 12151} 12152 12153// SetColorSpaceSettings sets the ColorSpaceSettings field's value. 12154func (s *H264Settings) SetColorSpaceSettings(v *H264ColorSpaceSettings) *H264Settings { 12155 s.ColorSpaceSettings = v 12156 return s 12157} 12158 12159// SetEntropyEncoding sets the EntropyEncoding field's value. 12160func (s *H264Settings) SetEntropyEncoding(v string) *H264Settings { 12161 s.EntropyEncoding = &v 12162 return s 12163} 12164 12165// SetFilterSettings sets the FilterSettings field's value. 12166func (s *H264Settings) SetFilterSettings(v *H264FilterSettings) *H264Settings { 12167 s.FilterSettings = v 12168 return s 12169} 12170 12171// SetFixedAfd sets the FixedAfd field's value. 12172func (s *H264Settings) SetFixedAfd(v string) *H264Settings { 12173 s.FixedAfd = &v 12174 return s 12175} 12176 12177// SetFlickerAq sets the FlickerAq field's value. 12178func (s *H264Settings) SetFlickerAq(v string) *H264Settings { 12179 s.FlickerAq = &v 12180 return s 12181} 12182 12183// SetForceFieldPictures sets the ForceFieldPictures field's value. 12184func (s *H264Settings) SetForceFieldPictures(v string) *H264Settings { 12185 s.ForceFieldPictures = &v 12186 return s 12187} 12188 12189// SetFramerateControl sets the FramerateControl field's value. 12190func (s *H264Settings) SetFramerateControl(v string) *H264Settings { 12191 s.FramerateControl = &v 12192 return s 12193} 12194 12195// SetFramerateDenominator sets the FramerateDenominator field's value. 12196func (s *H264Settings) SetFramerateDenominator(v int64) *H264Settings { 12197 s.FramerateDenominator = &v 12198 return s 12199} 12200 12201// SetFramerateNumerator sets the FramerateNumerator field's value. 12202func (s *H264Settings) SetFramerateNumerator(v int64) *H264Settings { 12203 s.FramerateNumerator = &v 12204 return s 12205} 12206 12207// SetGopBReference sets the GopBReference field's value. 12208func (s *H264Settings) SetGopBReference(v string) *H264Settings { 12209 s.GopBReference = &v 12210 return s 12211} 12212 12213// SetGopClosedCadence sets the GopClosedCadence field's value. 12214func (s *H264Settings) SetGopClosedCadence(v int64) *H264Settings { 12215 s.GopClosedCadence = &v 12216 return s 12217} 12218 12219// SetGopNumBFrames sets the GopNumBFrames field's value. 12220func (s *H264Settings) SetGopNumBFrames(v int64) *H264Settings { 12221 s.GopNumBFrames = &v 12222 return s 12223} 12224 12225// SetGopSize sets the GopSize field's value. 12226func (s *H264Settings) SetGopSize(v float64) *H264Settings { 12227 s.GopSize = &v 12228 return s 12229} 12230 12231// SetGopSizeUnits sets the GopSizeUnits field's value. 12232func (s *H264Settings) SetGopSizeUnits(v string) *H264Settings { 12233 s.GopSizeUnits = &v 12234 return s 12235} 12236 12237// SetLevel sets the Level field's value. 12238func (s *H264Settings) SetLevel(v string) *H264Settings { 12239 s.Level = &v 12240 return s 12241} 12242 12243// SetLookAheadRateControl sets the LookAheadRateControl field's value. 12244func (s *H264Settings) SetLookAheadRateControl(v string) *H264Settings { 12245 s.LookAheadRateControl = &v 12246 return s 12247} 12248 12249// SetMaxBitrate sets the MaxBitrate field's value. 12250func (s *H264Settings) SetMaxBitrate(v int64) *H264Settings { 12251 s.MaxBitrate = &v 12252 return s 12253} 12254 12255// SetMinIInterval sets the MinIInterval field's value. 12256func (s *H264Settings) SetMinIInterval(v int64) *H264Settings { 12257 s.MinIInterval = &v 12258 return s 12259} 12260 12261// SetNumRefFrames sets the NumRefFrames field's value. 12262func (s *H264Settings) SetNumRefFrames(v int64) *H264Settings { 12263 s.NumRefFrames = &v 12264 return s 12265} 12266 12267// SetParControl sets the ParControl field's value. 12268func (s *H264Settings) SetParControl(v string) *H264Settings { 12269 s.ParControl = &v 12270 return s 12271} 12272 12273// SetParDenominator sets the ParDenominator field's value. 12274func (s *H264Settings) SetParDenominator(v int64) *H264Settings { 12275 s.ParDenominator = &v 12276 return s 12277} 12278 12279// SetParNumerator sets the ParNumerator field's value. 12280func (s *H264Settings) SetParNumerator(v int64) *H264Settings { 12281 s.ParNumerator = &v 12282 return s 12283} 12284 12285// SetProfile sets the Profile field's value. 12286func (s *H264Settings) SetProfile(v string) *H264Settings { 12287 s.Profile = &v 12288 return s 12289} 12290 12291// SetQualityLevel sets the QualityLevel field's value. 12292func (s *H264Settings) SetQualityLevel(v string) *H264Settings { 12293 s.QualityLevel = &v 12294 return s 12295} 12296 12297// SetQvbrQualityLevel sets the QvbrQualityLevel field's value. 12298func (s *H264Settings) SetQvbrQualityLevel(v int64) *H264Settings { 12299 s.QvbrQualityLevel = &v 12300 return s 12301} 12302 12303// SetRateControlMode sets the RateControlMode field's value. 12304func (s *H264Settings) SetRateControlMode(v string) *H264Settings { 12305 s.RateControlMode = &v 12306 return s 12307} 12308 12309// SetScanType sets the ScanType field's value. 12310func (s *H264Settings) SetScanType(v string) *H264Settings { 12311 s.ScanType = &v 12312 return s 12313} 12314 12315// SetSceneChangeDetect sets the SceneChangeDetect field's value. 12316func (s *H264Settings) SetSceneChangeDetect(v string) *H264Settings { 12317 s.SceneChangeDetect = &v 12318 return s 12319} 12320 12321// SetSlices sets the Slices field's value. 12322func (s *H264Settings) SetSlices(v int64) *H264Settings { 12323 s.Slices = &v 12324 return s 12325} 12326 12327// SetSoftness sets the Softness field's value. 12328func (s *H264Settings) SetSoftness(v int64) *H264Settings { 12329 s.Softness = &v 12330 return s 12331} 12332 12333// SetSpatialAq sets the SpatialAq field's value. 12334func (s *H264Settings) SetSpatialAq(v string) *H264Settings { 12335 s.SpatialAq = &v 12336 return s 12337} 12338 12339// SetSubgopLength sets the SubgopLength field's value. 12340func (s *H264Settings) SetSubgopLength(v string) *H264Settings { 12341 s.SubgopLength = &v 12342 return s 12343} 12344 12345// SetSyntax sets the Syntax field's value. 12346func (s *H264Settings) SetSyntax(v string) *H264Settings { 12347 s.Syntax = &v 12348 return s 12349} 12350 12351// SetTemporalAq sets the TemporalAq field's value. 12352func (s *H264Settings) SetTemporalAq(v string) *H264Settings { 12353 s.TemporalAq = &v 12354 return s 12355} 12356 12357// SetTimecodeInsertion sets the TimecodeInsertion field's value. 12358func (s *H264Settings) SetTimecodeInsertion(v string) *H264Settings { 12359 s.TimecodeInsertion = &v 12360 return s 12361} 12362 12363// H265 Color Space Settings 12364type H265ColorSpaceSettings struct { 12365 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12366 12367 // Passthrough applies no color space conversion to the output 12368 ColorSpacePassthroughSettings *ColorSpacePassthroughSettings `locationName:"colorSpacePassthroughSettings" type:"structure"` 12369 12370 // Hdr10 Settings 12371 Hdr10Settings *Hdr10Settings `locationName:"hdr10Settings" type:"structure"` 12372 12373 // Rec601 Settings 12374 Rec601Settings *Rec601Settings `locationName:"rec601Settings" type:"structure"` 12375 12376 // Rec709 Settings 12377 Rec709Settings *Rec709Settings `locationName:"rec709Settings" type:"structure"` 12378} 12379 12380// String returns the string representation 12381func (s H265ColorSpaceSettings) String() string { 12382 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12383} 12384 12385// GoString returns the string representation 12386func (s H265ColorSpaceSettings) GoString() string { 12387 return s.String() 12388} 12389 12390// SetColorSpacePassthroughSettings sets the ColorSpacePassthroughSettings field's value. 12391func (s *H265ColorSpaceSettings) SetColorSpacePassthroughSettings(v *ColorSpacePassthroughSettings) *H265ColorSpaceSettings { 12392 s.ColorSpacePassthroughSettings = v 12393 return s 12394} 12395 12396// SetHdr10Settings sets the Hdr10Settings field's value. 12397func (s *H265ColorSpaceSettings) SetHdr10Settings(v *Hdr10Settings) *H265ColorSpaceSettings { 12398 s.Hdr10Settings = v 12399 return s 12400} 12401 12402// SetRec601Settings sets the Rec601Settings field's value. 12403func (s *H265ColorSpaceSettings) SetRec601Settings(v *Rec601Settings) *H265ColorSpaceSettings { 12404 s.Rec601Settings = v 12405 return s 12406} 12407 12408// SetRec709Settings sets the Rec709Settings field's value. 12409func (s *H265ColorSpaceSettings) SetRec709Settings(v *Rec709Settings) *H265ColorSpaceSettings { 12410 s.Rec709Settings = v 12411 return s 12412} 12413 12414// H265 Settings 12415type H265Settings struct { 12416 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12417 12418 // Adaptive quantization. Allows intra-frame quantizers to vary to improve visual 12419 // quality. 12420 AdaptiveQuantization *string `locationName:"adaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"H265AdaptiveQuantization"` 12421 12422 // Indicates that AFD values will be written into the output stream. If afdSignaling 12423 // is "auto", the system will try to preserve the input AFD value (in cases 12424 // where multiple AFD values are valid). If set to "fixed", the AFD value will 12425 // be the value configured in the fixedAfd parameter. 12426 AfdSignaling *string `locationName:"afdSignaling" type:"string" enum:"AfdSignaling"` 12427 12428 // Whether or not EML should insert an Alternative Transfer Function SEI message 12429 // to support backwards compatibility with non-HDR decoders and displays. 12430 AlternativeTransferFunction *string `locationName:"alternativeTransferFunction" type:"string" enum:"H265AlternativeTransferFunction"` 12431 12432 // Average bitrate in bits/second. Required when the rate control mode is VBR 12433 // or CBR. Not used for QVBR. In an MS Smooth output group, each output must 12434 // have a unique value when its bitrate is rounded down to the nearest multiple 12435 // of 1000. 12436 Bitrate *int64 `locationName:"bitrate" min:"100000" type:"integer"` 12437 12438 // Size of buffer (HRD buffer model) in bits. 12439 BufSize *int64 `locationName:"bufSize" min:"100000" type:"integer"` 12440 12441 // Includes colorspace metadata in the output. 12442 ColorMetadata *string `locationName:"colorMetadata" type:"string" enum:"H265ColorMetadata"` 12443 12444 // Color Space settings 12445 ColorSpaceSettings *H265ColorSpaceSettings `locationName:"colorSpaceSettings" type:"structure"` 12446 12447 // Four bit AFD value to write on all frames of video in the output stream. 12448 // Only valid when afdSignaling is set to 'Fixed'. 12449 FixedAfd *string `locationName:"fixedAfd" type:"string" enum:"FixedAfd"` 12450 12451 // If set to enabled, adjust quantization within each frame to reduce flicker 12452 // or 'pop' on I-frames. 12453 FlickerAq *string `locationName:"flickerAq" type:"string" enum:"H265FlickerAq"` 12454 12455 // Framerate denominator. 12456 // 12457 // FramerateDenominator is a required field 12458 FramerateDenominator *int64 `locationName:"framerateDenominator" min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"` 12459 12460 // Framerate numerator - framerate is a fraction, e.g. 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 12461 // fps. 12462 // 12463 // FramerateNumerator is a required field 12464 FramerateNumerator *int64 `locationName:"framerateNumerator" min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"` 12465 12466 // Frequency of closed GOPs. In streaming applications, it is recommended that 12467 // this be set to 1 so a decoder joining mid-stream will receive an IDR frame 12468 // as quickly as possible. Setting this value to 0 will break output segmenting. 12469 GopClosedCadence *int64 `locationName:"gopClosedCadence" type:"integer"` 12470 12471 // GOP size (keyframe interval) in units of either frames or seconds per gopSizeUnits.If 12472 // gopSizeUnits is frames, gopSize must be an integer and must be greater than 12473 // or equal to 1.If gopSizeUnits is seconds, gopSize must be greater than 0, 12474 // but need not be an integer. 12475 GopSize *float64 `locationName:"gopSize" type:"double"` 12476 12477 // Indicates if the gopSize is specified in frames or seconds. If seconds the 12478 // system will convert the gopSize into a frame count at run time. 12479 GopSizeUnits *string `locationName:"gopSizeUnits" type:"string" enum:"H265GopSizeUnits"` 12480 12481 // H.265 Level. 12482 Level *string `locationName:"level" type:"string" enum:"H265Level"` 12483 12484 // Amount of lookahead. A value of low can decrease latency and memory usage, 12485 // while high can produce better quality for certain content. 12486 LookAheadRateControl *string `locationName:"lookAheadRateControl" type:"string" enum:"H265LookAheadRateControl"` 12487 12488 // For QVBR: See the tooltip for Quality level 12489 MaxBitrate *int64 `locationName:"maxBitrate" min:"100000" type:"integer"` 12490 12491 // Only meaningful if sceneChangeDetect is set to enabled. Defaults to 5 if 12492 // multiplex rate control is used. Enforces separation between repeated (cadence) 12493 // I-frames and I-frames inserted by Scene Change Detection. If a scene change 12494 // I-frame is within I-interval frames of a cadence I-frame, the GOP is shrunk 12495 // and/or stretched to the scene change I-frame. GOP stretch requires enabling 12496 // lookahead as well as setting I-interval. The normal cadence resumes for the 12497 // next GOP. Note: Maximum GOP stretch = GOP size + Min-I-interval - 1 12498 MinIInterval *int64 `locationName:"minIInterval" type:"integer"` 12499 12500 // Pixel Aspect Ratio denominator. 12501 ParDenominator *int64 `locationName:"parDenominator" min:"1" type:"integer"` 12502 12503 // Pixel Aspect Ratio numerator. 12504 ParNumerator *int64 `locationName:"parNumerator" min:"1" type:"integer"` 12505 12506 // H.265 Profile. 12507 Profile *string `locationName:"profile" type:"string" enum:"H265Profile"` 12508 12509 // Controls the target quality for the video encode. Applies only when the rate 12510 // control mode is QVBR. Set values for the QVBR quality level field and Max 12511 // bitrate field that suit your most important viewing devices. Recommended 12512 // values are:- Primary screen: Quality level: 8 to 10. Max bitrate: 4M- PC 12513 // or tablet: Quality level: 7. Max bitrate: 1.5M to 3M- Smartphone: Quality 12514 // level: 6. Max bitrate: 1M to 1.5M 12515 QvbrQualityLevel *int64 `locationName:"qvbrQualityLevel" min:"1" type:"integer"` 12516 12517 // Rate control mode.QVBR: Quality will match the specified quality level except 12518 // when it is constrained by themaximum bitrate. Recommended if you or your 12519 // viewers pay for bandwidth.CBR: Quality varies, depending on the video complexity. 12520 // Recommended only if you distributeyour assets to devices that cannot handle 12521 // variable bitrates. 12522 RateControlMode *string `locationName:"rateControlMode" type:"string" enum:"H265RateControlMode"` 12523 12524 // Sets the scan type of the output to progressive or top-field-first interlaced. 12525 ScanType *string `locationName:"scanType" type:"string" enum:"H265ScanType"` 12526 12527 // Scene change detection. 12528 SceneChangeDetect *string `locationName:"sceneChangeDetect" type:"string" enum:"H265SceneChangeDetect"` 12529 12530 // Number of slices per picture. Must be less than or equal to the number of 12531 // macroblock rows for progressive pictures, and less than or equal to half 12532 // the number of macroblock rows for interlaced pictures.This field is optional; 12533 // when no value is specified the encoder will choose the number of slices based 12534 // on encode resolution. 12535 Slices *int64 `locationName:"slices" min:"1" type:"integer"` 12536 12537 // H.265 Tier. 12538 Tier *string `locationName:"tier" type:"string" enum:"H265Tier"` 12539 12540 // Determines how timecodes should be inserted into the video elementary stream.- 12541 // 'disabled': Do not include timecodes- 'picTimingSei': Pass through picture 12542 // timing SEI messages from the source specified in Timecode Config 12543 TimecodeInsertion *string `locationName:"timecodeInsertion" type:"string" enum:"H265TimecodeInsertionBehavior"` 12544} 12545 12546// String returns the string representation 12547func (s H265Settings) String() string { 12548 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12549} 12550 12551// GoString returns the string representation 12552func (s H265Settings) GoString() string { 12553 return s.String() 12554} 12555 12556// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 12557func (s *H265Settings) Validate() error { 12558 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "H265Settings"} 12559 if s.Bitrate != nil && *s.Bitrate < 100000 { 12560 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Bitrate", 100000)) 12561 } 12562 if s.BufSize != nil && *s.BufSize < 100000 { 12563 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("BufSize", 100000)) 12564 } 12565 if s.FramerateDenominator == nil { 12566 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("FramerateDenominator")) 12567 } 12568 if s.FramerateDenominator != nil && *s.FramerateDenominator < 1 { 12569 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("FramerateDenominator", 1)) 12570 } 12571 if s.FramerateNumerator == nil { 12572 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("FramerateNumerator")) 12573 } 12574 if s.FramerateNumerator != nil && *s.FramerateNumerator < 1 { 12575 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("FramerateNumerator", 1)) 12576 } 12577 if s.MaxBitrate != nil && *s.MaxBitrate < 100000 { 12578 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxBitrate", 100000)) 12579 } 12580 if s.ParDenominator != nil && *s.ParDenominator < 1 { 12581 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("ParDenominator", 1)) 12582 } 12583 if s.ParNumerator != nil && *s.ParNumerator < 1 { 12584 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("ParNumerator", 1)) 12585 } 12586 if s.QvbrQualityLevel != nil && *s.QvbrQualityLevel < 1 { 12587 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("QvbrQualityLevel", 1)) 12588 } 12589 if s.Slices != nil && *s.Slices < 1 { 12590 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Slices", 1)) 12591 } 12592 12593 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 12594 return invalidParams 12595 } 12596 return nil 12597} 12598 12599// SetAdaptiveQuantization sets the AdaptiveQuantization field's value. 12600func (s *H265Settings) SetAdaptiveQuantization(v string) *H265Settings { 12601 s.AdaptiveQuantization = &v 12602 return s 12603} 12604 12605// SetAfdSignaling sets the AfdSignaling field's value. 12606func (s *H265Settings) SetAfdSignaling(v string) *H265Settings { 12607 s.AfdSignaling = &v 12608 return s 12609} 12610 12611// SetAlternativeTransferFunction sets the AlternativeTransferFunction field's value. 12612func (s *H265Settings) SetAlternativeTransferFunction(v string) *H265Settings { 12613 s.AlternativeTransferFunction = &v 12614 return s 12615} 12616 12617// SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value. 12618func (s *H265Settings) SetBitrate(v int64) *H265Settings { 12619 s.Bitrate = &v 12620 return s 12621} 12622 12623// SetBufSize sets the BufSize field's value. 12624func (s *H265Settings) SetBufSize(v int64) *H265Settings { 12625 s.BufSize = &v 12626 return s 12627} 12628 12629// SetColorMetadata sets the ColorMetadata field's value. 12630func (s *H265Settings) SetColorMetadata(v string) *H265Settings { 12631 s.ColorMetadata = &v 12632 return s 12633} 12634 12635// SetColorSpaceSettings sets the ColorSpaceSettings field's value. 12636func (s *H265Settings) SetColorSpaceSettings(v *H265ColorSpaceSettings) *H265Settings { 12637 s.ColorSpaceSettings = v 12638 return s 12639} 12640 12641// SetFixedAfd sets the FixedAfd field's value. 12642func (s *H265Settings) SetFixedAfd(v string) *H265Settings { 12643 s.FixedAfd = &v 12644 return s 12645} 12646 12647// SetFlickerAq sets the FlickerAq field's value. 12648func (s *H265Settings) SetFlickerAq(v string) *H265Settings { 12649 s.FlickerAq = &v 12650 return s 12651} 12652 12653// SetFramerateDenominator sets the FramerateDenominator field's value. 12654func (s *H265Settings) SetFramerateDenominator(v int64) *H265Settings { 12655 s.FramerateDenominator = &v 12656 return s 12657} 12658 12659// SetFramerateNumerator sets the FramerateNumerator field's value. 12660func (s *H265Settings) SetFramerateNumerator(v int64) *H265Settings { 12661 s.FramerateNumerator = &v 12662 return s 12663} 12664 12665// SetGopClosedCadence sets the GopClosedCadence field's value. 12666func (s *H265Settings) SetGopClosedCadence(v int64) *H265Settings { 12667 s.GopClosedCadence = &v 12668 return s 12669} 12670 12671// SetGopSize sets the GopSize field's value. 12672func (s *H265Settings) SetGopSize(v float64) *H265Settings { 12673 s.GopSize = &v 12674 return s 12675} 12676 12677// SetGopSizeUnits sets the GopSizeUnits field's value. 12678func (s *H265Settings) SetGopSizeUnits(v string) *H265Settings { 12679 s.GopSizeUnits = &v 12680 return s 12681} 12682 12683// SetLevel sets the Level field's value. 12684func (s *H265Settings) SetLevel(v string) *H265Settings { 12685 s.Level = &v 12686 return s 12687} 12688 12689// SetLookAheadRateControl sets the LookAheadRateControl field's value. 12690func (s *H265Settings) SetLookAheadRateControl(v string) *H265Settings { 12691 s.LookAheadRateControl = &v 12692 return s 12693} 12694 12695// SetMaxBitrate sets the MaxBitrate field's value. 12696func (s *H265Settings) SetMaxBitrate(v int64) *H265Settings { 12697 s.MaxBitrate = &v 12698 return s 12699} 12700 12701// SetMinIInterval sets the MinIInterval field's value. 12702func (s *H265Settings) SetMinIInterval(v int64) *H265Settings { 12703 s.MinIInterval = &v 12704 return s 12705} 12706 12707// SetParDenominator sets the ParDenominator field's value. 12708func (s *H265Settings) SetParDenominator(v int64) *H265Settings { 12709 s.ParDenominator = &v 12710 return s 12711} 12712 12713// SetParNumerator sets the ParNumerator field's value. 12714func (s *H265Settings) SetParNumerator(v int64) *H265Settings { 12715 s.ParNumerator = &v 12716 return s 12717} 12718 12719// SetProfile sets the Profile field's value. 12720func (s *H265Settings) SetProfile(v string) *H265Settings { 12721 s.Profile = &v 12722 return s 12723} 12724 12725// SetQvbrQualityLevel sets the QvbrQualityLevel field's value. 12726func (s *H265Settings) SetQvbrQualityLevel(v int64) *H265Settings { 12727 s.QvbrQualityLevel = &v 12728 return s 12729} 12730 12731// SetRateControlMode sets the RateControlMode field's value. 12732func (s *H265Settings) SetRateControlMode(v string) *H265Settings { 12733 s.RateControlMode = &v 12734 return s 12735} 12736 12737// SetScanType sets the ScanType field's value. 12738func (s *H265Settings) SetScanType(v string) *H265Settings { 12739 s.ScanType = &v 12740 return s 12741} 12742 12743// SetSceneChangeDetect sets the SceneChangeDetect field's value. 12744func (s *H265Settings) SetSceneChangeDetect(v string) *H265Settings { 12745 s.SceneChangeDetect = &v 12746 return s 12747} 12748 12749// SetSlices sets the Slices field's value. 12750func (s *H265Settings) SetSlices(v int64) *H265Settings { 12751 s.Slices = &v 12752 return s 12753} 12754 12755// SetTier sets the Tier field's value. 12756func (s *H265Settings) SetTier(v string) *H265Settings { 12757 s.Tier = &v 12758 return s 12759} 12760 12761// SetTimecodeInsertion sets the TimecodeInsertion field's value. 12762func (s *H265Settings) SetTimecodeInsertion(v string) *H265Settings { 12763 s.TimecodeInsertion = &v 12764 return s 12765} 12766 12767// Hdr10 Settings 12768type Hdr10Settings struct { 12769 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12770 12771 // Maximum Content Light LevelAn integer metadata value defining the maximum 12772 // light level, in nits,of any single pixel within an encoded HDR video stream 12773 // or file. 12774 MaxCll *int64 `locationName:"maxCll" type:"integer"` 12775 12776 // Maximum Frame Average Light LevelAn integer metadata value defining the maximum 12777 // average light level, in nits,for any single frame within an encoded HDR video 12778 // stream or file. 12779 MaxFall *int64 `locationName:"maxFall" type:"integer"` 12780} 12781 12782// String returns the string representation 12783func (s Hdr10Settings) String() string { 12784 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12785} 12786 12787// GoString returns the string representation 12788func (s Hdr10Settings) GoString() string { 12789 return s.String() 12790} 12791 12792// SetMaxCll sets the MaxCll field's value. 12793func (s *Hdr10Settings) SetMaxCll(v int64) *Hdr10Settings { 12794 s.MaxCll = &v 12795 return s 12796} 12797 12798// SetMaxFall sets the MaxFall field's value. 12799func (s *Hdr10Settings) SetMaxFall(v int64) *Hdr10Settings { 12800 s.MaxFall = &v 12801 return s 12802} 12803 12804// Hls Akamai Settings 12805type HlsAkamaiSettings struct { 12806 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12807 12808 // Number of seconds to wait before retrying connection to the CDN if the connection 12809 // is lost. 12810 ConnectionRetryInterval *int64 `locationName:"connectionRetryInterval" type:"integer"` 12811 12812 // Size in seconds of file cache for streaming outputs. 12813 FilecacheDuration *int64 `locationName:"filecacheDuration" type:"integer"` 12814 12815 // Specify whether or not to use chunked transfer encoding to Akamai. User should 12816 // contact Akamai to enable this feature. 12817 HttpTransferMode *string `locationName:"httpTransferMode" type:"string" enum:"HlsAkamaiHttpTransferMode"` 12818 12819 // Number of retry attempts that will be made before the Live Event is put into 12820 // an error state. 12821 NumRetries *int64 `locationName:"numRetries" type:"integer"` 12822 12823 // If a streaming output fails, number of seconds to wait until a restart is 12824 // initiated. A value of 0 means never restart. 12825 RestartDelay *int64 `locationName:"restartDelay" type:"integer"` 12826 12827 // Salt for authenticated Akamai. 12828 Salt *string `locationName:"salt" type:"string"` 12829 12830 // Token parameter for authenticated akamai. If not specified, _gda_ is used. 12831 Token *string `locationName:"token" type:"string"` 12832} 12833 12834// String returns the string representation 12835func (s HlsAkamaiSettings) String() string { 12836 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12837} 12838 12839// GoString returns the string representation 12840func (s HlsAkamaiSettings) GoString() string { 12841 return s.String() 12842} 12843 12844// SetConnectionRetryInterval sets the ConnectionRetryInterval field's value. 12845func (s *HlsAkamaiSettings) SetConnectionRetryInterval(v int64) *HlsAkamaiSettings { 12846 s.ConnectionRetryInterval = &v 12847 return s 12848} 12849 12850// SetFilecacheDuration sets the FilecacheDuration field's value. 12851func (s *HlsAkamaiSettings) SetFilecacheDuration(v int64) *HlsAkamaiSettings { 12852 s.FilecacheDuration = &v 12853 return s 12854} 12855 12856// SetHttpTransferMode sets the HttpTransferMode field's value. 12857func (s *HlsAkamaiSettings) SetHttpTransferMode(v string) *HlsAkamaiSettings { 12858 s.HttpTransferMode = &v 12859 return s 12860} 12861 12862// SetNumRetries sets the NumRetries field's value. 12863func (s *HlsAkamaiSettings) SetNumRetries(v int64) *HlsAkamaiSettings { 12864 s.NumRetries = &v 12865 return s 12866} 12867 12868// SetRestartDelay sets the RestartDelay field's value. 12869func (s *HlsAkamaiSettings) SetRestartDelay(v int64) *HlsAkamaiSettings { 12870 s.RestartDelay = &v 12871 return s 12872} 12873 12874// SetSalt sets the Salt field's value. 12875func (s *HlsAkamaiSettings) SetSalt(v string) *HlsAkamaiSettings { 12876 s.Salt = &v 12877 return s 12878} 12879 12880// SetToken sets the Token field's value. 12881func (s *HlsAkamaiSettings) SetToken(v string) *HlsAkamaiSettings { 12882 s.Token = &v 12883 return s 12884} 12885 12886// Hls Basic Put Settings 12887type HlsBasicPutSettings struct { 12888 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12889 12890 // Number of seconds to wait before retrying connection to the CDN if the connection 12891 // is lost. 12892 ConnectionRetryInterval *int64 `locationName:"connectionRetryInterval" type:"integer"` 12893 12894 // Size in seconds of file cache for streaming outputs. 12895 FilecacheDuration *int64 `locationName:"filecacheDuration" type:"integer"` 12896 12897 // Number of retry attempts that will be made before the Live Event is put into 12898 // an error state. 12899 NumRetries *int64 `locationName:"numRetries" type:"integer"` 12900 12901 // If a streaming output fails, number of seconds to wait until a restart is 12902 // initiated. A value of 0 means never restart. 12903 RestartDelay *int64 `locationName:"restartDelay" type:"integer"` 12904} 12905 12906// String returns the string representation 12907func (s HlsBasicPutSettings) String() string { 12908 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12909} 12910 12911// GoString returns the string representation 12912func (s HlsBasicPutSettings) GoString() string { 12913 return s.String() 12914} 12915 12916// SetConnectionRetryInterval sets the ConnectionRetryInterval field's value. 12917func (s *HlsBasicPutSettings) SetConnectionRetryInterval(v int64) *HlsBasicPutSettings { 12918 s.ConnectionRetryInterval = &v 12919 return s 12920} 12921 12922// SetFilecacheDuration sets the FilecacheDuration field's value. 12923func (s *HlsBasicPutSettings) SetFilecacheDuration(v int64) *HlsBasicPutSettings { 12924 s.FilecacheDuration = &v 12925 return s 12926} 12927 12928// SetNumRetries sets the NumRetries field's value. 12929func (s *HlsBasicPutSettings) SetNumRetries(v int64) *HlsBasicPutSettings { 12930 s.NumRetries = &v 12931 return s 12932} 12933 12934// SetRestartDelay sets the RestartDelay field's value. 12935func (s *HlsBasicPutSettings) SetRestartDelay(v int64) *HlsBasicPutSettings { 12936 s.RestartDelay = &v 12937 return s 12938} 12939 12940// Hls Cdn Settings 12941type HlsCdnSettings struct { 12942 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12943 12944 // Hls Akamai Settings 12945 HlsAkamaiSettings *HlsAkamaiSettings `locationName:"hlsAkamaiSettings" type:"structure"` 12946 12947 // Hls Basic Put Settings 12948 HlsBasicPutSettings *HlsBasicPutSettings `locationName:"hlsBasicPutSettings" type:"structure"` 12949 12950 // Hls Media Store Settings 12951 HlsMediaStoreSettings *HlsMediaStoreSettings `locationName:"hlsMediaStoreSettings" type:"structure"` 12952 12953 // Hls Webdav Settings 12954 HlsWebdavSettings *HlsWebdavSettings `locationName:"hlsWebdavSettings" type:"structure"` 12955} 12956 12957// String returns the string representation 12958func (s HlsCdnSettings) String() string { 12959 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12960} 12961 12962// GoString returns the string representation 12963func (s HlsCdnSettings) GoString() string { 12964 return s.String() 12965} 12966 12967// SetHlsAkamaiSettings sets the HlsAkamaiSettings field's value. 12968func (s *HlsCdnSettings) SetHlsAkamaiSettings(v *HlsAkamaiSettings) *HlsCdnSettings { 12969 s.HlsAkamaiSettings = v 12970 return s 12971} 12972 12973// SetHlsBasicPutSettings sets the HlsBasicPutSettings field's value. 12974func (s *HlsCdnSettings) SetHlsBasicPutSettings(v *HlsBasicPutSettings) *HlsCdnSettings { 12975 s.HlsBasicPutSettings = v 12976 return s 12977} 12978 12979// SetHlsMediaStoreSettings sets the HlsMediaStoreSettings field's value. 12980func (s *HlsCdnSettings) SetHlsMediaStoreSettings(v *HlsMediaStoreSettings) *HlsCdnSettings { 12981 s.HlsMediaStoreSettings = v 12982 return s 12983} 12984 12985// SetHlsWebdavSettings sets the HlsWebdavSettings field's value. 12986func (s *HlsCdnSettings) SetHlsWebdavSettings(v *HlsWebdavSettings) *HlsCdnSettings { 12987 s.HlsWebdavSettings = v 12988 return s 12989} 12990 12991// Hls Group Settings 12992type HlsGroupSettings struct { 12993 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12994 12995 // Choose one or more ad marker types to pass SCTE35 signals through to this 12996 // group of Apple HLS outputs. 12997 AdMarkers []*string `locationName:"adMarkers" type:"list"` 12998 12999 // A partial URI prefix that will be prepended to each output in the media .m3u8 13000 // file. Can be used if base manifest is delivered from a different URL than 13001 // the main .m3u8 file. 13002 BaseUrlContent *string `locationName:"baseUrlContent" type:"string"` 13003 13004 // Optional. One value per output group.This field is required only if you are 13005 // completing Base URL content A, and the downstream system has notified you 13006 // that the media files for pipeline 1 of all outputs are in a location different 13007 // from the media files for pipeline 0. 13008 BaseUrlContent1 *string `locationName:"baseUrlContent1" type:"string"` 13009 13010 // A partial URI prefix that will be prepended to each output in the media .m3u8 13011 // file. Can be used if base manifest is delivered from a different URL than 13012 // the main .m3u8 file. 13013 BaseUrlManifest *string `locationName:"baseUrlManifest" type:"string"` 13014 13015 // Optional. One value per output group.Complete this field only if you are 13016 // completing Base URL manifest A, and the downstream system has notified you 13017 // that the child manifest files for pipeline 1 of all outputs are in a location 13018 // different from the child manifest files for pipeline 0. 13019 BaseUrlManifest1 *string `locationName:"baseUrlManifest1" type:"string"` 13020 13021 // Mapping of up to 4 caption channels to caption languages. Is only meaningful 13022 // if captionLanguageSetting is set to "insert". 13023 CaptionLanguageMappings []*CaptionLanguageMapping `locationName:"captionLanguageMappings" type:"list"` 13024 13025 // Applies only to 608 Embedded output captions.insert: Include CLOSED-CAPTIONS 13026 // lines in the manifest. Specify at least one language in the CC1 Language 13027 // Code field. One CLOSED-CAPTION line is added for each Language Code you specify. 13028 // Make sure to specify the languages in the order in which they appear in the 13029 // original source (if the source is embedded format) or the order of the caption 13030 // selectors (if the source is other than embedded). Otherwise, languages in 13031 // the manifest will not match up properly with the output captions.none: Include 13032 // CLOSED-CAPTIONS=NONE line in the manifest.omit: Omit any CLOSED-CAPTIONS 13033 // line from the manifest. 13034 CaptionLanguageSetting *string `locationName:"captionLanguageSetting" type:"string" enum:"HlsCaptionLanguageSetting"` 13035 13036 // When set to "disabled", sets the #EXT-X-ALLOW-CACHE:no tag in the manifest, 13037 // which prevents clients from saving media segments for later replay. 13038 ClientCache *string `locationName:"clientCache" type:"string" enum:"HlsClientCache"` 13039 13040 // Specification to use (RFC-6381 or the default RFC-4281) during m3u8 playlist 13041 // generation. 13042 CodecSpecification *string `locationName:"codecSpecification" type:"string" enum:"HlsCodecSpecification"` 13043 13044 // For use with encryptionType. This is a 128-bit, 16-byte hex value represented 13045 // by a 32-character text string. If ivSource is set to "explicit" then this 13046 // parameter is required and is used as the IV for encryption. 13047 ConstantIv *string `locationName:"constantIv" min:"32" type:"string"` 13048 13049 // A directory or HTTP destination for the HLS segments, manifest files, and 13050 // encryption keys (if enabled). 13051 // 13052 // Destination is a required field 13053 Destination *OutputLocationRef `locationName:"destination" type:"structure" required:"true"` 13054 13055 // Place segments in subdirectories. 13056 DirectoryStructure *string `locationName:"directoryStructure" type:"string" enum:"HlsDirectoryStructure"` 13057 13058 // Encrypts the segments with the given encryption scheme. Exclude this parameter 13059 // if no encryption is desired. 13060 EncryptionType *string `locationName:"encryptionType" type:"string" enum:"HlsEncryptionType"` 13061 13062 // Parameters that control interactions with the CDN. 13063 HlsCdnSettings *HlsCdnSettings `locationName:"hlsCdnSettings" type:"structure"` 13064 13065 // State of HLS ID3 Segment Tagging 13066 HlsId3SegmentTagging *string `locationName:"hlsId3SegmentTagging" type:"string" enum:"HlsId3SegmentTaggingState"` 13067 13068 // DISABLED: Do not create an I-frame-only manifest, but do create the master 13069 // and media manifests (according to the Output Selection field).STANDARD: Create 13070 // an I-frame-only manifest for each output that contains video, as well as 13071 // the other manifests (according to the Output Selection field). The I-frame 13072 // manifest contains a #EXT-X-I-FRAMES-ONLY tag to indicate it is I-frame only, 13073 // and one or more #EXT-X-BYTERANGE entries identifying the I-frame position. 13074 // For example, #EXT-X-BYTERANGE:160364@1461888" 13075 IFrameOnlyPlaylists *string `locationName:"iFrameOnlyPlaylists" type:"string" enum:"IFrameOnlyPlaylistType"` 13076 13077 // Applies only if Mode field is LIVE. Specifies the maximum number of segments 13078 // in the media manifest file. After this maximum, older segments are removed 13079 // from the media manifest. This number must be less than or equal to the Keep 13080 // Segments field. 13081 IndexNSegments *int64 `locationName:"indexNSegments" min:"3" type:"integer"` 13082 13083 // Parameter that control output group behavior on input loss. 13084 InputLossAction *string `locationName:"inputLossAction" type:"string" enum:"InputLossActionForHlsOut"` 13085 13086 // For use with encryptionType. The IV (Initialization Vector) is a 128-bit 13087 // number used in conjunction with the key for encrypting blocks. If set to 13088 // "include", IV is listed in the manifest, otherwise the IV is not in the manifest. 13089 IvInManifest *string `locationName:"ivInManifest" type:"string" enum:"HlsIvInManifest"` 13090 13091 // For use with encryptionType. The IV (Initialization Vector) is a 128-bit 13092 // number used in conjunction with the key for encrypting blocks. If this setting 13093 // is "followsSegmentNumber", it will cause the IV to change every segment (to 13094 // match the segment number). If this is set to "explicit", you must enter a 13095 // constantIv value. 13096 IvSource *string `locationName:"ivSource" type:"string" enum:"HlsIvSource"` 13097 13098 // Applies only if Mode field is LIVE. Specifies the number of media segments 13099 // (.ts files) to retain in the destination directory. 13100 KeepSegments *int64 `locationName:"keepSegments" min:"1" type:"integer"` 13101 13102 // The value specifies how the key is represented in the resource identified 13103 // by the URI. If parameter is absent, an implicit value of "identity" is used. 13104 // A reverse DNS string can also be given. 13105 KeyFormat *string `locationName:"keyFormat" type:"string"` 13106 13107 // Either a single positive integer version value or a slash delimited list 13108 // of version values (1/2/3). 13109 KeyFormatVersions *string `locationName:"keyFormatVersions" type:"string"` 13110 13111 // The key provider settings. 13112 KeyProviderSettings *KeyProviderSettings `locationName:"keyProviderSettings" type:"structure"` 13113 13114 // When set to gzip, compresses HLS playlist. 13115 ManifestCompression *string `locationName:"manifestCompression" type:"string" enum:"HlsManifestCompression"` 13116 13117 // Indicates whether the output manifest should use floating point or integer 13118 // values for segment duration. 13119 ManifestDurationFormat *string `locationName:"manifestDurationFormat" type:"string" enum:"HlsManifestDurationFormat"` 13120 13121 // When set, minimumSegmentLength is enforced by looking ahead and back within 13122 // the specified range for a nearby avail and extending the segment size if 13123 // needed. 13124 MinSegmentLength *int64 `locationName:"minSegmentLength" type:"integer"` 13125 13126 // If "vod", all segments are indexed and kept permanently in the destination 13127 // and manifest. If "live", only the number segments specified in keepSegments 13128 // and indexNSegments are kept; newer segments replace older segments, which 13129 // may prevent players from rewinding all the way to the beginning of the event.VOD 13130 // mode uses HLS EXT-X-PLAYLIST-TYPE of EVENT while the channel is running, 13131 // converting it to a "VOD" type manifest on completion of the stream. 13132 Mode *string `locationName:"mode" type:"string" enum:"HlsMode"` 13133 13134 // MANIFESTS_AND_SEGMENTS: Generates manifests (master manifest, if applicable, 13135 // and media manifests) for this output group.VARIANT_MANIFESTS_AND_SEGMENTS: 13136 // Generates media manifests for this output group, but not a master manifest.SEGMENTS_ONLY: 13137 // Does not generate any manifests for this output group. 13138 OutputSelection *string `locationName:"outputSelection" type:"string" enum:"HlsOutputSelection"` 13139 13140 // Includes or excludes EXT-X-PROGRAM-DATE-TIME tag in .m3u8 manifest files. 13141 // The value is calculated as follows: either the program date and time are 13142 // initialized using the input timecode source, or the time is initialized using 13143 // the input timecode source and the date is initialized using the timestampOffset. 13144 ProgramDateTime *string `locationName:"programDateTime" type:"string" enum:"HlsProgramDateTime"` 13145 13146 // Period of insertion of EXT-X-PROGRAM-DATE-TIME entry, in seconds. 13147 ProgramDateTimePeriod *int64 `locationName:"programDateTimePeriod" type:"integer"` 13148 13149 // ENABLED: The master manifest (.m3u8 file) for each pipeline includes information 13150 // about both pipelines: first its own media files, then the media files of 13151 // the other pipeline. This feature allows playout device that support stale 13152 // manifest detection to switch from one manifest to the other, when the current 13153 // manifest seems to be stale. There are still two destinations and two master 13154 // manifests, but both master manifests reference the media files from both 13155 // pipelines.DISABLED: The master manifest (.m3u8 file) for each pipeline includes 13156 // information about its own pipeline only.For an HLS output group with MediaPackage 13157 // as the destination, the DISABLED behavior is always followed. MediaPackage 13158 // regenerates the manifests it serves to players so a redundant manifest from 13159 // MediaLive is irrelevant. 13160 RedundantManifest *string `locationName:"redundantManifest" type:"string" enum:"HlsRedundantManifest"` 13161 13162 // Length of MPEG-2 Transport Stream segments to create (in seconds). Note that 13163 // segments will end on the next keyframe after this number of seconds, so actual 13164 // segment length may be longer. 13165 SegmentLength *int64 `locationName:"segmentLength" min:"1" type:"integer"` 13166 13167 // useInputSegmentation has been deprecated. The configured segment size is 13168 // always used. 13169 SegmentationMode *string `locationName:"segmentationMode" type:"string" enum:"HlsSegmentationMode"` 13170 13171 // Number of segments to write to a subdirectory before starting a new one. 13172 // directoryStructure must be subdirectoryPerStream for this setting to have 13173 // an effect. 13174 SegmentsPerSubdirectory *int64 `locationName:"segmentsPerSubdirectory" min:"1" type:"integer"` 13175 13176 // Include or exclude RESOLUTION attribute for video in EXT-X-STREAM-INF tag 13177 // of variant manifest. 13178 StreamInfResolution *string `locationName:"streamInfResolution" type:"string" enum:"HlsStreamInfResolution"` 13179 13180 // Indicates ID3 frame that has the timecode. 13181 TimedMetadataId3Frame *string `locationName:"timedMetadataId3Frame" type:"string" enum:"HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame"` 13182 13183 // Timed Metadata interval in seconds. 13184 TimedMetadataId3Period *int64 `locationName:"timedMetadataId3Period" type:"integer"` 13185 13186 // Provides an extra millisecond delta offset to fine tune the timestamps. 13187 TimestampDeltaMilliseconds *int64 `locationName:"timestampDeltaMilliseconds" type:"integer"` 13188 13189 // SEGMENTED_FILES: Emit the program as segments - multiple .ts media files.SINGLE_FILE: 13190 // Applies only if Mode field is VOD. Emit the program as a single .ts media 13191 // file. The media manifest includes #EXT-X-BYTERANGE tags to index segments 13192 // for playback. A typical use for this value is when sending the output to 13193 // AWS Elemental MediaConvert, which can accept only a single media file. Playback 13194 // while the channel is running is not guaranteed due to HTTP server caching. 13195 TsFileMode *string `locationName:"tsFileMode" type:"string" enum:"HlsTsFileMode"` 13196} 13197 13198// String returns the string representation 13199func (s HlsGroupSettings) String() string { 13200 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13201} 13202 13203// GoString returns the string representation 13204func (s HlsGroupSettings) GoString() string { 13205 return s.String() 13206} 13207 13208// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 13209func (s *HlsGroupSettings) Validate() error { 13210 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "HlsGroupSettings"} 13211 if s.ConstantIv != nil && len(*s.ConstantIv) < 32 { 13212 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ConstantIv", 32)) 13213 } 13214 if s.Destination == nil { 13215 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Destination")) 13216 } 13217 if s.IndexNSegments != nil && *s.IndexNSegments < 3 { 13218 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("IndexNSegments", 3)) 13219 } 13220 if s.KeepSegments != nil && *s.KeepSegments < 1 { 13221 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("KeepSegments", 1)) 13222 } 13223 if s.SegmentLength != nil && *s.SegmentLength < 1 { 13224 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("SegmentLength", 1)) 13225 } 13226 if s.SegmentsPerSubdirectory != nil && *s.SegmentsPerSubdirectory < 1 { 13227 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("SegmentsPerSubdirectory", 1)) 13228 } 13229 if s.CaptionLanguageMappings != nil { 13230 for i, v := range s.CaptionLanguageMappings { 13231 if v == nil { 13232 continue 13233 } 13234 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 13235 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "CaptionLanguageMappings", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 13236 } 13237 } 13238 } 13239 if s.KeyProviderSettings != nil { 13240 if err := s.KeyProviderSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 13241 invalidParams.AddNested("KeyProviderSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 13242 } 13243 } 13244 13245 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 13246 return invalidParams 13247 } 13248 return nil 13249} 13250 13251// SetAdMarkers sets the AdMarkers field's value. 13252func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetAdMarkers(v []*string) *HlsGroupSettings { 13253 s.AdMarkers = v 13254 return s 13255} 13256 13257// SetBaseUrlContent sets the BaseUrlContent field's value. 13258func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetBaseUrlContent(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 13259 s.BaseUrlContent = &v 13260 return s 13261} 13262 13263// SetBaseUrlContent1 sets the BaseUrlContent1 field's value. 13264func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetBaseUrlContent1(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 13265 s.BaseUrlContent1 = &v 13266 return s 13267} 13268 13269// SetBaseUrlManifest sets the BaseUrlManifest field's value. 13270func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetBaseUrlManifest(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 13271 s.BaseUrlManifest = &v 13272 return s 13273} 13274 13275// SetBaseUrlManifest1 sets the BaseUrlManifest1 field's value. 13276func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetBaseUrlManifest1(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 13277 s.BaseUrlManifest1 = &v 13278 return s 13279} 13280 13281// SetCaptionLanguageMappings sets the CaptionLanguageMappings field's value. 13282func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetCaptionLanguageMappings(v []*CaptionLanguageMapping) *HlsGroupSettings { 13283 s.CaptionLanguageMappings = v 13284 return s 13285} 13286 13287// SetCaptionLanguageSetting sets the CaptionLanguageSetting field's value. 13288func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetCaptionLanguageSetting(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 13289 s.CaptionLanguageSetting = &v 13290 return s 13291} 13292 13293// SetClientCache sets the ClientCache field's value. 13294func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetClientCache(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 13295 s.ClientCache = &v 13296 return s 13297} 13298 13299// SetCodecSpecification sets the CodecSpecification field's value. 13300func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetCodecSpecification(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 13301 s.CodecSpecification = &v 13302 return s 13303} 13304 13305// SetConstantIv sets the ConstantIv field's value. 13306func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetConstantIv(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 13307 s.ConstantIv = &v 13308 return s 13309} 13310 13311// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value. 13312func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetDestination(v *OutputLocationRef) *HlsGroupSettings { 13313 s.Destination = v 13314 return s 13315} 13316 13317// SetDirectoryStructure sets the DirectoryStructure field's value. 13318func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetDirectoryStructure(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 13319 s.DirectoryStructure = &v 13320 return s 13321} 13322 13323// SetEncryptionType sets the EncryptionType field's value. 13324func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetEncryptionType(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 13325 s.EncryptionType = &v 13326 return s 13327} 13328 13329// SetHlsCdnSettings sets the HlsCdnSettings field's value. 13330func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetHlsCdnSettings(v *HlsCdnSettings) *HlsGroupSettings { 13331 s.HlsCdnSettings = v 13332 return s 13333} 13334 13335// SetHlsId3SegmentTagging sets the HlsId3SegmentTagging field's value. 13336func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetHlsId3SegmentTagging(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 13337 s.HlsId3SegmentTagging = &v 13338 return s 13339} 13340 13341// SetIFrameOnlyPlaylists sets the IFrameOnlyPlaylists field's value. 13342func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetIFrameOnlyPlaylists(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 13343 s.IFrameOnlyPlaylists = &v 13344 return s 13345} 13346 13347// SetIndexNSegments sets the IndexNSegments field's value. 13348func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetIndexNSegments(v int64) *HlsGroupSettings { 13349 s.IndexNSegments = &v 13350 return s 13351} 13352 13353// SetInputLossAction sets the InputLossAction field's value. 13354func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetInputLossAction(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 13355 s.InputLossAction = &v 13356 return s 13357} 13358 13359// SetIvInManifest sets the IvInManifest field's value. 13360func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetIvInManifest(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 13361 s.IvInManifest = &v 13362 return s 13363} 13364 13365// SetIvSource sets the IvSource field's value. 13366func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetIvSource(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 13367 s.IvSource = &v 13368 return s 13369} 13370 13371// SetKeepSegments sets the KeepSegments field's value. 13372func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetKeepSegments(v int64) *HlsGroupSettings { 13373 s.KeepSegments = &v 13374 return s 13375} 13376 13377// SetKeyFormat sets the KeyFormat field's value. 13378func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetKeyFormat(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 13379 s.KeyFormat = &v 13380 return s 13381} 13382 13383// SetKeyFormatVersions sets the KeyFormatVersions field's value. 13384func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetKeyFormatVersions(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 13385 s.KeyFormatVersions = &v 13386 return s 13387} 13388 13389// SetKeyProviderSettings sets the KeyProviderSettings field's value. 13390func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetKeyProviderSettings(v *KeyProviderSettings) *HlsGroupSettings { 13391 s.KeyProviderSettings = v 13392 return s 13393} 13394 13395// SetManifestCompression sets the ManifestCompression field's value. 13396func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetManifestCompression(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 13397 s.ManifestCompression = &v 13398 return s 13399} 13400 13401// SetManifestDurationFormat sets the ManifestDurationFormat field's value. 13402func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetManifestDurationFormat(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 13403 s.ManifestDurationFormat = &v 13404 return s 13405} 13406 13407// SetMinSegmentLength sets the MinSegmentLength field's value. 13408func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetMinSegmentLength(v int64) *HlsGroupSettings { 13409 s.MinSegmentLength = &v 13410 return s 13411} 13412 13413// SetMode sets the Mode field's value. 13414func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetMode(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 13415 s.Mode = &v 13416 return s 13417} 13418 13419// SetOutputSelection sets the OutputSelection field's value. 13420func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetOutputSelection(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 13421 s.OutputSelection = &v 13422 return s 13423} 13424 13425// SetProgramDateTime sets the ProgramDateTime field's value. 13426func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetProgramDateTime(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 13427 s.ProgramDateTime = &v 13428 return s 13429} 13430 13431// SetProgramDateTimePeriod sets the ProgramDateTimePeriod field's value. 13432func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetProgramDateTimePeriod(v int64) *HlsGroupSettings { 13433 s.ProgramDateTimePeriod = &v 13434 return s 13435} 13436 13437// SetRedundantManifest sets the RedundantManifest field's value. 13438func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetRedundantManifest(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 13439 s.RedundantManifest = &v 13440 return s 13441} 13442 13443// SetSegmentLength sets the SegmentLength field's value. 13444func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetSegmentLength(v int64) *HlsGroupSettings { 13445 s.SegmentLength = &v 13446 return s 13447} 13448 13449// SetSegmentationMode sets the SegmentationMode field's value. 13450func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetSegmentationMode(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 13451 s.SegmentationMode = &v 13452 return s 13453} 13454 13455// SetSegmentsPerSubdirectory sets the SegmentsPerSubdirectory field's value. 13456func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetSegmentsPerSubdirectory(v int64) *HlsGroupSettings { 13457 s.SegmentsPerSubdirectory = &v 13458 return s 13459} 13460 13461// SetStreamInfResolution sets the StreamInfResolution field's value. 13462func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetStreamInfResolution(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 13463 s.StreamInfResolution = &v 13464 return s 13465} 13466 13467// SetTimedMetadataId3Frame sets the TimedMetadataId3Frame field's value. 13468func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetTimedMetadataId3Frame(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 13469 s.TimedMetadataId3Frame = &v 13470 return s 13471} 13472 13473// SetTimedMetadataId3Period sets the TimedMetadataId3Period field's value. 13474func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetTimedMetadataId3Period(v int64) *HlsGroupSettings { 13475 s.TimedMetadataId3Period = &v 13476 return s 13477} 13478 13479// SetTimestampDeltaMilliseconds sets the TimestampDeltaMilliseconds field's value. 13480func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetTimestampDeltaMilliseconds(v int64) *HlsGroupSettings { 13481 s.TimestampDeltaMilliseconds = &v 13482 return s 13483} 13484 13485// SetTsFileMode sets the TsFileMode field's value. 13486func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetTsFileMode(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 13487 s.TsFileMode = &v 13488 return s 13489} 13490 13491// Settings for the action to insert a user-defined ID3 tag in each HLS segment 13492type HlsId3SegmentTaggingScheduleActionSettings struct { 13493 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13494 13495 // ID3 tag to insert into each segment. Supports special keyword identifiers 13496 // to substitute in segment-related values.\nSupported keyword identifiers: 13497 // https://docs.aws.amazon.com/medialive/latest/ug/variable-data-identifiers.html 13498 // 13499 // Tag is a required field 13500 Tag *string `locationName:"tag" type:"string" required:"true"` 13501} 13502 13503// String returns the string representation 13504func (s HlsId3SegmentTaggingScheduleActionSettings) String() string { 13505 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13506} 13507 13508// GoString returns the string representation 13509func (s HlsId3SegmentTaggingScheduleActionSettings) GoString() string { 13510 return s.String() 13511} 13512 13513// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 13514func (s *HlsId3SegmentTaggingScheduleActionSettings) Validate() error { 13515 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "HlsId3SegmentTaggingScheduleActionSettings"} 13516 if s.Tag == nil { 13517 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Tag")) 13518 } 13519 13520 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 13521 return invalidParams 13522 } 13523 return nil 13524} 13525 13526// SetTag sets the Tag field's value. 13527func (s *HlsId3SegmentTaggingScheduleActionSettings) SetTag(v string) *HlsId3SegmentTaggingScheduleActionSettings { 13528 s.Tag = &v 13529 return s 13530} 13531 13532// Hls Input Settings 13533type HlsInputSettings struct { 13534 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13535 13536 // When specified the HLS stream with the m3u8 BANDWIDTH that most closely matches 13537 // this value will be chosen, otherwise the highest bandwidth stream in the 13538 // m3u8 will be chosen. The bitrate is specified in bits per second, as in an 13539 // HLS manifest. 13540 Bandwidth *int64 `locationName:"bandwidth" type:"integer"` 13541 13542 // When specified, reading of the HLS input will begin this many buffer segments 13543 // from the end (most recently written segment). When not specified, the HLS 13544 // input will begin with the first segment specified in the m3u8. 13545 BufferSegments *int64 `locationName:"bufferSegments" type:"integer"` 13546 13547 // The number of consecutive times that attempts to read a manifest or segment 13548 // must fail before the input is considered unavailable. 13549 Retries *int64 `locationName:"retries" type:"integer"` 13550 13551 // The number of seconds between retries when an attempt to read a manifest 13552 // or segment fails. 13553 RetryInterval *int64 `locationName:"retryInterval" type:"integer"` 13554} 13555 13556// String returns the string representation 13557func (s HlsInputSettings) String() string { 13558 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13559} 13560 13561// GoString returns the string representation 13562func (s HlsInputSettings) GoString() string { 13563 return s.String() 13564} 13565 13566// SetBandwidth sets the Bandwidth field's value. 13567func (s *HlsInputSettings) SetBandwidth(v int64) *HlsInputSettings { 13568 s.Bandwidth = &v 13569 return s 13570} 13571 13572// SetBufferSegments sets the BufferSegments field's value. 13573func (s *HlsInputSettings) SetBufferSegments(v int64) *HlsInputSettings { 13574 s.BufferSegments = &v 13575 return s 13576} 13577 13578// SetRetries sets the Retries field's value. 13579func (s *HlsInputSettings) SetRetries(v int64) *HlsInputSettings { 13580 s.Retries = &v 13581 return s 13582} 13583 13584// SetRetryInterval sets the RetryInterval field's value. 13585func (s *HlsInputSettings) SetRetryInterval(v int64) *HlsInputSettings { 13586 s.RetryInterval = &v 13587 return s 13588} 13589 13590// Hls Media Store Settings 13591type HlsMediaStoreSettings struct { 13592 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13593 13594 // Number of seconds to wait before retrying connection to the CDN if the connection 13595 // is lost. 13596 ConnectionRetryInterval *int64 `locationName:"connectionRetryInterval" type:"integer"` 13597 13598 // Size in seconds of file cache for streaming outputs. 13599 FilecacheDuration *int64 `locationName:"filecacheDuration" type:"integer"` 13600 13601 // When set to temporal, output files are stored in non-persistent memory for 13602 // faster reading and writing. 13603 MediaStoreStorageClass *string `locationName:"mediaStoreStorageClass" type:"string" enum:"HlsMediaStoreStorageClass"` 13604 13605 // Number of retry attempts that will be made before the Live Event is put into 13606 // an error state. 13607 NumRetries *int64 `locationName:"numRetries" type:"integer"` 13608 13609 // If a streaming output fails, number of seconds to wait until a restart is 13610 // initiated. A value of 0 means never restart. 13611 RestartDelay *int64 `locationName:"restartDelay" type:"integer"` 13612} 13613 13614// String returns the string representation 13615func (s HlsMediaStoreSettings) String() string { 13616 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13617} 13618 13619// GoString returns the string representation 13620func (s HlsMediaStoreSettings) GoString() string { 13621 return s.String() 13622} 13623 13624// SetConnectionRetryInterval sets the ConnectionRetryInterval field's value. 13625func (s *HlsMediaStoreSettings) SetConnectionRetryInterval(v int64) *HlsMediaStoreSettings { 13626 s.ConnectionRetryInterval = &v 13627 return s 13628} 13629 13630// SetFilecacheDuration sets the FilecacheDuration field's value. 13631func (s *HlsMediaStoreSettings) SetFilecacheDuration(v int64) *HlsMediaStoreSettings { 13632 s.FilecacheDuration = &v 13633 return s 13634} 13635 13636// SetMediaStoreStorageClass sets the MediaStoreStorageClass field's value. 13637func (s *HlsMediaStoreSettings) SetMediaStoreStorageClass(v string) *HlsMediaStoreSettings { 13638 s.MediaStoreStorageClass = &v 13639 return s 13640} 13641 13642// SetNumRetries sets the NumRetries field's value. 13643func (s *HlsMediaStoreSettings) SetNumRetries(v int64) *HlsMediaStoreSettings { 13644 s.NumRetries = &v 13645 return s 13646} 13647 13648// SetRestartDelay sets the RestartDelay field's value. 13649func (s *HlsMediaStoreSettings) SetRestartDelay(v int64) *HlsMediaStoreSettings { 13650 s.RestartDelay = &v 13651 return s 13652} 13653 13654// Hls Output Settings 13655type HlsOutputSettings struct { 13656 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13657 13658 // Only applicable when this output is referencing an H.265 video description.Specifies 13659 // whether MP4 segments should be packaged as HEV1 or HVC1. 13660 H265PackagingType *string `locationName:"h265PackagingType" type:"string" enum:"HlsH265PackagingType"` 13661 13662 // Settings regarding the underlying stream. These settings are different for 13663 // audio-only outputs. 13664 // 13665 // HlsSettings is a required field 13666 HlsSettings *HlsSettings `locationName:"hlsSettings" type:"structure" required:"true"` 13667 13668 // String concatenated to the end of the destination filename. Accepts \"Format 13669 // Identifiers\":#formatIdentifierParameters. 13670 NameModifier *string `locationName:"nameModifier" min:"1" type:"string"` 13671 13672 // String concatenated to end of segment filenames. 13673 SegmentModifier *string `locationName:"segmentModifier" type:"string"` 13674} 13675 13676// String returns the string representation 13677func (s HlsOutputSettings) String() string { 13678 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13679} 13680 13681// GoString returns the string representation 13682func (s HlsOutputSettings) GoString() string { 13683 return s.String() 13684} 13685 13686// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 13687func (s *HlsOutputSettings) Validate() error { 13688 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "HlsOutputSettings"} 13689 if s.HlsSettings == nil { 13690 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("HlsSettings")) 13691 } 13692 if s.NameModifier != nil && len(*s.NameModifier) < 1 { 13693 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("NameModifier", 1)) 13694 } 13695 if s.HlsSettings != nil { 13696 if err := s.HlsSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 13697 invalidParams.AddNested("HlsSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 13698 } 13699 } 13700 13701 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 13702 return invalidParams 13703 } 13704 return nil 13705} 13706 13707// SetH265PackagingType sets the H265PackagingType field's value. 13708func (s *HlsOutputSettings) SetH265PackagingType(v string) *HlsOutputSettings { 13709 s.H265PackagingType = &v 13710 return s 13711} 13712 13713// SetHlsSettings sets the HlsSettings field's value. 13714func (s *HlsOutputSettings) SetHlsSettings(v *HlsSettings) *HlsOutputSettings { 13715 s.HlsSettings = v 13716 return s 13717} 13718 13719// SetNameModifier sets the NameModifier field's value. 13720func (s *HlsOutputSettings) SetNameModifier(v string) *HlsOutputSettings { 13721 s.NameModifier = &v 13722 return s 13723} 13724 13725// SetSegmentModifier sets the SegmentModifier field's value. 13726func (s *HlsOutputSettings) SetSegmentModifier(v string) *HlsOutputSettings { 13727 s.SegmentModifier = &v 13728 return s 13729} 13730 13731// Hls Settings 13732type HlsSettings struct { 13733 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13734 13735 // Audio Only Hls Settings 13736 AudioOnlyHlsSettings *AudioOnlyHlsSettings `locationName:"audioOnlyHlsSettings" type:"structure"` 13737 13738 // Fmp4 Hls Settings 13739 Fmp4HlsSettings *Fmp4HlsSettings `locationName:"fmp4HlsSettings" type:"structure"` 13740 13741 // Standard Hls Settings 13742 StandardHlsSettings *StandardHlsSettings `locationName:"standardHlsSettings" type:"structure"` 13743} 13744 13745// String returns the string representation 13746func (s HlsSettings) String() string { 13747 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13748} 13749 13750// GoString returns the string representation 13751func (s HlsSettings) GoString() string { 13752 return s.String() 13753} 13754 13755// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 13756func (s *HlsSettings) Validate() error { 13757 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "HlsSettings"} 13758 if s.AudioOnlyHlsSettings != nil { 13759 if err := s.AudioOnlyHlsSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 13760 invalidParams.AddNested("AudioOnlyHlsSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 13761 } 13762 } 13763 if s.StandardHlsSettings != nil { 13764 if err := s.StandardHlsSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 13765 invalidParams.AddNested("StandardHlsSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 13766 } 13767 } 13768 13769 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 13770 return invalidParams 13771 } 13772 return nil 13773} 13774 13775// SetAudioOnlyHlsSettings sets the AudioOnlyHlsSettings field's value. 13776func (s *HlsSettings) SetAudioOnlyHlsSettings(v *AudioOnlyHlsSettings) *HlsSettings { 13777 s.AudioOnlyHlsSettings = v 13778 return s 13779} 13780 13781// SetFmp4HlsSettings sets the Fmp4HlsSettings field's value. 13782func (s *HlsSettings) SetFmp4HlsSettings(v *Fmp4HlsSettings) *HlsSettings { 13783 s.Fmp4HlsSettings = v 13784 return s 13785} 13786 13787// SetStandardHlsSettings sets the StandardHlsSettings field's value. 13788func (s *HlsSettings) SetStandardHlsSettings(v *StandardHlsSettings) *HlsSettings { 13789 s.StandardHlsSettings = v 13790 return s 13791} 13792 13793// Settings for the action to emit HLS metadata 13794type HlsTimedMetadataScheduleActionSettings struct { 13795 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13796 13797 // Base64 string formatted according to the ID3 specification: http://id3.org/id3v2.4.0-structure 13798 // 13799 // Id3 is a required field 13800 Id3 *string `locationName:"id3" type:"string" required:"true"` 13801} 13802 13803// String returns the string representation 13804func (s HlsTimedMetadataScheduleActionSettings) String() string { 13805 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13806} 13807 13808// GoString returns the string representation 13809func (s HlsTimedMetadataScheduleActionSettings) GoString() string { 13810 return s.String() 13811} 13812 13813// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 13814func (s *HlsTimedMetadataScheduleActionSettings) Validate() error { 13815 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "HlsTimedMetadataScheduleActionSettings"} 13816 if s.Id3 == nil { 13817 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id3")) 13818 } 13819 13820 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 13821 return invalidParams 13822 } 13823 return nil 13824} 13825 13826// SetId3 sets the Id3 field's value. 13827func (s *HlsTimedMetadataScheduleActionSettings) SetId3(v string) *HlsTimedMetadataScheduleActionSettings { 13828 s.Id3 = &v 13829 return s 13830} 13831 13832// Hls Webdav Settings 13833type HlsWebdavSettings struct { 13834 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13835 13836 // Number of seconds to wait before retrying connection to the CDN if the connection 13837 // is lost. 13838 ConnectionRetryInterval *int64 `locationName:"connectionRetryInterval" type:"integer"` 13839 13840 // Size in seconds of file cache for streaming outputs. 13841 FilecacheDuration *int64 `locationName:"filecacheDuration" type:"integer"` 13842 13843 // Specify whether or not to use chunked transfer encoding to WebDAV. 13844 HttpTransferMode *string `locationName:"httpTransferMode" type:"string" enum:"HlsWebdavHttpTransferMode"` 13845 13846 // Number of retry attempts that will be made before the Live Event is put into 13847 // an error state. 13848 NumRetries *int64 `locationName:"numRetries" type:"integer"` 13849 13850 // If a streaming output fails, number of seconds to wait until a restart is 13851 // initiated. A value of 0 means never restart. 13852 RestartDelay *int64 `locationName:"restartDelay" type:"integer"` 13853} 13854 13855// String returns the string representation 13856func (s HlsWebdavSettings) String() string { 13857 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13858} 13859 13860// GoString returns the string representation 13861func (s HlsWebdavSettings) GoString() string { 13862 return s.String() 13863} 13864 13865// SetConnectionRetryInterval sets the ConnectionRetryInterval field's value. 13866func (s *HlsWebdavSettings) SetConnectionRetryInterval(v int64) *HlsWebdavSettings { 13867 s.ConnectionRetryInterval = &v 13868 return s 13869} 13870 13871// SetFilecacheDuration sets the FilecacheDuration field's value. 13872func (s *HlsWebdavSettings) SetFilecacheDuration(v int64) *HlsWebdavSettings { 13873 s.FilecacheDuration = &v 13874 return s 13875} 13876 13877// SetHttpTransferMode sets the HttpTransferMode field's value. 13878func (s *HlsWebdavSettings) SetHttpTransferMode(v string) *HlsWebdavSettings { 13879 s.HttpTransferMode = &v 13880 return s 13881} 13882 13883// SetNumRetries sets the NumRetries field's value. 13884func (s *HlsWebdavSettings) SetNumRetries(v int64) *HlsWebdavSettings { 13885 s.NumRetries = &v 13886 return s 13887} 13888 13889// SetRestartDelay sets the RestartDelay field's value. 13890func (s *HlsWebdavSettings) SetRestartDelay(v int64) *HlsWebdavSettings { 13891 s.RestartDelay = &v 13892 return s 13893} 13894 13895// Settings to configure an action so that it occurs as soon as possible. 13896type ImmediateModeScheduleActionStartSettings struct { 13897 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13898} 13899 13900// String returns the string representation 13901func (s ImmediateModeScheduleActionStartSettings) String() string { 13902 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13903} 13904 13905// GoString returns the string representation 13906func (s ImmediateModeScheduleActionStartSettings) GoString() string { 13907 return s.String() 13908} 13909 13910type Input struct { 13911 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13912 13913 // The Unique ARN of the input (generated, immutable). 13914 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 13915 13916 // A list of channel IDs that that input is attached to (currently an input 13917 // can only be attached to one channel). 13918 AttachedChannels []*string `locationName:"attachedChannels" type:"list"` 13919 13920 // A list of the destinations of the input (PUSH-type). 13921 Destinations []*InputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"` 13922 13923 // The generated ID of the input (unique for user account, immutable). 13924 Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` 13925 13926 // STANDARD - MediaLive expects two sources to be connected to this input. If 13927 // the channel is also STANDARD, both sources will be ingested. If the channel 13928 // is SINGLE_PIPELINE, only the first source will be ingested; the second source 13929 // will always be ignored, even if the first source fails.SINGLE_PIPELINE - 13930 // You can connect only one source to this input. If the ChannelClass is also 13931 // SINGLE_PIPELINE, this value is valid. If the ChannelClass is STANDARD, this 13932 // value is not valid because the channel requires two sources in the input. 13933 InputClass *string `locationName:"inputClass" type:"string" enum:"InputClass"` 13934 13935 // Settings for the input devices. 13936 InputDevices []*InputDeviceSettings `locationName:"inputDevices" type:"list"` 13937 13938 // Certain pull input sources can be dynamic, meaning that they can have their 13939 // URL's dynamically changesduring input switch actions. Presently, this functionality 13940 // only works with MP4_FILE inputs. 13941 InputSourceType *string `locationName:"inputSourceType" type:"string" enum:"InputSourceType"` 13942 13943 // A list of MediaConnect Flows for this input. 13944 MediaConnectFlows []*MediaConnectFlow `locationName:"mediaConnectFlows" type:"list"` 13945 13946 // The user-assigned name (This is a mutable value). 13947 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 13948 13949 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the role this input assumes during and 13950 // after creation. 13951 RoleArn *string `locationName:"roleArn" type:"string"` 13952 13953 // A list of IDs for all the Input Security Groups attached to the input. 13954 SecurityGroups []*string `locationName:"securityGroups" type:"list"` 13955 13956 // A list of the sources of the input (PULL-type). 13957 Sources []*InputSource `locationName:"sources" type:"list"` 13958 13959 State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"InputState"` 13960 13961 // A collection of key-value pairs. 13962 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 13963 13964 Type *string `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"InputType"` 13965} 13966 13967// String returns the string representation 13968func (s Input) String() string { 13969 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13970} 13971 13972// GoString returns the string representation 13973func (s Input) GoString() string { 13974 return s.String() 13975} 13976 13977// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 13978func (s *Input) SetArn(v string) *Input { 13979 s.Arn = &v 13980 return s 13981} 13982 13983// SetAttachedChannels sets the AttachedChannels field's value. 13984func (s *Input) SetAttachedChannels(v []*string) *Input { 13985 s.AttachedChannels = v 13986 return s 13987} 13988 13989// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value. 13990func (s *Input) SetDestinations(v []*InputDestination) *Input { 13991 s.Destinations = v 13992 return s 13993} 13994 13995// SetId sets the Id field's value. 13996func (s *Input) SetId(v string) *Input { 13997 s.Id = &v 13998 return s 13999} 14000 14001// SetInputClass sets the InputClass field's value. 14002func (s *Input) SetInputClass(v string) *Input { 14003 s.InputClass = &v 14004 return s 14005} 14006 14007// SetInputDevices sets the InputDevices field's value. 14008func (s *Input) SetInputDevices(v []*InputDeviceSettings) *Input { 14009 s.InputDevices = v 14010 return s 14011} 14012 14013// SetInputSourceType sets the InputSourceType field's value. 14014func (s *Input) SetInputSourceType(v string) *Input { 14015 s.InputSourceType = &v 14016 return s 14017} 14018 14019// SetMediaConnectFlows sets the MediaConnectFlows field's value. 14020func (s *Input) SetMediaConnectFlows(v []*MediaConnectFlow) *Input { 14021 s.MediaConnectFlows = v 14022 return s 14023} 14024 14025// SetName sets the Name field's value. 14026func (s *Input) SetName(v string) *Input { 14027 s.Name = &v 14028 return s 14029} 14030 14031// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. 14032func (s *Input) SetRoleArn(v string) *Input { 14033 s.RoleArn = &v 14034 return s 14035} 14036 14037// SetSecurityGroups sets the SecurityGroups field's value. 14038func (s *Input) SetSecurityGroups(v []*string) *Input { 14039 s.SecurityGroups = v 14040 return s 14041} 14042 14043// SetSources sets the Sources field's value. 14044func (s *Input) SetSources(v []*InputSource) *Input { 14045 s.Sources = v 14046 return s 14047} 14048 14049// SetState sets the State field's value. 14050func (s *Input) SetState(v string) *Input { 14051 s.State = &v 14052 return s 14053} 14054 14055// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 14056func (s *Input) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *Input { 14057 s.Tags = v 14058 return s 14059} 14060 14061// SetType sets the Type field's value. 14062func (s *Input) SetType(v string) *Input { 14063 s.Type = &v 14064 return s 14065} 14066 14067type InputAttachment struct { 14068 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14069 14070 // User-specified settings for defining what the conditions are for declaring 14071 // the input unhealthy and failing over to a different input. 14072 AutomaticInputFailoverSettings *AutomaticInputFailoverSettings `locationName:"automaticInputFailoverSettings" type:"structure"` 14073 14074 // User-specified name for the attachment. This is required if the user wants 14075 // to use this input in an input switch action. 14076 InputAttachmentName *string `locationName:"inputAttachmentName" type:"string"` 14077 14078 // The ID of the input 14079 InputId *string `locationName:"inputId" type:"string"` 14080 14081 // Settings of an input (caption selector, etc.) 14082 InputSettings *InputSettings `locationName:"inputSettings" type:"structure"` 14083} 14084 14085// String returns the string representation 14086func (s InputAttachment) String() string { 14087 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14088} 14089 14090// GoString returns the string representation 14091func (s InputAttachment) GoString() string { 14092 return s.String() 14093} 14094 14095// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 14096func (s *InputAttachment) Validate() error { 14097 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InputAttachment"} 14098 if s.AutomaticInputFailoverSettings != nil { 14099 if err := s.AutomaticInputFailoverSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 14100 invalidParams.AddNested("AutomaticInputFailoverSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 14101 } 14102 } 14103 if s.InputSettings != nil { 14104 if err := s.InputSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 14105 invalidParams.AddNested("InputSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 14106 } 14107 } 14108 14109 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 14110 return invalidParams 14111 } 14112 return nil 14113} 14114 14115// SetAutomaticInputFailoverSettings sets the AutomaticInputFailoverSettings field's value. 14116func (s *InputAttachment) SetAutomaticInputFailoverSettings(v *AutomaticInputFailoverSettings) *InputAttachment { 14117 s.AutomaticInputFailoverSettings = v 14118 return s 14119} 14120 14121// SetInputAttachmentName sets the InputAttachmentName field's value. 14122func (s *InputAttachment) SetInputAttachmentName(v string) *InputAttachment { 14123 s.InputAttachmentName = &v 14124 return s 14125} 14126 14127// SetInputId sets the InputId field's value. 14128func (s *InputAttachment) SetInputId(v string) *InputAttachment { 14129 s.InputId = &v 14130 return s 14131} 14132 14133// SetInputSettings sets the InputSettings field's value. 14134func (s *InputAttachment) SetInputSettings(v *InputSettings) *InputAttachment { 14135 s.InputSettings = v 14136 return s 14137} 14138 14139// Input Channel Level 14140type InputChannelLevel struct { 14141 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14142 14143 // Remixing value. Units are in dB and acceptable values are within the range 14144 // from -60 (mute) and 6 dB. 14145 // 14146 // Gain is a required field 14147 Gain *int64 `locationName:"gain" type:"integer" required:"true"` 14148 14149 // The index of the input channel used as a source. 14150 // 14151 // InputChannel is a required field 14152 InputChannel *int64 `locationName:"inputChannel" type:"integer" required:"true"` 14153} 14154 14155// String returns the string representation 14156func (s InputChannelLevel) String() string { 14157 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14158} 14159 14160// GoString returns the string representation 14161func (s InputChannelLevel) GoString() string { 14162 return s.String() 14163} 14164 14165// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 14166func (s *InputChannelLevel) Validate() error { 14167 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InputChannelLevel"} 14168 if s.Gain == nil { 14169 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Gain")) 14170 } 14171 if s.Gain != nil && *s.Gain < -60 { 14172 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Gain", -60)) 14173 } 14174 if s.InputChannel == nil { 14175 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputChannel")) 14176 } 14177 14178 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 14179 return invalidParams 14180 } 14181 return nil 14182} 14183 14184// SetGain sets the Gain field's value. 14185func (s *InputChannelLevel) SetGain(v int64) *InputChannelLevel { 14186 s.Gain = &v 14187 return s 14188} 14189 14190// SetInputChannel sets the InputChannel field's value. 14191func (s *InputChannelLevel) SetInputChannel(v int64) *InputChannelLevel { 14192 s.InputChannel = &v 14193 return s 14194} 14195 14196// Settings to let you create a clip of the file input, in order to set up the 14197// input to ingest only a portion of the file. 14198type InputClippingSettings struct { 14199 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14200 14201 // The source of the timecodes in the source being clipped. 14202 // 14203 // InputTimecodeSource is a required field 14204 InputTimecodeSource *string `locationName:"inputTimecodeSource" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"InputTimecodeSource"` 14205 14206 // Settings to identify the start of the clip. 14207 StartTimecode *StartTimecode `locationName:"startTimecode" type:"structure"` 14208 14209 // Settings to identify the end of the clip. 14210 StopTimecode *StopTimecode `locationName:"stopTimecode" type:"structure"` 14211} 14212 14213// String returns the string representation 14214func (s InputClippingSettings) String() string { 14215 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14216} 14217 14218// GoString returns the string representation 14219func (s InputClippingSettings) GoString() string { 14220 return s.String() 14221} 14222 14223// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 14224func (s *InputClippingSettings) Validate() error { 14225 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InputClippingSettings"} 14226 if s.InputTimecodeSource == nil { 14227 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputTimecodeSource")) 14228 } 14229 14230 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 14231 return invalidParams 14232 } 14233 return nil 14234} 14235 14236// SetInputTimecodeSource sets the InputTimecodeSource field's value. 14237func (s *InputClippingSettings) SetInputTimecodeSource(v string) *InputClippingSettings { 14238 s.InputTimecodeSource = &v 14239 return s 14240} 14241 14242// SetStartTimecode sets the StartTimecode field's value. 14243func (s *InputClippingSettings) SetStartTimecode(v *StartTimecode) *InputClippingSettings { 14244 s.StartTimecode = v 14245 return s 14246} 14247 14248// SetStopTimecode sets the StopTimecode field's value. 14249func (s *InputClippingSettings) SetStopTimecode(v *StopTimecode) *InputClippingSettings { 14250 s.StopTimecode = v 14251 return s 14252} 14253 14254// The settings for a PUSH type input. 14255type InputDestination struct { 14256 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14257 14258 // The system-generated static IP address of endpoint.It remains fixed for the 14259 // lifetime of the input. 14260 Ip *string `locationName:"ip" type:"string"` 14261 14262 // The port number for the input. 14263 Port *string `locationName:"port" type:"string"` 14264 14265 // This represents the endpoint that the customer stream will bepushed to. 14266 Url *string `locationName:"url" type:"string"` 14267 14268 // The properties for a VPC type input destination. 14269 Vpc *InputDestinationVpc `locationName:"vpc" type:"structure"` 14270} 14271 14272// String returns the string representation 14273func (s InputDestination) String() string { 14274 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14275} 14276 14277// GoString returns the string representation 14278func (s InputDestination) GoString() string { 14279 return s.String() 14280} 14281 14282// SetIp sets the Ip field's value. 14283func (s *InputDestination) SetIp(v string) *InputDestination { 14284 s.Ip = &v 14285 return s 14286} 14287 14288// SetPort sets the Port field's value. 14289func (s *InputDestination) SetPort(v string) *InputDestination { 14290 s.Port = &v 14291 return s 14292} 14293 14294// SetUrl sets the Url field's value. 14295func (s *InputDestination) SetUrl(v string) *InputDestination { 14296 s.Url = &v 14297 return s 14298} 14299 14300// SetVpc sets the Vpc field's value. 14301func (s *InputDestination) SetVpc(v *InputDestinationVpc) *InputDestination { 14302 s.Vpc = v 14303 return s 14304} 14305 14306// Endpoint settings for a PUSH type input. 14307type InputDestinationRequest struct { 14308 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14309 14310 // A unique name for the location the RTMP stream is being pushedto. 14311 StreamName *string `locationName:"streamName" type:"string"` 14312} 14313 14314// String returns the string representation 14315func (s InputDestinationRequest) String() string { 14316 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14317} 14318 14319// GoString returns the string representation 14320func (s InputDestinationRequest) GoString() string { 14321 return s.String() 14322} 14323 14324// SetStreamName sets the StreamName field's value. 14325func (s *InputDestinationRequest) SetStreamName(v string) *InputDestinationRequest { 14326 s.StreamName = &v 14327 return s 14328} 14329 14330// The properties for a VPC type input destination. 14331type InputDestinationVpc struct { 14332 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14333 14334 // The availability zone of the Input destination. 14335 AvailabilityZone *string `locationName:"availabilityZone" type:"string"` 14336 14337 // The network interface ID of the Input destination in the VPC. 14338 NetworkInterfaceId *string `locationName:"networkInterfaceId" type:"string"` 14339} 14340 14341// String returns the string representation 14342func (s InputDestinationVpc) String() string { 14343 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14344} 14345 14346// GoString returns the string representation 14347func (s InputDestinationVpc) GoString() string { 14348 return s.String() 14349} 14350 14351// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value. 14352func (s *InputDestinationVpc) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *InputDestinationVpc { 14353 s.AvailabilityZone = &v 14354 return s 14355} 14356 14357// SetNetworkInterfaceId sets the NetworkInterfaceId field's value. 14358func (s *InputDestinationVpc) SetNetworkInterfaceId(v string) *InputDestinationVpc { 14359 s.NetworkInterfaceId = &v 14360 return s 14361} 14362 14363// Configurable settings for the input device. 14364type InputDeviceConfigurableSettings struct { 14365 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14366 14367 // The input source that you want to use. If the device has a source connected 14368 // to only one of its input ports, or if you don't care which source the device 14369 // sends, specify Auto. If the device has sources connected to both its input 14370 // ports, and you want to use a specific source, specify the source. 14371 ConfiguredInput *string `locationName:"configuredInput" type:"string" enum:"InputDeviceConfiguredInput"` 14372 14373 // The maximum bitrate in bits per second. Set a value here to throttle the 14374 // bitrate of the source video. 14375 MaxBitrate *int64 `locationName:"maxBitrate" type:"integer"` 14376} 14377 14378// String returns the string representation 14379func (s InputDeviceConfigurableSettings) String() string { 14380 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14381} 14382 14383// GoString returns the string representation 14384func (s InputDeviceConfigurableSettings) GoString() string { 14385 return s.String() 14386} 14387 14388// SetConfiguredInput sets the ConfiguredInput field's value. 14389func (s *InputDeviceConfigurableSettings) SetConfiguredInput(v string) *InputDeviceConfigurableSettings { 14390 s.ConfiguredInput = &v 14391 return s 14392} 14393 14394// SetMaxBitrate sets the MaxBitrate field's value. 14395func (s *InputDeviceConfigurableSettings) SetMaxBitrate(v int64) *InputDeviceConfigurableSettings { 14396 s.MaxBitrate = &v 14397 return s 14398} 14399 14400// Settings that describe the active source from the input device, and the video 14401// characteristics of that source. 14402type InputDeviceHdSettings struct { 14403 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14404 14405 // If you specified Auto as the configured input, specifies which of the sources 14406 // is currently active (SDI or HDMI). 14407 ActiveInput *string `locationName:"activeInput" type:"string" enum:"InputDeviceActiveInput"` 14408 14409 // The source at the input device that is currently active. You can specify 14410 // this source. 14411 ConfiguredInput *string `locationName:"configuredInput" type:"string" enum:"InputDeviceConfiguredInput"` 14412 14413 // The state of the input device. 14414 DeviceState *string `locationName:"deviceState" type:"string" enum:"InputDeviceState"` 14415 14416 // The frame rate of the video source. 14417 Framerate *float64 `locationName:"framerate" type:"double"` 14418 14419 // The height of the video source, in pixels. 14420 Height *int64 `locationName:"height" type:"integer"` 14421 14422 // The current maximum bitrate for ingesting this source, in bits per second. 14423 // You can specify this maximum. 14424 MaxBitrate *int64 `locationName:"maxBitrate" type:"integer"` 14425 14426 // The scan type of the video source. 14427 ScanType *string `locationName:"scanType" type:"string" enum:"InputDeviceScanType"` 14428 14429 // The width of the video source, in pixels. 14430 Width *int64 `locationName:"width" type:"integer"` 14431} 14432 14433// String returns the string representation 14434func (s InputDeviceHdSettings) String() string { 14435 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14436} 14437 14438// GoString returns the string representation 14439func (s InputDeviceHdSettings) GoString() string { 14440 return s.String() 14441} 14442 14443// SetActiveInput sets the ActiveInput field's value. 14444func (s *InputDeviceHdSettings) SetActiveInput(v string) *InputDeviceHdSettings { 14445 s.ActiveInput = &v 14446 return s 14447} 14448 14449// SetConfiguredInput sets the ConfiguredInput field's value. 14450func (s *InputDeviceHdSettings) SetConfiguredInput(v string) *InputDeviceHdSettings { 14451 s.ConfiguredInput = &v 14452 return s 14453} 14454 14455// SetDeviceState sets the DeviceState field's value. 14456func (s *InputDeviceHdSettings) SetDeviceState(v string) *InputDeviceHdSettings { 14457 s.DeviceState = &v 14458 return s 14459} 14460 14461// SetFramerate sets the Framerate field's value. 14462func (s *InputDeviceHdSettings) SetFramerate(v float64) *InputDeviceHdSettings { 14463 s.Framerate = &v 14464 return s 14465} 14466 14467// SetHeight sets the Height field's value. 14468func (s *InputDeviceHdSettings) SetHeight(v int64) *InputDeviceHdSettings { 14469 s.Height = &v 14470 return s 14471} 14472 14473// SetMaxBitrate sets the MaxBitrate field's value. 14474func (s *InputDeviceHdSettings) SetMaxBitrate(v int64) *InputDeviceHdSettings { 14475 s.MaxBitrate = &v 14476 return s 14477} 14478 14479// SetScanType sets the ScanType field's value. 14480func (s *InputDeviceHdSettings) SetScanType(v string) *InputDeviceHdSettings { 14481 s.ScanType = &v 14482 return s 14483} 14484 14485// SetWidth sets the Width field's value. 14486func (s *InputDeviceHdSettings) SetWidth(v int64) *InputDeviceHdSettings { 14487 s.Width = &v 14488 return s 14489} 14490 14491// The network settings for the input device. 14492type InputDeviceNetworkSettings struct { 14493 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14494 14495 // The DNS addresses of the input device. 14496 DnsAddresses []*string `locationName:"dnsAddresses" type:"list"` 14497 14498 // The network gateway IP address. 14499 Gateway *string `locationName:"gateway" type:"string"` 14500 14501 // The IP address of the input device. 14502 IpAddress *string `locationName:"ipAddress" type:"string"` 14503 14504 // Specifies whether the input device has been configured (outside of MediaLive) 14505 // to use a dynamic IP address assignment (DHCP) or a static IP address. 14506 IpScheme *string `locationName:"ipScheme" type:"string" enum:"InputDeviceIpScheme"` 14507 14508 // The subnet mask of the input device. 14509 SubnetMask *string `locationName:"subnetMask" type:"string"` 14510} 14511 14512// String returns the string representation 14513func (s InputDeviceNetworkSettings) String() string { 14514 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14515} 14516 14517// GoString returns the string representation 14518func (s InputDeviceNetworkSettings) GoString() string { 14519 return s.String() 14520} 14521 14522// SetDnsAddresses sets the DnsAddresses field's value. 14523func (s *InputDeviceNetworkSettings) SetDnsAddresses(v []*string) *InputDeviceNetworkSettings { 14524 s.DnsAddresses = v 14525 return s 14526} 14527 14528// SetGateway sets the Gateway field's value. 14529func (s *InputDeviceNetworkSettings) SetGateway(v string) *InputDeviceNetworkSettings { 14530 s.Gateway = &v 14531 return s 14532} 14533 14534// SetIpAddress sets the IpAddress field's value. 14535func (s *InputDeviceNetworkSettings) SetIpAddress(v string) *InputDeviceNetworkSettings { 14536 s.IpAddress = &v 14537 return s 14538} 14539 14540// SetIpScheme sets the IpScheme field's value. 14541func (s *InputDeviceNetworkSettings) SetIpScheme(v string) *InputDeviceNetworkSettings { 14542 s.IpScheme = &v 14543 return s 14544} 14545 14546// SetSubnetMask sets the SubnetMask field's value. 14547func (s *InputDeviceNetworkSettings) SetSubnetMask(v string) *InputDeviceNetworkSettings { 14548 s.SubnetMask = &v 14549 return s 14550} 14551 14552// Settings for an input device. 14553type InputDeviceRequest struct { 14554 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14555 14556 // The unique ID for the device. 14557 Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` 14558} 14559 14560// String returns the string representation 14561func (s InputDeviceRequest) String() string { 14562 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14563} 14564 14565// GoString returns the string representation 14566func (s InputDeviceRequest) GoString() string { 14567 return s.String() 14568} 14569 14570// SetId sets the Id field's value. 14571func (s *InputDeviceRequest) SetId(v string) *InputDeviceRequest { 14572 s.Id = &v 14573 return s 14574} 14575 14576// Settings for an input device. 14577type InputDeviceSettings struct { 14578 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14579 14580 // The unique ID for the device. 14581 Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` 14582} 14583 14584// String returns the string representation 14585func (s InputDeviceSettings) String() string { 14586 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14587} 14588 14589// GoString returns the string representation 14590func (s InputDeviceSettings) GoString() string { 14591 return s.String() 14592} 14593 14594// SetId sets the Id field's value. 14595func (s *InputDeviceSettings) SetId(v string) *InputDeviceSettings { 14596 s.Id = &v 14597 return s 14598} 14599 14600// Details of the input device. 14601type InputDeviceSummary struct { 14602 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14603 14604 // The unique ARN of the input device. 14605 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 14606 14607 // The state of the connection between the input device and AWS. 14608 ConnectionState *string `locationName:"connectionState" type:"string" enum:"InputDeviceConnectionState"` 14609 14610 // The status of the action to synchronize the device configuration. If you 14611 // change the configuration of the input device (for example, the maximum bitrate), 14612 // MediaLive sends the new data to the device. The device might not update itself 14613 // immediately. SYNCED means the device has updated its configuration. SYNCING 14614 // means that it has not updated its configuration. 14615 DeviceSettingsSyncState *string `locationName:"deviceSettingsSyncState" type:"string" enum:"DeviceSettingsSyncState"` 14616 14617 // Settings that describe an input device that is type HD. 14618 HdDeviceSettings *InputDeviceHdSettings `locationName:"hdDeviceSettings" type:"structure"` 14619 14620 // The unique ID of the input device. 14621 Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` 14622 14623 // The network MAC address of the input device. 14624 MacAddress *string `locationName:"macAddress" type:"string"` 14625 14626 // A name that you specify for the input device. 14627 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 14628 14629 // Network settings for the input device. 14630 NetworkSettings *InputDeviceNetworkSettings `locationName:"networkSettings" type:"structure"` 14631 14632 // The unique serial number of the input device. 14633 SerialNumber *string `locationName:"serialNumber" type:"string"` 14634 14635 // The type of the input device. 14636 Type *string `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"InputDeviceType"` 14637} 14638 14639// String returns the string representation 14640func (s InputDeviceSummary) String() string { 14641 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14642} 14643 14644// GoString returns the string representation 14645func (s InputDeviceSummary) GoString() string { 14646 return s.String() 14647} 14648 14649// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 14650func (s *InputDeviceSummary) SetArn(v string) *InputDeviceSummary { 14651 s.Arn = &v 14652 return s 14653} 14654 14655// SetConnectionState sets the ConnectionState field's value. 14656func (s *InputDeviceSummary) SetConnectionState(v string) *InputDeviceSummary { 14657 s.ConnectionState = &v 14658 return s 14659} 14660 14661// SetDeviceSettingsSyncState sets the DeviceSettingsSyncState field's value. 14662func (s *InputDeviceSummary) SetDeviceSettingsSyncState(v string) *InputDeviceSummary { 14663 s.DeviceSettingsSyncState = &v 14664 return s 14665} 14666 14667// SetHdDeviceSettings sets the HdDeviceSettings field's value. 14668func (s *InputDeviceSummary) SetHdDeviceSettings(v *InputDeviceHdSettings) *InputDeviceSummary { 14669 s.HdDeviceSettings = v 14670 return s 14671} 14672 14673// SetId sets the Id field's value. 14674func (s *InputDeviceSummary) SetId(v string) *InputDeviceSummary { 14675 s.Id = &v 14676 return s 14677} 14678 14679// SetMacAddress sets the MacAddress field's value. 14680func (s *InputDeviceSummary) SetMacAddress(v string) *InputDeviceSummary { 14681 s.MacAddress = &v 14682 return s 14683} 14684 14685// SetName sets the Name field's value. 14686func (s *InputDeviceSummary) SetName(v string) *InputDeviceSummary { 14687 s.Name = &v 14688 return s 14689} 14690 14691// SetNetworkSettings sets the NetworkSettings field's value. 14692func (s *InputDeviceSummary) SetNetworkSettings(v *InputDeviceNetworkSettings) *InputDeviceSummary { 14693 s.NetworkSettings = v 14694 return s 14695} 14696 14697// SetSerialNumber sets the SerialNumber field's value. 14698func (s *InputDeviceSummary) SetSerialNumber(v string) *InputDeviceSummary { 14699 s.SerialNumber = &v 14700 return s 14701} 14702 14703// SetType sets the Type field's value. 14704func (s *InputDeviceSummary) SetType(v string) *InputDeviceSummary { 14705 s.Type = &v 14706 return s 14707} 14708 14709// Input Location 14710type InputLocation struct { 14711 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14712 14713 // key used to extract the password from EC2 Parameter store 14714 PasswordParam *string `locationName:"passwordParam" type:"string"` 14715 14716 // Uniform Resource Identifier - This should be a path to a file accessible 14717 // to the Live system (eg. a http:// URI) depending on the output type. For 14718 // example, a RTMP destination should have a uri simliar to: "rtmp://fmsserver/live". 14719 // 14720 // Uri is a required field 14721 Uri *string `locationName:"uri" type:"string" required:"true"` 14722 14723 // Username if credentials are required to access a file or publishing point. 14724 // This can be either a plaintext username, or a reference to an AWS parameter 14725 // store name from which the username can be retrieved. AWS Parameter store 14726 // format: "ssm://" 14727 Username *string `locationName:"username" type:"string"` 14728} 14729 14730// String returns the string representation 14731func (s InputLocation) String() string { 14732 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14733} 14734 14735// GoString returns the string representation 14736func (s InputLocation) GoString() string { 14737 return s.String() 14738} 14739 14740// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 14741func (s *InputLocation) Validate() error { 14742 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InputLocation"} 14743 if s.Uri == nil { 14744 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Uri")) 14745 } 14746 14747 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 14748 return invalidParams 14749 } 14750 return nil 14751} 14752 14753// SetPasswordParam sets the PasswordParam field's value. 14754func (s *InputLocation) SetPasswordParam(v string) *InputLocation { 14755 s.PasswordParam = &v 14756 return s 14757} 14758 14759// SetUri sets the Uri field's value. 14760func (s *InputLocation) SetUri(v string) *InputLocation { 14761 s.Uri = &v 14762 return s 14763} 14764 14765// SetUsername sets the Username field's value. 14766func (s *InputLocation) SetUsername(v string) *InputLocation { 14767 s.Username = &v 14768 return s 14769} 14770 14771// Input Loss Behavior 14772type InputLossBehavior struct { 14773 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14774 14775 // On input loss, the number of milliseconds to substitute black into the output 14776 // before switching to the frame specified by inputLossImageType. A value x, 14777 // where 0 <= x <= 1,000,000 and a value of 1,000,000 will be interpreted as 14778 // infinite. 14779 BlackFrameMsec *int64 `locationName:"blackFrameMsec" type:"integer"` 14780 14781 // When input loss image type is "color" this field specifies the color to use. 14782 // Value: 6 hex characters representing the values of RGB. 14783 InputLossImageColor *string `locationName:"inputLossImageColor" min:"6" type:"string"` 14784 14785 // When input loss image type is "slate" these fields specify the parameters 14786 // for accessing the slate. 14787 InputLossImageSlate *InputLocation `locationName:"inputLossImageSlate" type:"structure"` 14788 14789 // Indicates whether to substitute a solid color or a slate into the output 14790 // after input loss exceeds blackFrameMsec. 14791 InputLossImageType *string `locationName:"inputLossImageType" type:"string" enum:"InputLossImageType"` 14792 14793 // On input loss, the number of milliseconds to repeat the previous picture 14794 // before substituting black into the output. A value x, where 0 <= x <= 1,000,000 14795 // and a value of 1,000,000 will be interpreted as infinite. 14796 RepeatFrameMsec *int64 `locationName:"repeatFrameMsec" type:"integer"` 14797} 14798 14799// String returns the string representation 14800func (s InputLossBehavior) String() string { 14801 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14802} 14803 14804// GoString returns the string representation 14805func (s InputLossBehavior) GoString() string { 14806 return s.String() 14807} 14808 14809// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 14810func (s *InputLossBehavior) Validate() error { 14811 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InputLossBehavior"} 14812 if s.InputLossImageColor != nil && len(*s.InputLossImageColor) < 6 { 14813 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("InputLossImageColor", 6)) 14814 } 14815 if s.InputLossImageSlate != nil { 14816 if err := s.InputLossImageSlate.Validate(); err != nil { 14817 invalidParams.AddNested("InputLossImageSlate", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 14818 } 14819 } 14820 14821 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 14822 return invalidParams 14823 } 14824 return nil 14825} 14826 14827// SetBlackFrameMsec sets the BlackFrameMsec field's value. 14828func (s *InputLossBehavior) SetBlackFrameMsec(v int64) *InputLossBehavior { 14829 s.BlackFrameMsec = &v 14830 return s 14831} 14832 14833// SetInputLossImageColor sets the InputLossImageColor field's value. 14834func (s *InputLossBehavior) SetInputLossImageColor(v string) *InputLossBehavior { 14835 s.InputLossImageColor = &v 14836 return s 14837} 14838 14839// SetInputLossImageSlate sets the InputLossImageSlate field's value. 14840func (s *InputLossBehavior) SetInputLossImageSlate(v *InputLocation) *InputLossBehavior { 14841 s.InputLossImageSlate = v 14842 return s 14843} 14844 14845// SetInputLossImageType sets the InputLossImageType field's value. 14846func (s *InputLossBehavior) SetInputLossImageType(v string) *InputLossBehavior { 14847 s.InputLossImageType = &v 14848 return s 14849} 14850 14851// SetRepeatFrameMsec sets the RepeatFrameMsec field's value. 14852func (s *InputLossBehavior) SetRepeatFrameMsec(v int64) *InputLossBehavior { 14853 s.RepeatFrameMsec = &v 14854 return s 14855} 14856 14857// Action to prepare an input for a future immediate input switch. 14858type InputPrepareScheduleActionSettings struct { 14859 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14860 14861 // The name of the input attachment that should be prepared by this action. 14862 // If no name is provided, the action will stop the most recent prepare (if 14863 // any) when activated. 14864 // 14865 // InputAttachmentNameReference is a required field 14866 InputAttachmentNameReference *string `locationName:"inputAttachmentNameReference" type:"string" required:"true"` 14867 14868 // Settings to let you create a clip of the file input, in order to set up the 14869 // input to ingest only a portion of the file. 14870 InputClippingSettings *InputClippingSettings `locationName:"inputClippingSettings" type:"structure"` 14871 14872 // The value for the variable portion of the URL for the dynamic input, for 14873 // this instance of the input. Each time you use the same dynamic input in an 14874 // input switch action, you can provide a different value, in order to connect 14875 // the input to a different content source. 14876 UrlPath []*string `locationName:"urlPath" type:"list"` 14877} 14878 14879// String returns the string representation 14880func (s InputPrepareScheduleActionSettings) String() string { 14881 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14882} 14883 14884// GoString returns the string representation 14885func (s InputPrepareScheduleActionSettings) GoString() string { 14886 return s.String() 14887} 14888 14889// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 14890func (s *InputPrepareScheduleActionSettings) Validate() error { 14891 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InputPrepareScheduleActionSettings"} 14892 if s.InputAttachmentNameReference == nil { 14893 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputAttachmentNameReference")) 14894 } 14895 if s.InputClippingSettings != nil { 14896 if err := s.InputClippingSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 14897 invalidParams.AddNested("InputClippingSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 14898 } 14899 } 14900 14901 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 14902 return invalidParams 14903 } 14904 return nil 14905} 14906 14907// SetInputAttachmentNameReference sets the InputAttachmentNameReference field's value. 14908func (s *InputPrepareScheduleActionSettings) SetInputAttachmentNameReference(v string) *InputPrepareScheduleActionSettings { 14909 s.InputAttachmentNameReference = &v 14910 return s 14911} 14912 14913// SetInputClippingSettings sets the InputClippingSettings field's value. 14914func (s *InputPrepareScheduleActionSettings) SetInputClippingSettings(v *InputClippingSettings) *InputPrepareScheduleActionSettings { 14915 s.InputClippingSettings = v 14916 return s 14917} 14918 14919// SetUrlPath sets the UrlPath field's value. 14920func (s *InputPrepareScheduleActionSettings) SetUrlPath(v []*string) *InputPrepareScheduleActionSettings { 14921 s.UrlPath = v 14922 return s 14923} 14924 14925// An Input Security Group 14926type InputSecurityGroup struct { 14927 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14928 14929 // Unique ARN of Input Security Group 14930 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 14931 14932 // The Id of the Input Security Group 14933 Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` 14934 14935 // The list of inputs currently using this Input Security Group. 14936 Inputs []*string `locationName:"inputs" type:"list"` 14937 14938 // The current state of the Input Security Group. 14939 State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"InputSecurityGroupState"` 14940 14941 // A collection of key-value pairs. 14942 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 14943 14944 // Whitelist rules and their sync status 14945 WhitelistRules []*InputWhitelistRule `locationName:"whitelistRules" type:"list"` 14946} 14947 14948// String returns the string representation 14949func (s InputSecurityGroup) String() string { 14950 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14951} 14952 14953// GoString returns the string representation 14954func (s InputSecurityGroup) GoString() string { 14955 return s.String() 14956} 14957 14958// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 14959func (s *InputSecurityGroup) SetArn(v string) *InputSecurityGroup { 14960 s.Arn = &v 14961 return s 14962} 14963 14964// SetId sets the Id field's value. 14965func (s *InputSecurityGroup) SetId(v string) *InputSecurityGroup { 14966 s.Id = &v 14967 return s 14968} 14969 14970// SetInputs sets the Inputs field's value. 14971func (s *InputSecurityGroup) SetInputs(v []*string) *InputSecurityGroup { 14972 s.Inputs = v 14973 return s 14974} 14975 14976// SetState sets the State field's value. 14977func (s *InputSecurityGroup) SetState(v string) *InputSecurityGroup { 14978 s.State = &v 14979 return s 14980} 14981 14982// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 14983func (s *InputSecurityGroup) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *InputSecurityGroup { 14984 s.Tags = v 14985 return s 14986} 14987 14988// SetWhitelistRules sets the WhitelistRules field's value. 14989func (s *InputSecurityGroup) SetWhitelistRules(v []*InputWhitelistRule) *InputSecurityGroup { 14990 s.WhitelistRules = v 14991 return s 14992} 14993 14994// Live Event input parameters. There can be multiple inputs in a single Live 14995// Event. 14996type InputSettings struct { 14997 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14998 14999 // Used to select the audio stream to decode for inputs that have multiple available. 15000 AudioSelectors []*AudioSelector `locationName:"audioSelectors" type:"list"` 15001 15002 // Used to select the caption input to use for inputs that have multiple available. 15003 CaptionSelectors []*CaptionSelector `locationName:"captionSelectors" type:"list"` 15004 15005 // Enable or disable the deblock filter when filtering. 15006 DeblockFilter *string `locationName:"deblockFilter" type:"string" enum:"InputDeblockFilter"` 15007 15008 // Enable or disable the denoise filter when filtering. 15009 DenoiseFilter *string `locationName:"denoiseFilter" type:"string" enum:"InputDenoiseFilter"` 15010 15011 // Adjusts the magnitude of filtering from 1 (minimal) to 5 (strongest). 15012 FilterStrength *int64 `locationName:"filterStrength" min:"1" type:"integer"` 15013 15014 // Turns on the filter for this input. MPEG-2 inputs have the deblocking filter 15015 // enabled by default.1) auto - filtering will be applied depending on input 15016 // type/quality2) disabled - no filtering will be applied to the input3) forced 15017 // - filtering will be applied regardless of input type 15018 InputFilter *string `locationName:"inputFilter" type:"string" enum:"InputFilter"` 15019 15020 // Input settings. 15021 NetworkInputSettings *NetworkInputSettings `locationName:"networkInputSettings" type:"structure"` 15022 15023 // Specifies whether to extract applicable ancillary data from a SMPTE-2038 15024 // source in this input. Applicable data types are captions, timecode, AFD, 15025 // and SCTE-104 messages.- PREFER: Extract from SMPTE-2038 if present in this 15026 // input, otherwise extract from another source (if any).- IGNORE: Never extract 15027 // any ancillary data from SMPTE-2038. 15028 Smpte2038DataPreference *string `locationName:"smpte2038DataPreference" type:"string" enum:"Smpte2038DataPreference"` 15029 15030 // Loop input if it is a file. This allows a file input to be streamed indefinitely. 15031 SourceEndBehavior *string `locationName:"sourceEndBehavior" type:"string" enum:"InputSourceEndBehavior"` 15032 15033 // Informs which video elementary stream to decode for input types that have 15034 // multiple available. 15035 VideoSelector *VideoSelector `locationName:"videoSelector" type:"structure"` 15036} 15037 15038// String returns the string representation 15039func (s InputSettings) String() string { 15040 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15041} 15042 15043// GoString returns the string representation 15044func (s InputSettings) GoString() string { 15045 return s.String() 15046} 15047 15048// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 15049func (s *InputSettings) Validate() error { 15050 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InputSettings"} 15051 if s.FilterStrength != nil && *s.FilterStrength < 1 { 15052 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("FilterStrength", 1)) 15053 } 15054 if s.AudioSelectors != nil { 15055 for i, v := range s.AudioSelectors { 15056 if v == nil { 15057 continue 15058 } 15059 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 15060 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "AudioSelectors", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 15061 } 15062 } 15063 } 15064 if s.CaptionSelectors != nil { 15065 for i, v := range s.CaptionSelectors { 15066 if v == nil { 15067 continue 15068 } 15069 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 15070 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "CaptionSelectors", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 15071 } 15072 } 15073 } 15074 15075 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 15076 return invalidParams 15077 } 15078 return nil 15079} 15080 15081// SetAudioSelectors sets the AudioSelectors field's value. 15082func (s *InputSettings) SetAudioSelectors(v []*AudioSelector) *InputSettings { 15083 s.AudioSelectors = v 15084 return s 15085} 15086 15087// SetCaptionSelectors sets the CaptionSelectors field's value. 15088func (s *InputSettings) SetCaptionSelectors(v []*CaptionSelector) *InputSettings { 15089 s.CaptionSelectors = v 15090 return s 15091} 15092 15093// SetDeblockFilter sets the DeblockFilter field's value. 15094func (s *InputSettings) SetDeblockFilter(v string) *InputSettings { 15095 s.DeblockFilter = &v 15096 return s 15097} 15098 15099// SetDenoiseFilter sets the DenoiseFilter field's value. 15100func (s *InputSettings) SetDenoiseFilter(v string) *InputSettings { 15101 s.DenoiseFilter = &v 15102 return s 15103} 15104 15105// SetFilterStrength sets the FilterStrength field's value. 15106func (s *InputSettings) SetFilterStrength(v int64) *InputSettings { 15107 s.FilterStrength = &v 15108 return s 15109} 15110 15111// SetInputFilter sets the InputFilter field's value. 15112func (s *InputSettings) SetInputFilter(v string) *InputSettings { 15113 s.InputFilter = &v 15114 return s 15115} 15116 15117// SetNetworkInputSettings sets the NetworkInputSettings field's value. 15118func (s *InputSettings) SetNetworkInputSettings(v *NetworkInputSettings) *InputSettings { 15119 s.NetworkInputSettings = v 15120 return s 15121} 15122 15123// SetSmpte2038DataPreference sets the Smpte2038DataPreference field's value. 15124func (s *InputSettings) SetSmpte2038DataPreference(v string) *InputSettings { 15125 s.Smpte2038DataPreference = &v 15126 return s 15127} 15128 15129// SetSourceEndBehavior sets the SourceEndBehavior field's value. 15130func (s *InputSettings) SetSourceEndBehavior(v string) *InputSettings { 15131 s.SourceEndBehavior = &v 15132 return s 15133} 15134 15135// SetVideoSelector sets the VideoSelector field's value. 15136func (s *InputSettings) SetVideoSelector(v *VideoSelector) *InputSettings { 15137 s.VideoSelector = v 15138 return s 15139} 15140 15141// The settings for a PULL type input. 15142type InputSource struct { 15143 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15144 15145 // The key used to extract the password from EC2 Parameter store. 15146 PasswordParam *string `locationName:"passwordParam" type:"string"` 15147 15148 // This represents the customer's source URL where stream ispulled from. 15149 Url *string `locationName:"url" type:"string"` 15150 15151 // The username for the input source. 15152 Username *string `locationName:"username" type:"string"` 15153} 15154 15155// String returns the string representation 15156func (s InputSource) String() string { 15157 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15158} 15159 15160// GoString returns the string representation 15161func (s InputSource) GoString() string { 15162 return s.String() 15163} 15164 15165// SetPasswordParam sets the PasswordParam field's value. 15166func (s *InputSource) SetPasswordParam(v string) *InputSource { 15167 s.PasswordParam = &v 15168 return s 15169} 15170 15171// SetUrl sets the Url field's value. 15172func (s *InputSource) SetUrl(v string) *InputSource { 15173 s.Url = &v 15174 return s 15175} 15176 15177// SetUsername sets the Username field's value. 15178func (s *InputSource) SetUsername(v string) *InputSource { 15179 s.Username = &v 15180 return s 15181} 15182 15183// Settings for for a PULL type input. 15184type InputSourceRequest struct { 15185 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15186 15187 // The key used to extract the password from EC2 Parameter store. 15188 PasswordParam *string `locationName:"passwordParam" type:"string"` 15189 15190 // This represents the customer's source URL where stream ispulled from. 15191 Url *string `locationName:"url" type:"string"` 15192 15193 // The username for the input source. 15194 Username *string `locationName:"username" type:"string"` 15195} 15196 15197// String returns the string representation 15198func (s InputSourceRequest) String() string { 15199 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15200} 15201 15202// GoString returns the string representation 15203func (s InputSourceRequest) GoString() string { 15204 return s.String() 15205} 15206 15207// SetPasswordParam sets the PasswordParam field's value. 15208func (s *InputSourceRequest) SetPasswordParam(v string) *InputSourceRequest { 15209 s.PasswordParam = &v 15210 return s 15211} 15212 15213// SetUrl sets the Url field's value. 15214func (s *InputSourceRequest) SetUrl(v string) *InputSourceRequest { 15215 s.Url = &v 15216 return s 15217} 15218 15219// SetUsername sets the Username field's value. 15220func (s *InputSourceRequest) SetUsername(v string) *InputSourceRequest { 15221 s.Username = &v 15222 return s 15223} 15224 15225type InputSpecification struct { 15226 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15227 15228 // Input codec 15229 Codec *string `locationName:"codec" type:"string" enum:"InputCodec"` 15230 15231 // Maximum input bitrate, categorized coarsely 15232 MaximumBitrate *string `locationName:"maximumBitrate" type:"string" enum:"InputMaximumBitrate"` 15233 15234 // Input resolution, categorized coarsely 15235 Resolution *string `locationName:"resolution" type:"string" enum:"InputResolution"` 15236} 15237 15238// String returns the string representation 15239func (s InputSpecification) String() string { 15240 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15241} 15242 15243// GoString returns the string representation 15244func (s InputSpecification) GoString() string { 15245 return s.String() 15246} 15247 15248// SetCodec sets the Codec field's value. 15249func (s *InputSpecification) SetCodec(v string) *InputSpecification { 15250 s.Codec = &v 15251 return s 15252} 15253 15254// SetMaximumBitrate sets the MaximumBitrate field's value. 15255func (s *InputSpecification) SetMaximumBitrate(v string) *InputSpecification { 15256 s.MaximumBitrate = &v 15257 return s 15258} 15259 15260// SetResolution sets the Resolution field's value. 15261func (s *InputSpecification) SetResolution(v string) *InputSpecification { 15262 s.Resolution = &v 15263 return s 15264} 15265 15266// Settings for the "switch input" action: to switch from ingesting one input 15267// to ingesting another input. 15268type InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings struct { 15269 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15270 15271 // The name of the input attachment (not the name of the input!) to switch to. 15272 // The name is specified in the channel configuration. 15273 // 15274 // InputAttachmentNameReference is a required field 15275 InputAttachmentNameReference *string `locationName:"inputAttachmentNameReference" type:"string" required:"true"` 15276 15277 // Settings to let you create a clip of the file input, in order to set up the 15278 // input to ingest only a portion of the file. 15279 InputClippingSettings *InputClippingSettings `locationName:"inputClippingSettings" type:"structure"` 15280 15281 // The value for the variable portion of the URL for the dynamic input, for 15282 // this instance of the input. Each time you use the same dynamic input in an 15283 // input switch action, you can provide a different value, in order to connect 15284 // the input to a different content source. 15285 UrlPath []*string `locationName:"urlPath" type:"list"` 15286} 15287 15288// String returns the string representation 15289func (s InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings) String() string { 15290 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15291} 15292 15293// GoString returns the string representation 15294func (s InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings) GoString() string { 15295 return s.String() 15296} 15297 15298// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 15299func (s *InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings) Validate() error { 15300 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings"} 15301 if s.InputAttachmentNameReference == nil { 15302 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputAttachmentNameReference")) 15303 } 15304 if s.InputClippingSettings != nil { 15305 if err := s.InputClippingSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 15306 invalidParams.AddNested("InputClippingSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 15307 } 15308 } 15309 15310 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 15311 return invalidParams 15312 } 15313 return nil 15314} 15315 15316// SetInputAttachmentNameReference sets the InputAttachmentNameReference field's value. 15317func (s *InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings) SetInputAttachmentNameReference(v string) *InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings { 15318 s.InputAttachmentNameReference = &v 15319 return s 15320} 15321 15322// SetInputClippingSettings sets the InputClippingSettings field's value. 15323func (s *InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings) SetInputClippingSettings(v *InputClippingSettings) *InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings { 15324 s.InputClippingSettings = v 15325 return s 15326} 15327 15328// SetUrlPath sets the UrlPath field's value. 15329func (s *InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings) SetUrlPath(v []*string) *InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings { 15330 s.UrlPath = v 15331 return s 15332} 15333 15334// Settings for a private VPC Input.When this property is specified, the input 15335// destination addresses will be created in a VPC rather than with public Internet 15336// addresses.This property requires setting the roleArn property on Input creation.Not 15337// compatible with the inputSecurityGroups property. 15338type InputVpcRequest struct { 15339 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15340 15341 // A list of up to 5 EC2 VPC security group IDs to attach to the Input VPC network 15342 // interfaces.Requires subnetIds. If none are specified then the VPC default 15343 // security group will be used. 15344 SecurityGroupIds []*string `locationName:"securityGroupIds" type:"list"` 15345 15346 // A list of 2 VPC subnet IDs from the same VPC.Subnet IDs must be mapped to 15347 // two unique availability zones (AZ). 15348 // 15349 // SubnetIds is a required field 15350 SubnetIds []*string `locationName:"subnetIds" type:"list" required:"true"` 15351} 15352 15353// String returns the string representation 15354func (s InputVpcRequest) String() string { 15355 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15356} 15357 15358// GoString returns the string representation 15359func (s InputVpcRequest) GoString() string { 15360 return s.String() 15361} 15362 15363// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 15364func (s *InputVpcRequest) Validate() error { 15365 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InputVpcRequest"} 15366 if s.SubnetIds == nil { 15367 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubnetIds")) 15368 } 15369 15370 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 15371 return invalidParams 15372 } 15373 return nil 15374} 15375 15376// SetSecurityGroupIds sets the SecurityGroupIds field's value. 15377func (s *InputVpcRequest) SetSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *InputVpcRequest { 15378 s.SecurityGroupIds = v 15379 return s 15380} 15381 15382// SetSubnetIds sets the SubnetIds field's value. 15383func (s *InputVpcRequest) SetSubnetIds(v []*string) *InputVpcRequest { 15384 s.SubnetIds = v 15385 return s 15386} 15387 15388// Whitelist rule 15389type InputWhitelistRule struct { 15390 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15391 15392 // The IPv4 CIDR that's whitelisted. 15393 Cidr *string `locationName:"cidr" type:"string"` 15394} 15395 15396// String returns the string representation 15397func (s InputWhitelistRule) String() string { 15398 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15399} 15400 15401// GoString returns the string representation 15402func (s InputWhitelistRule) GoString() string { 15403 return s.String() 15404} 15405 15406// SetCidr sets the Cidr field's value. 15407func (s *InputWhitelistRule) SetCidr(v string) *InputWhitelistRule { 15408 s.Cidr = &v 15409 return s 15410} 15411 15412// An IPv4 CIDR to whitelist. 15413type InputWhitelistRuleCidr struct { 15414 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15415 15416 // The IPv4 CIDR to whitelist. 15417 Cidr *string `locationName:"cidr" type:"string"` 15418} 15419 15420// String returns the string representation 15421func (s InputWhitelistRuleCidr) String() string { 15422 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15423} 15424 15425// GoString returns the string representation 15426func (s InputWhitelistRuleCidr) GoString() string { 15427 return s.String() 15428} 15429 15430// SetCidr sets the Cidr field's value. 15431func (s *InputWhitelistRuleCidr) SetCidr(v string) *InputWhitelistRuleCidr { 15432 s.Cidr = &v 15433 return s 15434} 15435 15436type InternalServerErrorException struct { 15437 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15438 RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"` 15439 15440 Message_ *string `locationName:"message" type:"string"` 15441} 15442 15443// String returns the string representation 15444func (s InternalServerErrorException) String() string { 15445 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15446} 15447 15448// GoString returns the string representation 15449func (s InternalServerErrorException) GoString() string { 15450 return s.String() 15451} 15452 15453func newErrorInternalServerErrorException(v protocol.ResponseMetadata) error { 15454 return &InternalServerErrorException{ 15455 RespMetadata: v, 15456 } 15457} 15458 15459// Code returns the exception type name. 15460func (s *InternalServerErrorException) Code() string { 15461 return "InternalServerErrorException" 15462} 15463 15464// Message returns the exception's message. 15465func (s *InternalServerErrorException) Message() string { 15466 if s.Message_ != nil { 15467 return *s.Message_ 15468 } 15469 return "" 15470} 15471 15472// OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface. 15473func (s *InternalServerErrorException) OrigErr() error { 15474 return nil 15475} 15476 15477func (s *InternalServerErrorException) Error() string { 15478 return fmt.Sprintf("%s: %s", s.Code(), s.Message()) 15479} 15480 15481// Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error. 15482func (s *InternalServerErrorException) StatusCode() int { 15483 return s.RespMetadata.StatusCode 15484} 15485 15486// RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request. 15487func (s *InternalServerErrorException) RequestID() string { 15488 return s.RespMetadata.RequestID 15489} 15490 15491// Key Provider Settings 15492type KeyProviderSettings struct { 15493 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15494 15495 // Static Key Settings 15496 StaticKeySettings *StaticKeySettings `locationName:"staticKeySettings" type:"structure"` 15497} 15498 15499// String returns the string representation 15500func (s KeyProviderSettings) String() string { 15501 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15502} 15503 15504// GoString returns the string representation 15505func (s KeyProviderSettings) GoString() string { 15506 return s.String() 15507} 15508 15509// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 15510func (s *KeyProviderSettings) Validate() error { 15511 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "KeyProviderSettings"} 15512 if s.StaticKeySettings != nil { 15513 if err := s.StaticKeySettings.Validate(); err != nil { 15514 invalidParams.AddNested("StaticKeySettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 15515 } 15516 } 15517 15518 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 15519 return invalidParams 15520 } 15521 return nil 15522} 15523 15524// SetStaticKeySettings sets the StaticKeySettings field's value. 15525func (s *KeyProviderSettings) SetStaticKeySettings(v *StaticKeySettings) *KeyProviderSettings { 15526 s.StaticKeySettings = v 15527 return s 15528} 15529 15530type ListChannelsInput struct { 15531 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15532 15533 MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"` 15534 15535 NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` 15536} 15537 15538// String returns the string representation 15539func (s ListChannelsInput) String() string { 15540 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15541} 15542 15543// GoString returns the string representation 15544func (s ListChannelsInput) GoString() string { 15545 return s.String() 15546} 15547 15548// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 15549func (s *ListChannelsInput) Validate() error { 15550 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListChannelsInput"} 15551 if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 { 15552 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1)) 15553 } 15554 15555 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 15556 return invalidParams 15557 } 15558 return nil 15559} 15560 15561// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value. 15562func (s *ListChannelsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListChannelsInput { 15563 s.MaxResults = &v 15564 return s 15565} 15566 15567// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 15568func (s *ListChannelsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListChannelsInput { 15569 s.NextToken = &v 15570 return s 15571} 15572 15573type ListChannelsOutput struct { 15574 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15575 15576 Channels []*ChannelSummary `locationName:"channels" type:"list"` 15577 15578 NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` 15579} 15580 15581// String returns the string representation 15582func (s ListChannelsOutput) String() string { 15583 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15584} 15585 15586// GoString returns the string representation 15587func (s ListChannelsOutput) GoString() string { 15588 return s.String() 15589} 15590 15591// SetChannels sets the Channels field's value. 15592func (s *ListChannelsOutput) SetChannels(v []*ChannelSummary) *ListChannelsOutput { 15593 s.Channels = v 15594 return s 15595} 15596 15597// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 15598func (s *ListChannelsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListChannelsOutput { 15599 s.NextToken = &v 15600 return s 15601} 15602 15603type ListInputDevicesInput struct { 15604 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15605 15606 MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"` 15607 15608 NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` 15609} 15610 15611// String returns the string representation 15612func (s ListInputDevicesInput) String() string { 15613 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15614} 15615 15616// GoString returns the string representation 15617func (s ListInputDevicesInput) GoString() string { 15618 return s.String() 15619} 15620 15621// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 15622func (s *ListInputDevicesInput) Validate() error { 15623 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListInputDevicesInput"} 15624 if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 { 15625 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1)) 15626 } 15627 15628 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 15629 return invalidParams 15630 } 15631 return nil 15632} 15633 15634// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value. 15635func (s *ListInputDevicesInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListInputDevicesInput { 15636 s.MaxResults = &v 15637 return s 15638} 15639 15640// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 15641func (s *ListInputDevicesInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListInputDevicesInput { 15642 s.NextToken = &v 15643 return s 15644} 15645 15646type ListInputDevicesOutput struct { 15647 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15648 15649 InputDevices []*InputDeviceSummary `locationName:"inputDevices" type:"list"` 15650 15651 NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` 15652} 15653 15654// String returns the string representation 15655func (s ListInputDevicesOutput) String() string { 15656 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15657} 15658 15659// GoString returns the string representation 15660func (s ListInputDevicesOutput) GoString() string { 15661 return s.String() 15662} 15663 15664// SetInputDevices sets the InputDevices field's value. 15665func (s *ListInputDevicesOutput) SetInputDevices(v []*InputDeviceSummary) *ListInputDevicesOutput { 15666 s.InputDevices = v 15667 return s 15668} 15669 15670// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 15671func (s *ListInputDevicesOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListInputDevicesOutput { 15672 s.NextToken = &v 15673 return s 15674} 15675 15676type ListInputSecurityGroupsInput struct { 15677 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15678 15679 MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"` 15680 15681 NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` 15682} 15683 15684// String returns the string representation 15685func (s ListInputSecurityGroupsInput) String() string { 15686 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15687} 15688 15689// GoString returns the string representation 15690func (s ListInputSecurityGroupsInput) GoString() string { 15691 return s.String() 15692} 15693 15694// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 15695func (s *ListInputSecurityGroupsInput) Validate() error { 15696 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListInputSecurityGroupsInput"} 15697 if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 { 15698 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1)) 15699 } 15700 15701 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 15702 return invalidParams 15703 } 15704 return nil 15705} 15706 15707// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value. 15708func (s *ListInputSecurityGroupsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListInputSecurityGroupsInput { 15709 s.MaxResults = &v 15710 return s 15711} 15712 15713// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 15714func (s *ListInputSecurityGroupsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListInputSecurityGroupsInput { 15715 s.NextToken = &v 15716 return s 15717} 15718 15719type ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput struct { 15720 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15721 15722 InputSecurityGroups []*InputSecurityGroup `locationName:"inputSecurityGroups" type:"list"` 15723 15724 NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` 15725} 15726 15727// String returns the string representation 15728func (s ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput) String() string { 15729 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15730} 15731 15732// GoString returns the string representation 15733func (s ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput) GoString() string { 15734 return s.String() 15735} 15736 15737// SetInputSecurityGroups sets the InputSecurityGroups field's value. 15738func (s *ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput) SetInputSecurityGroups(v []*InputSecurityGroup) *ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput { 15739 s.InputSecurityGroups = v 15740 return s 15741} 15742 15743// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 15744func (s *ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput { 15745 s.NextToken = &v 15746 return s 15747} 15748 15749type ListInputsInput struct { 15750 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15751 15752 MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"` 15753 15754 NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` 15755} 15756 15757// String returns the string representation 15758func (s ListInputsInput) String() string { 15759 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15760} 15761 15762// GoString returns the string representation 15763func (s ListInputsInput) GoString() string { 15764 return s.String() 15765} 15766 15767// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 15768func (s *ListInputsInput) Validate() error { 15769 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListInputsInput"} 15770 if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 { 15771 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1)) 15772 } 15773 15774 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 15775 return invalidParams 15776 } 15777 return nil 15778} 15779 15780// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value. 15781func (s *ListInputsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListInputsInput { 15782 s.MaxResults = &v 15783 return s 15784} 15785 15786// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 15787func (s *ListInputsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListInputsInput { 15788 s.NextToken = &v 15789 return s 15790} 15791 15792type ListInputsOutput struct { 15793 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15794 15795 Inputs []*Input `locationName:"inputs" type:"list"` 15796 15797 NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` 15798} 15799 15800// String returns the string representation 15801func (s ListInputsOutput) String() string { 15802 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15803} 15804 15805// GoString returns the string representation 15806func (s ListInputsOutput) GoString() string { 15807 return s.String() 15808} 15809 15810// SetInputs sets the Inputs field's value. 15811func (s *ListInputsOutput) SetInputs(v []*Input) *ListInputsOutput { 15812 s.Inputs = v 15813 return s 15814} 15815 15816// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 15817func (s *ListInputsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListInputsOutput { 15818 s.NextToken = &v 15819 return s 15820} 15821 15822type ListMultiplexProgramsInput struct { 15823 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15824 15825 MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"` 15826 15827 // MultiplexId is a required field 15828 MultiplexId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"multiplexId" type:"string" required:"true"` 15829 15830 NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` 15831} 15832 15833// String returns the string representation 15834func (s ListMultiplexProgramsInput) String() string { 15835 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15836} 15837 15838// GoString returns the string representation 15839func (s ListMultiplexProgramsInput) GoString() string { 15840 return s.String() 15841} 15842 15843// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 15844func (s *ListMultiplexProgramsInput) Validate() error { 15845 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListMultiplexProgramsInput"} 15846 if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 { 15847 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1)) 15848 } 15849 if s.MultiplexId == nil { 15850 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MultiplexId")) 15851 } 15852 if s.MultiplexId != nil && len(*s.MultiplexId) < 1 { 15853 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("MultiplexId", 1)) 15854 } 15855 15856 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 15857 return invalidParams 15858 } 15859 return nil 15860} 15861 15862// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value. 15863func (s *ListMultiplexProgramsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListMultiplexProgramsInput { 15864 s.MaxResults = &v 15865 return s 15866} 15867 15868// SetMultiplexId sets the MultiplexId field's value. 15869func (s *ListMultiplexProgramsInput) SetMultiplexId(v string) *ListMultiplexProgramsInput { 15870 s.MultiplexId = &v 15871 return s 15872} 15873 15874// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 15875func (s *ListMultiplexProgramsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListMultiplexProgramsInput { 15876 s.NextToken = &v 15877 return s 15878} 15879 15880type ListMultiplexProgramsOutput struct { 15881 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15882 15883 MultiplexPrograms []*MultiplexProgramSummary `locationName:"multiplexPrograms" type:"list"` 15884 15885 NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` 15886} 15887 15888// String returns the string representation 15889func (s ListMultiplexProgramsOutput) String() string { 15890 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15891} 15892 15893// GoString returns the string representation 15894func (s ListMultiplexProgramsOutput) GoString() string { 15895 return s.String() 15896} 15897 15898// SetMultiplexPrograms sets the MultiplexPrograms field's value. 15899func (s *ListMultiplexProgramsOutput) SetMultiplexPrograms(v []*MultiplexProgramSummary) *ListMultiplexProgramsOutput { 15900 s.MultiplexPrograms = v 15901 return s 15902} 15903 15904// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 15905func (s *ListMultiplexProgramsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListMultiplexProgramsOutput { 15906 s.NextToken = &v 15907 return s 15908} 15909 15910type ListMultiplexesInput struct { 15911 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15912 15913 MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"` 15914 15915 NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` 15916} 15917 15918// String returns the string representation 15919func (s ListMultiplexesInput) String() string { 15920 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15921} 15922 15923// GoString returns the string representation 15924func (s ListMultiplexesInput) GoString() string { 15925 return s.String() 15926} 15927 15928// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 15929func (s *ListMultiplexesInput) Validate() error { 15930 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListMultiplexesInput"} 15931 if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 { 15932 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1)) 15933 } 15934 15935 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 15936 return invalidParams 15937 } 15938 return nil 15939} 15940 15941// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value. 15942func (s *ListMultiplexesInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListMultiplexesInput { 15943 s.MaxResults = &v 15944 return s 15945} 15946 15947// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 15948func (s *ListMultiplexesInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListMultiplexesInput { 15949 s.NextToken = &v 15950 return s 15951} 15952 15953type ListMultiplexesOutput struct { 15954 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15955 15956 Multiplexes []*MultiplexSummary `locationName:"multiplexes" type:"list"` 15957 15958 NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` 15959} 15960 15961// String returns the string representation 15962func (s ListMultiplexesOutput) String() string { 15963 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15964} 15965 15966// GoString returns the string representation 15967func (s ListMultiplexesOutput) GoString() string { 15968 return s.String() 15969} 15970 15971// SetMultiplexes sets the Multiplexes field's value. 15972func (s *ListMultiplexesOutput) SetMultiplexes(v []*MultiplexSummary) *ListMultiplexesOutput { 15973 s.Multiplexes = v 15974 return s 15975} 15976 15977// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 15978func (s *ListMultiplexesOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListMultiplexesOutput { 15979 s.NextToken = &v 15980 return s 15981} 15982 15983type ListOfferingsInput struct { 15984 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15985 15986 ChannelClass *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"channelClass" type:"string"` 15987 15988 ChannelConfiguration *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"channelConfiguration" type:"string"` 15989 15990 Codec *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"codec" type:"string"` 15991 15992 Duration *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"duration" type:"string"` 15993 15994 MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"` 15995 15996 MaximumBitrate *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"maximumBitrate" type:"string"` 15997 15998 MaximumFramerate *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"maximumFramerate" type:"string"` 15999 16000 NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` 16001 16002 Resolution *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"resolution" type:"string"` 16003 16004 ResourceType *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"resourceType" type:"string"` 16005 16006 SpecialFeature *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"specialFeature" type:"string"` 16007 16008 VideoQuality *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"videoQuality" type:"string"` 16009} 16010 16011// String returns the string representation 16012func (s ListOfferingsInput) String() string { 16013 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16014} 16015 16016// GoString returns the string representation 16017func (s ListOfferingsInput) GoString() string { 16018 return s.String() 16019} 16020 16021// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 16022func (s *ListOfferingsInput) Validate() error { 16023 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListOfferingsInput"} 16024 if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 { 16025 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1)) 16026 } 16027 16028 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 16029 return invalidParams 16030 } 16031 return nil 16032} 16033 16034// SetChannelClass sets the ChannelClass field's value. 16035func (s *ListOfferingsInput) SetChannelClass(v string) *ListOfferingsInput { 16036 s.ChannelClass = &v 16037 return s 16038} 16039 16040// SetChannelConfiguration sets the ChannelConfiguration field's value. 16041func (s *ListOfferingsInput) SetChannelConfiguration(v string) *ListOfferingsInput { 16042 s.ChannelConfiguration = &v 16043 return s 16044} 16045 16046// SetCodec sets the Codec field's value. 16047func (s *ListOfferingsInput) SetCodec(v string) *ListOfferingsInput { 16048 s.Codec = &v 16049 return s 16050} 16051 16052// SetDuration sets the Duration field's value. 16053func (s *ListOfferingsInput) SetDuration(v string) *ListOfferingsInput { 16054 s.Duration = &v 16055 return s 16056} 16057 16058// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value. 16059func (s *ListOfferingsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListOfferingsInput { 16060 s.MaxResults = &v 16061 return s 16062} 16063 16064// SetMaximumBitrate sets the MaximumBitrate field's value. 16065func (s *ListOfferingsInput) SetMaximumBitrate(v string) *ListOfferingsInput { 16066 s.MaximumBitrate = &v 16067 return s 16068} 16069 16070// SetMaximumFramerate sets the MaximumFramerate field's value. 16071func (s *ListOfferingsInput) SetMaximumFramerate(v string) *ListOfferingsInput { 16072 s.MaximumFramerate = &v 16073 return s 16074} 16075 16076// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 16077func (s *ListOfferingsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListOfferingsInput { 16078 s.NextToken = &v 16079 return s 16080} 16081 16082// SetResolution sets the Resolution field's value. 16083func (s *ListOfferingsInput) SetResolution(v string) *ListOfferingsInput { 16084 s.Resolution = &v 16085 return s 16086} 16087 16088// SetResourceType sets the ResourceType field's value. 16089func (s *ListOfferingsInput) SetResourceType(v string) *ListOfferingsInput { 16090 s.ResourceType = &v 16091 return s 16092} 16093 16094// SetSpecialFeature sets the SpecialFeature field's value. 16095func (s *ListOfferingsInput) SetSpecialFeature(v string) *ListOfferingsInput { 16096 s.SpecialFeature = &v 16097 return s 16098} 16099 16100// SetVideoQuality sets the VideoQuality field's value. 16101func (s *ListOfferingsInput) SetVideoQuality(v string) *ListOfferingsInput { 16102 s.VideoQuality = &v 16103 return s 16104} 16105 16106type ListOfferingsOutput struct { 16107 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16108 16109 NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` 16110 16111 Offerings []*Offering `locationName:"offerings" type:"list"` 16112} 16113 16114// String returns the string representation 16115func (s ListOfferingsOutput) String() string { 16116 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16117} 16118 16119// GoString returns the string representation 16120func (s ListOfferingsOutput) GoString() string { 16121 return s.String() 16122} 16123 16124// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 16125func (s *ListOfferingsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListOfferingsOutput { 16126 s.NextToken = &v 16127 return s 16128} 16129 16130// SetOfferings sets the Offerings field's value. 16131func (s *ListOfferingsOutput) SetOfferings(v []*Offering) *ListOfferingsOutput { 16132 s.Offerings = v 16133 return s 16134} 16135 16136type ListReservationsInput struct { 16137 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16138 16139 ChannelClass *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"channelClass" type:"string"` 16140 16141 Codec *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"codec" type:"string"` 16142 16143 MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"` 16144 16145 MaximumBitrate *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"maximumBitrate" type:"string"` 16146 16147 MaximumFramerate *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"maximumFramerate" type:"string"` 16148 16149 NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` 16150 16151 Resolution *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"resolution" type:"string"` 16152 16153 ResourceType *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"resourceType" type:"string"` 16154 16155 SpecialFeature *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"specialFeature" type:"string"` 16156 16157 VideoQuality *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"videoQuality" type:"string"` 16158} 16159 16160// String returns the string representation 16161func (s ListReservationsInput) String() string { 16162 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16163} 16164 16165// GoString returns the string representation 16166func (s ListReservationsInput) GoString() string { 16167 return s.String() 16168} 16169 16170// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 16171func (s *ListReservationsInput) Validate() error { 16172 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListReservationsInput"} 16173 if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 { 16174 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1)) 16175 } 16176 16177 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 16178 return invalidParams 16179 } 16180 return nil 16181} 16182 16183// SetChannelClass sets the ChannelClass field's value. 16184func (s *ListReservationsInput) SetChannelClass(v string) *ListReservationsInput { 16185 s.ChannelClass = &v 16186 return s 16187} 16188 16189// SetCodec sets the Codec field's value. 16190func (s *ListReservationsInput) SetCodec(v string) *ListReservationsInput { 16191 s.Codec = &v 16192 return s 16193} 16194 16195// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value. 16196func (s *ListReservationsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListReservationsInput { 16197 s.MaxResults = &v 16198 return s 16199} 16200 16201// SetMaximumBitrate sets the MaximumBitrate field's value. 16202func (s *ListReservationsInput) SetMaximumBitrate(v string) *ListReservationsInput { 16203 s.MaximumBitrate = &v 16204 return s 16205} 16206 16207// SetMaximumFramerate sets the MaximumFramerate field's value. 16208func (s *ListReservationsInput) SetMaximumFramerate(v string) *ListReservationsInput { 16209 s.MaximumFramerate = &v 16210 return s 16211} 16212 16213// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 16214func (s *ListReservationsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListReservationsInput { 16215 s.NextToken = &v 16216 return s 16217} 16218 16219// SetResolution sets the Resolution field's value. 16220func (s *ListReservationsInput) SetResolution(v string) *ListReservationsInput { 16221 s.Resolution = &v 16222 return s 16223} 16224 16225// SetResourceType sets the ResourceType field's value. 16226func (s *ListReservationsInput) SetResourceType(v string) *ListReservationsInput { 16227 s.ResourceType = &v 16228 return s 16229} 16230 16231// SetSpecialFeature sets the SpecialFeature field's value. 16232func (s *ListReservationsInput) SetSpecialFeature(v string) *ListReservationsInput { 16233 s.SpecialFeature = &v 16234 return s 16235} 16236 16237// SetVideoQuality sets the VideoQuality field's value. 16238func (s *ListReservationsInput) SetVideoQuality(v string) *ListReservationsInput { 16239 s.VideoQuality = &v 16240 return s 16241} 16242 16243type ListReservationsOutput struct { 16244 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16245 16246 NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` 16247 16248 Reservations []*Reservation `locationName:"reservations" type:"list"` 16249} 16250 16251// String returns the string representation 16252func (s ListReservationsOutput) String() string { 16253 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16254} 16255 16256// GoString returns the string representation 16257func (s ListReservationsOutput) GoString() string { 16258 return s.String() 16259} 16260 16261// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 16262func (s *ListReservationsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListReservationsOutput { 16263 s.NextToken = &v 16264 return s 16265} 16266 16267// SetReservations sets the Reservations field's value. 16268func (s *ListReservationsOutput) SetReservations(v []*Reservation) *ListReservationsOutput { 16269 s.Reservations = v 16270 return s 16271} 16272 16273type ListTagsForResourceInput struct { 16274 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16275 16276 // ResourceArn is a required field 16277 ResourceArn *string `location:"uri" locationName:"resource-arn" type:"string" required:"true"` 16278} 16279 16280// String returns the string representation 16281func (s ListTagsForResourceInput) String() string { 16282 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16283} 16284 16285// GoString returns the string representation 16286func (s ListTagsForResourceInput) GoString() string { 16287 return s.String() 16288} 16289 16290// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 16291func (s *ListTagsForResourceInput) Validate() error { 16292 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListTagsForResourceInput"} 16293 if s.ResourceArn == nil { 16294 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceArn")) 16295 } 16296 if s.ResourceArn != nil && len(*s.ResourceArn) < 1 { 16297 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ResourceArn", 1)) 16298 } 16299 16300 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 16301 return invalidParams 16302 } 16303 return nil 16304} 16305 16306// SetResourceArn sets the ResourceArn field's value. 16307func (s *ListTagsForResourceInput) SetResourceArn(v string) *ListTagsForResourceInput { 16308 s.ResourceArn = &v 16309 return s 16310} 16311 16312type ListTagsForResourceOutput struct { 16313 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16314 16315 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 16316} 16317 16318// String returns the string representation 16319func (s ListTagsForResourceOutput) String() string { 16320 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16321} 16322 16323// GoString returns the string representation 16324func (s ListTagsForResourceOutput) GoString() string { 16325 return s.String() 16326} 16327 16328// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 16329func (s *ListTagsForResourceOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *ListTagsForResourceOutput { 16330 s.Tags = v 16331 return s 16332} 16333 16334// M2ts Settings 16335type M2tsSettings struct { 16336 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16337 16338 // When set to drop, output audio streams will be removed from the program if 16339 // the selected input audio stream is removed from the input. This allows the 16340 // output audio configuration to dynamically change based on input configuration. 16341 // If this is set to encodeSilence, all output audio streams will output encoded 16342 // silence when not connected to an active input stream. 16343 AbsentInputAudioBehavior *string `locationName:"absentInputAudioBehavior" type:"string" enum:"M2tsAbsentInputAudioBehavior"` 16344 16345 // When set to enabled, uses ARIB-compliant field muxing and removes video descriptor. 16346 Arib *string `locationName:"arib" type:"string" enum:"M2tsArib"` 16347 16348 // Packet Identifier (PID) for ARIB Captions in the transport stream. Can be 16349 // entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values are 32 (or 0x20)..8182 16350 // (or 0x1ff6). 16351 AribCaptionsPid *string `locationName:"aribCaptionsPid" type:"string"` 16352 16353 // If set to auto, pid number used for ARIB Captions will be auto-selected from 16354 // unused pids. If set to useConfigured, ARIB Captions will be on the configured 16355 // pid number. 16356 AribCaptionsPidControl *string `locationName:"aribCaptionsPidControl" type:"string" enum:"M2tsAribCaptionsPidControl"` 16357 16358 // When set to dvb, uses DVB buffer model for Dolby Digital audio. When set 16359 // to atsc, the ATSC model is used. 16360 AudioBufferModel *string `locationName:"audioBufferModel" type:"string" enum:"M2tsAudioBufferModel"` 16361 16362 // The number of audio frames to insert for each PES packet. 16363 AudioFramesPerPes *int64 `locationName:"audioFramesPerPes" type:"integer"` 16364 16365 // Packet Identifier (PID) of the elementary audio stream(s) in the transport 16366 // stream. Multiple values are accepted, and can be entered in ranges and/or 16367 // by comma separation. Can be entered as decimal or hexadecimal values. Each 16368 // PID specified must be in the range of 32 (or 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6). 16369 AudioPids *string `locationName:"audioPids" type:"string"` 16370 16371 // When set to atsc, uses stream type = 0x81 for AC3 and stream type = 0x87 16372 // for EAC3. When set to dvb, uses stream type = 0x06. 16373 AudioStreamType *string `locationName:"audioStreamType" type:"string" enum:"M2tsAudioStreamType"` 16374 16375 // The output bitrate of the transport stream in bits per second. Setting to 16376 // 0 lets the muxer automatically determine the appropriate bitrate. 16377 Bitrate *int64 `locationName:"bitrate" type:"integer"` 16378 16379 // If set to multiplex, use multiplex buffer model for accurate interleaving. 16380 // Setting to bufferModel to none can lead to lower latency, but low-memory 16381 // devices may not be able to play back the stream without interruptions. 16382 BufferModel *string `locationName:"bufferModel" type:"string" enum:"M2tsBufferModel"` 16383 16384 // When set to enabled, generates captionServiceDescriptor in PMT. 16385 CcDescriptor *string `locationName:"ccDescriptor" type:"string" enum:"M2tsCcDescriptor"` 16386 16387 // Inserts DVB Network Information Table (NIT) at the specified table repetition 16388 // interval. 16389 DvbNitSettings *DvbNitSettings `locationName:"dvbNitSettings" type:"structure"` 16390 16391 // Inserts DVB Service Description Table (SDT) at the specified table repetition 16392 // interval. 16393 DvbSdtSettings *DvbSdtSettings `locationName:"dvbSdtSettings" type:"structure"` 16394 16395 // Packet Identifier (PID) for input source DVB Subtitle data to this output. 16396 // Multiple values are accepted, and can be entered in ranges and/or by comma 16397 // separation. Can be entered as decimal or hexadecimal values. Each PID specified 16398 // must be in the range of 32 (or 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6). 16399 DvbSubPids *string `locationName:"dvbSubPids" type:"string"` 16400 16401 // Inserts DVB Time and Date Table (TDT) at the specified table repetition interval. 16402 DvbTdtSettings *DvbTdtSettings `locationName:"dvbTdtSettings" type:"structure"` 16403 16404 // Packet Identifier (PID) for input source DVB Teletext data to this output. 16405 // Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values are 32 (or 16406 // 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6). 16407 DvbTeletextPid *string `locationName:"dvbTeletextPid" type:"string"` 16408 16409 // If set to passthrough, passes any EBIF data from the input source to this 16410 // output. 16411 Ebif *string `locationName:"ebif" type:"string" enum:"M2tsEbifControl"` 16412 16413 // When videoAndFixedIntervals is selected, audio EBP markers will be added 16414 // to partitions 3 and 4. The interval between these additional markers will 16415 // be fixed, and will be slightly shorter than the video EBP marker interval. 16416 // Only available when EBP Cablelabs segmentation markers are selected. Partitions 16417 // 1 and 2 will always follow the video interval. 16418 EbpAudioInterval *string `locationName:"ebpAudioInterval" type:"string" enum:"M2tsAudioInterval"` 16419 16420 // When set, enforces that Encoder Boundary Points do not come within the specified 16421 // time interval of each other by looking ahead at input video. If another EBP 16422 // is going to come in within the specified time interval, the current EBP is 16423 // not emitted, and the segment is "stretched" to the next marker. The lookahead 16424 // value does not add latency to the system. The Live Event must be configured 16425 // elsewhere to create sufficient latency to make the lookahead accurate. 16426 EbpLookaheadMs *int64 `locationName:"ebpLookaheadMs" type:"integer"` 16427 16428 // Controls placement of EBP on Audio PIDs. If set to videoAndAudioPids, EBP 16429 // markers will be placed on the video PID and all audio PIDs. If set to videoPid, 16430 // EBP markers will be placed on only the video PID. 16431 EbpPlacement *string `locationName:"ebpPlacement" type:"string" enum:"M2tsEbpPlacement"` 16432 16433 // This field is unused and deprecated. 16434 EcmPid *string `locationName:"ecmPid" type:"string"` 16435 16436 // Include or exclude the ES Rate field in the PES header. 16437 EsRateInPes *string `locationName:"esRateInPes" type:"string" enum:"M2tsEsRateInPes"` 16438 16439 // Packet Identifier (PID) for input source ETV Platform data to this output. 16440 // Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values are 32 (or 16441 // 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6). 16442 EtvPlatformPid *string `locationName:"etvPlatformPid" type:"string"` 16443 16444 // Packet Identifier (PID) for input source ETV Signal data to this output. 16445 // Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values are 32 (or 16446 // 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6). 16447 EtvSignalPid *string `locationName:"etvSignalPid" type:"string"` 16448 16449 // The length in seconds of each fragment. Only used with EBP markers. 16450 FragmentTime *float64 `locationName:"fragmentTime" type:"double"` 16451 16452 // If set to passthrough, passes any KLV data from the input source to this 16453 // output. 16454 Klv *string `locationName:"klv" type:"string" enum:"M2tsKlv"` 16455 16456 // Packet Identifier (PID) for input source KLV data to this output. Multiple 16457 // values are accepted, and can be entered in ranges and/or by comma separation. 16458 // Can be entered as decimal or hexadecimal values. Each PID specified must 16459 // be in the range of 32 (or 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6). 16460 KlvDataPids *string `locationName:"klvDataPids" type:"string"` 16461 16462 // If set to passthrough, Nielsen inaudible tones for media tracking will be 16463 // detected in the input audio and an equivalent ID3 tag will be inserted in 16464 // the output. 16465 NielsenId3Behavior *string `locationName:"nielsenId3Behavior" type:"string" enum:"M2tsNielsenId3Behavior"` 16466 16467 // Value in bits per second of extra null packets to insert into the transport 16468 // stream. This can be used if a downstream encryption system requires periodic 16469 // null packets. 16470 NullPacketBitrate *float64 `locationName:"nullPacketBitrate" type:"double"` 16471 16472 // The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output 16473 // transport stream. Valid values are 0, 10..1000. 16474 PatInterval *int64 `locationName:"patInterval" type:"integer"` 16475 16476 // When set to pcrEveryPesPacket, a Program Clock Reference value is inserted 16477 // for every Packetized Elementary Stream (PES) header. This parameter is effective 16478 // only when the PCR PID is the same as the video or audio elementary stream. 16479 PcrControl *string `locationName:"pcrControl" type:"string" enum:"M2tsPcrControl"` 16480 16481 // Maximum time in milliseconds between Program Clock Reference (PCRs) inserted 16482 // into the transport stream. 16483 PcrPeriod *int64 `locationName:"pcrPeriod" type:"integer"` 16484 16485 // Packet Identifier (PID) of the Program Clock Reference (PCR) in the transport 16486 // stream. When no value is given, the encoder will assign the same value as 16487 // the Video PID. Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values 16488 // are 32 (or 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6). 16489 PcrPid *string `locationName:"pcrPid" type:"string"` 16490 16491 // The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output 16492 // transport stream. Valid values are 0, 10..1000. 16493 PmtInterval *int64 `locationName:"pmtInterval" type:"integer"` 16494 16495 // Packet Identifier (PID) for the Program Map Table (PMT) in the transport 16496 // stream. Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values are 16497 // 32 (or 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6). 16498 PmtPid *string `locationName:"pmtPid" type:"string"` 16499 16500 // The value of the program number field in the Program Map Table. 16501 ProgramNum *int64 `locationName:"programNum" type:"integer"` 16502 16503 // When vbr, does not insert null packets into transport stream to fill specified 16504 // bitrate. The bitrate setting acts as the maximum bitrate when vbr is set. 16505 RateMode *string `locationName:"rateMode" type:"string" enum:"M2tsRateMode"` 16506 16507 // Packet Identifier (PID) for input source SCTE-27 data to this output. Multiple 16508 // values are accepted, and can be entered in ranges and/or by comma separation. 16509 // Can be entered as decimal or hexadecimal values. Each PID specified must 16510 // be in the range of 32 (or 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6). 16511 Scte27Pids *string `locationName:"scte27Pids" type:"string"` 16512 16513 // Optionally pass SCTE-35 signals from the input source to this output. 16514 Scte35Control *string `locationName:"scte35Control" type:"string" enum:"M2tsScte35Control"` 16515 16516 // Packet Identifier (PID) of the SCTE-35 stream in the transport stream. Can 16517 // be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values are 32 (or 0x20)..8182 16518 // (or 0x1ff6). 16519 Scte35Pid *string `locationName:"scte35Pid" type:"string"` 16520 16521 // Inserts segmentation markers at each segmentationTime period. raiSegstart 16522 // sets the Random Access Indicator bit in the adaptation field. raiAdapt sets 16523 // the RAI bit and adds the current timecode in the private data bytes. psiSegstart 16524 // inserts PAT and PMT tables at the start of segments. ebp adds Encoder Boundary 16525 // Point information to the adaptation field as per OpenCable specification 16526 // OC-SP-EBP-I01-130118. ebpLegacy adds Encoder Boundary Point information to 16527 // the adaptation field using a legacy proprietary format. 16528 SegmentationMarkers *string `locationName:"segmentationMarkers" type:"string" enum:"M2tsSegmentationMarkers"` 16529 16530 // The segmentation style parameter controls how segmentation markers are inserted 16531 // into the transport stream. With avails, it is possible that segments may 16532 // be truncated, which can influence where future segmentation markers are inserted.When 16533 // a segmentation style of "resetCadence" is selected and a segment is truncated 16534 // due to an avail, we will reset the segmentation cadence. This means the subsequent 16535 // segment will have a duration of $segmentationTime seconds.When a segmentation 16536 // style of "maintainCadence" is selected and a segment is truncated due to 16537 // an avail, we will not reset the segmentation cadence. This means the subsequent 16538 // segment will likely be truncated as well. However, all segments after that 16539 // will have a duration of $segmentationTime seconds. Note that EBP lookahead 16540 // is a slight exception to this rule. 16541 SegmentationStyle *string `locationName:"segmentationStyle" type:"string" enum:"M2tsSegmentationStyle"` 16542 16543 // The length in seconds of each segment. Required unless markers is set to 16544 // _none_. 16545 SegmentationTime *float64 `locationName:"segmentationTime" type:"double"` 16546 16547 // When set to passthrough, timed metadata will be passed through from input 16548 // to output. 16549 TimedMetadataBehavior *string `locationName:"timedMetadataBehavior" type:"string" enum:"M2tsTimedMetadataBehavior"` 16550 16551 // Packet Identifier (PID) of the timed metadata stream in the transport stream. 16552 // Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values are 32 (or 16553 // 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6). 16554 TimedMetadataPid *string `locationName:"timedMetadataPid" type:"string"` 16555 16556 // The value of the transport stream ID field in the Program Map Table. 16557 TransportStreamId *int64 `locationName:"transportStreamId" type:"integer"` 16558 16559 // Packet Identifier (PID) of the elementary video stream in the transport stream. 16560 // Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values are 32 (or 16561 // 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6). 16562 VideoPid *string `locationName:"videoPid" type:"string"` 16563} 16564 16565// String returns the string representation 16566func (s M2tsSettings) String() string { 16567 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16568} 16569 16570// GoString returns the string representation 16571func (s M2tsSettings) GoString() string { 16572 return s.String() 16573} 16574 16575// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 16576func (s *M2tsSettings) Validate() error { 16577 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "M2tsSettings"} 16578 if s.DvbNitSettings != nil { 16579 if err := s.DvbNitSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 16580 invalidParams.AddNested("DvbNitSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 16581 } 16582 } 16583 if s.DvbSdtSettings != nil { 16584 if err := s.DvbSdtSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 16585 invalidParams.AddNested("DvbSdtSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 16586 } 16587 } 16588 if s.DvbTdtSettings != nil { 16589 if err := s.DvbTdtSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 16590 invalidParams.AddNested("DvbTdtSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 16591 } 16592 } 16593 16594 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 16595 return invalidParams 16596 } 16597 return nil 16598} 16599 16600// SetAbsentInputAudioBehavior sets the AbsentInputAudioBehavior field's value. 16601func (s *M2tsSettings) SetAbsentInputAudioBehavior(v string) *M2tsSettings { 16602 s.AbsentInputAudioBehavior = &v 16603 return s 16604} 16605 16606// SetArib sets the Arib field's value. 16607func (s *M2tsSettings) SetArib(v string) *M2tsSettings { 16608 s.Arib = &v 16609 return s 16610} 16611 16612// SetAribCaptionsPid sets the AribCaptionsPid field's value. 16613func (s *M2tsSettings) SetAribCaptionsPid(v string) *M2tsSettings { 16614 s.AribCaptionsPid = &v 16615 return s 16616} 16617 16618// SetAribCaptionsPidControl sets the AribCaptionsPidControl field's value. 16619func (s *M2tsSettings) SetAribCaptionsPidControl(v string) *M2tsSettings { 16620 s.AribCaptionsPidControl = &v 16621 return s 16622} 16623 16624// SetAudioBufferModel sets the AudioBufferModel field's value. 16625func (s *M2tsSettings) SetAudioBufferModel(v string) *M2tsSettings { 16626 s.AudioBufferModel = &v 16627 return s 16628} 16629 16630// SetAudioFramesPerPes sets the AudioFramesPerPes field's value. 16631func (s *M2tsSettings) SetAudioFramesPerPes(v int64) *M2tsSettings { 16632 s.AudioFramesPerPes = &v 16633 return s 16634} 16635 16636// SetAudioPids sets the AudioPids field's value. 16637func (s *M2tsSettings) SetAudioPids(v string) *M2tsSettings { 16638 s.AudioPids = &v 16639 return s 16640} 16641 16642// SetAudioStreamType sets the AudioStreamType field's value. 16643func (s *M2tsSettings) SetAudioStreamType(v string) *M2tsSettings { 16644 s.AudioStreamType = &v 16645 return s 16646} 16647 16648// SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value. 16649func (s *M2tsSettings) SetBitrate(v int64) *M2tsSettings { 16650 s.Bitrate = &v 16651 return s 16652} 16653 16654// SetBufferModel sets the BufferModel field's value. 16655func (s *M2tsSettings) SetBufferModel(v string) *M2tsSettings { 16656 s.BufferModel = &v 16657 return s 16658} 16659 16660// SetCcDescriptor sets the CcDescriptor field's value. 16661func (s *M2tsSettings) SetCcDescriptor(v string) *M2tsSettings { 16662 s.CcDescriptor = &v 16663 return s 16664} 16665 16666// SetDvbNitSettings sets the DvbNitSettings field's value. 16667func (s *M2tsSettings) SetDvbNitSettings(v *DvbNitSettings) *M2tsSettings { 16668 s.DvbNitSettings = v 16669 return s 16670} 16671 16672// SetDvbSdtSettings sets the DvbSdtSettings field's value. 16673func (s *M2tsSettings) SetDvbSdtSettings(v *DvbSdtSettings) *M2tsSettings { 16674 s.DvbSdtSettings = v 16675 return s 16676} 16677 16678// SetDvbSubPids sets the DvbSubPids field's value. 16679func (s *M2tsSettings) SetDvbSubPids(v string) *M2tsSettings { 16680 s.DvbSubPids = &v 16681 return s 16682} 16683 16684// SetDvbTdtSettings sets the DvbTdtSettings field's value. 16685func (s *M2tsSettings) SetDvbTdtSettings(v *DvbTdtSettings) *M2tsSettings { 16686 s.DvbTdtSettings = v 16687 return s 16688} 16689 16690// SetDvbTeletextPid sets the DvbTeletextPid field's value. 16691func (s *M2tsSettings) SetDvbTeletextPid(v string) *M2tsSettings { 16692 s.DvbTeletextPid = &v 16693 return s 16694} 16695 16696// SetEbif sets the Ebif field's value. 16697func (s *M2tsSettings) SetEbif(v string) *M2tsSettings { 16698 s.Ebif = &v 16699 return s 16700} 16701 16702// SetEbpAudioInterval sets the EbpAudioInterval field's value. 16703func (s *M2tsSettings) SetEbpAudioInterval(v string) *M2tsSettings { 16704 s.EbpAudioInterval = &v 16705 return s 16706} 16707 16708// SetEbpLookaheadMs sets the EbpLookaheadMs field's value. 16709func (s *M2tsSettings) SetEbpLookaheadMs(v int64) *M2tsSettings { 16710 s.EbpLookaheadMs = &v 16711 return s 16712} 16713 16714// SetEbpPlacement sets the EbpPlacement field's value. 16715func (s *M2tsSettings) SetEbpPlacement(v string) *M2tsSettings { 16716 s.EbpPlacement = &v 16717 return s 16718} 16719 16720// SetEcmPid sets the EcmPid field's value. 16721func (s *M2tsSettings) SetEcmPid(v string) *M2tsSettings { 16722 s.EcmPid = &v 16723 return s 16724} 16725 16726// SetEsRateInPes sets the EsRateInPes field's value. 16727func (s *M2tsSettings) SetEsRateInPes(v string) *M2tsSettings { 16728 s.EsRateInPes = &v 16729 return s 16730} 16731 16732// SetEtvPlatformPid sets the EtvPlatformPid field's value. 16733func (s *M2tsSettings) SetEtvPlatformPid(v string) *M2tsSettings { 16734 s.EtvPlatformPid = &v 16735 return s 16736} 16737 16738// SetEtvSignalPid sets the EtvSignalPid field's value. 16739func (s *M2tsSettings) SetEtvSignalPid(v string) *M2tsSettings { 16740 s.EtvSignalPid = &v 16741 return s 16742} 16743 16744// SetFragmentTime sets the FragmentTime field's value. 16745func (s *M2tsSettings) SetFragmentTime(v float64) *M2tsSettings { 16746 s.FragmentTime = &v 16747 return s 16748} 16749 16750// SetKlv sets the Klv field's value. 16751func (s *M2tsSettings) SetKlv(v string) *M2tsSettings { 16752 s.Klv = &v 16753 return s 16754} 16755 16756// SetKlvDataPids sets the KlvDataPids field's value. 16757func (s *M2tsSettings) SetKlvDataPids(v string) *M2tsSettings { 16758 s.KlvDataPids = &v 16759 return s 16760} 16761 16762// SetNielsenId3Behavior sets the NielsenId3Behavior field's value. 16763func (s *M2tsSettings) SetNielsenId3Behavior(v string) *M2tsSettings { 16764 s.NielsenId3Behavior = &v 16765 return s 16766} 16767 16768// SetNullPacketBitrate sets the NullPacketBitrate field's value. 16769func (s *M2tsSettings) SetNullPacketBitrate(v float64) *M2tsSettings { 16770 s.NullPacketBitrate = &v 16771 return s 16772} 16773 16774// SetPatInterval sets the PatInterval field's value. 16775func (s *M2tsSettings) SetPatInterval(v int64) *M2tsSettings { 16776 s.PatInterval = &v 16777 return s 16778} 16779 16780// SetPcrControl sets the PcrControl field's value. 16781func (s *M2tsSettings) SetPcrControl(v string) *M2tsSettings { 16782 s.PcrControl = &v 16783 return s 16784} 16785 16786// SetPcrPeriod sets the PcrPeriod field's value. 16787func (s *M2tsSettings) SetPcrPeriod(v int64) *M2tsSettings { 16788 s.PcrPeriod = &v 16789 return s 16790} 16791 16792// SetPcrPid sets the PcrPid field's value. 16793func (s *M2tsSettings) SetPcrPid(v string) *M2tsSettings { 16794 s.PcrPid = &v 16795 return s 16796} 16797 16798// SetPmtInterval sets the PmtInterval field's value. 16799func (s *M2tsSettings) SetPmtInterval(v int64) *M2tsSettings { 16800 s.PmtInterval = &v 16801 return s 16802} 16803 16804// SetPmtPid sets the PmtPid field's value. 16805func (s *M2tsSettings) SetPmtPid(v string) *M2tsSettings { 16806 s.PmtPid = &v 16807 return s 16808} 16809 16810// SetProgramNum sets the ProgramNum field's value. 16811func (s *M2tsSettings) SetProgramNum(v int64) *M2tsSettings { 16812 s.ProgramNum = &v 16813 return s 16814} 16815 16816// SetRateMode sets the RateMode field's value. 16817func (s *M2tsSettings) SetRateMode(v string) *M2tsSettings { 16818 s.RateMode = &v 16819 return s 16820} 16821 16822// SetScte27Pids sets the Scte27Pids field's value. 16823func (s *M2tsSettings) SetScte27Pids(v string) *M2tsSettings { 16824 s.Scte27Pids = &v 16825 return s 16826} 16827 16828// SetScte35Control sets the Scte35Control field's value. 16829func (s *M2tsSettings) SetScte35Control(v string) *M2tsSettings { 16830 s.Scte35Control = &v 16831 return s 16832} 16833 16834// SetScte35Pid sets the Scte35Pid field's value. 16835func (s *M2tsSettings) SetScte35Pid(v string) *M2tsSettings { 16836 s.Scte35Pid = &v 16837 return s 16838} 16839 16840// SetSegmentationMarkers sets the SegmentationMarkers field's value. 16841func (s *M2tsSettings) SetSegmentationMarkers(v string) *M2tsSettings { 16842 s.SegmentationMarkers = &v 16843 return s 16844} 16845 16846// SetSegmentationStyle sets the SegmentationStyle field's value. 16847func (s *M2tsSettings) SetSegmentationStyle(v string) *M2tsSettings { 16848 s.SegmentationStyle = &v 16849 return s 16850} 16851 16852// SetSegmentationTime sets the SegmentationTime field's value. 16853func (s *M2tsSettings) SetSegmentationTime(v float64) *M2tsSettings { 16854 s.SegmentationTime = &v 16855 return s 16856} 16857 16858// SetTimedMetadataBehavior sets the TimedMetadataBehavior field's value. 16859func (s *M2tsSettings) SetTimedMetadataBehavior(v string) *M2tsSettings { 16860 s.TimedMetadataBehavior = &v 16861 return s 16862} 16863 16864// SetTimedMetadataPid sets the TimedMetadataPid field's value. 16865func (s *M2tsSettings) SetTimedMetadataPid(v string) *M2tsSettings { 16866 s.TimedMetadataPid = &v 16867 return s 16868} 16869 16870// SetTransportStreamId sets the TransportStreamId field's value. 16871func (s *M2tsSettings) SetTransportStreamId(v int64) *M2tsSettings { 16872 s.TransportStreamId = &v 16873 return s 16874} 16875 16876// SetVideoPid sets the VideoPid field's value. 16877func (s *M2tsSettings) SetVideoPid(v string) *M2tsSettings { 16878 s.VideoPid = &v 16879 return s 16880} 16881 16882// Settings information for the .m3u8 container 16883type M3u8Settings struct { 16884 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16885 16886 // The number of audio frames to insert for each PES packet. 16887 AudioFramesPerPes *int64 `locationName:"audioFramesPerPes" type:"integer"` 16888 16889 // Packet Identifier (PID) of the elementary audio stream(s) in the transport 16890 // stream. Multiple values are accepted, and can be entered in ranges and/or 16891 // by comma separation. Can be entered as decimal or hexadecimal values. 16892 AudioPids *string `locationName:"audioPids" type:"string"` 16893 16894 // This parameter is unused and deprecated. 16895 EcmPid *string `locationName:"ecmPid" type:"string"` 16896 16897 // If set to passthrough, Nielsen inaudible tones for media tracking will be 16898 // detected in the input audio and an equivalent ID3 tag will be inserted in 16899 // the output. 16900 NielsenId3Behavior *string `locationName:"nielsenId3Behavior" type:"string" enum:"M3u8NielsenId3Behavior"` 16901 16902 // The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output 16903 // transport stream. A value of \"0\" writes out the PMT once per segment file. 16904 PatInterval *int64 `locationName:"patInterval" type:"integer"` 16905 16906 // When set to pcrEveryPesPacket, a Program Clock Reference value is inserted 16907 // for every Packetized Elementary Stream (PES) header. This parameter is effective 16908 // only when the PCR PID is the same as the video or audio elementary stream. 16909 PcrControl *string `locationName:"pcrControl" type:"string" enum:"M3u8PcrControl"` 16910 16911 // Maximum time in milliseconds between Program Clock References (PCRs) inserted 16912 // into the transport stream. 16913 PcrPeriod *int64 `locationName:"pcrPeriod" type:"integer"` 16914 16915 // Packet Identifier (PID) of the Program Clock Reference (PCR) in the transport 16916 // stream. When no value is given, the encoder will assign the same value as 16917 // the Video PID. Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. 16918 PcrPid *string `locationName:"pcrPid" type:"string"` 16919 16920 // The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output 16921 // transport stream. A value of \"0\" writes out the PMT once per segment file. 16922 PmtInterval *int64 `locationName:"pmtInterval" type:"integer"` 16923 16924 // Packet Identifier (PID) for the Program Map Table (PMT) in the transport 16925 // stream. Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. 16926 PmtPid *string `locationName:"pmtPid" type:"string"` 16927 16928 // The value of the program number field in the Program Map Table. 16929 ProgramNum *int64 `locationName:"programNum" type:"integer"` 16930 16931 // If set to passthrough, passes any SCTE-35 signals from the input source to 16932 // this output. 16933 Scte35Behavior *string `locationName:"scte35Behavior" type:"string" enum:"M3u8Scte35Behavior"` 16934 16935 // Packet Identifier (PID) of the SCTE-35 stream in the transport stream. Can 16936 // be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. 16937 Scte35Pid *string `locationName:"scte35Pid" type:"string"` 16938 16939 // When set to passthrough, timed metadata is passed through from input to output. 16940 TimedMetadataBehavior *string `locationName:"timedMetadataBehavior" type:"string" enum:"M3u8TimedMetadataBehavior"` 16941 16942 // Packet Identifier (PID) of the timed metadata stream in the transport stream. 16943 // Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values are 32 (or 16944 // 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6). 16945 TimedMetadataPid *string `locationName:"timedMetadataPid" type:"string"` 16946 16947 // The value of the transport stream ID field in the Program Map Table. 16948 TransportStreamId *int64 `locationName:"transportStreamId" type:"integer"` 16949 16950 // Packet Identifier (PID) of the elementary video stream in the transport stream. 16951 // Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. 16952 VideoPid *string `locationName:"videoPid" type:"string"` 16953} 16954 16955// String returns the string representation 16956func (s M3u8Settings) String() string { 16957 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16958} 16959 16960// GoString returns the string representation 16961func (s M3u8Settings) GoString() string { 16962 return s.String() 16963} 16964 16965// SetAudioFramesPerPes sets the AudioFramesPerPes field's value. 16966func (s *M3u8Settings) SetAudioFramesPerPes(v int64) *M3u8Settings { 16967 s.AudioFramesPerPes = &v 16968 return s 16969} 16970 16971// SetAudioPids sets the AudioPids field's value. 16972func (s *M3u8Settings) SetAudioPids(v string) *M3u8Settings { 16973 s.AudioPids = &v 16974 return s 16975} 16976 16977// SetEcmPid sets the EcmPid field's value. 16978func (s *M3u8Settings) SetEcmPid(v string) *M3u8Settings { 16979 s.EcmPid = &v 16980 return s 16981} 16982 16983// SetNielsenId3Behavior sets the NielsenId3Behavior field's value. 16984func (s *M3u8Settings) SetNielsenId3Behavior(v string) *M3u8Settings { 16985 s.NielsenId3Behavior = &v 16986 return s 16987} 16988 16989// SetPatInterval sets the PatInterval field's value. 16990func (s *M3u8Settings) SetPatInterval(v int64) *M3u8Settings { 16991 s.PatInterval = &v 16992 return s 16993} 16994 16995// SetPcrControl sets the PcrControl field's value. 16996func (s *M3u8Settings) SetPcrControl(v string) *M3u8Settings { 16997 s.PcrControl = &v 16998 return s 16999} 17000 17001// SetPcrPeriod sets the PcrPeriod field's value. 17002func (s *M3u8Settings) SetPcrPeriod(v int64) *M3u8Settings { 17003 s.PcrPeriod = &v 17004 return s 17005} 17006 17007// SetPcrPid sets the PcrPid field's value. 17008func (s *M3u8Settings) SetPcrPid(v string) *M3u8Settings { 17009 s.PcrPid = &v 17010 return s 17011} 17012 17013// SetPmtInterval sets the PmtInterval field's value. 17014func (s *M3u8Settings) SetPmtInterval(v int64) *M3u8Settings { 17015 s.PmtInterval = &v 17016 return s 17017} 17018 17019// SetPmtPid sets the PmtPid field's value. 17020func (s *M3u8Settings) SetPmtPid(v string) *M3u8Settings { 17021 s.PmtPid = &v 17022 return s 17023} 17024 17025// SetProgramNum sets the ProgramNum field's value. 17026func (s *M3u8Settings) SetProgramNum(v int64) *M3u8Settings { 17027 s.ProgramNum = &v 17028 return s 17029} 17030 17031// SetScte35Behavior sets the Scte35Behavior field's value. 17032func (s *M3u8Settings) SetScte35Behavior(v string) *M3u8Settings { 17033 s.Scte35Behavior = &v 17034 return s 17035} 17036 17037// SetScte35Pid sets the Scte35Pid field's value. 17038func (s *M3u8Settings) SetScte35Pid(v string) *M3u8Settings { 17039 s.Scte35Pid = &v 17040 return s 17041} 17042 17043// SetTimedMetadataBehavior sets the TimedMetadataBehavior field's value. 17044func (s *M3u8Settings) SetTimedMetadataBehavior(v string) *M3u8Settings { 17045 s.TimedMetadataBehavior = &v 17046 return s 17047} 17048 17049// SetTimedMetadataPid sets the TimedMetadataPid field's value. 17050func (s *M3u8Settings) SetTimedMetadataPid(v string) *M3u8Settings { 17051 s.TimedMetadataPid = &v 17052 return s 17053} 17054 17055// SetTransportStreamId sets the TransportStreamId field's value. 17056func (s *M3u8Settings) SetTransportStreamId(v int64) *M3u8Settings { 17057 s.TransportStreamId = &v 17058 return s 17059} 17060 17061// SetVideoPid sets the VideoPid field's value. 17062func (s *M3u8Settings) SetVideoPid(v string) *M3u8Settings { 17063 s.VideoPid = &v 17064 return s 17065} 17066 17067// The settings for a MediaConnect Flow. 17068type MediaConnectFlow struct { 17069 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17070 17071 // The unique ARN of the MediaConnect Flow being used as a source. 17072 FlowArn *string `locationName:"flowArn" type:"string"` 17073} 17074 17075// String returns the string representation 17076func (s MediaConnectFlow) String() string { 17077 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17078} 17079 17080// GoString returns the string representation 17081func (s MediaConnectFlow) GoString() string { 17082 return s.String() 17083} 17084 17085// SetFlowArn sets the FlowArn field's value. 17086func (s *MediaConnectFlow) SetFlowArn(v string) *MediaConnectFlow { 17087 s.FlowArn = &v 17088 return s 17089} 17090 17091// The settings for a MediaConnect Flow. 17092type MediaConnectFlowRequest struct { 17093 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17094 17095 // The ARN of the MediaConnect Flow that you want to use as a source. 17096 FlowArn *string `locationName:"flowArn" type:"string"` 17097} 17098 17099// String returns the string representation 17100func (s MediaConnectFlowRequest) String() string { 17101 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17102} 17103 17104// GoString returns the string representation 17105func (s MediaConnectFlowRequest) GoString() string { 17106 return s.String() 17107} 17108 17109// SetFlowArn sets the FlowArn field's value. 17110func (s *MediaConnectFlowRequest) SetFlowArn(v string) *MediaConnectFlowRequest { 17111 s.FlowArn = &v 17112 return s 17113} 17114 17115// Media Package Group Settings 17116type MediaPackageGroupSettings struct { 17117 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17118 17119 // MediaPackage channel destination. 17120 // 17121 // Destination is a required field 17122 Destination *OutputLocationRef `locationName:"destination" type:"structure" required:"true"` 17123} 17124 17125// String returns the string representation 17126func (s MediaPackageGroupSettings) String() string { 17127 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17128} 17129 17130// GoString returns the string representation 17131func (s MediaPackageGroupSettings) GoString() string { 17132 return s.String() 17133} 17134 17135// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 17136func (s *MediaPackageGroupSettings) Validate() error { 17137 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MediaPackageGroupSettings"} 17138 if s.Destination == nil { 17139 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Destination")) 17140 } 17141 17142 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 17143 return invalidParams 17144 } 17145 return nil 17146} 17147 17148// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value. 17149func (s *MediaPackageGroupSettings) SetDestination(v *OutputLocationRef) *MediaPackageGroupSettings { 17150 s.Destination = v 17151 return s 17152} 17153 17154// MediaPackage Output Destination Settings 17155type MediaPackageOutputDestinationSettings struct { 17156 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17157 17158 // ID of the channel in MediaPackage that is the destination for this output 17159 // group. You do not need to specify the individual inputs in MediaPackage; 17160 // MediaLive will handle the connection of the two MediaLive pipelines to the 17161 // two MediaPackage inputs. The MediaPackage channel and MediaLive channel must 17162 // be in the same region. 17163 ChannelId *string `locationName:"channelId" min:"1" type:"string"` 17164} 17165 17166// String returns the string representation 17167func (s MediaPackageOutputDestinationSettings) String() string { 17168 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17169} 17170 17171// GoString returns the string representation 17172func (s MediaPackageOutputDestinationSettings) GoString() string { 17173 return s.String() 17174} 17175 17176// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 17177func (s *MediaPackageOutputDestinationSettings) Validate() error { 17178 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MediaPackageOutputDestinationSettings"} 17179 if s.ChannelId != nil && len(*s.ChannelId) < 1 { 17180 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ChannelId", 1)) 17181 } 17182 17183 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 17184 return invalidParams 17185 } 17186 return nil 17187} 17188 17189// SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value. 17190func (s *MediaPackageOutputDestinationSettings) SetChannelId(v string) *MediaPackageOutputDestinationSettings { 17191 s.ChannelId = &v 17192 return s 17193} 17194 17195// Media Package Output Settings 17196type MediaPackageOutputSettings struct { 17197 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17198} 17199 17200// String returns the string representation 17201func (s MediaPackageOutputSettings) String() string { 17202 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17203} 17204 17205// GoString returns the string representation 17206func (s MediaPackageOutputSettings) GoString() string { 17207 return s.String() 17208} 17209 17210// Mp2 Settings 17211type Mp2Settings struct { 17212 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17213 17214 // Average bitrate in bits/second. 17215 Bitrate *float64 `locationName:"bitrate" type:"double"` 17216 17217 // The MPEG2 Audio coding mode. Valid values are codingMode10 (for mono) or 17218 // codingMode20 (for stereo). 17219 CodingMode *string `locationName:"codingMode" type:"string" enum:"Mp2CodingMode"` 17220 17221 // Sample rate in Hz. 17222 SampleRate *float64 `locationName:"sampleRate" type:"double"` 17223} 17224 17225// String returns the string representation 17226func (s Mp2Settings) String() string { 17227 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17228} 17229 17230// GoString returns the string representation 17231func (s Mp2Settings) GoString() string { 17232 return s.String() 17233} 17234 17235// SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value. 17236func (s *Mp2Settings) SetBitrate(v float64) *Mp2Settings { 17237 s.Bitrate = &v 17238 return s 17239} 17240 17241// SetCodingMode sets the CodingMode field's value. 17242func (s *Mp2Settings) SetCodingMode(v string) *Mp2Settings { 17243 s.CodingMode = &v 17244 return s 17245} 17246 17247// SetSampleRate sets the SampleRate field's value. 17248func (s *Mp2Settings) SetSampleRate(v float64) *Mp2Settings { 17249 s.SampleRate = &v 17250 return s 17251} 17252 17253// Ms Smooth Group Settings 17254type MsSmoothGroupSettings struct { 17255 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17256 17257 // The ID to include in each message in the sparse track. Ignored if sparseTrackType 17258 // is NONE. 17259 AcquisitionPointId *string `locationName:"acquisitionPointId" type:"string"` 17260 17261 // If set to passthrough for an audio-only MS Smooth output, the fragment absolute 17262 // time will be set to the current timecode. This option does not write timecodes 17263 // to the audio elementary stream. 17264 AudioOnlyTimecodeControl *string `locationName:"audioOnlyTimecodeControl" type:"string" enum:"SmoothGroupAudioOnlyTimecodeControl"` 17265 17266 // If set to verifyAuthenticity, verify the https certificate chain to a trusted 17267 // Certificate Authority (CA). This will cause https outputs to self-signed 17268 // certificates to fail. 17269 CertificateMode *string `locationName:"certificateMode" type:"string" enum:"SmoothGroupCertificateMode"` 17270 17271 // Number of seconds to wait before retrying connection to the IIS server if 17272 // the connection is lost. Content will be cached during this time and the cache 17273 // will be be delivered to the IIS server once the connection is re-established. 17274 ConnectionRetryInterval *int64 `locationName:"connectionRetryInterval" type:"integer"` 17275 17276 // Smooth Streaming publish point on an IIS server. Elemental Live acts as a 17277 // "Push" encoder to IIS. 17278 // 17279 // Destination is a required field 17280 Destination *OutputLocationRef `locationName:"destination" type:"structure" required:"true"` 17281 17282 // MS Smooth event ID to be sent to the IIS server.Should only be specified 17283 // if eventIdMode is set to useConfigured. 17284 EventId *string `locationName:"eventId" type:"string"` 17285 17286 // Specifies whether or not to send an event ID to the IIS server. If no event 17287 // ID is sent and the same Live Event is used without changing the publishing 17288 // point, clients might see cached video from the previous run.Options:- "useConfigured" 17289 // - use the value provided in eventId- "useTimestamp" - generate and send an 17290 // event ID based on the current timestamp- "noEventId" - do not send an event 17291 // ID to the IIS server. 17292 EventIdMode *string `locationName:"eventIdMode" type:"string" enum:"SmoothGroupEventIdMode"` 17293 17294 // When set to sendEos, send EOS signal to IIS server when stopping the event 17295 EventStopBehavior *string `locationName:"eventStopBehavior" type:"string" enum:"SmoothGroupEventStopBehavior"` 17296 17297 // Size in seconds of file cache for streaming outputs. 17298 FilecacheDuration *int64 `locationName:"filecacheDuration" type:"integer"` 17299 17300 // Length of mp4 fragments to generate (in seconds). Fragment length must be 17301 // compatible with GOP size and framerate. 17302 FragmentLength *int64 `locationName:"fragmentLength" min:"1" type:"integer"` 17303 17304 // Parameter that control output group behavior on input loss. 17305 InputLossAction *string `locationName:"inputLossAction" type:"string" enum:"InputLossActionForMsSmoothOut"` 17306 17307 // Number of retry attempts. 17308 NumRetries *int64 `locationName:"numRetries" type:"integer"` 17309 17310 // Number of seconds before initiating a restart due to output failure, due 17311 // to exhausting the numRetries on one segment, or exceeding filecacheDuration. 17312 RestartDelay *int64 `locationName:"restartDelay" type:"integer"` 17313 17314 // useInputSegmentation has been deprecated. The configured segment size is 17315 // always used. 17316 SegmentationMode *string `locationName:"segmentationMode" type:"string" enum:"SmoothGroupSegmentationMode"` 17317 17318 // Number of milliseconds to delay the output from the second pipeline. 17319 SendDelayMs *int64 `locationName:"sendDelayMs" type:"integer"` 17320 17321 // Identifies the type of data to place in the sparse track:- SCTE35: Insert 17322 // SCTE-35 messages from the source content. With each message, insert an IDR 17323 // frame to start a new segment.- SCTE35_WITHOUT_SEGMENTATION: Insert SCTE-35 17324 // messages from the source content. With each message, insert an IDR frame 17325 // but don't start a new segment.- NONE: Don't generate a sparse track for any 17326 // outputs in this output group. 17327 SparseTrackType *string `locationName:"sparseTrackType" type:"string" enum:"SmoothGroupSparseTrackType"` 17328 17329 // When set to send, send stream manifest so publishing point doesn't start 17330 // until all streams start. 17331 StreamManifestBehavior *string `locationName:"streamManifestBehavior" type:"string" enum:"SmoothGroupStreamManifestBehavior"` 17332 17333 // Timestamp offset for the event. Only used if timestampOffsetMode is set to 17334 // useConfiguredOffset. 17335 TimestampOffset *string `locationName:"timestampOffset" type:"string"` 17336 17337 // Type of timestamp date offset to use.- useEventStartDate: Use the date the 17338 // event was started as the offset- useConfiguredOffset: Use an explicitly configured 17339 // date as the offset 17340 TimestampOffsetMode *string `locationName:"timestampOffsetMode" type:"string" enum:"SmoothGroupTimestampOffsetMode"` 17341} 17342 17343// String returns the string representation 17344func (s MsSmoothGroupSettings) String() string { 17345 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17346} 17347 17348// GoString returns the string representation 17349func (s MsSmoothGroupSettings) GoString() string { 17350 return s.String() 17351} 17352 17353// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 17354func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) Validate() error { 17355 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MsSmoothGroupSettings"} 17356 if s.Destination == nil { 17357 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Destination")) 17358 } 17359 if s.FragmentLength != nil && *s.FragmentLength < 1 { 17360 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("FragmentLength", 1)) 17361 } 17362 17363 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 17364 return invalidParams 17365 } 17366 return nil 17367} 17368 17369// SetAcquisitionPointId sets the AcquisitionPointId field's value. 17370func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetAcquisitionPointId(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { 17371 s.AcquisitionPointId = &v 17372 return s 17373} 17374 17375// SetAudioOnlyTimecodeControl sets the AudioOnlyTimecodeControl field's value. 17376func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetAudioOnlyTimecodeControl(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { 17377 s.AudioOnlyTimecodeControl = &v 17378 return s 17379} 17380 17381// SetCertificateMode sets the CertificateMode field's value. 17382func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetCertificateMode(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { 17383 s.CertificateMode = &v 17384 return s 17385} 17386 17387// SetConnectionRetryInterval sets the ConnectionRetryInterval field's value. 17388func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetConnectionRetryInterval(v int64) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { 17389 s.ConnectionRetryInterval = &v 17390 return s 17391} 17392 17393// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value. 17394func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetDestination(v *OutputLocationRef) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { 17395 s.Destination = v 17396 return s 17397} 17398 17399// SetEventId sets the EventId field's value. 17400func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetEventId(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { 17401 s.EventId = &v 17402 return s 17403} 17404 17405// SetEventIdMode sets the EventIdMode field's value. 17406func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetEventIdMode(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { 17407 s.EventIdMode = &v 17408 return s 17409} 17410 17411// SetEventStopBehavior sets the EventStopBehavior field's value. 17412func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetEventStopBehavior(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { 17413 s.EventStopBehavior = &v 17414 return s 17415} 17416 17417// SetFilecacheDuration sets the FilecacheDuration field's value. 17418func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetFilecacheDuration(v int64) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { 17419 s.FilecacheDuration = &v 17420 return s 17421} 17422 17423// SetFragmentLength sets the FragmentLength field's value. 17424func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetFragmentLength(v int64) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { 17425 s.FragmentLength = &v 17426 return s 17427} 17428 17429// SetInputLossAction sets the InputLossAction field's value. 17430func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetInputLossAction(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { 17431 s.InputLossAction = &v 17432 return s 17433} 17434 17435// SetNumRetries sets the NumRetries field's value. 17436func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetNumRetries(v int64) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { 17437 s.NumRetries = &v 17438 return s 17439} 17440 17441// SetRestartDelay sets the RestartDelay field's value. 17442func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetRestartDelay(v int64) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { 17443 s.RestartDelay = &v 17444 return s 17445} 17446 17447// SetSegmentationMode sets the SegmentationMode field's value. 17448func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetSegmentationMode(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { 17449 s.SegmentationMode = &v 17450 return s 17451} 17452 17453// SetSendDelayMs sets the SendDelayMs field's value. 17454func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetSendDelayMs(v int64) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { 17455 s.SendDelayMs = &v 17456 return s 17457} 17458 17459// SetSparseTrackType sets the SparseTrackType field's value. 17460func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetSparseTrackType(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { 17461 s.SparseTrackType = &v 17462 return s 17463} 17464 17465// SetStreamManifestBehavior sets the StreamManifestBehavior field's value. 17466func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetStreamManifestBehavior(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { 17467 s.StreamManifestBehavior = &v 17468 return s 17469} 17470 17471// SetTimestampOffset sets the TimestampOffset field's value. 17472func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetTimestampOffset(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { 17473 s.TimestampOffset = &v 17474 return s 17475} 17476 17477// SetTimestampOffsetMode sets the TimestampOffsetMode field's value. 17478func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetTimestampOffsetMode(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { 17479 s.TimestampOffsetMode = &v 17480 return s 17481} 17482 17483// Ms Smooth Output Settings 17484type MsSmoothOutputSettings struct { 17485 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17486 17487 // Only applicable when this output is referencing an H.265 video description.Specifies 17488 // whether MP4 segments should be packaged as HEV1 or HVC1. 17489 H265PackagingType *string `locationName:"h265PackagingType" type:"string" enum:"MsSmoothH265PackagingType"` 17490 17491 // String concatenated to the end of the destination filename. Required for 17492 // multiple outputs of the same type. 17493 NameModifier *string `locationName:"nameModifier" type:"string"` 17494} 17495 17496// String returns the string representation 17497func (s MsSmoothOutputSettings) String() string { 17498 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17499} 17500 17501// GoString returns the string representation 17502func (s MsSmoothOutputSettings) GoString() string { 17503 return s.String() 17504} 17505 17506// SetH265PackagingType sets the H265PackagingType field's value. 17507func (s *MsSmoothOutputSettings) SetH265PackagingType(v string) *MsSmoothOutputSettings { 17508 s.H265PackagingType = &v 17509 return s 17510} 17511 17512// SetNameModifier sets the NameModifier field's value. 17513func (s *MsSmoothOutputSettings) SetNameModifier(v string) *MsSmoothOutputSettings { 17514 s.NameModifier = &v 17515 return s 17516} 17517 17518// The multiplex object. 17519type Multiplex struct { 17520 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17521 17522 // The unique arn of the multiplex. 17523 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 17524 17525 // A list of availability zones for the multiplex. 17526 AvailabilityZones []*string `locationName:"availabilityZones" type:"list"` 17527 17528 // A list of the multiplex output destinations. 17529 Destinations []*MultiplexOutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"` 17530 17531 // The unique id of the multiplex. 17532 Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` 17533 17534 // Configuration for a multiplex event. 17535 MultiplexSettings *MultiplexSettings `locationName:"multiplexSettings" type:"structure"` 17536 17537 // The name of the multiplex. 17538 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 17539 17540 // The number of currently healthy pipelines. 17541 PipelinesRunningCount *int64 `locationName:"pipelinesRunningCount" type:"integer"` 17542 17543 // The number of programs in the multiplex. 17544 ProgramCount *int64 `locationName:"programCount" type:"integer"` 17545 17546 // The current state of the multiplex. 17547 State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"MultiplexState"` 17548 17549 // A collection of key-value pairs. 17550 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 17551} 17552 17553// String returns the string representation 17554func (s Multiplex) String() string { 17555 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17556} 17557 17558// GoString returns the string representation 17559func (s Multiplex) GoString() string { 17560 return s.String() 17561} 17562 17563// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 17564func (s *Multiplex) SetArn(v string) *Multiplex { 17565 s.Arn = &v 17566 return s 17567} 17568 17569// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value. 17570func (s *Multiplex) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *Multiplex { 17571 s.AvailabilityZones = v 17572 return s 17573} 17574 17575// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value. 17576func (s *Multiplex) SetDestinations(v []*MultiplexOutputDestination) *Multiplex { 17577 s.Destinations = v 17578 return s 17579} 17580 17581// SetId sets the Id field's value. 17582func (s *Multiplex) SetId(v string) *Multiplex { 17583 s.Id = &v 17584 return s 17585} 17586 17587// SetMultiplexSettings sets the MultiplexSettings field's value. 17588func (s *Multiplex) SetMultiplexSettings(v *MultiplexSettings) *Multiplex { 17589 s.MultiplexSettings = v 17590 return s 17591} 17592 17593// SetName sets the Name field's value. 17594func (s *Multiplex) SetName(v string) *Multiplex { 17595 s.Name = &v 17596 return s 17597} 17598 17599// SetPipelinesRunningCount sets the PipelinesRunningCount field's value. 17600func (s *Multiplex) SetPipelinesRunningCount(v int64) *Multiplex { 17601 s.PipelinesRunningCount = &v 17602 return s 17603} 17604 17605// SetProgramCount sets the ProgramCount field's value. 17606func (s *Multiplex) SetProgramCount(v int64) *Multiplex { 17607 s.ProgramCount = &v 17608 return s 17609} 17610 17611// SetState sets the State field's value. 17612func (s *Multiplex) SetState(v string) *Multiplex { 17613 s.State = &v 17614 return s 17615} 17616 17617// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 17618func (s *Multiplex) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *Multiplex { 17619 s.Tags = v 17620 return s 17621} 17622 17623// Multiplex Group Settings 17624type MultiplexGroupSettings struct { 17625 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17626} 17627 17628// String returns the string representation 17629func (s MultiplexGroupSettings) String() string { 17630 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17631} 17632 17633// GoString returns the string representation 17634func (s MultiplexGroupSettings) GoString() string { 17635 return s.String() 17636} 17637 17638// Multiplex MediaConnect output destination settings. 17639type MultiplexMediaConnectOutputDestinationSettings struct { 17640 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17641 17642 // The MediaConnect entitlement ARN available as a Flow source. 17643 EntitlementArn *string `locationName:"entitlementArn" min:"1" type:"string"` 17644} 17645 17646// String returns the string representation 17647func (s MultiplexMediaConnectOutputDestinationSettings) String() string { 17648 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17649} 17650 17651// GoString returns the string representation 17652func (s MultiplexMediaConnectOutputDestinationSettings) GoString() string { 17653 return s.String() 17654} 17655 17656// SetEntitlementArn sets the EntitlementArn field's value. 17657func (s *MultiplexMediaConnectOutputDestinationSettings) SetEntitlementArn(v string) *MultiplexMediaConnectOutputDestinationSettings { 17658 s.EntitlementArn = &v 17659 return s 17660} 17661 17662// Multiplex output destination settings 17663type MultiplexOutputDestination struct { 17664 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17665 17666 // Multiplex MediaConnect output destination settings. 17667 MediaConnectSettings *MultiplexMediaConnectOutputDestinationSettings `locationName:"mediaConnectSettings" type:"structure"` 17668} 17669 17670// String returns the string representation 17671func (s MultiplexOutputDestination) String() string { 17672 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17673} 17674 17675// GoString returns the string representation 17676func (s MultiplexOutputDestination) GoString() string { 17677 return s.String() 17678} 17679 17680// SetMediaConnectSettings sets the MediaConnectSettings field's value. 17681func (s *MultiplexOutputDestination) SetMediaConnectSettings(v *MultiplexMediaConnectOutputDestinationSettings) *MultiplexOutputDestination { 17682 s.MediaConnectSettings = v 17683 return s 17684} 17685 17686// Multiplex Output Settings 17687type MultiplexOutputSettings struct { 17688 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17689 17690 // Destination is a Multiplex. 17691 // 17692 // Destination is a required field 17693 Destination *OutputLocationRef `locationName:"destination" type:"structure" required:"true"` 17694} 17695 17696// String returns the string representation 17697func (s MultiplexOutputSettings) String() string { 17698 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17699} 17700 17701// GoString returns the string representation 17702func (s MultiplexOutputSettings) GoString() string { 17703 return s.String() 17704} 17705 17706// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 17707func (s *MultiplexOutputSettings) Validate() error { 17708 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MultiplexOutputSettings"} 17709 if s.Destination == nil { 17710 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Destination")) 17711 } 17712 17713 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 17714 return invalidParams 17715 } 17716 return nil 17717} 17718 17719// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value. 17720func (s *MultiplexOutputSettings) SetDestination(v *OutputLocationRef) *MultiplexOutputSettings { 17721 s.Destination = v 17722 return s 17723} 17724 17725// The multiplex program object. 17726type MultiplexProgram struct { 17727 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17728 17729 // The MediaLive channel associated with the program. 17730 ChannelId *string `locationName:"channelId" type:"string"` 17731 17732 // The settings for this multiplex program. 17733 MultiplexProgramSettings *MultiplexProgramSettings `locationName:"multiplexProgramSettings" type:"structure"` 17734 17735 // The packet identifier map for this multiplex program. 17736 PacketIdentifiersMap *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap `locationName:"packetIdentifiersMap" type:"structure"` 17737 17738 // The name of the multiplex program. 17739 ProgramName *string `locationName:"programName" type:"string"` 17740} 17741 17742// String returns the string representation 17743func (s MultiplexProgram) String() string { 17744 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17745} 17746 17747// GoString returns the string representation 17748func (s MultiplexProgram) GoString() string { 17749 return s.String() 17750} 17751 17752// SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value. 17753func (s *MultiplexProgram) SetChannelId(v string) *MultiplexProgram { 17754 s.ChannelId = &v 17755 return s 17756} 17757 17758// SetMultiplexProgramSettings sets the MultiplexProgramSettings field's value. 17759func (s *MultiplexProgram) SetMultiplexProgramSettings(v *MultiplexProgramSettings) *MultiplexProgram { 17760 s.MultiplexProgramSettings = v 17761 return s 17762} 17763 17764// SetPacketIdentifiersMap sets the PacketIdentifiersMap field's value. 17765func (s *MultiplexProgram) SetPacketIdentifiersMap(v *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) *MultiplexProgram { 17766 s.PacketIdentifiersMap = v 17767 return s 17768} 17769 17770// SetProgramName sets the ProgramName field's value. 17771func (s *MultiplexProgram) SetProgramName(v string) *MultiplexProgram { 17772 s.ProgramName = &v 17773 return s 17774} 17775 17776// Multiplex Program Input Destination Settings for outputting a Channel to 17777// a Multiplex 17778type MultiplexProgramChannelDestinationSettings struct { 17779 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17780 17781 // The ID of the Multiplex that the encoder is providing output to. You do not 17782 // need to specify the individual inputs to the Multiplex; MediaLive will handle 17783 // the connection of the two MediaLive pipelines to the two Multiplex instances.The 17784 // Multiplex must be in the same region as the Channel. 17785 MultiplexId *string `locationName:"multiplexId" min:"1" type:"string"` 17786 17787 // The program name of the Multiplex program that the encoder is providing output 17788 // to. 17789 ProgramName *string `locationName:"programName" min:"1" type:"string"` 17790} 17791 17792// String returns the string representation 17793func (s MultiplexProgramChannelDestinationSettings) String() string { 17794 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17795} 17796 17797// GoString returns the string representation 17798func (s MultiplexProgramChannelDestinationSettings) GoString() string { 17799 return s.String() 17800} 17801 17802// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 17803func (s *MultiplexProgramChannelDestinationSettings) Validate() error { 17804 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MultiplexProgramChannelDestinationSettings"} 17805 if s.MultiplexId != nil && len(*s.MultiplexId) < 1 { 17806 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("MultiplexId", 1)) 17807 } 17808 if s.ProgramName != nil && len(*s.ProgramName) < 1 { 17809 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ProgramName", 1)) 17810 } 17811 17812 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 17813 return invalidParams 17814 } 17815 return nil 17816} 17817 17818// SetMultiplexId sets the MultiplexId field's value. 17819func (s *MultiplexProgramChannelDestinationSettings) SetMultiplexId(v string) *MultiplexProgramChannelDestinationSettings { 17820 s.MultiplexId = &v 17821 return s 17822} 17823 17824// SetProgramName sets the ProgramName field's value. 17825func (s *MultiplexProgramChannelDestinationSettings) SetProgramName(v string) *MultiplexProgramChannelDestinationSettings { 17826 s.ProgramName = &v 17827 return s 17828} 17829 17830// Packet identifiers map for a given Multiplex program. 17831type MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap struct { 17832 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17833 17834 AudioPids []*int64 `locationName:"audioPids" type:"list"` 17835 17836 DvbSubPids []*int64 `locationName:"dvbSubPids" type:"list"` 17837 17838 DvbTeletextPid *int64 `locationName:"dvbTeletextPid" type:"integer"` 17839 17840 EtvPlatformPid *int64 `locationName:"etvPlatformPid" type:"integer"` 17841 17842 EtvSignalPid *int64 `locationName:"etvSignalPid" type:"integer"` 17843 17844 KlvDataPids []*int64 `locationName:"klvDataPids" type:"list"` 17845 17846 PcrPid *int64 `locationName:"pcrPid" type:"integer"` 17847 17848 PmtPid *int64 `locationName:"pmtPid" type:"integer"` 17849 17850 PrivateMetadataPid *int64 `locationName:"privateMetadataPid" type:"integer"` 17851 17852 Scte27Pids []*int64 `locationName:"scte27Pids" type:"list"` 17853 17854 Scte35Pid *int64 `locationName:"scte35Pid" type:"integer"` 17855 17856 TimedMetadataPid *int64 `locationName:"timedMetadataPid" type:"integer"` 17857 17858 VideoPid *int64 `locationName:"videoPid" type:"integer"` 17859} 17860 17861// String returns the string representation 17862func (s MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) String() string { 17863 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17864} 17865 17866// GoString returns the string representation 17867func (s MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) GoString() string { 17868 return s.String() 17869} 17870 17871// SetAudioPids sets the AudioPids field's value. 17872func (s *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetAudioPids(v []*int64) *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap { 17873 s.AudioPids = v 17874 return s 17875} 17876 17877// SetDvbSubPids sets the DvbSubPids field's value. 17878func (s *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetDvbSubPids(v []*int64) *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap { 17879 s.DvbSubPids = v 17880 return s 17881} 17882 17883// SetDvbTeletextPid sets the DvbTeletextPid field's value. 17884func (s *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetDvbTeletextPid(v int64) *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap { 17885 s.DvbTeletextPid = &v 17886 return s 17887} 17888 17889// SetEtvPlatformPid sets the EtvPlatformPid field's value. 17890func (s *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetEtvPlatformPid(v int64) *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap { 17891 s.EtvPlatformPid = &v 17892 return s 17893} 17894 17895// SetEtvSignalPid sets the EtvSignalPid field's value. 17896func (s *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetEtvSignalPid(v int64) *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap { 17897 s.EtvSignalPid = &v 17898 return s 17899} 17900 17901// SetKlvDataPids sets the KlvDataPids field's value. 17902func (s *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetKlvDataPids(v []*int64) *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap { 17903 s.KlvDataPids = v 17904 return s 17905} 17906 17907// SetPcrPid sets the PcrPid field's value. 17908func (s *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetPcrPid(v int64) *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap { 17909 s.PcrPid = &v 17910 return s 17911} 17912 17913// SetPmtPid sets the PmtPid field's value. 17914func (s *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetPmtPid(v int64) *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap { 17915 s.PmtPid = &v 17916 return s 17917} 17918 17919// SetPrivateMetadataPid sets the PrivateMetadataPid field's value. 17920func (s *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetPrivateMetadataPid(v int64) *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap { 17921 s.PrivateMetadataPid = &v 17922 return s 17923} 17924 17925// SetScte27Pids sets the Scte27Pids field's value. 17926func (s *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetScte27Pids(v []*int64) *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap { 17927 s.Scte27Pids = v 17928 return s 17929} 17930 17931// SetScte35Pid sets the Scte35Pid field's value. 17932func (s *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetScte35Pid(v int64) *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap { 17933 s.Scte35Pid = &v 17934 return s 17935} 17936 17937// SetTimedMetadataPid sets the TimedMetadataPid field's value. 17938func (s *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetTimedMetadataPid(v int64) *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap { 17939 s.TimedMetadataPid = &v 17940 return s 17941} 17942 17943// SetVideoPid sets the VideoPid field's value. 17944func (s *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetVideoPid(v int64) *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap { 17945 s.VideoPid = &v 17946 return s 17947} 17948 17949// Transport stream service descriptor configuration for the Multiplex program. 17950type MultiplexProgramServiceDescriptor struct { 17951 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17952 17953 // Name of the provider. 17954 // 17955 // ProviderName is a required field 17956 ProviderName *string `locationName:"providerName" type:"string" required:"true"` 17957 17958 // Name of the service. 17959 // 17960 // ServiceName is a required field 17961 ServiceName *string `locationName:"serviceName" type:"string" required:"true"` 17962} 17963 17964// String returns the string representation 17965func (s MultiplexProgramServiceDescriptor) String() string { 17966 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17967} 17968 17969// GoString returns the string representation 17970func (s MultiplexProgramServiceDescriptor) GoString() string { 17971 return s.String() 17972} 17973 17974// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 17975func (s *MultiplexProgramServiceDescriptor) Validate() error { 17976 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MultiplexProgramServiceDescriptor"} 17977 if s.ProviderName == nil { 17978 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ProviderName")) 17979 } 17980 if s.ServiceName == nil { 17981 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ServiceName")) 17982 } 17983 17984 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 17985 return invalidParams 17986 } 17987 return nil 17988} 17989 17990// SetProviderName sets the ProviderName field's value. 17991func (s *MultiplexProgramServiceDescriptor) SetProviderName(v string) *MultiplexProgramServiceDescriptor { 17992 s.ProviderName = &v 17993 return s 17994} 17995 17996// SetServiceName sets the ServiceName field's value. 17997func (s *MultiplexProgramServiceDescriptor) SetServiceName(v string) *MultiplexProgramServiceDescriptor { 17998 s.ServiceName = &v 17999 return s 18000} 18001 18002// Multiplex Program settings configuration. 18003type MultiplexProgramSettings struct { 18004 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18005 18006 // Indicates which pipeline is preferred by the multiplex for program ingest. 18007 PreferredChannelPipeline *string `locationName:"preferredChannelPipeline" type:"string" enum:"PreferredChannelPipeline"` 18008 18009 // Unique program number. 18010 // 18011 // ProgramNumber is a required field 18012 ProgramNumber *int64 `locationName:"programNumber" type:"integer" required:"true"` 18013 18014 // Transport stream service descriptor configuration for the Multiplex program. 18015 ServiceDescriptor *MultiplexProgramServiceDescriptor `locationName:"serviceDescriptor" type:"structure"` 18016 18017 // Program video settings configuration. 18018 VideoSettings *MultiplexVideoSettings `locationName:"videoSettings" type:"structure"` 18019} 18020 18021// String returns the string representation 18022func (s MultiplexProgramSettings) String() string { 18023 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18024} 18025 18026// GoString returns the string representation 18027func (s MultiplexProgramSettings) GoString() string { 18028 return s.String() 18029} 18030 18031// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 18032func (s *MultiplexProgramSettings) Validate() error { 18033 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MultiplexProgramSettings"} 18034 if s.ProgramNumber == nil { 18035 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ProgramNumber")) 18036 } 18037 if s.ServiceDescriptor != nil { 18038 if err := s.ServiceDescriptor.Validate(); err != nil { 18039 invalidParams.AddNested("ServiceDescriptor", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 18040 } 18041 } 18042 if s.VideoSettings != nil { 18043 if err := s.VideoSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 18044 invalidParams.AddNested("VideoSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 18045 } 18046 } 18047 18048 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 18049 return invalidParams 18050 } 18051 return nil 18052} 18053 18054// SetPreferredChannelPipeline sets the PreferredChannelPipeline field's value. 18055func (s *MultiplexProgramSettings) SetPreferredChannelPipeline(v string) *MultiplexProgramSettings { 18056 s.PreferredChannelPipeline = &v 18057 return s 18058} 18059 18060// SetProgramNumber sets the ProgramNumber field's value. 18061func (s *MultiplexProgramSettings) SetProgramNumber(v int64) *MultiplexProgramSettings { 18062 s.ProgramNumber = &v 18063 return s 18064} 18065 18066// SetServiceDescriptor sets the ServiceDescriptor field's value. 18067func (s *MultiplexProgramSettings) SetServiceDescriptor(v *MultiplexProgramServiceDescriptor) *MultiplexProgramSettings { 18068 s.ServiceDescriptor = v 18069 return s 18070} 18071 18072// SetVideoSettings sets the VideoSettings field's value. 18073func (s *MultiplexProgramSettings) SetVideoSettings(v *MultiplexVideoSettings) *MultiplexProgramSettings { 18074 s.VideoSettings = v 18075 return s 18076} 18077 18078type MultiplexProgramSummary struct { 18079 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18080 18081 // The MediaLive Channel associated with the program. 18082 ChannelId *string `locationName:"channelId" type:"string"` 18083 18084 // The name of the multiplex program. 18085 ProgramName *string `locationName:"programName" type:"string"` 18086} 18087 18088// String returns the string representation 18089func (s MultiplexProgramSummary) String() string { 18090 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18091} 18092 18093// GoString returns the string representation 18094func (s MultiplexProgramSummary) GoString() string { 18095 return s.String() 18096} 18097 18098// SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value. 18099func (s *MultiplexProgramSummary) SetChannelId(v string) *MultiplexProgramSummary { 18100 s.ChannelId = &v 18101 return s 18102} 18103 18104// SetProgramName sets the ProgramName field's value. 18105func (s *MultiplexProgramSummary) SetProgramName(v string) *MultiplexProgramSummary { 18106 s.ProgramName = &v 18107 return s 18108} 18109 18110// Contains configuration for a Multiplex event 18111type MultiplexSettings struct { 18112 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18113 18114 // Maximum video buffer delay in milliseconds. 18115 MaximumVideoBufferDelayMilliseconds *int64 `locationName:"maximumVideoBufferDelayMilliseconds" min:"1000" type:"integer"` 18116 18117 // Transport stream bit rate. 18118 // 18119 // TransportStreamBitrate is a required field 18120 TransportStreamBitrate *int64 `locationName:"transportStreamBitrate" min:"1e+06" type:"integer" required:"true"` 18121 18122 // Transport stream ID. 18123 // 18124 // TransportStreamId is a required field 18125 TransportStreamId *int64 `locationName:"transportStreamId" type:"integer" required:"true"` 18126 18127 // Transport stream reserved bit rate. 18128 TransportStreamReservedBitrate *int64 `locationName:"transportStreamReservedBitrate" type:"integer"` 18129} 18130 18131// String returns the string representation 18132func (s MultiplexSettings) String() string { 18133 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18134} 18135 18136// GoString returns the string representation 18137func (s MultiplexSettings) GoString() string { 18138 return s.String() 18139} 18140 18141// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 18142func (s *MultiplexSettings) Validate() error { 18143 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MultiplexSettings"} 18144 if s.MaximumVideoBufferDelayMilliseconds != nil && *s.MaximumVideoBufferDelayMilliseconds < 1000 { 18145 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaximumVideoBufferDelayMilliseconds", 1000)) 18146 } 18147 if s.TransportStreamBitrate == nil { 18148 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TransportStreamBitrate")) 18149 } 18150 if s.TransportStreamBitrate != nil && *s.TransportStreamBitrate < 1e+06 { 18151 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("TransportStreamBitrate", 1e+06)) 18152 } 18153 if s.TransportStreamId == nil { 18154 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TransportStreamId")) 18155 } 18156 18157 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 18158 return invalidParams 18159 } 18160 return nil 18161} 18162 18163// SetMaximumVideoBufferDelayMilliseconds sets the MaximumVideoBufferDelayMilliseconds field's value. 18164func (s *MultiplexSettings) SetMaximumVideoBufferDelayMilliseconds(v int64) *MultiplexSettings { 18165 s.MaximumVideoBufferDelayMilliseconds = &v 18166 return s 18167} 18168 18169// SetTransportStreamBitrate sets the TransportStreamBitrate field's value. 18170func (s *MultiplexSettings) SetTransportStreamBitrate(v int64) *MultiplexSettings { 18171 s.TransportStreamBitrate = &v 18172 return s 18173} 18174 18175// SetTransportStreamId sets the TransportStreamId field's value. 18176func (s *MultiplexSettings) SetTransportStreamId(v int64) *MultiplexSettings { 18177 s.TransportStreamId = &v 18178 return s 18179} 18180 18181// SetTransportStreamReservedBitrate sets the TransportStreamReservedBitrate field's value. 18182func (s *MultiplexSettings) SetTransportStreamReservedBitrate(v int64) *MultiplexSettings { 18183 s.TransportStreamReservedBitrate = &v 18184 return s 18185} 18186 18187// Contains summary configuration for a Multiplex event. 18188type MultiplexSettingsSummary struct { 18189 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18190 18191 // Transport stream bit rate. 18192 TransportStreamBitrate *int64 `locationName:"transportStreamBitrate" min:"1e+06" type:"integer"` 18193} 18194 18195// String returns the string representation 18196func (s MultiplexSettingsSummary) String() string { 18197 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18198} 18199 18200// GoString returns the string representation 18201func (s MultiplexSettingsSummary) GoString() string { 18202 return s.String() 18203} 18204 18205// SetTransportStreamBitrate sets the TransportStreamBitrate field's value. 18206func (s *MultiplexSettingsSummary) SetTransportStreamBitrate(v int64) *MultiplexSettingsSummary { 18207 s.TransportStreamBitrate = &v 18208 return s 18209} 18210 18211// Statmux rate control settings 18212type MultiplexStatmuxVideoSettings struct { 18213 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18214 18215 // Maximum statmux bitrate. 18216 MaximumBitrate *int64 `locationName:"maximumBitrate" min:"100000" type:"integer"` 18217 18218 // Minimum statmux bitrate. 18219 MinimumBitrate *int64 `locationName:"minimumBitrate" min:"100000" type:"integer"` 18220} 18221 18222// String returns the string representation 18223func (s MultiplexStatmuxVideoSettings) String() string { 18224 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18225} 18226 18227// GoString returns the string representation 18228func (s MultiplexStatmuxVideoSettings) GoString() string { 18229 return s.String() 18230} 18231 18232// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 18233func (s *MultiplexStatmuxVideoSettings) Validate() error { 18234 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MultiplexStatmuxVideoSettings"} 18235 if s.MaximumBitrate != nil && *s.MaximumBitrate < 100000 { 18236 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaximumBitrate", 100000)) 18237 } 18238 if s.MinimumBitrate != nil && *s.MinimumBitrate < 100000 { 18239 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MinimumBitrate", 100000)) 18240 } 18241 18242 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 18243 return invalidParams 18244 } 18245 return nil 18246} 18247 18248// SetMaximumBitrate sets the MaximumBitrate field's value. 18249func (s *MultiplexStatmuxVideoSettings) SetMaximumBitrate(v int64) *MultiplexStatmuxVideoSettings { 18250 s.MaximumBitrate = &v 18251 return s 18252} 18253 18254// SetMinimumBitrate sets the MinimumBitrate field's value. 18255func (s *MultiplexStatmuxVideoSettings) SetMinimumBitrate(v int64) *MultiplexStatmuxVideoSettings { 18256 s.MinimumBitrate = &v 18257 return s 18258} 18259 18260type MultiplexSummary struct { 18261 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18262 18263 // The unique arn of the multiplex. 18264 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 18265 18266 // A list of availability zones for the multiplex. 18267 AvailabilityZones []*string `locationName:"availabilityZones" type:"list"` 18268 18269 // The unique id of the multiplex. 18270 Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` 18271 18272 // Configuration for a multiplex event. 18273 MultiplexSettings *MultiplexSettingsSummary `locationName:"multiplexSettings" type:"structure"` 18274 18275 // The name of the multiplex. 18276 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 18277 18278 // The number of currently healthy pipelines. 18279 PipelinesRunningCount *int64 `locationName:"pipelinesRunningCount" type:"integer"` 18280 18281 // The number of programs in the multiplex. 18282 ProgramCount *int64 `locationName:"programCount" type:"integer"` 18283 18284 // The current state of the multiplex. 18285 State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"MultiplexState"` 18286 18287 // A collection of key-value pairs. 18288 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 18289} 18290 18291// String returns the string representation 18292func (s MultiplexSummary) String() string { 18293 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18294} 18295 18296// GoString returns the string representation 18297func (s MultiplexSummary) GoString() string { 18298 return s.String() 18299} 18300 18301// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 18302func (s *MultiplexSummary) SetArn(v string) *MultiplexSummary { 18303 s.Arn = &v 18304 return s 18305} 18306 18307// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value. 18308func (s *MultiplexSummary) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *MultiplexSummary { 18309 s.AvailabilityZones = v 18310 return s 18311} 18312 18313// SetId sets the Id field's value. 18314func (s *MultiplexSummary) SetId(v string) *MultiplexSummary { 18315 s.Id = &v 18316 return s 18317} 18318 18319// SetMultiplexSettings sets the MultiplexSettings field's value. 18320func (s *MultiplexSummary) SetMultiplexSettings(v *MultiplexSettingsSummary) *MultiplexSummary { 18321 s.MultiplexSettings = v 18322 return s 18323} 18324 18325// SetName sets the Name field's value. 18326func (s *MultiplexSummary) SetName(v string) *MultiplexSummary { 18327 s.Name = &v 18328 return s 18329} 18330 18331// SetPipelinesRunningCount sets the PipelinesRunningCount field's value. 18332func (s *MultiplexSummary) SetPipelinesRunningCount(v int64) *MultiplexSummary { 18333 s.PipelinesRunningCount = &v 18334 return s 18335} 18336 18337// SetProgramCount sets the ProgramCount field's value. 18338func (s *MultiplexSummary) SetProgramCount(v int64) *MultiplexSummary { 18339 s.ProgramCount = &v 18340 return s 18341} 18342 18343// SetState sets the State field's value. 18344func (s *MultiplexSummary) SetState(v string) *MultiplexSummary { 18345 s.State = &v 18346 return s 18347} 18348 18349// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 18350func (s *MultiplexSummary) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *MultiplexSummary { 18351 s.Tags = v 18352 return s 18353} 18354 18355// The video configuration for each program in a multiplex. 18356type MultiplexVideoSettings struct { 18357 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18358 18359 // The constant bitrate configuration for the video encode.When this field is 18360 // defined, StatmuxSettings must be undefined. 18361 ConstantBitrate *int64 `locationName:"constantBitrate" min:"100000" type:"integer"` 18362 18363 // Statmux rate control settings.When this field is defined, ConstantBitrate 18364 // must be undefined. 18365 StatmuxSettings *MultiplexStatmuxVideoSettings `locationName:"statmuxSettings" type:"structure"` 18366} 18367 18368// String returns the string representation 18369func (s MultiplexVideoSettings) String() string { 18370 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18371} 18372 18373// GoString returns the string representation 18374func (s MultiplexVideoSettings) GoString() string { 18375 return s.String() 18376} 18377 18378// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 18379func (s *MultiplexVideoSettings) Validate() error { 18380 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MultiplexVideoSettings"} 18381 if s.ConstantBitrate != nil && *s.ConstantBitrate < 100000 { 18382 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("ConstantBitrate", 100000)) 18383 } 18384 if s.StatmuxSettings != nil { 18385 if err := s.StatmuxSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 18386 invalidParams.AddNested("StatmuxSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 18387 } 18388 } 18389 18390 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 18391 return invalidParams 18392 } 18393 return nil 18394} 18395 18396// SetConstantBitrate sets the ConstantBitrate field's value. 18397func (s *MultiplexVideoSettings) SetConstantBitrate(v int64) *MultiplexVideoSettings { 18398 s.ConstantBitrate = &v 18399 return s 18400} 18401 18402// SetStatmuxSettings sets the StatmuxSettings field's value. 18403func (s *MultiplexVideoSettings) SetStatmuxSettings(v *MultiplexStatmuxVideoSettings) *MultiplexVideoSettings { 18404 s.StatmuxSettings = v 18405 return s 18406} 18407 18408// Network source to transcode. Must be accessible to the Elemental Live node 18409// that is running the live event through a network connection. 18410type NetworkInputSettings struct { 18411 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18412 18413 // Specifies HLS input settings when the uri is for a HLS manifest. 18414 HlsInputSettings *HlsInputSettings `locationName:"hlsInputSettings" type:"structure"` 18415 18416 // Check HTTPS server certificates. When set to checkCryptographyOnly, cryptography 18417 // in the certificate will be checked, but not the server's name. Certain subdomains 18418 // (notably S3 buckets that use dots in the bucket name) do not strictly match 18419 // the corresponding certificate's wildcard pattern and would otherwise cause 18420 // the event to error. This setting is ignored for protocols that do not use 18421 // https. 18422 ServerValidation *string `locationName:"serverValidation" type:"string" enum:"NetworkInputServerValidation"` 18423} 18424 18425// String returns the string representation 18426func (s NetworkInputSettings) String() string { 18427 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18428} 18429 18430// GoString returns the string representation 18431func (s NetworkInputSettings) GoString() string { 18432 return s.String() 18433} 18434 18435// SetHlsInputSettings sets the HlsInputSettings field's value. 18436func (s *NetworkInputSettings) SetHlsInputSettings(v *HlsInputSettings) *NetworkInputSettings { 18437 s.HlsInputSettings = v 18438 return s 18439} 18440 18441// SetServerValidation sets the ServerValidation field's value. 18442func (s *NetworkInputSettings) SetServerValidation(v string) *NetworkInputSettings { 18443 s.ServerValidation = &v 18444 return s 18445} 18446 18447// Nielsen Configuration 18448type NielsenConfiguration struct { 18449 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18450 18451 // Enter the Distributor ID assigned to your organization by Nielsen. 18452 DistributorId *string `locationName:"distributorId" type:"string"` 18453 18454 // Enables Nielsen PCM to ID3 tagging 18455 NielsenPcmToId3Tagging *string `locationName:"nielsenPcmToId3Tagging" type:"string" enum:"NielsenPcmToId3TaggingState"` 18456} 18457 18458// String returns the string representation 18459func (s NielsenConfiguration) String() string { 18460 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18461} 18462 18463// GoString returns the string representation 18464func (s NielsenConfiguration) GoString() string { 18465 return s.String() 18466} 18467 18468// SetDistributorId sets the DistributorId field's value. 18469func (s *NielsenConfiguration) SetDistributorId(v string) *NielsenConfiguration { 18470 s.DistributorId = &v 18471 return s 18472} 18473 18474// SetNielsenPcmToId3Tagging sets the NielsenPcmToId3Tagging field's value. 18475func (s *NielsenConfiguration) SetNielsenPcmToId3Tagging(v string) *NielsenConfiguration { 18476 s.NielsenPcmToId3Tagging = &v 18477 return s 18478} 18479 18480type NotFoundException struct { 18481 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18482 RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"` 18483 18484 Message_ *string `locationName:"message" type:"string"` 18485} 18486 18487// String returns the string representation 18488func (s NotFoundException) String() string { 18489 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18490} 18491 18492// GoString returns the string representation 18493func (s NotFoundException) GoString() string { 18494 return s.String() 18495} 18496 18497func newErrorNotFoundException(v protocol.ResponseMetadata) error { 18498 return &NotFoundException{ 18499 RespMetadata: v, 18500 } 18501} 18502 18503// Code returns the exception type name. 18504func (s *NotFoundException) Code() string { 18505 return "NotFoundException" 18506} 18507 18508// Message returns the exception's message. 18509func (s *NotFoundException) Message() string { 18510 if s.Message_ != nil { 18511 return *s.Message_ 18512 } 18513 return "" 18514} 18515 18516// OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface. 18517func (s *NotFoundException) OrigErr() error { 18518 return nil 18519} 18520 18521func (s *NotFoundException) Error() string { 18522 return fmt.Sprintf("%s: %s", s.Code(), s.Message()) 18523} 18524 18525// Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error. 18526func (s *NotFoundException) StatusCode() int { 18527 return s.RespMetadata.StatusCode 18528} 18529 18530// RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request. 18531func (s *NotFoundException) RequestID() string { 18532 return s.RespMetadata.RequestID 18533} 18534 18535// Reserved resources available for purchase 18536type Offering struct { 18537 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18538 18539 // Unique offering ARN, e.g. 'arn:aws:medialive:us-west-2:123456789012:offering:87654321' 18540 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 18541 18542 // Currency code for usagePrice and fixedPrice in ISO-4217 format, e.g. 'USD' 18543 CurrencyCode *string `locationName:"currencyCode" type:"string"` 18544 18545 // Lease duration, e.g. '12' 18546 Duration *int64 `locationName:"duration" type:"integer"` 18547 18548 // Units for duration, e.g. 'MONTHS' 18549 DurationUnits *string `locationName:"durationUnits" type:"string" enum:"OfferingDurationUnits"` 18550 18551 // One-time charge for each reserved resource, e.g. '0.0' for a NO_UPFRONT offering 18552 FixedPrice *float64 `locationName:"fixedPrice" type:"double"` 18553 18554 // Offering description, e.g. 'HD AVC output at 10-20 Mbps, 30 fps, and standard 18555 // VQ in US West (Oregon)' 18556 OfferingDescription *string `locationName:"offeringDescription" type:"string"` 18557 18558 // Unique offering ID, e.g. '87654321' 18559 OfferingId *string `locationName:"offeringId" type:"string"` 18560 18561 // Offering type, e.g. 'NO_UPFRONT' 18562 OfferingType *string `locationName:"offeringType" type:"string" enum:"OfferingType"` 18563 18564 // AWS region, e.g. 'us-west-2' 18565 Region *string `locationName:"region" type:"string"` 18566 18567 // Resource configuration details 18568 ResourceSpecification *ReservationResourceSpecification `locationName:"resourceSpecification" type:"structure"` 18569 18570 // Recurring usage charge for each reserved resource, e.g. '157.0' 18571 UsagePrice *float64 `locationName:"usagePrice" type:"double"` 18572} 18573 18574// String returns the string representation 18575func (s Offering) String() string { 18576 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18577} 18578 18579// GoString returns the string representation 18580func (s Offering) GoString() string { 18581 return s.String() 18582} 18583 18584// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 18585func (s *Offering) SetArn(v string) *Offering { 18586 s.Arn = &v 18587 return s 18588} 18589 18590// SetCurrencyCode sets the CurrencyCode field's value. 18591func (s *Offering) SetCurrencyCode(v string) *Offering { 18592 s.CurrencyCode = &v 18593 return s 18594} 18595 18596// SetDuration sets the Duration field's value. 18597func (s *Offering) SetDuration(v int64) *Offering { 18598 s.Duration = &v 18599 return s 18600} 18601 18602// SetDurationUnits sets the DurationUnits field's value. 18603func (s *Offering) SetDurationUnits(v string) *Offering { 18604 s.DurationUnits = &v 18605 return s 18606} 18607 18608// SetFixedPrice sets the FixedPrice field's value. 18609func (s *Offering) SetFixedPrice(v float64) *Offering { 18610 s.FixedPrice = &v 18611 return s 18612} 18613 18614// SetOfferingDescription sets the OfferingDescription field's value. 18615func (s *Offering) SetOfferingDescription(v string) *Offering { 18616 s.OfferingDescription = &v 18617 return s 18618} 18619 18620// SetOfferingId sets the OfferingId field's value. 18621func (s *Offering) SetOfferingId(v string) *Offering { 18622 s.OfferingId = &v 18623 return s 18624} 18625 18626// SetOfferingType sets the OfferingType field's value. 18627func (s *Offering) SetOfferingType(v string) *Offering { 18628 s.OfferingType = &v 18629 return s 18630} 18631 18632// SetRegion sets the Region field's value. 18633func (s *Offering) SetRegion(v string) *Offering { 18634 s.Region = &v 18635 return s 18636} 18637 18638// SetResourceSpecification sets the ResourceSpecification field's value. 18639func (s *Offering) SetResourceSpecification(v *ReservationResourceSpecification) *Offering { 18640 s.ResourceSpecification = v 18641 return s 18642} 18643 18644// SetUsagePrice sets the UsagePrice field's value. 18645func (s *Offering) SetUsagePrice(v float64) *Offering { 18646 s.UsagePrice = &v 18647 return s 18648} 18649 18650// Output settings. There can be multiple outputs within a group. 18651type Output struct { 18652 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18653 18654 // The names of the AudioDescriptions used as audio sources for this output. 18655 AudioDescriptionNames []*string `locationName:"audioDescriptionNames" type:"list"` 18656 18657 // The names of the CaptionDescriptions used as caption sources for this output. 18658 CaptionDescriptionNames []*string `locationName:"captionDescriptionNames" type:"list"` 18659 18660 // The name used to identify an output. 18661 OutputName *string `locationName:"outputName" min:"1" type:"string"` 18662 18663 // Output type-specific settings. 18664 // 18665 // OutputSettings is a required field 18666 OutputSettings *OutputSettings `locationName:"outputSettings" type:"structure" required:"true"` 18667 18668 // The name of the VideoDescription used as the source for this output. 18669 VideoDescriptionName *string `locationName:"videoDescriptionName" type:"string"` 18670} 18671 18672// String returns the string representation 18673func (s Output) String() string { 18674 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18675} 18676 18677// GoString returns the string representation 18678func (s Output) GoString() string { 18679 return s.String() 18680} 18681 18682// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 18683func (s *Output) Validate() error { 18684 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Output"} 18685 if s.OutputName != nil && len(*s.OutputName) < 1 { 18686 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("OutputName", 1)) 18687 } 18688 if s.OutputSettings == nil { 18689 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OutputSettings")) 18690 } 18691 if s.OutputSettings != nil { 18692 if err := s.OutputSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 18693 invalidParams.AddNested("OutputSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 18694 } 18695 } 18696 18697 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 18698 return invalidParams 18699 } 18700 return nil 18701} 18702 18703// SetAudioDescriptionNames sets the AudioDescriptionNames field's value. 18704func (s *Output) SetAudioDescriptionNames(v []*string) *Output { 18705 s.AudioDescriptionNames = v 18706 return s 18707} 18708 18709// SetCaptionDescriptionNames sets the CaptionDescriptionNames field's value. 18710func (s *Output) SetCaptionDescriptionNames(v []*string) *Output { 18711 s.CaptionDescriptionNames = v 18712 return s 18713} 18714 18715// SetOutputName sets the OutputName field's value. 18716func (s *Output) SetOutputName(v string) *Output { 18717 s.OutputName = &v 18718 return s 18719} 18720 18721// SetOutputSettings sets the OutputSettings field's value. 18722func (s *Output) SetOutputSettings(v *OutputSettings) *Output { 18723 s.OutputSettings = v 18724 return s 18725} 18726 18727// SetVideoDescriptionName sets the VideoDescriptionName field's value. 18728func (s *Output) SetVideoDescriptionName(v string) *Output { 18729 s.VideoDescriptionName = &v 18730 return s 18731} 18732 18733type OutputDestination struct { 18734 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18735 18736 // User-specified id. This is used in an output group or an output. 18737 Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` 18738 18739 // Destination settings for a MediaPackage output; one destination for both 18740 // encoders. 18741 MediaPackageSettings []*MediaPackageOutputDestinationSettings `locationName:"mediaPackageSettings" type:"list"` 18742 18743 // Destination settings for a Multiplex output; one destination for both encoders. 18744 MultiplexSettings *MultiplexProgramChannelDestinationSettings `locationName:"multiplexSettings" type:"structure"` 18745 18746 // Destination settings for a standard output; one destination for each redundant 18747 // encoder. 18748 Settings []*OutputDestinationSettings `locationName:"settings" type:"list"` 18749} 18750 18751// String returns the string representation 18752func (s OutputDestination) String() string { 18753 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18754} 18755 18756// GoString returns the string representation 18757func (s OutputDestination) GoString() string { 18758 return s.String() 18759} 18760 18761// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 18762func (s *OutputDestination) Validate() error { 18763 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "OutputDestination"} 18764 if s.MediaPackageSettings != nil { 18765 for i, v := range s.MediaPackageSettings { 18766 if v == nil { 18767 continue 18768 } 18769 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 18770 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "MediaPackageSettings", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 18771 } 18772 } 18773 } 18774 if s.MultiplexSettings != nil { 18775 if err := s.MultiplexSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 18776 invalidParams.AddNested("MultiplexSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 18777 } 18778 } 18779 18780 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 18781 return invalidParams 18782 } 18783 return nil 18784} 18785 18786// SetId sets the Id field's value. 18787func (s *OutputDestination) SetId(v string) *OutputDestination { 18788 s.Id = &v 18789 return s 18790} 18791 18792// SetMediaPackageSettings sets the MediaPackageSettings field's value. 18793func (s *OutputDestination) SetMediaPackageSettings(v []*MediaPackageOutputDestinationSettings) *OutputDestination { 18794 s.MediaPackageSettings = v 18795 return s 18796} 18797 18798// SetMultiplexSettings sets the MultiplexSettings field's value. 18799func (s *OutputDestination) SetMultiplexSettings(v *MultiplexProgramChannelDestinationSettings) *OutputDestination { 18800 s.MultiplexSettings = v 18801 return s 18802} 18803 18804// SetSettings sets the Settings field's value. 18805func (s *OutputDestination) SetSettings(v []*OutputDestinationSettings) *OutputDestination { 18806 s.Settings = v 18807 return s 18808} 18809 18810type OutputDestinationSettings struct { 18811 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18812 18813 // key used to extract the password from EC2 Parameter store 18814 PasswordParam *string `locationName:"passwordParam" type:"string"` 18815 18816 // Stream name for RTMP destinations (URLs of type rtmp://) 18817 StreamName *string `locationName:"streamName" type:"string"` 18818 18819 // A URL specifying a destination 18820 Url *string `locationName:"url" type:"string"` 18821 18822 // username for destination 18823 Username *string `locationName:"username" type:"string"` 18824} 18825 18826// String returns the string representation 18827func (s OutputDestinationSettings) String() string { 18828 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18829} 18830 18831// GoString returns the string representation 18832func (s OutputDestinationSettings) GoString() string { 18833 return s.String() 18834} 18835 18836// SetPasswordParam sets the PasswordParam field's value. 18837func (s *OutputDestinationSettings) SetPasswordParam(v string) *OutputDestinationSettings { 18838 s.PasswordParam = &v 18839 return s 18840} 18841 18842// SetStreamName sets the StreamName field's value. 18843func (s *OutputDestinationSettings) SetStreamName(v string) *OutputDestinationSettings { 18844 s.StreamName = &v 18845 return s 18846} 18847 18848// SetUrl sets the Url field's value. 18849func (s *OutputDestinationSettings) SetUrl(v string) *OutputDestinationSettings { 18850 s.Url = &v 18851 return s 18852} 18853 18854// SetUsername sets the Username field's value. 18855func (s *OutputDestinationSettings) SetUsername(v string) *OutputDestinationSettings { 18856 s.Username = &v 18857 return s 18858} 18859 18860// Output groups for this Live Event. Output groups contain information about 18861// where streams should be distributed. 18862type OutputGroup struct { 18863 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18864 18865 // Custom output group name optionally defined by the user. Only letters, numbers, 18866 // and the underscore character allowed; only 32 characters allowed. 18867 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 18868 18869 // Settings associated with the output group. 18870 // 18871 // OutputGroupSettings is a required field 18872 OutputGroupSettings *OutputGroupSettings `locationName:"outputGroupSettings" type:"structure" required:"true"` 18873 18874 // Outputs is a required field 18875 Outputs []*Output `locationName:"outputs" type:"list" required:"true"` 18876} 18877 18878// String returns the string representation 18879func (s OutputGroup) String() string { 18880 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18881} 18882 18883// GoString returns the string representation 18884func (s OutputGroup) GoString() string { 18885 return s.String() 18886} 18887 18888// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 18889func (s *OutputGroup) Validate() error { 18890 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "OutputGroup"} 18891 if s.OutputGroupSettings == nil { 18892 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OutputGroupSettings")) 18893 } 18894 if s.Outputs == nil { 18895 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Outputs")) 18896 } 18897 if s.OutputGroupSettings != nil { 18898 if err := s.OutputGroupSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 18899 invalidParams.AddNested("OutputGroupSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 18900 } 18901 } 18902 if s.Outputs != nil { 18903 for i, v := range s.Outputs { 18904 if v == nil { 18905 continue 18906 } 18907 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 18908 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Outputs", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 18909 } 18910 } 18911 } 18912 18913 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 18914 return invalidParams 18915 } 18916 return nil 18917} 18918 18919// SetName sets the Name field's value. 18920func (s *OutputGroup) SetName(v string) *OutputGroup { 18921 s.Name = &v 18922 return s 18923} 18924 18925// SetOutputGroupSettings sets the OutputGroupSettings field's value. 18926func (s *OutputGroup) SetOutputGroupSettings(v *OutputGroupSettings) *OutputGroup { 18927 s.OutputGroupSettings = v 18928 return s 18929} 18930 18931// SetOutputs sets the Outputs field's value. 18932func (s *OutputGroup) SetOutputs(v []*Output) *OutputGroup { 18933 s.Outputs = v 18934 return s 18935} 18936 18937// Output Group Settings 18938type OutputGroupSettings struct { 18939 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18940 18941 // Archive Group Settings 18942 ArchiveGroupSettings *ArchiveGroupSettings `locationName:"archiveGroupSettings" type:"structure"` 18943 18944 // Frame Capture Group Settings 18945 FrameCaptureGroupSettings *FrameCaptureGroupSettings `locationName:"frameCaptureGroupSettings" type:"structure"` 18946 18947 // Hls Group Settings 18948 HlsGroupSettings *HlsGroupSettings `locationName:"hlsGroupSettings" type:"structure"` 18949 18950 // Media Package Group Settings 18951 MediaPackageGroupSettings *MediaPackageGroupSettings `locationName:"mediaPackageGroupSettings" type:"structure"` 18952 18953 // Ms Smooth Group Settings 18954 MsSmoothGroupSettings *MsSmoothGroupSettings `locationName:"msSmoothGroupSettings" type:"structure"` 18955 18956 // Multiplex Group Settings 18957 MultiplexGroupSettings *MultiplexGroupSettings `locationName:"multiplexGroupSettings" type:"structure"` 18958 18959 // Rtmp Group Settings 18960 RtmpGroupSettings *RtmpGroupSettings `locationName:"rtmpGroupSettings" type:"structure"` 18961 18962 // Udp Group Settings 18963 UdpGroupSettings *UdpGroupSettings `locationName:"udpGroupSettings" type:"structure"` 18964} 18965 18966// String returns the string representation 18967func (s OutputGroupSettings) String() string { 18968 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18969} 18970 18971// GoString returns the string representation 18972func (s OutputGroupSettings) GoString() string { 18973 return s.String() 18974} 18975 18976// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 18977func (s *OutputGroupSettings) Validate() error { 18978 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "OutputGroupSettings"} 18979 if s.ArchiveGroupSettings != nil { 18980 if err := s.ArchiveGroupSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 18981 invalidParams.AddNested("ArchiveGroupSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 18982 } 18983 } 18984 if s.FrameCaptureGroupSettings != nil { 18985 if err := s.FrameCaptureGroupSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 18986 invalidParams.AddNested("FrameCaptureGroupSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 18987 } 18988 } 18989 if s.HlsGroupSettings != nil { 18990 if err := s.HlsGroupSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 18991 invalidParams.AddNested("HlsGroupSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 18992 } 18993 } 18994 if s.MediaPackageGroupSettings != nil { 18995 if err := s.MediaPackageGroupSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 18996 invalidParams.AddNested("MediaPackageGroupSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 18997 } 18998 } 18999 if s.MsSmoothGroupSettings != nil { 19000 if err := s.MsSmoothGroupSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 19001 invalidParams.AddNested("MsSmoothGroupSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 19002 } 19003 } 19004 if s.RtmpGroupSettings != nil { 19005 if err := s.RtmpGroupSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 19006 invalidParams.AddNested("RtmpGroupSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 19007 } 19008 } 19009 19010 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 19011 return invalidParams 19012 } 19013 return nil 19014} 19015 19016// SetArchiveGroupSettings sets the ArchiveGroupSettings field's value. 19017func (s *OutputGroupSettings) SetArchiveGroupSettings(v *ArchiveGroupSettings) *OutputGroupSettings { 19018 s.ArchiveGroupSettings = v 19019 return s 19020} 19021 19022// SetFrameCaptureGroupSettings sets the FrameCaptureGroupSettings field's value. 19023func (s *OutputGroupSettings) SetFrameCaptureGroupSettings(v *FrameCaptureGroupSettings) *OutputGroupSettings { 19024 s.FrameCaptureGroupSettings = v 19025 return s 19026} 19027 19028// SetHlsGroupSettings sets the HlsGroupSettings field's value. 19029func (s *OutputGroupSettings) SetHlsGroupSettings(v *HlsGroupSettings) *OutputGroupSettings { 19030 s.HlsGroupSettings = v 19031 return s 19032} 19033 19034// SetMediaPackageGroupSettings sets the MediaPackageGroupSettings field's value. 19035func (s *OutputGroupSettings) SetMediaPackageGroupSettings(v *MediaPackageGroupSettings) *OutputGroupSettings { 19036 s.MediaPackageGroupSettings = v 19037 return s 19038} 19039 19040// SetMsSmoothGroupSettings sets the MsSmoothGroupSettings field's value. 19041func (s *OutputGroupSettings) SetMsSmoothGroupSettings(v *MsSmoothGroupSettings) *OutputGroupSettings { 19042 s.MsSmoothGroupSettings = v 19043 return s 19044} 19045 19046// SetMultiplexGroupSettings sets the MultiplexGroupSettings field's value. 19047func (s *OutputGroupSettings) SetMultiplexGroupSettings(v *MultiplexGroupSettings) *OutputGroupSettings { 19048 s.MultiplexGroupSettings = v 19049 return s 19050} 19051 19052// SetRtmpGroupSettings sets the RtmpGroupSettings field's value. 19053func (s *OutputGroupSettings) SetRtmpGroupSettings(v *RtmpGroupSettings) *OutputGroupSettings { 19054 s.RtmpGroupSettings = v 19055 return s 19056} 19057 19058// SetUdpGroupSettings sets the UdpGroupSettings field's value. 19059func (s *OutputGroupSettings) SetUdpGroupSettings(v *UdpGroupSettings) *OutputGroupSettings { 19060 s.UdpGroupSettings = v 19061 return s 19062} 19063 19064// Reference to an OutputDestination ID defined in the channel 19065type OutputLocationRef struct { 19066 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 19067 19068 DestinationRefId *string `locationName:"destinationRefId" type:"string"` 19069} 19070 19071// String returns the string representation 19072func (s OutputLocationRef) String() string { 19073 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19074} 19075 19076// GoString returns the string representation 19077func (s OutputLocationRef) GoString() string { 19078 return s.String() 19079} 19080 19081// SetDestinationRefId sets the DestinationRefId field's value. 19082func (s *OutputLocationRef) SetDestinationRefId(v string) *OutputLocationRef { 19083 s.DestinationRefId = &v 19084 return s 19085} 19086 19087// Output Settings 19088type OutputSettings struct { 19089 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 19090 19091 // Archive Output Settings 19092 ArchiveOutputSettings *ArchiveOutputSettings `locationName:"archiveOutputSettings" type:"structure"` 19093 19094 // Frame Capture Output Settings 19095 FrameCaptureOutputSettings *FrameCaptureOutputSettings `locationName:"frameCaptureOutputSettings" type:"structure"` 19096 19097 // Hls Output Settings 19098 HlsOutputSettings *HlsOutputSettings `locationName:"hlsOutputSettings" type:"structure"` 19099 19100 // Media Package Output Settings 19101 MediaPackageOutputSettings *MediaPackageOutputSettings `locationName:"mediaPackageOutputSettings" type:"structure"` 19102 19103 // Ms Smooth Output Settings 19104 MsSmoothOutputSettings *MsSmoothOutputSettings `locationName:"msSmoothOutputSettings" type:"structure"` 19105 19106 // Multiplex Output Settings 19107 MultiplexOutputSettings *MultiplexOutputSettings `locationName:"multiplexOutputSettings" type:"structure"` 19108 19109 // Rtmp Output Settings 19110 RtmpOutputSettings *RtmpOutputSettings `locationName:"rtmpOutputSettings" type:"structure"` 19111 19112 // Udp Output Settings 19113 UdpOutputSettings *UdpOutputSettings `locationName:"udpOutputSettings" type:"structure"` 19114} 19115 19116// String returns the string representation 19117func (s OutputSettings) String() string { 19118 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19119} 19120 19121// GoString returns the string representation 19122func (s OutputSettings) GoString() string { 19123 return s.String() 19124} 19125 19126// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 19127func (s *OutputSettings) Validate() error { 19128 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "OutputSettings"} 19129 if s.ArchiveOutputSettings != nil { 19130 if err := s.ArchiveOutputSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 19131 invalidParams.AddNested("ArchiveOutputSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 19132 } 19133 } 19134 if s.HlsOutputSettings != nil { 19135 if err := s.HlsOutputSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 19136 invalidParams.AddNested("HlsOutputSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 19137 } 19138 } 19139 if s.MultiplexOutputSettings != nil { 19140 if err := s.MultiplexOutputSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 19141 invalidParams.AddNested("MultiplexOutputSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 19142 } 19143 } 19144 if s.RtmpOutputSettings != nil { 19145 if err := s.RtmpOutputSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 19146 invalidParams.AddNested("RtmpOutputSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 19147 } 19148 } 19149 if s.UdpOutputSettings != nil { 19150 if err := s.UdpOutputSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 19151 invalidParams.AddNested("UdpOutputSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 19152 } 19153 } 19154 19155 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 19156 return invalidParams 19157 } 19158 return nil 19159} 19160 19161// SetArchiveOutputSettings sets the ArchiveOutputSettings field's value. 19162func (s *OutputSettings) SetArchiveOutputSettings(v *ArchiveOutputSettings) *OutputSettings { 19163 s.ArchiveOutputSettings = v 19164 return s 19165} 19166 19167// SetFrameCaptureOutputSettings sets the FrameCaptureOutputSettings field's value. 19168func (s *OutputSettings) SetFrameCaptureOutputSettings(v *FrameCaptureOutputSettings) *OutputSettings { 19169 s.FrameCaptureOutputSettings = v 19170 return s 19171} 19172 19173// SetHlsOutputSettings sets the HlsOutputSettings field's value. 19174func (s *OutputSettings) SetHlsOutputSettings(v *HlsOutputSettings) *OutputSettings { 19175 s.HlsOutputSettings = v 19176 return s 19177} 19178 19179// SetMediaPackageOutputSettings sets the MediaPackageOutputSettings field's value. 19180func (s *OutputSettings) SetMediaPackageOutputSettings(v *MediaPackageOutputSettings) *OutputSettings { 19181 s.MediaPackageOutputSettings = v 19182 return s 19183} 19184 19185// SetMsSmoothOutputSettings sets the MsSmoothOutputSettings field's value. 19186func (s *OutputSettings) SetMsSmoothOutputSettings(v *MsSmoothOutputSettings) *OutputSettings { 19187 s.MsSmoothOutputSettings = v 19188 return s 19189} 19190 19191// SetMultiplexOutputSettings sets the MultiplexOutputSettings field's value. 19192func (s *OutputSettings) SetMultiplexOutputSettings(v *MultiplexOutputSettings) *OutputSettings { 19193 s.MultiplexOutputSettings = v 19194 return s 19195} 19196 19197// SetRtmpOutputSettings sets the RtmpOutputSettings field's value. 19198func (s *OutputSettings) SetRtmpOutputSettings(v *RtmpOutputSettings) *OutputSettings { 19199 s.RtmpOutputSettings = v 19200 return s 19201} 19202 19203// SetUdpOutputSettings sets the UdpOutputSettings field's value. 19204func (s *OutputSettings) SetUdpOutputSettings(v *UdpOutputSettings) *OutputSettings { 19205 s.UdpOutputSettings = v 19206 return s 19207} 19208 19209// Pass Through Settings 19210type PassThroughSettings struct { 19211 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 19212} 19213 19214// String returns the string representation 19215func (s PassThroughSettings) String() string { 19216 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19217} 19218 19219// GoString returns the string representation 19220func (s PassThroughSettings) GoString() string { 19221 return s.String() 19222} 19223 19224// Settings for the action to set pause state of a channel. 19225type PauseStateScheduleActionSettings struct { 19226 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 19227 19228 Pipelines []*PipelinePauseStateSettings `locationName:"pipelines" type:"list"` 19229} 19230 19231// String returns the string representation 19232func (s PauseStateScheduleActionSettings) String() string { 19233 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19234} 19235 19236// GoString returns the string representation 19237func (s PauseStateScheduleActionSettings) GoString() string { 19238 return s.String() 19239} 19240 19241// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 19242func (s *PauseStateScheduleActionSettings) Validate() error { 19243 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PauseStateScheduleActionSettings"} 19244 if s.Pipelines != nil { 19245 for i, v := range s.Pipelines { 19246 if v == nil { 19247 continue 19248 } 19249 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 19250 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Pipelines", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 19251 } 19252 } 19253 } 19254 19255 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 19256 return invalidParams 19257 } 19258 return nil 19259} 19260 19261// SetPipelines sets the Pipelines field's value. 19262func (s *PauseStateScheduleActionSettings) SetPipelines(v []*PipelinePauseStateSettings) *PauseStateScheduleActionSettings { 19263 s.Pipelines = v 19264 return s 19265} 19266 19267// Runtime details of a pipeline when a channel is running. 19268type PipelineDetail struct { 19269 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 19270 19271 // The name of the active input attachment currently being ingested by this 19272 // pipeline. 19273 ActiveInputAttachmentName *string `locationName:"activeInputAttachmentName" type:"string"` 19274 19275 // The name of the input switch schedule action that occurred most recently 19276 // and that resulted in the switch to the current input attachment for this 19277 // pipeline. 19278 ActiveInputSwitchActionName *string `locationName:"activeInputSwitchActionName" type:"string"` 19279 19280 // Pipeline ID 19281 PipelineId *string `locationName:"pipelineId" type:"string"` 19282} 19283 19284// String returns the string representation 19285func (s PipelineDetail) String() string { 19286 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19287} 19288 19289// GoString returns the string representation 19290func (s PipelineDetail) GoString() string { 19291 return s.String() 19292} 19293 19294// SetActiveInputAttachmentName sets the ActiveInputAttachmentName field's value. 19295func (s *PipelineDetail) SetActiveInputAttachmentName(v string) *PipelineDetail { 19296 s.ActiveInputAttachmentName = &v 19297 return s 19298} 19299 19300// SetActiveInputSwitchActionName sets the ActiveInputSwitchActionName field's value. 19301func (s *PipelineDetail) SetActiveInputSwitchActionName(v string) *PipelineDetail { 19302 s.ActiveInputSwitchActionName = &v 19303 return s 19304} 19305 19306// SetPipelineId sets the PipelineId field's value. 19307func (s *PipelineDetail) SetPipelineId(v string) *PipelineDetail { 19308 s.PipelineId = &v 19309 return s 19310} 19311 19312// Settings for pausing a pipeline. 19313type PipelinePauseStateSettings struct { 19314 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 19315 19316 // Pipeline ID to pause ("PIPELINE_0" or "PIPELINE_1"). 19317 // 19318 // PipelineId is a required field 19319 PipelineId *string `locationName:"pipelineId" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"PipelineId"` 19320} 19321 19322// String returns the string representation 19323func (s PipelinePauseStateSettings) String() string { 19324 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19325} 19326 19327// GoString returns the string representation 19328func (s PipelinePauseStateSettings) GoString() string { 19329 return s.String() 19330} 19331 19332// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 19333func (s *PipelinePauseStateSettings) Validate() error { 19334 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PipelinePauseStateSettings"} 19335 if s.PipelineId == nil { 19336 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PipelineId")) 19337 } 19338 19339 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 19340 return invalidParams 19341 } 19342 return nil 19343} 19344 19345// SetPipelineId sets the PipelineId field's value. 19346func (s *PipelinePauseStateSettings) SetPipelineId(v string) *PipelinePauseStateSettings { 19347 s.PipelineId = &v 19348 return s 19349} 19350 19351type PurchaseOfferingInput struct { 19352 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 19353 19354 // Count is a required field 19355 Count *int64 `locationName:"count" min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"` 19356 19357 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 19358 19359 // OfferingId is a required field 19360 OfferingId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"offeringId" type:"string" required:"true"` 19361 19362 RequestId *string `locationName:"requestId" type:"string" idempotencyToken:"true"` 19363 19364 Start *string `locationName:"start" type:"string"` 19365 19366 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 19367} 19368 19369// String returns the string representation 19370func (s PurchaseOfferingInput) String() string { 19371 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19372} 19373 19374// GoString returns the string representation 19375func (s PurchaseOfferingInput) GoString() string { 19376 return s.String() 19377} 19378 19379// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 19380func (s *PurchaseOfferingInput) Validate() error { 19381 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PurchaseOfferingInput"} 19382 if s.Count == nil { 19383 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Count")) 19384 } 19385 if s.Count != nil && *s.Count < 1 { 19386 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Count", 1)) 19387 } 19388 if s.OfferingId == nil { 19389 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OfferingId")) 19390 } 19391 if s.OfferingId != nil && len(*s.OfferingId) < 1 { 19392 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("OfferingId", 1)) 19393 } 19394 19395 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 19396 return invalidParams 19397 } 19398 return nil 19399} 19400 19401// SetCount sets the Count field's value. 19402func (s *PurchaseOfferingInput) SetCount(v int64) *PurchaseOfferingInput { 19403 s.Count = &v 19404 return s 19405} 19406 19407// SetName sets the Name field's value. 19408func (s *PurchaseOfferingInput) SetName(v string) *PurchaseOfferingInput { 19409 s.Name = &v 19410 return s 19411} 19412 19413// SetOfferingId sets the OfferingId field's value. 19414func (s *PurchaseOfferingInput) SetOfferingId(v string) *PurchaseOfferingInput { 19415 s.OfferingId = &v 19416 return s 19417} 19418 19419// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value. 19420func (s *PurchaseOfferingInput) SetRequestId(v string) *PurchaseOfferingInput { 19421 s.RequestId = &v 19422 return s 19423} 19424 19425// SetStart sets the Start field's value. 19426func (s *PurchaseOfferingInput) SetStart(v string) *PurchaseOfferingInput { 19427 s.Start = &v 19428 return s 19429} 19430 19431// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 19432func (s *PurchaseOfferingInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *PurchaseOfferingInput { 19433 s.Tags = v 19434 return s 19435} 19436 19437type PurchaseOfferingOutput struct { 19438 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 19439 19440 // Reserved resources available to use 19441 Reservation *Reservation `locationName:"reservation" type:"structure"` 19442} 19443 19444// String returns the string representation 19445func (s PurchaseOfferingOutput) String() string { 19446 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19447} 19448 19449// GoString returns the string representation 19450func (s PurchaseOfferingOutput) GoString() string { 19451 return s.String() 19452} 19453 19454// SetReservation sets the Reservation field's value. 19455func (s *PurchaseOfferingOutput) SetReservation(v *Reservation) *PurchaseOfferingOutput { 19456 s.Reservation = v 19457 return s 19458} 19459 19460// Rec601 Settings 19461type Rec601Settings struct { 19462 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 19463} 19464 19465// String returns the string representation 19466func (s Rec601Settings) String() string { 19467 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19468} 19469 19470// GoString returns the string representation 19471func (s Rec601Settings) GoString() string { 19472 return s.String() 19473} 19474 19475// Rec709 Settings 19476type Rec709Settings struct { 19477 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 19478} 19479 19480// String returns the string representation 19481func (s Rec709Settings) String() string { 19482 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19483} 19484 19485// GoString returns the string representation 19486func (s Rec709Settings) GoString() string { 19487 return s.String() 19488} 19489 19490// Remix Settings 19491type RemixSettings struct { 19492 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 19493 19494 // Mapping of input channels to output channels, with appropriate gain adjustments. 19495 // 19496 // ChannelMappings is a required field 19497 ChannelMappings []*AudioChannelMapping `locationName:"channelMappings" type:"list" required:"true"` 19498 19499 // Number of input channels to be used. 19500 ChannelsIn *int64 `locationName:"channelsIn" min:"1" type:"integer"` 19501 19502 // Number of output channels to be produced.Valid values: 1, 2, 4, 6, 8 19503 ChannelsOut *int64 `locationName:"channelsOut" min:"1" type:"integer"` 19504} 19505 19506// String returns the string representation 19507func (s RemixSettings) String() string { 19508 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19509} 19510 19511// GoString returns the string representation 19512func (s RemixSettings) GoString() string { 19513 return s.String() 19514} 19515 19516// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 19517func (s *RemixSettings) Validate() error { 19518 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RemixSettings"} 19519 if s.ChannelMappings == nil { 19520 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ChannelMappings")) 19521 } 19522 if s.ChannelsIn != nil && *s.ChannelsIn < 1 { 19523 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("ChannelsIn", 1)) 19524 } 19525 if s.ChannelsOut != nil && *s.ChannelsOut < 1 { 19526 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("ChannelsOut", 1)) 19527 } 19528 if s.ChannelMappings != nil { 19529 for i, v := range s.ChannelMappings { 19530 if v == nil { 19531 continue 19532 } 19533 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 19534 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "ChannelMappings", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 19535 } 19536 } 19537 } 19538 19539 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 19540 return invalidParams 19541 } 19542 return nil 19543} 19544 19545// SetChannelMappings sets the ChannelMappings field's value. 19546func (s *RemixSettings) SetChannelMappings(v []*AudioChannelMapping) *RemixSettings { 19547 s.ChannelMappings = v 19548 return s 19549} 19550 19551// SetChannelsIn sets the ChannelsIn field's value. 19552func (s *RemixSettings) SetChannelsIn(v int64) *RemixSettings { 19553 s.ChannelsIn = &v 19554 return s 19555} 19556 19557// SetChannelsOut sets the ChannelsOut field's value. 19558func (s *RemixSettings) SetChannelsOut(v int64) *RemixSettings { 19559 s.ChannelsOut = &v 19560 return s 19561} 19562 19563// Reserved resources available to use 19564type Reservation struct { 19565 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 19566 19567 // Unique reservation ARN, e.g. 'arn:aws:medialive:us-west-2:123456789012:reservation:1234567' 19568 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 19569 19570 // Number of reserved resources 19571 Count *int64 `locationName:"count" type:"integer"` 19572 19573 // Currency code for usagePrice and fixedPrice in ISO-4217 format, e.g. 'USD' 19574 CurrencyCode *string `locationName:"currencyCode" type:"string"` 19575 19576 // Lease duration, e.g. '12' 19577 Duration *int64 `locationName:"duration" type:"integer"` 19578 19579 // Units for duration, e.g. 'MONTHS' 19580 DurationUnits *string `locationName:"durationUnits" type:"string" enum:"OfferingDurationUnits"` 19581 19582 // Reservation UTC end date and time in ISO-8601 format, e.g. '2019-03-01T00:00:00' 19583 End *string `locationName:"end" type:"string"` 19584 19585 // One-time charge for each reserved resource, e.g. '0.0' for a NO_UPFRONT offering 19586 FixedPrice *float64 `locationName:"fixedPrice" type:"double"` 19587 19588 // User specified reservation name 19589 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 19590 19591 // Offering description, e.g. 'HD AVC output at 10-20 Mbps, 30 fps, and standard 19592 // VQ in US West (Oregon)' 19593 OfferingDescription *string `locationName:"offeringDescription" type:"string"` 19594 19595 // Unique offering ID, e.g. '87654321' 19596 OfferingId *string `locationName:"offeringId" type:"string"` 19597 19598 // Offering type, e.g. 'NO_UPFRONT' 19599 OfferingType *string `locationName:"offeringType" type:"string" enum:"OfferingType"` 19600 19601 // AWS region, e.g. 'us-west-2' 19602 Region *string `locationName:"region" type:"string"` 19603 19604 // Unique reservation ID, e.g. '1234567' 19605 ReservationId *string `locationName:"reservationId" type:"string"` 19606 19607 // Resource configuration details 19608 ResourceSpecification *ReservationResourceSpecification `locationName:"resourceSpecification" type:"structure"` 19609 19610 // Reservation UTC start date and time in ISO-8601 format, e.g. '2018-03-01T00:00:00' 19611 Start *string `locationName:"start" type:"string"` 19612 19613 // Current state of reservation, e.g. 'ACTIVE' 19614 State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"ReservationState"` 19615 19616 // A collection of key-value pairs 19617 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 19618 19619 // Recurring usage charge for each reserved resource, e.g. '157.0' 19620 UsagePrice *float64 `locationName:"usagePrice" type:"double"` 19621} 19622 19623// String returns the string representation 19624func (s Reservation) String() string { 19625 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19626} 19627 19628// GoString returns the string representation 19629func (s Reservation) GoString() string { 19630 return s.String() 19631} 19632 19633// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 19634func (s *Reservation) SetArn(v string) *Reservation { 19635 s.Arn = &v 19636 return s 19637} 19638 19639// SetCount sets the Count field's value. 19640func (s *Reservation) SetCount(v int64) *Reservation { 19641 s.Count = &v 19642 return s 19643} 19644 19645// SetCurrencyCode sets the CurrencyCode field's value. 19646func (s *Reservation) SetCurrencyCode(v string) *Reservation { 19647 s.CurrencyCode = &v 19648 return s 19649} 19650 19651// SetDuration sets the Duration field's value. 19652func (s *Reservation) SetDuration(v int64) *Reservation { 19653 s.Duration = &v 19654 return s 19655} 19656 19657// SetDurationUnits sets the DurationUnits field's value. 19658func (s *Reservation) SetDurationUnits(v string) *Reservation { 19659 s.DurationUnits = &v 19660 return s 19661} 19662 19663// SetEnd sets the End field's value. 19664func (s *Reservation) SetEnd(v string) *Reservation { 19665 s.End = &v 19666 return s 19667} 19668 19669// SetFixedPrice sets the FixedPrice field's value. 19670func (s *Reservation) SetFixedPrice(v float64) *Reservation { 19671 s.FixedPrice = &v 19672 return s 19673} 19674 19675// SetName sets the Name field's value. 19676func (s *Reservation) SetName(v string) *Reservation { 19677 s.Name = &v 19678 return s 19679} 19680 19681// SetOfferingDescription sets the OfferingDescription field's value. 19682func (s *Reservation) SetOfferingDescription(v string) *Reservation { 19683 s.OfferingDescription = &v 19684 return s 19685} 19686 19687// SetOfferingId sets the OfferingId field's value. 19688func (s *Reservation) SetOfferingId(v string) *Reservation { 19689 s.OfferingId = &v 19690 return s 19691} 19692 19693// SetOfferingType sets the OfferingType field's value. 19694func (s *Reservation) SetOfferingType(v string) *Reservation { 19695 s.OfferingType = &v 19696 return s 19697} 19698 19699// SetRegion sets the Region field's value. 19700func (s *Reservation) SetRegion(v string) *Reservation { 19701 s.Region = &v 19702 return s 19703} 19704 19705// SetReservationId sets the ReservationId field's value. 19706func (s *Reservation) SetReservationId(v string) *Reservation { 19707 s.ReservationId = &v 19708 return s 19709} 19710 19711// SetResourceSpecification sets the ResourceSpecification field's value. 19712func (s *Reservation) SetResourceSpecification(v *ReservationResourceSpecification) *Reservation { 19713 s.ResourceSpecification = v 19714 return s 19715} 19716 19717// SetStart sets the Start field's value. 19718func (s *Reservation) SetStart(v string) *Reservation { 19719 s.Start = &v 19720 return s 19721} 19722 19723// SetState sets the State field's value. 19724func (s *Reservation) SetState(v string) *Reservation { 19725 s.State = &v 19726 return s 19727} 19728 19729// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 19730func (s *Reservation) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *Reservation { 19731 s.Tags = v 19732 return s 19733} 19734 19735// SetUsagePrice sets the UsagePrice field's value. 19736func (s *Reservation) SetUsagePrice(v float64) *Reservation { 19737 s.UsagePrice = &v 19738 return s 19739} 19740 19741// Resource configuration (codec, resolution, bitrate, ...) 19742type ReservationResourceSpecification struct { 19743 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 19744 19745 // Channel class, e.g. 'STANDARD' 19746 ChannelClass *string `locationName:"channelClass" type:"string" enum:"ChannelClass"` 19747 19748 // Codec, e.g. 'AVC' 19749 Codec *string `locationName:"codec" type:"string" enum:"ReservationCodec"` 19750 19751 // Maximum bitrate, e.g. 'MAX_20_MBPS' 19752 MaximumBitrate *string `locationName:"maximumBitrate" type:"string" enum:"ReservationMaximumBitrate"` 19753 19754 // Maximum framerate, e.g. 'MAX_30_FPS' (Outputs only) 19755 MaximumFramerate *string `locationName:"maximumFramerate" type:"string" enum:"ReservationMaximumFramerate"` 19756 19757 // Resolution, e.g. 'HD' 19758 Resolution *string `locationName:"resolution" type:"string" enum:"ReservationResolution"` 19759 19760 // Resource type, 'INPUT', 'OUTPUT', 'MULTIPLEX', or 'CHANNEL' 19761 ResourceType *string `locationName:"resourceType" type:"string" enum:"ReservationResourceType"` 19762 19763 // Special feature, e.g. 'AUDIO_NORMALIZATION' (Channels only) 19764 SpecialFeature *string `locationName:"specialFeature" type:"string" enum:"ReservationSpecialFeature"` 19765 19766 // Video quality, e.g. 'STANDARD' (Outputs only) 19767 VideoQuality *string `locationName:"videoQuality" type:"string" enum:"ReservationVideoQuality"` 19768} 19769 19770// String returns the string representation 19771func (s ReservationResourceSpecification) String() string { 19772 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19773} 19774 19775// GoString returns the string representation 19776func (s ReservationResourceSpecification) GoString() string { 19777 return s.String() 19778} 19779 19780// SetChannelClass sets the ChannelClass field's value. 19781func (s *ReservationResourceSpecification) SetChannelClass(v string) *ReservationResourceSpecification { 19782 s.ChannelClass = &v 19783 return s 19784} 19785 19786// SetCodec sets the Codec field's value. 19787func (s *ReservationResourceSpecification) SetCodec(v string) *ReservationResourceSpecification { 19788 s.Codec = &v 19789 return s 19790} 19791 19792// SetMaximumBitrate sets the MaximumBitrate field's value. 19793func (s *ReservationResourceSpecification) SetMaximumBitrate(v string) *ReservationResourceSpecification { 19794 s.MaximumBitrate = &v 19795 return s 19796} 19797 19798// SetMaximumFramerate sets the MaximumFramerate field's value. 19799func (s *ReservationResourceSpecification) SetMaximumFramerate(v string) *ReservationResourceSpecification { 19800 s.MaximumFramerate = &v 19801 return s 19802} 19803 19804// SetResolution sets the Resolution field's value. 19805func (s *ReservationResourceSpecification) SetResolution(v string) *ReservationResourceSpecification { 19806 s.Resolution = &v 19807 return s 19808} 19809 19810// SetResourceType sets the ResourceType field's value. 19811func (s *ReservationResourceSpecification) SetResourceType(v string) *ReservationResourceSpecification { 19812 s.ResourceType = &v 19813 return s 19814} 19815 19816// SetSpecialFeature sets the SpecialFeature field's value. 19817func (s *ReservationResourceSpecification) SetSpecialFeature(v string) *ReservationResourceSpecification { 19818 s.SpecialFeature = &v 19819 return s 19820} 19821 19822// SetVideoQuality sets the VideoQuality field's value. 19823func (s *ReservationResourceSpecification) SetVideoQuality(v string) *ReservationResourceSpecification { 19824 s.VideoQuality = &v 19825 return s 19826} 19827 19828// Rtmp Caption Info Destination Settings 19829type RtmpCaptionInfoDestinationSettings struct { 19830 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 19831} 19832 19833// String returns the string representation 19834func (s RtmpCaptionInfoDestinationSettings) String() string { 19835 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19836} 19837 19838// GoString returns the string representation 19839func (s RtmpCaptionInfoDestinationSettings) GoString() string { 19840 return s.String() 19841} 19842 19843// Rtmp Group Settings 19844type RtmpGroupSettings struct { 19845 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 19846 19847 // Authentication scheme to use when connecting with CDN 19848 AuthenticationScheme *string `locationName:"authenticationScheme" type:"string" enum:"AuthenticationScheme"` 19849 19850 // Controls behavior when content cache fills up. If remote origin server stalls 19851 // the RTMP connection and does not accept content fast enough the 'Media Cache' 19852 // will fill up. When the cache reaches the duration specified by cacheLength 19853 // the cache will stop accepting new content. If set to disconnectImmediately, 19854 // the RTMP output will force a disconnect. Clear the media cache, and reconnect 19855 // after restartDelay seconds. If set to waitForServer, the RTMP output will 19856 // wait up to 5 minutes to allow the origin server to begin accepting data again. 19857 CacheFullBehavior *string `locationName:"cacheFullBehavior" type:"string" enum:"RtmpCacheFullBehavior"` 19858 19859 // Cache length, in seconds, is used to calculate buffer size. 19860 CacheLength *int64 `locationName:"cacheLength" min:"30" type:"integer"` 19861 19862 // Controls the types of data that passes to onCaptionInfo outputs. If set to 19863 // 'all' then 608 and 708 carried DTVCC data will be passed. If set to 'field1AndField2608' 19864 // then DTVCC data will be stripped out, but 608 data from both fields will 19865 // be passed. If set to 'field1608' then only the data carried in 608 from field 19866 // 1 video will be passed. 19867 CaptionData *string `locationName:"captionData" type:"string" enum:"RtmpCaptionData"` 19868 19869 // Controls the behavior of this RTMP group if input becomes unavailable.- emitOutput: 19870 // Emit a slate until input returns.- pauseOutput: Stop transmitting data until 19871 // input returns. This does not close the underlying RTMP connection. 19872 InputLossAction *string `locationName:"inputLossAction" type:"string" enum:"InputLossActionForRtmpOut"` 19873 19874 // If a streaming output fails, number of seconds to wait until a restart is 19875 // initiated. A value of 0 means never restart. 19876 RestartDelay *int64 `locationName:"restartDelay" type:"integer"` 19877} 19878 19879// String returns the string representation 19880func (s RtmpGroupSettings) String() string { 19881 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19882} 19883 19884// GoString returns the string representation 19885func (s RtmpGroupSettings) GoString() string { 19886 return s.String() 19887} 19888 19889// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 19890func (s *RtmpGroupSettings) Validate() error { 19891 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RtmpGroupSettings"} 19892 if s.CacheLength != nil && *s.CacheLength < 30 { 19893 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("CacheLength", 30)) 19894 } 19895 19896 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 19897 return invalidParams 19898 } 19899 return nil 19900} 19901 19902// SetAuthenticationScheme sets the AuthenticationScheme field's value. 19903func (s *RtmpGroupSettings) SetAuthenticationScheme(v string) *RtmpGroupSettings { 19904 s.AuthenticationScheme = &v 19905 return s 19906} 19907 19908// SetCacheFullBehavior sets the CacheFullBehavior field's value. 19909func (s *RtmpGroupSettings) SetCacheFullBehavior(v string) *RtmpGroupSettings { 19910 s.CacheFullBehavior = &v 19911 return s 19912} 19913 19914// SetCacheLength sets the CacheLength field's value. 19915func (s *RtmpGroupSettings) SetCacheLength(v int64) *RtmpGroupSettings { 19916 s.CacheLength = &v 19917 return s 19918} 19919 19920// SetCaptionData sets the CaptionData field's value. 19921func (s *RtmpGroupSettings) SetCaptionData(v string) *RtmpGroupSettings { 19922 s.CaptionData = &v 19923 return s 19924} 19925 19926// SetInputLossAction sets the InputLossAction field's value. 19927func (s *RtmpGroupSettings) SetInputLossAction(v string) *RtmpGroupSettings { 19928 s.InputLossAction = &v 19929 return s 19930} 19931 19932// SetRestartDelay sets the RestartDelay field's value. 19933func (s *RtmpGroupSettings) SetRestartDelay(v int64) *RtmpGroupSettings { 19934 s.RestartDelay = &v 19935 return s 19936} 19937 19938// Rtmp Output Settings 19939type RtmpOutputSettings struct { 19940 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 19941 19942 // If set to verifyAuthenticity, verify the tls certificate chain to a trusted 19943 // Certificate Authority (CA). This will cause rtmps outputs with self-signed 19944 // certificates to fail. 19945 CertificateMode *string `locationName:"certificateMode" type:"string" enum:"RtmpOutputCertificateMode"` 19946 19947 // Number of seconds to wait before retrying a connection to the Flash Media 19948 // server if the connection is lost. 19949 ConnectionRetryInterval *int64 `locationName:"connectionRetryInterval" min:"1" type:"integer"` 19950 19951 // The RTMP endpoint excluding the stream name (eg. rtmp://host/appname). For 19952 // connection to Akamai, a username and password must be supplied. URI fields 19953 // accept format identifiers. 19954 // 19955 // Destination is a required field 19956 Destination *OutputLocationRef `locationName:"destination" type:"structure" required:"true"` 19957 19958 // Number of retry attempts. 19959 NumRetries *int64 `locationName:"numRetries" type:"integer"` 19960} 19961 19962// String returns the string representation 19963func (s RtmpOutputSettings) String() string { 19964 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19965} 19966 19967// GoString returns the string representation 19968func (s RtmpOutputSettings) GoString() string { 19969 return s.String() 19970} 19971 19972// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 19973func (s *RtmpOutputSettings) Validate() error { 19974 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RtmpOutputSettings"} 19975 if s.ConnectionRetryInterval != nil && *s.ConnectionRetryInterval < 1 { 19976 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("ConnectionRetryInterval", 1)) 19977 } 19978 if s.Destination == nil { 19979 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Destination")) 19980 } 19981 19982 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 19983 return invalidParams 19984 } 19985 return nil 19986} 19987 19988// SetCertificateMode sets the CertificateMode field's value. 19989func (s *RtmpOutputSettings) SetCertificateMode(v string) *RtmpOutputSettings { 19990 s.CertificateMode = &v 19991 return s 19992} 19993 19994// SetConnectionRetryInterval sets the ConnectionRetryInterval field's value. 19995func (s *RtmpOutputSettings) SetConnectionRetryInterval(v int64) *RtmpOutputSettings { 19996 s.ConnectionRetryInterval = &v 19997 return s 19998} 19999 20000// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value. 20001func (s *RtmpOutputSettings) SetDestination(v *OutputLocationRef) *RtmpOutputSettings { 20002 s.Destination = v 20003 return s 20004} 20005 20006// SetNumRetries sets the NumRetries field's value. 20007func (s *RtmpOutputSettings) SetNumRetries(v int64) *RtmpOutputSettings { 20008 s.NumRetries = &v 20009 return s 20010} 20011 20012// Contains information on a single schedule action. 20013type ScheduleAction struct { 20014 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20015 20016 // The name of the action, must be unique within the schedule. This name provides 20017 // the main reference to an action once it is added to the schedule. A name 20018 // is unique if it is no longer in the schedule. The schedule is automatically 20019 // cleaned up to remove actions with a start time of more than 1 hour ago (approximately) 20020 // so at that point a name can be reused. 20021 // 20022 // ActionName is a required field 20023 ActionName *string `locationName:"actionName" type:"string" required:"true"` 20024 20025 // Settings for this schedule action. 20026 // 20027 // ScheduleActionSettings is a required field 20028 ScheduleActionSettings *ScheduleActionSettings `locationName:"scheduleActionSettings" type:"structure" required:"true"` 20029 20030 // The time for the action to start in the channel. 20031 // 20032 // ScheduleActionStartSettings is a required field 20033 ScheduleActionStartSettings *ScheduleActionStartSettings `locationName:"scheduleActionStartSettings" type:"structure" required:"true"` 20034} 20035 20036// String returns the string representation 20037func (s ScheduleAction) String() string { 20038 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20039} 20040 20041// GoString returns the string representation 20042func (s ScheduleAction) GoString() string { 20043 return s.String() 20044} 20045 20046// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 20047func (s *ScheduleAction) Validate() error { 20048 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ScheduleAction"} 20049 if s.ActionName == nil { 20050 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ActionName")) 20051 } 20052 if s.ScheduleActionSettings == nil { 20053 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ScheduleActionSettings")) 20054 } 20055 if s.ScheduleActionStartSettings == nil { 20056 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ScheduleActionStartSettings")) 20057 } 20058 if s.ScheduleActionSettings != nil { 20059 if err := s.ScheduleActionSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 20060 invalidParams.AddNested("ScheduleActionSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 20061 } 20062 } 20063 if s.ScheduleActionStartSettings != nil { 20064 if err := s.ScheduleActionStartSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 20065 invalidParams.AddNested("ScheduleActionStartSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 20066 } 20067 } 20068 20069 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 20070 return invalidParams 20071 } 20072 return nil 20073} 20074 20075// SetActionName sets the ActionName field's value. 20076func (s *ScheduleAction) SetActionName(v string) *ScheduleAction { 20077 s.ActionName = &v 20078 return s 20079} 20080 20081// SetScheduleActionSettings sets the ScheduleActionSettings field's value. 20082func (s *ScheduleAction) SetScheduleActionSettings(v *ScheduleActionSettings) *ScheduleAction { 20083 s.ScheduleActionSettings = v 20084 return s 20085} 20086 20087// SetScheduleActionStartSettings sets the ScheduleActionStartSettings field's value. 20088func (s *ScheduleAction) SetScheduleActionStartSettings(v *ScheduleActionStartSettings) *ScheduleAction { 20089 s.ScheduleActionStartSettings = v 20090 return s 20091} 20092 20093// Holds the settings for a single schedule action. 20094type ScheduleActionSettings struct { 20095 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20096 20097 // Action to insert HLS ID3 segment tagging 20098 HlsId3SegmentTaggingSettings *HlsId3SegmentTaggingScheduleActionSettings `locationName:"hlsId3SegmentTaggingSettings" type:"structure"` 20099 20100 // Action to insert HLS metadata 20101 HlsTimedMetadataSettings *HlsTimedMetadataScheduleActionSettings `locationName:"hlsTimedMetadataSettings" type:"structure"` 20102 20103 // Action to prepare an input for a future immediate input switch 20104 InputPrepareSettings *InputPrepareScheduleActionSettings `locationName:"inputPrepareSettings" type:"structure"` 20105 20106 // Action to switch the input 20107 InputSwitchSettings *InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings `locationName:"inputSwitchSettings" type:"structure"` 20108 20109 // Action to pause or unpause one or both channel pipelines 20110 PauseStateSettings *PauseStateScheduleActionSettings `locationName:"pauseStateSettings" type:"structure"` 20111 20112 // Action to insert SCTE-35 return_to_network message 20113 Scte35ReturnToNetworkSettings *Scte35ReturnToNetworkScheduleActionSettings `locationName:"scte35ReturnToNetworkSettings" type:"structure"` 20114 20115 // Action to insert SCTE-35 splice_insert message 20116 Scte35SpliceInsertSettings *Scte35SpliceInsertScheduleActionSettings `locationName:"scte35SpliceInsertSettings" type:"structure"` 20117 20118 // Action to insert SCTE-35 time_signal message 20119 Scte35TimeSignalSettings *Scte35TimeSignalScheduleActionSettings `locationName:"scte35TimeSignalSettings" type:"structure"` 20120 20121 // Action to activate a static image overlay 20122 StaticImageActivateSettings *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings `locationName:"staticImageActivateSettings" type:"structure"` 20123 20124 // Action to deactivate a static image overlay 20125 StaticImageDeactivateSettings *StaticImageDeactivateScheduleActionSettings `locationName:"staticImageDeactivateSettings" type:"structure"` 20126} 20127 20128// String returns the string representation 20129func (s ScheduleActionSettings) String() string { 20130 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20131} 20132 20133// GoString returns the string representation 20134func (s ScheduleActionSettings) GoString() string { 20135 return s.String() 20136} 20137 20138// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 20139func (s *ScheduleActionSettings) Validate() error { 20140 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ScheduleActionSettings"} 20141 if s.HlsId3SegmentTaggingSettings != nil { 20142 if err := s.HlsId3SegmentTaggingSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 20143 invalidParams.AddNested("HlsId3SegmentTaggingSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 20144 } 20145 } 20146 if s.HlsTimedMetadataSettings != nil { 20147 if err := s.HlsTimedMetadataSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 20148 invalidParams.AddNested("HlsTimedMetadataSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 20149 } 20150 } 20151 if s.InputPrepareSettings != nil { 20152 if err := s.InputPrepareSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 20153 invalidParams.AddNested("InputPrepareSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 20154 } 20155 } 20156 if s.InputSwitchSettings != nil { 20157 if err := s.InputSwitchSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 20158 invalidParams.AddNested("InputSwitchSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 20159 } 20160 } 20161 if s.PauseStateSettings != nil { 20162 if err := s.PauseStateSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 20163 invalidParams.AddNested("PauseStateSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 20164 } 20165 } 20166 if s.Scte35ReturnToNetworkSettings != nil { 20167 if err := s.Scte35ReturnToNetworkSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 20168 invalidParams.AddNested("Scte35ReturnToNetworkSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 20169 } 20170 } 20171 if s.Scte35SpliceInsertSettings != nil { 20172 if err := s.Scte35SpliceInsertSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 20173 invalidParams.AddNested("Scte35SpliceInsertSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 20174 } 20175 } 20176 if s.Scte35TimeSignalSettings != nil { 20177 if err := s.Scte35TimeSignalSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 20178 invalidParams.AddNested("Scte35TimeSignalSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 20179 } 20180 } 20181 if s.StaticImageActivateSettings != nil { 20182 if err := s.StaticImageActivateSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 20183 invalidParams.AddNested("StaticImageActivateSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 20184 } 20185 } 20186 20187 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 20188 return invalidParams 20189 } 20190 return nil 20191} 20192 20193// SetHlsId3SegmentTaggingSettings sets the HlsId3SegmentTaggingSettings field's value. 20194func (s *ScheduleActionSettings) SetHlsId3SegmentTaggingSettings(v *HlsId3SegmentTaggingScheduleActionSettings) *ScheduleActionSettings { 20195 s.HlsId3SegmentTaggingSettings = v 20196 return s 20197} 20198 20199// SetHlsTimedMetadataSettings sets the HlsTimedMetadataSettings field's value. 20200func (s *ScheduleActionSettings) SetHlsTimedMetadataSettings(v *HlsTimedMetadataScheduleActionSettings) *ScheduleActionSettings { 20201 s.HlsTimedMetadataSettings = v 20202 return s 20203} 20204 20205// SetInputPrepareSettings sets the InputPrepareSettings field's value. 20206func (s *ScheduleActionSettings) SetInputPrepareSettings(v *InputPrepareScheduleActionSettings) *ScheduleActionSettings { 20207 s.InputPrepareSettings = v 20208 return s 20209} 20210 20211// SetInputSwitchSettings sets the InputSwitchSettings field's value. 20212func (s *ScheduleActionSettings) SetInputSwitchSettings(v *InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings) *ScheduleActionSettings { 20213 s.InputSwitchSettings = v 20214 return s 20215} 20216 20217// SetPauseStateSettings sets the PauseStateSettings field's value. 20218func (s *ScheduleActionSettings) SetPauseStateSettings(v *PauseStateScheduleActionSettings) *ScheduleActionSettings { 20219 s.PauseStateSettings = v 20220 return s 20221} 20222 20223// SetScte35ReturnToNetworkSettings sets the Scte35ReturnToNetworkSettings field's value. 20224func (s *ScheduleActionSettings) SetScte35ReturnToNetworkSettings(v *Scte35ReturnToNetworkScheduleActionSettings) *ScheduleActionSettings { 20225 s.Scte35ReturnToNetworkSettings = v 20226 return s 20227} 20228 20229// SetScte35SpliceInsertSettings sets the Scte35SpliceInsertSettings field's value. 20230func (s *ScheduleActionSettings) SetScte35SpliceInsertSettings(v *Scte35SpliceInsertScheduleActionSettings) *ScheduleActionSettings { 20231 s.Scte35SpliceInsertSettings = v 20232 return s 20233} 20234 20235// SetScte35TimeSignalSettings sets the Scte35TimeSignalSettings field's value. 20236func (s *ScheduleActionSettings) SetScte35TimeSignalSettings(v *Scte35TimeSignalScheduleActionSettings) *ScheduleActionSettings { 20237 s.Scte35TimeSignalSettings = v 20238 return s 20239} 20240 20241// SetStaticImageActivateSettings sets the StaticImageActivateSettings field's value. 20242func (s *ScheduleActionSettings) SetStaticImageActivateSettings(v *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings) *ScheduleActionSettings { 20243 s.StaticImageActivateSettings = v 20244 return s 20245} 20246 20247// SetStaticImageDeactivateSettings sets the StaticImageDeactivateSettings field's value. 20248func (s *ScheduleActionSettings) SetStaticImageDeactivateSettings(v *StaticImageDeactivateScheduleActionSettings) *ScheduleActionSettings { 20249 s.StaticImageDeactivateSettings = v 20250 return s 20251} 20252 20253// Settings to specify when an action should occur. Only one of the options 20254// must be selected. 20255type ScheduleActionStartSettings struct { 20256 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20257 20258 // Option for specifying the start time for an action. 20259 FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings *FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings `locationName:"fixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings" type:"structure"` 20260 20261 // Option for specifying an action as relative to another action. 20262 FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings *FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings `locationName:"followModeScheduleActionStartSettings" type:"structure"` 20263 20264 // Option for specifying an action that should be applied immediately. 20265 ImmediateModeScheduleActionStartSettings *ImmediateModeScheduleActionStartSettings `locationName:"immediateModeScheduleActionStartSettings" type:"structure"` 20266} 20267 20268// String returns the string representation 20269func (s ScheduleActionStartSettings) String() string { 20270 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20271} 20272 20273// GoString returns the string representation 20274func (s ScheduleActionStartSettings) GoString() string { 20275 return s.String() 20276} 20277 20278// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 20279func (s *ScheduleActionStartSettings) Validate() error { 20280 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ScheduleActionStartSettings"} 20281 if s.FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings != nil { 20282 if err := s.FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 20283 invalidParams.AddNested("FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 20284 } 20285 } 20286 if s.FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings != nil { 20287 if err := s.FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 20288 invalidParams.AddNested("FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 20289 } 20290 } 20291 20292 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 20293 return invalidParams 20294 } 20295 return nil 20296} 20297 20298// SetFixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings sets the FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings field's value. 20299func (s *ScheduleActionStartSettings) SetFixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings(v *FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings) *ScheduleActionStartSettings { 20300 s.FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings = v 20301 return s 20302} 20303 20304// SetFollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings sets the FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings field's value. 20305func (s *ScheduleActionStartSettings) SetFollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings(v *FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings) *ScheduleActionStartSettings { 20306 s.FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings = v 20307 return s 20308} 20309 20310// SetImmediateModeScheduleActionStartSettings sets the ImmediateModeScheduleActionStartSettings field's value. 20311func (s *ScheduleActionStartSettings) SetImmediateModeScheduleActionStartSettings(v *ImmediateModeScheduleActionStartSettings) *ScheduleActionStartSettings { 20312 s.ImmediateModeScheduleActionStartSettings = v 20313 return s 20314} 20315 20316// Scte20 Plus Embedded Destination Settings 20317type Scte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings struct { 20318 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20319} 20320 20321// String returns the string representation 20322func (s Scte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings) String() string { 20323 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20324} 20325 20326// GoString returns the string representation 20327func (s Scte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings) GoString() string { 20328 return s.String() 20329} 20330 20331// Scte20 Source Settings 20332type Scte20SourceSettings struct { 20333 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20334 20335 // If upconvert, 608 data is both passed through via the "608 compatibility 20336 // bytes" fields of the 708 wrapper as well as translated into 708. 708 data 20337 // present in the source content will be discarded. 20338 Convert608To708 *string `locationName:"convert608To708" type:"string" enum:"Scte20Convert608To708"` 20339 20340 // Specifies the 608/708 channel number within the video track from which to 20341 // extract captions. Unused for passthrough. 20342 Source608ChannelNumber *int64 `locationName:"source608ChannelNumber" min:"1" type:"integer"` 20343} 20344 20345// String returns the string representation 20346func (s Scte20SourceSettings) String() string { 20347 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20348} 20349 20350// GoString returns the string representation 20351func (s Scte20SourceSettings) GoString() string { 20352 return s.String() 20353} 20354 20355// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 20356func (s *Scte20SourceSettings) Validate() error { 20357 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Scte20SourceSettings"} 20358 if s.Source608ChannelNumber != nil && *s.Source608ChannelNumber < 1 { 20359 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Source608ChannelNumber", 1)) 20360 } 20361 20362 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 20363 return invalidParams 20364 } 20365 return nil 20366} 20367 20368// SetConvert608To708 sets the Convert608To708 field's value. 20369func (s *Scte20SourceSettings) SetConvert608To708(v string) *Scte20SourceSettings { 20370 s.Convert608To708 = &v 20371 return s 20372} 20373 20374// SetSource608ChannelNumber sets the Source608ChannelNumber field's value. 20375func (s *Scte20SourceSettings) SetSource608ChannelNumber(v int64) *Scte20SourceSettings { 20376 s.Source608ChannelNumber = &v 20377 return s 20378} 20379 20380// Scte27 Destination Settings 20381type Scte27DestinationSettings struct { 20382 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20383} 20384 20385// String returns the string representation 20386func (s Scte27DestinationSettings) String() string { 20387 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20388} 20389 20390// GoString returns the string representation 20391func (s Scte27DestinationSettings) GoString() string { 20392 return s.String() 20393} 20394 20395// Scte27 Source Settings 20396type Scte27SourceSettings struct { 20397 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20398 20399 // The pid field is used in conjunction with the caption selector languageCode 20400 // field as follows: - Specify PID and Language: Extracts captions from that 20401 // PID; the language is "informational". - Specify PID and omit Language: Extracts 20402 // the specified PID. - Omit PID and specify Language: Extracts the specified 20403 // language, whichever PID that happens to be. - Omit PID and omit Language: 20404 // Valid only if source is DVB-Sub that is being passed through; all languages 20405 // will be passed through. 20406 Pid *int64 `locationName:"pid" min:"1" type:"integer"` 20407} 20408 20409// String returns the string representation 20410func (s Scte27SourceSettings) String() string { 20411 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20412} 20413 20414// GoString returns the string representation 20415func (s Scte27SourceSettings) GoString() string { 20416 return s.String() 20417} 20418 20419// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 20420func (s *Scte27SourceSettings) Validate() error { 20421 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Scte27SourceSettings"} 20422 if s.Pid != nil && *s.Pid < 1 { 20423 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Pid", 1)) 20424 } 20425 20426 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 20427 return invalidParams 20428 } 20429 return nil 20430} 20431 20432// SetPid sets the Pid field's value. 20433func (s *Scte27SourceSettings) SetPid(v int64) *Scte27SourceSettings { 20434 s.Pid = &v 20435 return s 20436} 20437 20438// Corresponds to SCTE-35 delivery_not_restricted_flag parameter. To declare 20439// delivery restrictions, include this element and its four "restriction" flags. 20440// To declare that there are no restrictions, omit this element. 20441type Scte35DeliveryRestrictions struct { 20442 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20443 20444 // Corresponds to SCTE-35 archive_allowed_flag. 20445 // 20446 // ArchiveAllowedFlag is a required field 20447 ArchiveAllowedFlag *string `locationName:"archiveAllowedFlag" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"Scte35ArchiveAllowedFlag"` 20448 20449 // Corresponds to SCTE-35 device_restrictions parameter. 20450 // 20451 // DeviceRestrictions is a required field 20452 DeviceRestrictions *string `locationName:"deviceRestrictions" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"Scte35DeviceRestrictions"` 20453 20454 // Corresponds to SCTE-35 no_regional_blackout_flag parameter. 20455 // 20456 // NoRegionalBlackoutFlag is a required field 20457 NoRegionalBlackoutFlag *string `locationName:"noRegionalBlackoutFlag" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"Scte35NoRegionalBlackoutFlag"` 20458 20459 // Corresponds to SCTE-35 web_delivery_allowed_flag parameter. 20460 // 20461 // WebDeliveryAllowedFlag is a required field 20462 WebDeliveryAllowedFlag *string `locationName:"webDeliveryAllowedFlag" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"Scte35WebDeliveryAllowedFlag"` 20463} 20464 20465// String returns the string representation 20466func (s Scte35DeliveryRestrictions) String() string { 20467 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20468} 20469 20470// GoString returns the string representation 20471func (s Scte35DeliveryRestrictions) GoString() string { 20472 return s.String() 20473} 20474 20475// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 20476func (s *Scte35DeliveryRestrictions) Validate() error { 20477 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Scte35DeliveryRestrictions"} 20478 if s.ArchiveAllowedFlag == nil { 20479 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ArchiveAllowedFlag")) 20480 } 20481 if s.DeviceRestrictions == nil { 20482 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DeviceRestrictions")) 20483 } 20484 if s.NoRegionalBlackoutFlag == nil { 20485 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NoRegionalBlackoutFlag")) 20486 } 20487 if s.WebDeliveryAllowedFlag == nil { 20488 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("WebDeliveryAllowedFlag")) 20489 } 20490 20491 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 20492 return invalidParams 20493 } 20494 return nil 20495} 20496 20497// SetArchiveAllowedFlag sets the ArchiveAllowedFlag field's value. 20498func (s *Scte35DeliveryRestrictions) SetArchiveAllowedFlag(v string) *Scte35DeliveryRestrictions { 20499 s.ArchiveAllowedFlag = &v 20500 return s 20501} 20502 20503// SetDeviceRestrictions sets the DeviceRestrictions field's value. 20504func (s *Scte35DeliveryRestrictions) SetDeviceRestrictions(v string) *Scte35DeliveryRestrictions { 20505 s.DeviceRestrictions = &v 20506 return s 20507} 20508 20509// SetNoRegionalBlackoutFlag sets the NoRegionalBlackoutFlag field's value. 20510func (s *Scte35DeliveryRestrictions) SetNoRegionalBlackoutFlag(v string) *Scte35DeliveryRestrictions { 20511 s.NoRegionalBlackoutFlag = &v 20512 return s 20513} 20514 20515// SetWebDeliveryAllowedFlag sets the WebDeliveryAllowedFlag field's value. 20516func (s *Scte35DeliveryRestrictions) SetWebDeliveryAllowedFlag(v string) *Scte35DeliveryRestrictions { 20517 s.WebDeliveryAllowedFlag = &v 20518 return s 20519} 20520 20521// Holds one set of SCTE-35 Descriptor Settings. 20522type Scte35Descriptor struct { 20523 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20524 20525 // SCTE-35 Descriptor Settings. 20526 // 20527 // Scte35DescriptorSettings is a required field 20528 Scte35DescriptorSettings *Scte35DescriptorSettings `locationName:"scte35DescriptorSettings" type:"structure" required:"true"` 20529} 20530 20531// String returns the string representation 20532func (s Scte35Descriptor) String() string { 20533 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20534} 20535 20536// GoString returns the string representation 20537func (s Scte35Descriptor) GoString() string { 20538 return s.String() 20539} 20540 20541// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 20542func (s *Scte35Descriptor) Validate() error { 20543 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Scte35Descriptor"} 20544 if s.Scte35DescriptorSettings == nil { 20545 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Scte35DescriptorSettings")) 20546 } 20547 if s.Scte35DescriptorSettings != nil { 20548 if err := s.Scte35DescriptorSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 20549 invalidParams.AddNested("Scte35DescriptorSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 20550 } 20551 } 20552 20553 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 20554 return invalidParams 20555 } 20556 return nil 20557} 20558 20559// SetScte35DescriptorSettings sets the Scte35DescriptorSettings field's value. 20560func (s *Scte35Descriptor) SetScte35DescriptorSettings(v *Scte35DescriptorSettings) *Scte35Descriptor { 20561 s.Scte35DescriptorSettings = v 20562 return s 20563} 20564 20565// SCTE-35 Descriptor settings. 20566type Scte35DescriptorSettings struct { 20567 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20568 20569 // SCTE-35 Segmentation Descriptor. 20570 // 20571 // SegmentationDescriptorScte35DescriptorSettings is a required field 20572 SegmentationDescriptorScte35DescriptorSettings *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor `locationName:"segmentationDescriptorScte35DescriptorSettings" type:"structure" required:"true"` 20573} 20574 20575// String returns the string representation 20576func (s Scte35DescriptorSettings) String() string { 20577 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20578} 20579 20580// GoString returns the string representation 20581func (s Scte35DescriptorSettings) GoString() string { 20582 return s.String() 20583} 20584 20585// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 20586func (s *Scte35DescriptorSettings) Validate() error { 20587 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Scte35DescriptorSettings"} 20588 if s.SegmentationDescriptorScte35DescriptorSettings == nil { 20589 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SegmentationDescriptorScte35DescriptorSettings")) 20590 } 20591 if s.SegmentationDescriptorScte35DescriptorSettings != nil { 20592 if err := s.SegmentationDescriptorScte35DescriptorSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 20593 invalidParams.AddNested("SegmentationDescriptorScte35DescriptorSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 20594 } 20595 } 20596 20597 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 20598 return invalidParams 20599 } 20600 return nil 20601} 20602 20603// SetSegmentationDescriptorScte35DescriptorSettings sets the SegmentationDescriptorScte35DescriptorSettings field's value. 20604func (s *Scte35DescriptorSettings) SetSegmentationDescriptorScte35DescriptorSettings(v *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor) *Scte35DescriptorSettings { 20605 s.SegmentationDescriptorScte35DescriptorSettings = v 20606 return s 20607} 20608 20609// Settings for a SCTE-35 return_to_network message. 20610type Scte35ReturnToNetworkScheduleActionSettings struct { 20611 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20612 20613 // The splice_event_id for the SCTE-35 splice_insert, as defined in SCTE-35. 20614 // 20615 // SpliceEventId is a required field 20616 SpliceEventId *int64 `locationName:"spliceEventId" type:"long" required:"true"` 20617} 20618 20619// String returns the string representation 20620func (s Scte35ReturnToNetworkScheduleActionSettings) String() string { 20621 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20622} 20623 20624// GoString returns the string representation 20625func (s Scte35ReturnToNetworkScheduleActionSettings) GoString() string { 20626 return s.String() 20627} 20628 20629// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 20630func (s *Scte35ReturnToNetworkScheduleActionSettings) Validate() error { 20631 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Scte35ReturnToNetworkScheduleActionSettings"} 20632 if s.SpliceEventId == nil { 20633 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SpliceEventId")) 20634 } 20635 20636 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 20637 return invalidParams 20638 } 20639 return nil 20640} 20641 20642// SetSpliceEventId sets the SpliceEventId field's value. 20643func (s *Scte35ReturnToNetworkScheduleActionSettings) SetSpliceEventId(v int64) *Scte35ReturnToNetworkScheduleActionSettings { 20644 s.SpliceEventId = &v 20645 return s 20646} 20647 20648// Corresponds to SCTE-35 segmentation_descriptor. 20649type Scte35SegmentationDescriptor struct { 20650 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20651 20652 // Holds the four SCTE-35 delivery restriction parameters. 20653 DeliveryRestrictions *Scte35DeliveryRestrictions `locationName:"deliveryRestrictions" type:"structure"` 20654 20655 // Corresponds to SCTE-35 segment_num. A value that is valid for the specified 20656 // segmentation_type_id. 20657 SegmentNum *int64 `locationName:"segmentNum" type:"integer"` 20658 20659 // Corresponds to SCTE-35 segmentation_event_cancel_indicator. 20660 // 20661 // SegmentationCancelIndicator is a required field 20662 SegmentationCancelIndicator *string `locationName:"segmentationCancelIndicator" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"Scte35SegmentationCancelIndicator"` 20663 20664 // Corresponds to SCTE-35 segmentation_duration. Optional. The duration for 20665 // the time_signal, in 90 KHz ticks. To convert seconds to ticks, multiple the 20666 // seconds by 90,000. Enter time in 90 KHz clock ticks. If you do not enter 20667 // a duration, the time_signal will continue until you insert a cancellation 20668 // message. 20669 SegmentationDuration *int64 `locationName:"segmentationDuration" type:"long"` 20670 20671 // Corresponds to SCTE-35 segmentation_event_id. 20672 // 20673 // SegmentationEventId is a required field 20674 SegmentationEventId *int64 `locationName:"segmentationEventId" type:"long" required:"true"` 20675 20676 // Corresponds to SCTE-35 segmentation_type_id. One of the segmentation_type_id 20677 // values listed in the SCTE-35 specification. On the console, enter the ID 20678 // in decimal (for example, "52"). In the CLI, API, or an SDK, enter the ID 20679 // in hex (for example, "0x34") or decimal (for example, "52"). 20680 SegmentationTypeId *int64 `locationName:"segmentationTypeId" type:"integer"` 20681 20682 // Corresponds to SCTE-35 segmentation_upid. Enter a string containing the hexadecimal 20683 // representation of the characters that make up the SCTE-35 segmentation_upid 20684 // value. Must contain an even number of hex characters. Do not include spaces 20685 // between each hex pair. For example, the ASCII "ADS Information" becomes hex 20686 // "41445320496e666f726d6174696f6e. 20687 SegmentationUpid *string `locationName:"segmentationUpid" type:"string"` 20688 20689 // Corresponds to SCTE-35 segmentation_upid_type. On the console, enter one 20690 // of the types listed in the SCTE-35 specification, converted to a decimal. 20691 // For example, "0x0C" hex from the specification is "12" in decimal. In the 20692 // CLI, API, or an SDK, enter one of the types listed in the SCTE-35 specification, 20693 // in either hex (for example, "0x0C" ) or in decimal (for example, "12"). 20694 SegmentationUpidType *int64 `locationName:"segmentationUpidType" type:"integer"` 20695 20696 // Corresponds to SCTE-35 segments_expected. A value that is valid for the specified 20697 // segmentation_type_id. 20698 SegmentsExpected *int64 `locationName:"segmentsExpected" type:"integer"` 20699 20700 // Corresponds to SCTE-35 sub_segment_num. A value that is valid for the specified 20701 // segmentation_type_id. 20702 SubSegmentNum *int64 `locationName:"subSegmentNum" type:"integer"` 20703 20704 // Corresponds to SCTE-35 sub_segments_expected. A value that is valid for the 20705 // specified segmentation_type_id. 20706 SubSegmentsExpected *int64 `locationName:"subSegmentsExpected" type:"integer"` 20707} 20708 20709// String returns the string representation 20710func (s Scte35SegmentationDescriptor) String() string { 20711 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20712} 20713 20714// GoString returns the string representation 20715func (s Scte35SegmentationDescriptor) GoString() string { 20716 return s.String() 20717} 20718 20719// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 20720func (s *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor) Validate() error { 20721 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Scte35SegmentationDescriptor"} 20722 if s.SegmentationCancelIndicator == nil { 20723 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SegmentationCancelIndicator")) 20724 } 20725 if s.SegmentationEventId == nil { 20726 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SegmentationEventId")) 20727 } 20728 if s.DeliveryRestrictions != nil { 20729 if err := s.DeliveryRestrictions.Validate(); err != nil { 20730 invalidParams.AddNested("DeliveryRestrictions", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 20731 } 20732 } 20733 20734 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 20735 return invalidParams 20736 } 20737 return nil 20738} 20739 20740// SetDeliveryRestrictions sets the DeliveryRestrictions field's value. 20741func (s *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor) SetDeliveryRestrictions(v *Scte35DeliveryRestrictions) *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor { 20742 s.DeliveryRestrictions = v 20743 return s 20744} 20745 20746// SetSegmentNum sets the SegmentNum field's value. 20747func (s *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor) SetSegmentNum(v int64) *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor { 20748 s.SegmentNum = &v 20749 return s 20750} 20751 20752// SetSegmentationCancelIndicator sets the SegmentationCancelIndicator field's value. 20753func (s *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor) SetSegmentationCancelIndicator(v string) *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor { 20754 s.SegmentationCancelIndicator = &v 20755 return s 20756} 20757 20758// SetSegmentationDuration sets the SegmentationDuration field's value. 20759func (s *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor) SetSegmentationDuration(v int64) *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor { 20760 s.SegmentationDuration = &v 20761 return s 20762} 20763 20764// SetSegmentationEventId sets the SegmentationEventId field's value. 20765func (s *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor) SetSegmentationEventId(v int64) *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor { 20766 s.SegmentationEventId = &v 20767 return s 20768} 20769 20770// SetSegmentationTypeId sets the SegmentationTypeId field's value. 20771func (s *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor) SetSegmentationTypeId(v int64) *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor { 20772 s.SegmentationTypeId = &v 20773 return s 20774} 20775 20776// SetSegmentationUpid sets the SegmentationUpid field's value. 20777func (s *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor) SetSegmentationUpid(v string) *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor { 20778 s.SegmentationUpid = &v 20779 return s 20780} 20781 20782// SetSegmentationUpidType sets the SegmentationUpidType field's value. 20783func (s *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor) SetSegmentationUpidType(v int64) *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor { 20784 s.SegmentationUpidType = &v 20785 return s 20786} 20787 20788// SetSegmentsExpected sets the SegmentsExpected field's value. 20789func (s *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor) SetSegmentsExpected(v int64) *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor { 20790 s.SegmentsExpected = &v 20791 return s 20792} 20793 20794// SetSubSegmentNum sets the SubSegmentNum field's value. 20795func (s *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor) SetSubSegmentNum(v int64) *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor { 20796 s.SubSegmentNum = &v 20797 return s 20798} 20799 20800// SetSubSegmentsExpected sets the SubSegmentsExpected field's value. 20801func (s *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor) SetSubSegmentsExpected(v int64) *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor { 20802 s.SubSegmentsExpected = &v 20803 return s 20804} 20805 20806// Scte35 Splice Insert 20807type Scte35SpliceInsert struct { 20808 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20809 20810 // When specified, this offset (in milliseconds) is added to the input Ad Avail 20811 // PTS time. This only applies to embedded SCTE 104/35 messages and does not 20812 // apply to OOB messages. 20813 AdAvailOffset *int64 `locationName:"adAvailOffset" type:"integer"` 20814 20815 // When set to ignore, Segment Descriptors with noRegionalBlackoutFlag set to 20816 // 0 will no longer trigger blackouts or Ad Avail slates 20817 NoRegionalBlackoutFlag *string `locationName:"noRegionalBlackoutFlag" type:"string" enum:"Scte35SpliceInsertNoRegionalBlackoutBehavior"` 20818 20819 // When set to ignore, Segment Descriptors with webDeliveryAllowedFlag set to 20820 // 0 will no longer trigger blackouts or Ad Avail slates 20821 WebDeliveryAllowedFlag *string `locationName:"webDeliveryAllowedFlag" type:"string" enum:"Scte35SpliceInsertWebDeliveryAllowedBehavior"` 20822} 20823 20824// String returns the string representation 20825func (s Scte35SpliceInsert) String() string { 20826 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20827} 20828 20829// GoString returns the string representation 20830func (s Scte35SpliceInsert) GoString() string { 20831 return s.String() 20832} 20833 20834// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 20835func (s *Scte35SpliceInsert) Validate() error { 20836 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Scte35SpliceInsert"} 20837 if s.AdAvailOffset != nil && *s.AdAvailOffset < -1000 { 20838 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("AdAvailOffset", -1000)) 20839 } 20840 20841 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 20842 return invalidParams 20843 } 20844 return nil 20845} 20846 20847// SetAdAvailOffset sets the AdAvailOffset field's value. 20848func (s *Scte35SpliceInsert) SetAdAvailOffset(v int64) *Scte35SpliceInsert { 20849 s.AdAvailOffset = &v 20850 return s 20851} 20852 20853// SetNoRegionalBlackoutFlag sets the NoRegionalBlackoutFlag field's value. 20854func (s *Scte35SpliceInsert) SetNoRegionalBlackoutFlag(v string) *Scte35SpliceInsert { 20855 s.NoRegionalBlackoutFlag = &v 20856 return s 20857} 20858 20859// SetWebDeliveryAllowedFlag sets the WebDeliveryAllowedFlag field's value. 20860func (s *Scte35SpliceInsert) SetWebDeliveryAllowedFlag(v string) *Scte35SpliceInsert { 20861 s.WebDeliveryAllowedFlag = &v 20862 return s 20863} 20864 20865// Settings for a SCTE-35 splice_insert message. 20866type Scte35SpliceInsertScheduleActionSettings struct { 20867 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20868 20869 // Optional, the duration for the splice_insert, in 90 KHz ticks. To convert 20870 // seconds to ticks, multiple the seconds by 90,000. If you enter a duration, 20871 // there is an expectation that the downstream system can read the duration 20872 // and cue in at that time. If you do not enter a duration, the splice_insert 20873 // will continue indefinitely and there is an expectation that you will enter 20874 // a return_to_network to end the splice_insert at the appropriate time. 20875 Duration *int64 `locationName:"duration" type:"long"` 20876 20877 // The splice_event_id for the SCTE-35 splice_insert, as defined in SCTE-35. 20878 // 20879 // SpliceEventId is a required field 20880 SpliceEventId *int64 `locationName:"spliceEventId" type:"long" required:"true"` 20881} 20882 20883// String returns the string representation 20884func (s Scte35SpliceInsertScheduleActionSettings) String() string { 20885 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20886} 20887 20888// GoString returns the string representation 20889func (s Scte35SpliceInsertScheduleActionSettings) GoString() string { 20890 return s.String() 20891} 20892 20893// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 20894func (s *Scte35SpliceInsertScheduleActionSettings) Validate() error { 20895 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Scte35SpliceInsertScheduleActionSettings"} 20896 if s.SpliceEventId == nil { 20897 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SpliceEventId")) 20898 } 20899 20900 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 20901 return invalidParams 20902 } 20903 return nil 20904} 20905 20906// SetDuration sets the Duration field's value. 20907func (s *Scte35SpliceInsertScheduleActionSettings) SetDuration(v int64) *Scte35SpliceInsertScheduleActionSettings { 20908 s.Duration = &v 20909 return s 20910} 20911 20912// SetSpliceEventId sets the SpliceEventId field's value. 20913func (s *Scte35SpliceInsertScheduleActionSettings) SetSpliceEventId(v int64) *Scte35SpliceInsertScheduleActionSettings { 20914 s.SpliceEventId = &v 20915 return s 20916} 20917 20918// Scte35 Time Signal Apos 20919type Scte35TimeSignalApos struct { 20920 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20921 20922 // When specified, this offset (in milliseconds) is added to the input Ad Avail 20923 // PTS time. This only applies to embedded SCTE 104/35 messages and does not 20924 // apply to OOB messages. 20925 AdAvailOffset *int64 `locationName:"adAvailOffset" type:"integer"` 20926 20927 // When set to ignore, Segment Descriptors with noRegionalBlackoutFlag set to 20928 // 0 will no longer trigger blackouts or Ad Avail slates 20929 NoRegionalBlackoutFlag *string `locationName:"noRegionalBlackoutFlag" type:"string" enum:"Scte35AposNoRegionalBlackoutBehavior"` 20930 20931 // When set to ignore, Segment Descriptors with webDeliveryAllowedFlag set to 20932 // 0 will no longer trigger blackouts or Ad Avail slates 20933 WebDeliveryAllowedFlag *string `locationName:"webDeliveryAllowedFlag" type:"string" enum:"Scte35AposWebDeliveryAllowedBehavior"` 20934} 20935 20936// String returns the string representation 20937func (s Scte35TimeSignalApos) String() string { 20938 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20939} 20940 20941// GoString returns the string representation 20942func (s Scte35TimeSignalApos) GoString() string { 20943 return s.String() 20944} 20945 20946// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 20947func (s *Scte35TimeSignalApos) Validate() error { 20948 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Scte35TimeSignalApos"} 20949 if s.AdAvailOffset != nil && *s.AdAvailOffset < -1000 { 20950 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("AdAvailOffset", -1000)) 20951 } 20952 20953 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 20954 return invalidParams 20955 } 20956 return nil 20957} 20958 20959// SetAdAvailOffset sets the AdAvailOffset field's value. 20960func (s *Scte35TimeSignalApos) SetAdAvailOffset(v int64) *Scte35TimeSignalApos { 20961 s.AdAvailOffset = &v 20962 return s 20963} 20964 20965// SetNoRegionalBlackoutFlag sets the NoRegionalBlackoutFlag field's value. 20966func (s *Scte35TimeSignalApos) SetNoRegionalBlackoutFlag(v string) *Scte35TimeSignalApos { 20967 s.NoRegionalBlackoutFlag = &v 20968 return s 20969} 20970 20971// SetWebDeliveryAllowedFlag sets the WebDeliveryAllowedFlag field's value. 20972func (s *Scte35TimeSignalApos) SetWebDeliveryAllowedFlag(v string) *Scte35TimeSignalApos { 20973 s.WebDeliveryAllowedFlag = &v 20974 return s 20975} 20976 20977// Settings for a SCTE-35 time_signal. 20978type Scte35TimeSignalScheduleActionSettings struct { 20979 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20980 20981 // The list of SCTE-35 descriptors accompanying the SCTE-35 time_signal. 20982 // 20983 // Scte35Descriptors is a required field 20984 Scte35Descriptors []*Scte35Descriptor `locationName:"scte35Descriptors" type:"list" required:"true"` 20985} 20986 20987// String returns the string representation 20988func (s Scte35TimeSignalScheduleActionSettings) String() string { 20989 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20990} 20991 20992// GoString returns the string representation 20993func (s Scte35TimeSignalScheduleActionSettings) GoString() string { 20994 return s.String() 20995} 20996 20997// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 20998func (s *Scte35TimeSignalScheduleActionSettings) Validate() error { 20999 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Scte35TimeSignalScheduleActionSettings"} 21000 if s.Scte35Descriptors == nil { 21001 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Scte35Descriptors")) 21002 } 21003 if s.Scte35Descriptors != nil { 21004 for i, v := range s.Scte35Descriptors { 21005 if v == nil { 21006 continue 21007 } 21008 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 21009 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Scte35Descriptors", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 21010 } 21011 } 21012 } 21013 21014 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 21015 return invalidParams 21016 } 21017 return nil 21018} 21019 21020// SetScte35Descriptors sets the Scte35Descriptors field's value. 21021func (s *Scte35TimeSignalScheduleActionSettings) SetScte35Descriptors(v []*Scte35Descriptor) *Scte35TimeSignalScheduleActionSettings { 21022 s.Scte35Descriptors = v 21023 return s 21024} 21025 21026// Smpte Tt Destination Settings 21027type SmpteTtDestinationSettings struct { 21028 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21029} 21030 21031// String returns the string representation 21032func (s SmpteTtDestinationSettings) String() string { 21033 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21034} 21035 21036// GoString returns the string representation 21037func (s SmpteTtDestinationSettings) GoString() string { 21038 return s.String() 21039} 21040 21041// Standard Hls Settings 21042type StandardHlsSettings struct { 21043 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21044 21045 // List all the audio groups that are used with the video output stream. Input 21046 // all the audio GROUP-IDs that are associated to the video, separate by ','. 21047 AudioRenditionSets *string `locationName:"audioRenditionSets" type:"string"` 21048 21049 // Settings information for the .m3u8 container 21050 // 21051 // M3u8Settings is a required field 21052 M3u8Settings *M3u8Settings `locationName:"m3u8Settings" type:"structure" required:"true"` 21053} 21054 21055// String returns the string representation 21056func (s StandardHlsSettings) String() string { 21057 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21058} 21059 21060// GoString returns the string representation 21061func (s StandardHlsSettings) GoString() string { 21062 return s.String() 21063} 21064 21065// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 21066func (s *StandardHlsSettings) Validate() error { 21067 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StandardHlsSettings"} 21068 if s.M3u8Settings == nil { 21069 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("M3u8Settings")) 21070 } 21071 21072 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 21073 return invalidParams 21074 } 21075 return nil 21076} 21077 21078// SetAudioRenditionSets sets the AudioRenditionSets field's value. 21079func (s *StandardHlsSettings) SetAudioRenditionSets(v string) *StandardHlsSettings { 21080 s.AudioRenditionSets = &v 21081 return s 21082} 21083 21084// SetM3u8Settings sets the M3u8Settings field's value. 21085func (s *StandardHlsSettings) SetM3u8Settings(v *M3u8Settings) *StandardHlsSettings { 21086 s.M3u8Settings = v 21087 return s 21088} 21089 21090type StartChannelInput struct { 21091 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21092 21093 // ChannelId is a required field 21094 ChannelId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"channelId" type:"string" required:"true"` 21095} 21096 21097// String returns the string representation 21098func (s StartChannelInput) String() string { 21099 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21100} 21101 21102// GoString returns the string representation 21103func (s StartChannelInput) GoString() string { 21104 return s.String() 21105} 21106 21107// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 21108func (s *StartChannelInput) Validate() error { 21109 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StartChannelInput"} 21110 if s.ChannelId == nil { 21111 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ChannelId")) 21112 } 21113 if s.ChannelId != nil && len(*s.ChannelId) < 1 { 21114 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ChannelId", 1)) 21115 } 21116 21117 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 21118 return invalidParams 21119 } 21120 return nil 21121} 21122 21123// SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value. 21124func (s *StartChannelInput) SetChannelId(v string) *StartChannelInput { 21125 s.ChannelId = &v 21126 return s 21127} 21128 21129type StartChannelOutput struct { 21130 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21131 21132 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 21133 21134 // A standard channel has two encoding pipelines and a single pipeline channel 21135 // only has one. 21136 ChannelClass *string `locationName:"channelClass" type:"string" enum:"ChannelClass"` 21137 21138 Destinations []*OutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"` 21139 21140 EgressEndpoints []*ChannelEgressEndpoint `locationName:"egressEndpoints" type:"list"` 21141 21142 // Encoder Settings 21143 EncoderSettings *EncoderSettings `locationName:"encoderSettings" type:"structure"` 21144 21145 Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` 21146 21147 InputAttachments []*InputAttachment `locationName:"inputAttachments" type:"list"` 21148 21149 InputSpecification *InputSpecification `locationName:"inputSpecification" type:"structure"` 21150 21151 // The log level the user wants for their channel. 21152 LogLevel *string `locationName:"logLevel" type:"string" enum:"LogLevel"` 21153 21154 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 21155 21156 PipelineDetails []*PipelineDetail `locationName:"pipelineDetails" type:"list"` 21157 21158 PipelinesRunningCount *int64 `locationName:"pipelinesRunningCount" type:"integer"` 21159 21160 RoleArn *string `locationName:"roleArn" type:"string"` 21161 21162 State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"ChannelState"` 21163 21164 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 21165} 21166 21167// String returns the string representation 21168func (s StartChannelOutput) String() string { 21169 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21170} 21171 21172// GoString returns the string representation 21173func (s StartChannelOutput) GoString() string { 21174 return s.String() 21175} 21176 21177// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 21178func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetArn(v string) *StartChannelOutput { 21179 s.Arn = &v 21180 return s 21181} 21182 21183// SetChannelClass sets the ChannelClass field's value. 21184func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetChannelClass(v string) *StartChannelOutput { 21185 s.ChannelClass = &v 21186 return s 21187} 21188 21189// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value. 21190func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetDestinations(v []*OutputDestination) *StartChannelOutput { 21191 s.Destinations = v 21192 return s 21193} 21194 21195// SetEgressEndpoints sets the EgressEndpoints field's value. 21196func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetEgressEndpoints(v []*ChannelEgressEndpoint) *StartChannelOutput { 21197 s.EgressEndpoints = v 21198 return s 21199} 21200 21201// SetEncoderSettings sets the EncoderSettings field's value. 21202func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetEncoderSettings(v *EncoderSettings) *StartChannelOutput { 21203 s.EncoderSettings = v 21204 return s 21205} 21206 21207// SetId sets the Id field's value. 21208func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetId(v string) *StartChannelOutput { 21209 s.Id = &v 21210 return s 21211} 21212 21213// SetInputAttachments sets the InputAttachments field's value. 21214func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetInputAttachments(v []*InputAttachment) *StartChannelOutput { 21215 s.InputAttachments = v 21216 return s 21217} 21218 21219// SetInputSpecification sets the InputSpecification field's value. 21220func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetInputSpecification(v *InputSpecification) *StartChannelOutput { 21221 s.InputSpecification = v 21222 return s 21223} 21224 21225// SetLogLevel sets the LogLevel field's value. 21226func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetLogLevel(v string) *StartChannelOutput { 21227 s.LogLevel = &v 21228 return s 21229} 21230 21231// SetName sets the Name field's value. 21232func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetName(v string) *StartChannelOutput { 21233 s.Name = &v 21234 return s 21235} 21236 21237// SetPipelineDetails sets the PipelineDetails field's value. 21238func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetPipelineDetails(v []*PipelineDetail) *StartChannelOutput { 21239 s.PipelineDetails = v 21240 return s 21241} 21242 21243// SetPipelinesRunningCount sets the PipelinesRunningCount field's value. 21244func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetPipelinesRunningCount(v int64) *StartChannelOutput { 21245 s.PipelinesRunningCount = &v 21246 return s 21247} 21248 21249// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. 21250func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetRoleArn(v string) *StartChannelOutput { 21251 s.RoleArn = &v 21252 return s 21253} 21254 21255// SetState sets the State field's value. 21256func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetState(v string) *StartChannelOutput { 21257 s.State = &v 21258 return s 21259} 21260 21261// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 21262func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *StartChannelOutput { 21263 s.Tags = v 21264 return s 21265} 21266 21267type StartMultiplexInput struct { 21268 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21269 21270 // MultiplexId is a required field 21271 MultiplexId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"multiplexId" type:"string" required:"true"` 21272} 21273 21274// String returns the string representation 21275func (s StartMultiplexInput) String() string { 21276 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21277} 21278 21279// GoString returns the string representation 21280func (s StartMultiplexInput) GoString() string { 21281 return s.String() 21282} 21283 21284// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 21285func (s *StartMultiplexInput) Validate() error { 21286 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StartMultiplexInput"} 21287 if s.MultiplexId == nil { 21288 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MultiplexId")) 21289 } 21290 if s.MultiplexId != nil && len(*s.MultiplexId) < 1 { 21291 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("MultiplexId", 1)) 21292 } 21293 21294 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 21295 return invalidParams 21296 } 21297 return nil 21298} 21299 21300// SetMultiplexId sets the MultiplexId field's value. 21301func (s *StartMultiplexInput) SetMultiplexId(v string) *StartMultiplexInput { 21302 s.MultiplexId = &v 21303 return s 21304} 21305 21306type StartMultiplexOutput struct { 21307 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21308 21309 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 21310 21311 AvailabilityZones []*string `locationName:"availabilityZones" type:"list"` 21312 21313 Destinations []*MultiplexOutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"` 21314 21315 Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` 21316 21317 // Contains configuration for a Multiplex event 21318 MultiplexSettings *MultiplexSettings `locationName:"multiplexSettings" type:"structure"` 21319 21320 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 21321 21322 PipelinesRunningCount *int64 `locationName:"pipelinesRunningCount" type:"integer"` 21323 21324 ProgramCount *int64 `locationName:"programCount" type:"integer"` 21325 21326 // The current state of the multiplex. 21327 State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"MultiplexState"` 21328 21329 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 21330} 21331 21332// String returns the string representation 21333func (s StartMultiplexOutput) String() string { 21334 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21335} 21336 21337// GoString returns the string representation 21338func (s StartMultiplexOutput) GoString() string { 21339 return s.String() 21340} 21341 21342// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 21343func (s *StartMultiplexOutput) SetArn(v string) *StartMultiplexOutput { 21344 s.Arn = &v 21345 return s 21346} 21347 21348// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value. 21349func (s *StartMultiplexOutput) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *StartMultiplexOutput { 21350 s.AvailabilityZones = v 21351 return s 21352} 21353 21354// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value. 21355func (s *StartMultiplexOutput) SetDestinations(v []*MultiplexOutputDestination) *StartMultiplexOutput { 21356 s.Destinations = v 21357 return s 21358} 21359 21360// SetId sets the Id field's value. 21361func (s *StartMultiplexOutput) SetId(v string) *StartMultiplexOutput { 21362 s.Id = &v 21363 return s 21364} 21365 21366// SetMultiplexSettings sets the MultiplexSettings field's value. 21367func (s *StartMultiplexOutput) SetMultiplexSettings(v *MultiplexSettings) *StartMultiplexOutput { 21368 s.MultiplexSettings = v 21369 return s 21370} 21371 21372// SetName sets the Name field's value. 21373func (s *StartMultiplexOutput) SetName(v string) *StartMultiplexOutput { 21374 s.Name = &v 21375 return s 21376} 21377 21378// SetPipelinesRunningCount sets the PipelinesRunningCount field's value. 21379func (s *StartMultiplexOutput) SetPipelinesRunningCount(v int64) *StartMultiplexOutput { 21380 s.PipelinesRunningCount = &v 21381 return s 21382} 21383 21384// SetProgramCount sets the ProgramCount field's value. 21385func (s *StartMultiplexOutput) SetProgramCount(v int64) *StartMultiplexOutput { 21386 s.ProgramCount = &v 21387 return s 21388} 21389 21390// SetState sets the State field's value. 21391func (s *StartMultiplexOutput) SetState(v string) *StartMultiplexOutput { 21392 s.State = &v 21393 return s 21394} 21395 21396// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 21397func (s *StartMultiplexOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *StartMultiplexOutput { 21398 s.Tags = v 21399 return s 21400} 21401 21402// Settings to identify the start of the clip. 21403type StartTimecode struct { 21404 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21405 21406 // The timecode for the frame where you want to start the clip. Optional; if 21407 // not specified, the clip starts at first frame in the file. Enter the timecode 21408 // as HH:MM:SS:FF or HH:MM:SS;FF. 21409 Timecode *string `locationName:"timecode" type:"string"` 21410} 21411 21412// String returns the string representation 21413func (s StartTimecode) String() string { 21414 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21415} 21416 21417// GoString returns the string representation 21418func (s StartTimecode) GoString() string { 21419 return s.String() 21420} 21421 21422// SetTimecode sets the Timecode field's value. 21423func (s *StartTimecode) SetTimecode(v string) *StartTimecode { 21424 s.Timecode = &v 21425 return s 21426} 21427 21428// Settings for the action to activate a static image. 21429type StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings struct { 21430 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21431 21432 // The duration in milliseconds for the image to remain on the video. If omitted 21433 // or set to 0 the duration is unlimited and the image will remain until it 21434 // is explicitly deactivated. 21435 Duration *int64 `locationName:"duration" type:"integer"` 21436 21437 // The time in milliseconds for the image to fade in. The fade-in starts at 21438 // the start time of the overlay. Default is 0 (no fade-in). 21439 FadeIn *int64 `locationName:"fadeIn" type:"integer"` 21440 21441 // Applies only if a duration is specified. The time in milliseconds for the 21442 // image to fade out. The fade-out starts when the duration time is hit, so 21443 // it effectively extends the duration. Default is 0 (no fade-out). 21444 FadeOut *int64 `locationName:"fadeOut" type:"integer"` 21445 21446 // The height of the image when inserted into the video, in pixels. The overlay 21447 // will be scaled up or down to the specified height. Leave blank to use the 21448 // native height of the overlay. 21449 Height *int64 `locationName:"height" min:"1" type:"integer"` 21450 21451 // The location and filename of the image file to overlay on the video. The 21452 // file must be a 32-bit BMP, PNG, or TGA file, and must not be larger (in pixels) 21453 // than the input video. 21454 // 21455 // Image is a required field 21456 Image *InputLocation `locationName:"image" type:"structure" required:"true"` 21457 21458 // Placement of the left edge of the overlay relative to the left edge of the 21459 // video frame, in pixels. 0 (the default) is the left edge of the frame. If 21460 // the placement causes the overlay to extend beyond the right edge of the underlying 21461 // video, then the overlay is cropped on the right. 21462 ImageX *int64 `locationName:"imageX" type:"integer"` 21463 21464 // Placement of the top edge of the overlay relative to the top edge of the 21465 // video frame, in pixels. 0 (the default) is the top edge of the frame. If 21466 // the placement causes the overlay to extend beyond the bottom edge of the 21467 // underlying video, then the overlay is cropped on the bottom. 21468 ImageY *int64 `locationName:"imageY" type:"integer"` 21469 21470 // The number of the layer, 0 to 7. There are 8 layers that can be overlaid 21471 // on the video, each layer with a different image. The layers are in Z order, 21472 // which means that overlays with higher values of layer are inserted on top 21473 // of overlays with lower values of layer. Default is 0. 21474 Layer *int64 `locationName:"layer" type:"integer"` 21475 21476 // Opacity of image where 0 is transparent and 100 is fully opaque. Default 21477 // is 100. 21478 Opacity *int64 `locationName:"opacity" type:"integer"` 21479 21480 // The width of the image when inserted into the video, in pixels. The overlay 21481 // will be scaled up or down to the specified width. Leave blank to use the 21482 // native width of the overlay. 21483 Width *int64 `locationName:"width" min:"1" type:"integer"` 21484} 21485 21486// String returns the string representation 21487func (s StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings) String() string { 21488 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21489} 21490 21491// GoString returns the string representation 21492func (s StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings) GoString() string { 21493 return s.String() 21494} 21495 21496// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 21497func (s *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings) Validate() error { 21498 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings"} 21499 if s.Height != nil && *s.Height < 1 { 21500 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Height", 1)) 21501 } 21502 if s.Image == nil { 21503 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Image")) 21504 } 21505 if s.Width != nil && *s.Width < 1 { 21506 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Width", 1)) 21507 } 21508 if s.Image != nil { 21509 if err := s.Image.Validate(); err != nil { 21510 invalidParams.AddNested("Image", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 21511 } 21512 } 21513 21514 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 21515 return invalidParams 21516 } 21517 return nil 21518} 21519 21520// SetDuration sets the Duration field's value. 21521func (s *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings) SetDuration(v int64) *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings { 21522 s.Duration = &v 21523 return s 21524} 21525 21526// SetFadeIn sets the FadeIn field's value. 21527func (s *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings) SetFadeIn(v int64) *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings { 21528 s.FadeIn = &v 21529 return s 21530} 21531 21532// SetFadeOut sets the FadeOut field's value. 21533func (s *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings) SetFadeOut(v int64) *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings { 21534 s.FadeOut = &v 21535 return s 21536} 21537 21538// SetHeight sets the Height field's value. 21539func (s *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings) SetHeight(v int64) *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings { 21540 s.Height = &v 21541 return s 21542} 21543 21544// SetImage sets the Image field's value. 21545func (s *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings) SetImage(v *InputLocation) *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings { 21546 s.Image = v 21547 return s 21548} 21549 21550// SetImageX sets the ImageX field's value. 21551func (s *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings) SetImageX(v int64) *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings { 21552 s.ImageX = &v 21553 return s 21554} 21555 21556// SetImageY sets the ImageY field's value. 21557func (s *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings) SetImageY(v int64) *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings { 21558 s.ImageY = &v 21559 return s 21560} 21561 21562// SetLayer sets the Layer field's value. 21563func (s *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings) SetLayer(v int64) *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings { 21564 s.Layer = &v 21565 return s 21566} 21567 21568// SetOpacity sets the Opacity field's value. 21569func (s *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings) SetOpacity(v int64) *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings { 21570 s.Opacity = &v 21571 return s 21572} 21573 21574// SetWidth sets the Width field's value. 21575func (s *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings) SetWidth(v int64) *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings { 21576 s.Width = &v 21577 return s 21578} 21579 21580// Settings for the action to deactivate the image in a specific layer. 21581type StaticImageDeactivateScheduleActionSettings struct { 21582 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21583 21584 // The time in milliseconds for the image to fade out. Default is 0 (no fade-out). 21585 FadeOut *int64 `locationName:"fadeOut" type:"integer"` 21586 21587 // The image overlay layer to deactivate, 0 to 7. Default is 0. 21588 Layer *int64 `locationName:"layer" type:"integer"` 21589} 21590 21591// String returns the string representation 21592func (s StaticImageDeactivateScheduleActionSettings) String() string { 21593 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21594} 21595 21596// GoString returns the string representation 21597func (s StaticImageDeactivateScheduleActionSettings) GoString() string { 21598 return s.String() 21599} 21600 21601// SetFadeOut sets the FadeOut field's value. 21602func (s *StaticImageDeactivateScheduleActionSettings) SetFadeOut(v int64) *StaticImageDeactivateScheduleActionSettings { 21603 s.FadeOut = &v 21604 return s 21605} 21606 21607// SetLayer sets the Layer field's value. 21608func (s *StaticImageDeactivateScheduleActionSettings) SetLayer(v int64) *StaticImageDeactivateScheduleActionSettings { 21609 s.Layer = &v 21610 return s 21611} 21612 21613// Static Key Settings 21614type StaticKeySettings struct { 21615 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21616 21617 // The URL of the license server used for protecting content. 21618 KeyProviderServer *InputLocation `locationName:"keyProviderServer" type:"structure"` 21619 21620 // Static key value as a 32 character hexadecimal string. 21621 // 21622 // StaticKeyValue is a required field 21623 StaticKeyValue *string `locationName:"staticKeyValue" min:"32" type:"string" required:"true"` 21624} 21625 21626// String returns the string representation 21627func (s StaticKeySettings) String() string { 21628 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21629} 21630 21631// GoString returns the string representation 21632func (s StaticKeySettings) GoString() string { 21633 return s.String() 21634} 21635 21636// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 21637func (s *StaticKeySettings) Validate() error { 21638 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StaticKeySettings"} 21639 if s.StaticKeyValue == nil { 21640 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("StaticKeyValue")) 21641 } 21642 if s.StaticKeyValue != nil && len(*s.StaticKeyValue) < 32 { 21643 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("StaticKeyValue", 32)) 21644 } 21645 if s.KeyProviderServer != nil { 21646 if err := s.KeyProviderServer.Validate(); err != nil { 21647 invalidParams.AddNested("KeyProviderServer", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 21648 } 21649 } 21650 21651 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 21652 return invalidParams 21653 } 21654 return nil 21655} 21656 21657// SetKeyProviderServer sets the KeyProviderServer field's value. 21658func (s *StaticKeySettings) SetKeyProviderServer(v *InputLocation) *StaticKeySettings { 21659 s.KeyProviderServer = v 21660 return s 21661} 21662 21663// SetStaticKeyValue sets the StaticKeyValue field's value. 21664func (s *StaticKeySettings) SetStaticKeyValue(v string) *StaticKeySettings { 21665 s.StaticKeyValue = &v 21666 return s 21667} 21668 21669type StopChannelInput struct { 21670 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21671 21672 // ChannelId is a required field 21673 ChannelId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"channelId" type:"string" required:"true"` 21674} 21675 21676// String returns the string representation 21677func (s StopChannelInput) String() string { 21678 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21679} 21680 21681// GoString returns the string representation 21682func (s StopChannelInput) GoString() string { 21683 return s.String() 21684} 21685 21686// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 21687func (s *StopChannelInput) Validate() error { 21688 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StopChannelInput"} 21689 if s.ChannelId == nil { 21690 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ChannelId")) 21691 } 21692 if s.ChannelId != nil && len(*s.ChannelId) < 1 { 21693 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ChannelId", 1)) 21694 } 21695 21696 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 21697 return invalidParams 21698 } 21699 return nil 21700} 21701 21702// SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value. 21703func (s *StopChannelInput) SetChannelId(v string) *StopChannelInput { 21704 s.ChannelId = &v 21705 return s 21706} 21707 21708type StopChannelOutput struct { 21709 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21710 21711 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 21712 21713 // A standard channel has two encoding pipelines and a single pipeline channel 21714 // only has one. 21715 ChannelClass *string `locationName:"channelClass" type:"string" enum:"ChannelClass"` 21716 21717 Destinations []*OutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"` 21718 21719 EgressEndpoints []*ChannelEgressEndpoint `locationName:"egressEndpoints" type:"list"` 21720 21721 // Encoder Settings 21722 EncoderSettings *EncoderSettings `locationName:"encoderSettings" type:"structure"` 21723 21724 Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` 21725 21726 InputAttachments []*InputAttachment `locationName:"inputAttachments" type:"list"` 21727 21728 InputSpecification *InputSpecification `locationName:"inputSpecification" type:"structure"` 21729 21730 // The log level the user wants for their channel. 21731 LogLevel *string `locationName:"logLevel" type:"string" enum:"LogLevel"` 21732 21733 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 21734 21735 PipelineDetails []*PipelineDetail `locationName:"pipelineDetails" type:"list"` 21736 21737 PipelinesRunningCount *int64 `locationName:"pipelinesRunningCount" type:"integer"` 21738 21739 RoleArn *string `locationName:"roleArn" type:"string"` 21740 21741 State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"ChannelState"` 21742 21743 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 21744} 21745 21746// String returns the string representation 21747func (s StopChannelOutput) String() string { 21748 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21749} 21750 21751// GoString returns the string representation 21752func (s StopChannelOutput) GoString() string { 21753 return s.String() 21754} 21755 21756// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 21757func (s *StopChannelOutput) SetArn(v string) *StopChannelOutput { 21758 s.Arn = &v 21759 return s 21760} 21761 21762// SetChannelClass sets the ChannelClass field's value. 21763func (s *StopChannelOutput) SetChannelClass(v string) *StopChannelOutput { 21764 s.ChannelClass = &v 21765 return s 21766} 21767 21768// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value. 21769func (s *StopChannelOutput) SetDestinations(v []*OutputDestination) *StopChannelOutput { 21770 s.Destinations = v 21771 return s 21772} 21773 21774// SetEgressEndpoints sets the EgressEndpoints field's value. 21775func (s *StopChannelOutput) SetEgressEndpoints(v []*ChannelEgressEndpoint) *StopChannelOutput { 21776 s.EgressEndpoints = v 21777 return s 21778} 21779 21780// SetEncoderSettings sets the EncoderSettings field's value. 21781func (s *StopChannelOutput) SetEncoderSettings(v *EncoderSettings) *StopChannelOutput { 21782 s.EncoderSettings = v 21783 return s 21784} 21785 21786// SetId sets the Id field's value. 21787func (s *StopChannelOutput) SetId(v string) *StopChannelOutput { 21788 s.Id = &v 21789 return s 21790} 21791 21792// SetInputAttachments sets the InputAttachments field's value. 21793func (s *StopChannelOutput) SetInputAttachments(v []*InputAttachment) *StopChannelOutput { 21794 s.InputAttachments = v 21795 return s 21796} 21797 21798// SetInputSpecification sets the InputSpecification field's value. 21799func (s *StopChannelOutput) SetInputSpecification(v *InputSpecification) *StopChannelOutput { 21800 s.InputSpecification = v 21801 return s 21802} 21803 21804// SetLogLevel sets the LogLevel field's value. 21805func (s *StopChannelOutput) SetLogLevel(v string) *StopChannelOutput { 21806 s.LogLevel = &v 21807 return s 21808} 21809 21810// SetName sets the Name field's value. 21811func (s *StopChannelOutput) SetName(v string) *StopChannelOutput { 21812 s.Name = &v 21813 return s 21814} 21815 21816// SetPipelineDetails sets the PipelineDetails field's value. 21817func (s *StopChannelOutput) SetPipelineDetails(v []*PipelineDetail) *StopChannelOutput { 21818 s.PipelineDetails = v 21819 return s 21820} 21821 21822// SetPipelinesRunningCount sets the PipelinesRunningCount field's value. 21823func (s *StopChannelOutput) SetPipelinesRunningCount(v int64) *StopChannelOutput { 21824 s.PipelinesRunningCount = &v 21825 return s 21826} 21827 21828// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. 21829func (s *StopChannelOutput) SetRoleArn(v string) *StopChannelOutput { 21830 s.RoleArn = &v 21831 return s 21832} 21833 21834// SetState sets the State field's value. 21835func (s *StopChannelOutput) SetState(v string) *StopChannelOutput { 21836 s.State = &v 21837 return s 21838} 21839 21840// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 21841func (s *StopChannelOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *StopChannelOutput { 21842 s.Tags = v 21843 return s 21844} 21845 21846type StopMultiplexInput struct { 21847 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21848 21849 // MultiplexId is a required field 21850 MultiplexId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"multiplexId" type:"string" required:"true"` 21851} 21852 21853// String returns the string representation 21854func (s StopMultiplexInput) String() string { 21855 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21856} 21857 21858// GoString returns the string representation 21859func (s StopMultiplexInput) GoString() string { 21860 return s.String() 21861} 21862 21863// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 21864func (s *StopMultiplexInput) Validate() error { 21865 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StopMultiplexInput"} 21866 if s.MultiplexId == nil { 21867 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MultiplexId")) 21868 } 21869 if s.MultiplexId != nil && len(*s.MultiplexId) < 1 { 21870 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("MultiplexId", 1)) 21871 } 21872 21873 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 21874 return invalidParams 21875 } 21876 return nil 21877} 21878 21879// SetMultiplexId sets the MultiplexId field's value. 21880func (s *StopMultiplexInput) SetMultiplexId(v string) *StopMultiplexInput { 21881 s.MultiplexId = &v 21882 return s 21883} 21884 21885type StopMultiplexOutput struct { 21886 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21887 21888 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 21889 21890 AvailabilityZones []*string `locationName:"availabilityZones" type:"list"` 21891 21892 Destinations []*MultiplexOutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"` 21893 21894 Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` 21895 21896 // Contains configuration for a Multiplex event 21897 MultiplexSettings *MultiplexSettings `locationName:"multiplexSettings" type:"structure"` 21898 21899 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 21900 21901 PipelinesRunningCount *int64 `locationName:"pipelinesRunningCount" type:"integer"` 21902 21903 ProgramCount *int64 `locationName:"programCount" type:"integer"` 21904 21905 // The current state of the multiplex. 21906 State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"MultiplexState"` 21907 21908 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 21909} 21910 21911// String returns the string representation 21912func (s StopMultiplexOutput) String() string { 21913 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21914} 21915 21916// GoString returns the string representation 21917func (s StopMultiplexOutput) GoString() string { 21918 return s.String() 21919} 21920 21921// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 21922func (s *StopMultiplexOutput) SetArn(v string) *StopMultiplexOutput { 21923 s.Arn = &v 21924 return s 21925} 21926 21927// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value. 21928func (s *StopMultiplexOutput) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *StopMultiplexOutput { 21929 s.AvailabilityZones = v 21930 return s 21931} 21932 21933// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value. 21934func (s *StopMultiplexOutput) SetDestinations(v []*MultiplexOutputDestination) *StopMultiplexOutput { 21935 s.Destinations = v 21936 return s 21937} 21938 21939// SetId sets the Id field's value. 21940func (s *StopMultiplexOutput) SetId(v string) *StopMultiplexOutput { 21941 s.Id = &v 21942 return s 21943} 21944 21945// SetMultiplexSettings sets the MultiplexSettings field's value. 21946func (s *StopMultiplexOutput) SetMultiplexSettings(v *MultiplexSettings) *StopMultiplexOutput { 21947 s.MultiplexSettings = v 21948 return s 21949} 21950 21951// SetName sets the Name field's value. 21952func (s *StopMultiplexOutput) SetName(v string) *StopMultiplexOutput { 21953 s.Name = &v 21954 return s 21955} 21956 21957// SetPipelinesRunningCount sets the PipelinesRunningCount field's value. 21958func (s *StopMultiplexOutput) SetPipelinesRunningCount(v int64) *StopMultiplexOutput { 21959 s.PipelinesRunningCount = &v 21960 return s 21961} 21962 21963// SetProgramCount sets the ProgramCount field's value. 21964func (s *StopMultiplexOutput) SetProgramCount(v int64) *StopMultiplexOutput { 21965 s.ProgramCount = &v 21966 return s 21967} 21968 21969// SetState sets the State field's value. 21970func (s *StopMultiplexOutput) SetState(v string) *StopMultiplexOutput { 21971 s.State = &v 21972 return s 21973} 21974 21975// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 21976func (s *StopMultiplexOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *StopMultiplexOutput { 21977 s.Tags = v 21978 return s 21979} 21980 21981// Settings to identify the end of the clip. 21982type StopTimecode struct { 21983 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21984 21985 // If you specify a StopTimecode in an input (in order to clip the file), you 21986 // can specify if you want the clip to exclude (the default) or include the 21987 // frame specified by the timecode. 21988 LastFrameClippingBehavior *string `locationName:"lastFrameClippingBehavior" type:"string" enum:"LastFrameClippingBehavior"` 21989 21990 // The timecode for the frame where you want to stop the clip. Optional; if 21991 // not specified, the clip continues to the end of the file. Enter the timecode 21992 // as HH:MM:SS:FF or HH:MM:SS;FF. 21993 Timecode *string `locationName:"timecode" type:"string"` 21994} 21995 21996// String returns the string representation 21997func (s StopTimecode) String() string { 21998 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21999} 22000 22001// GoString returns the string representation 22002func (s StopTimecode) GoString() string { 22003 return s.String() 22004} 22005 22006// SetLastFrameClippingBehavior sets the LastFrameClippingBehavior field's value. 22007func (s *StopTimecode) SetLastFrameClippingBehavior(v string) *StopTimecode { 22008 s.LastFrameClippingBehavior = &v 22009 return s 22010} 22011 22012// SetTimecode sets the Timecode field's value. 22013func (s *StopTimecode) SetTimecode(v string) *StopTimecode { 22014 s.Timecode = &v 22015 return s 22016} 22017 22018// Teletext Destination Settings 22019type TeletextDestinationSettings struct { 22020 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 22021} 22022 22023// String returns the string representation 22024func (s TeletextDestinationSettings) String() string { 22025 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 22026} 22027 22028// GoString returns the string representation 22029func (s TeletextDestinationSettings) GoString() string { 22030 return s.String() 22031} 22032 22033// Teletext Source Settings 22034type TeletextSourceSettings struct { 22035 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 22036 22037 // Specifies the teletext page number within the data stream from which to extract 22038 // captions. Range of 0x100 (256) to 0x8FF (2303). Unused for passthrough. Should 22039 // be specified as a hexadecimal string with no "0x" prefix. 22040 PageNumber *string `locationName:"pageNumber" type:"string"` 22041} 22042 22043// String returns the string representation 22044func (s TeletextSourceSettings) String() string { 22045 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 22046} 22047 22048// GoString returns the string representation 22049func (s TeletextSourceSettings) GoString() string { 22050 return s.String() 22051} 22052 22053// SetPageNumber sets the PageNumber field's value. 22054func (s *TeletextSourceSettings) SetPageNumber(v string) *TeletextSourceSettings { 22055 s.PageNumber = &v 22056 return s 22057} 22058 22059// Temporal Filter Settings 22060type TemporalFilterSettings struct { 22061 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 22062 22063 // If you enable this filter, the results are the following:- If the source 22064 // content is noisy (it contains excessive digital artifacts), the filter cleans 22065 // up the source.- If the source content is already clean, the filter tends 22066 // to decrease the bitrate, especially when the rate control mode is QVBR. 22067 PostFilterSharpening *string `locationName:"postFilterSharpening" type:"string" enum:"TemporalFilterPostFilterSharpening"` 22068 22069 // Choose a filter strength. We recommend a strength of 1 or 2. A higher strength 22070 // might take out good information, resulting in an image that is overly soft. 22071 Strength *string `locationName:"strength" type:"string" enum:"TemporalFilterStrength"` 22072} 22073 22074// String returns the string representation 22075func (s TemporalFilterSettings) String() string { 22076 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 22077} 22078 22079// GoString returns the string representation 22080func (s TemporalFilterSettings) GoString() string { 22081 return s.String() 22082} 22083 22084// SetPostFilterSharpening sets the PostFilterSharpening field's value. 22085func (s *TemporalFilterSettings) SetPostFilterSharpening(v string) *TemporalFilterSettings { 22086 s.PostFilterSharpening = &v 22087 return s 22088} 22089 22090// SetStrength sets the Strength field's value. 22091func (s *TemporalFilterSettings) SetStrength(v string) *TemporalFilterSettings { 22092 s.Strength = &v 22093 return s 22094} 22095 22096// Timecode Config 22097type TimecodeConfig struct { 22098 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 22099 22100 // Identifies the source for the timecode that will be associated with the events 22101 // outputs.-Embedded (embedded): Initialize the output timecode with timecode 22102 // from the the source. If no embedded timecode is detected in the source, the 22103 // system falls back to using "Start at 0" (zerobased).-System Clock (systemclock): 22104 // Use the UTC time.-Start at 0 (zerobased): The time of the first frame of 22105 // the event will be 00:00:00:00. 22106 // 22107 // Source is a required field 22108 Source *string `locationName:"source" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"TimecodeConfigSource"` 22109 22110 // Threshold in frames beyond which output timecode is resynchronized to the 22111 // input timecode. Discrepancies below this threshold are permitted to avoid 22112 // unnecessary discontinuities in the output timecode. No timecode sync when 22113 // this is not specified. 22114 SyncThreshold *int64 `locationName:"syncThreshold" min:"1" type:"integer"` 22115} 22116 22117// String returns the string representation 22118func (s TimecodeConfig) String() string { 22119 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 22120} 22121 22122// GoString returns the string representation 22123func (s TimecodeConfig) GoString() string { 22124 return s.String() 22125} 22126 22127// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 22128func (s *TimecodeConfig) Validate() error { 22129 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "TimecodeConfig"} 22130 if s.Source == nil { 22131 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Source")) 22132 } 22133 if s.SyncThreshold != nil && *s.SyncThreshold < 1 { 22134 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("SyncThreshold", 1)) 22135 } 22136 22137 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 22138 return invalidParams 22139 } 22140 return nil 22141} 22142 22143// SetSource sets the Source field's value. 22144func (s *TimecodeConfig) SetSource(v string) *TimecodeConfig { 22145 s.Source = &v 22146 return s 22147} 22148 22149// SetSyncThreshold sets the SyncThreshold field's value. 22150func (s *TimecodeConfig) SetSyncThreshold(v int64) *TimecodeConfig { 22151 s.SyncThreshold = &v 22152 return s 22153} 22154 22155type TooManyRequestsException struct { 22156 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 22157 RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"` 22158 22159 Message_ *string `locationName:"message" type:"string"` 22160} 22161 22162// String returns the string representation 22163func (s TooManyRequestsException) String() string { 22164 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 22165} 22166 22167// GoString returns the string representation 22168func (s TooManyRequestsException) GoString() string { 22169 return s.String() 22170} 22171 22172func newErrorTooManyRequestsException(v protocol.ResponseMetadata) error { 22173 return &TooManyRequestsException{ 22174 RespMetadata: v, 22175 } 22176} 22177 22178// Code returns the exception type name. 22179func (s *TooManyRequestsException) Code() string { 22180 return "TooManyRequestsException" 22181} 22182 22183// Message returns the exception's message. 22184func (s *TooManyRequestsException) Message() string { 22185 if s.Message_ != nil { 22186 return *s.Message_ 22187 } 22188 return "" 22189} 22190 22191// OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface. 22192func (s *TooManyRequestsException) OrigErr() error { 22193 return nil 22194} 22195 22196func (s *TooManyRequestsException) Error() string { 22197 return fmt.Sprintf("%s: %s", s.Code(), s.Message()) 22198} 22199 22200// Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error. 22201func (s *TooManyRequestsException) StatusCode() int { 22202 return s.RespMetadata.StatusCode 22203} 22204 22205// RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request. 22206func (s *TooManyRequestsException) RequestID() string { 22207 return s.RespMetadata.RequestID 22208} 22209 22210// Ttml Destination Settings 22211type TtmlDestinationSettings struct { 22212 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 22213 22214 // When set to passthrough, passes through style and position information from 22215 // a TTML-like input source (TTML, SMPTE-TT, CFF-TT) to the CFF-TT output or 22216 // TTML output. 22217 StyleControl *string `locationName:"styleControl" type:"string" enum:"TtmlDestinationStyleControl"` 22218} 22219 22220// String returns the string representation 22221func (s TtmlDestinationSettings) String() string { 22222 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 22223} 22224 22225// GoString returns the string representation 22226func (s TtmlDestinationSettings) GoString() string { 22227 return s.String() 22228} 22229 22230// SetStyleControl sets the StyleControl field's value. 22231func (s *TtmlDestinationSettings) SetStyleControl(v string) *TtmlDestinationSettings { 22232 s.StyleControl = &v 22233 return s 22234} 22235 22236// Udp Container Settings 22237type UdpContainerSettings struct { 22238 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 22239 22240 // M2ts Settings 22241 M2tsSettings *M2tsSettings `locationName:"m2tsSettings" type:"structure"` 22242} 22243 22244// String returns the string representation 22245func (s UdpContainerSettings) String() string { 22246 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 22247} 22248 22249// GoString returns the string representation 22250func (s UdpContainerSettings) GoString() string { 22251 return s.String() 22252} 22253 22254// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 22255func (s *UdpContainerSettings) Validate() error { 22256 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UdpContainerSettings"} 22257 if s.M2tsSettings != nil { 22258 if err := s.M2tsSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 22259 invalidParams.AddNested("M2tsSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 22260 } 22261 } 22262 22263 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 22264 return invalidParams 22265 } 22266 return nil 22267} 22268 22269// SetM2tsSettings sets the M2tsSettings field's value. 22270func (s *UdpContainerSettings) SetM2tsSettings(v *M2tsSettings) *UdpContainerSettings { 22271 s.M2tsSettings = v 22272 return s 22273} 22274 22275// Udp Group Settings 22276type UdpGroupSettings struct { 22277 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 22278 22279 // Specifies behavior of last resort when input video is lost, and no more backup 22280 // inputs are available. When dropTs is selected the entire transport stream 22281 // will stop being emitted. When dropProgram is selected the program can be 22282 // dropped from the transport stream (and replaced with null packets to meet 22283 // the TS bitrate requirement). Or, when emitProgram is chosen the transport 22284 // stream will continue to be produced normally with repeat frames, black frames, 22285 // or slate frames substituted for the absent input video. 22286 InputLossAction *string `locationName:"inputLossAction" type:"string" enum:"InputLossActionForUdpOut"` 22287 22288 // Indicates ID3 frame that has the timecode. 22289 TimedMetadataId3Frame *string `locationName:"timedMetadataId3Frame" type:"string" enum:"UdpTimedMetadataId3Frame"` 22290 22291 // Timed Metadata interval in seconds. 22292 TimedMetadataId3Period *int64 `locationName:"timedMetadataId3Period" type:"integer"` 22293} 22294 22295// String returns the string representation 22296func (s UdpGroupSettings) String() string { 22297 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 22298} 22299 22300// GoString returns the string representation 22301func (s UdpGroupSettings) GoString() string { 22302 return s.String() 22303} 22304 22305// SetInputLossAction sets the InputLossAction field's value. 22306func (s *UdpGroupSettings) SetInputLossAction(v string) *UdpGroupSettings { 22307 s.InputLossAction = &v 22308 return s 22309} 22310 22311// SetTimedMetadataId3Frame sets the TimedMetadataId3Frame field's value. 22312func (s *UdpGroupSettings) SetTimedMetadataId3Frame(v string) *UdpGroupSettings { 22313 s.TimedMetadataId3Frame = &v 22314 return s 22315} 22316 22317// SetTimedMetadataId3Period sets the TimedMetadataId3Period field's value. 22318func (s *UdpGroupSettings) SetTimedMetadataId3Period(v int64) *UdpGroupSettings { 22319 s.TimedMetadataId3Period = &v 22320 return s 22321} 22322 22323// Udp Output Settings 22324type UdpOutputSettings struct { 22325 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 22326 22327 // UDP output buffering in milliseconds. Larger values increase latency through 22328 // the transcoder but simultaneously assist the transcoder in maintaining a 22329 // constant, low-jitter UDP/RTP output while accommodating clock recovery, input 22330 // switching, input disruptions, picture reordering, etc. 22331 BufferMsec *int64 `locationName:"bufferMsec" type:"integer"` 22332 22333 // Udp Container Settings 22334 // 22335 // ContainerSettings is a required field 22336 ContainerSettings *UdpContainerSettings `locationName:"containerSettings" type:"structure" required:"true"` 22337 22338 // Destination address and port number for RTP or UDP packets. Can be unicast 22339 // or multicast RTP or UDP (eg. rtp://239.10.10.10:5001 or udp://10.100.100.100:5002). 22340 // 22341 // Destination is a required field 22342 Destination *OutputLocationRef `locationName:"destination" type:"structure" required:"true"` 22343 22344 // Settings for enabling and adjusting Forward Error Correction on UDP outputs. 22345 FecOutputSettings *FecOutputSettings `locationName:"fecOutputSettings" type:"structure"` 22346} 22347 22348// String returns the string representation 22349func (s UdpOutputSettings) String() string { 22350 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 22351} 22352 22353// GoString returns the string representation 22354func (s UdpOutputSettings) GoString() string { 22355 return s.String() 22356} 22357 22358// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 22359func (s *UdpOutputSettings) Validate() error { 22360 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UdpOutputSettings"} 22361 if s.ContainerSettings == nil { 22362 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ContainerSettings")) 22363 } 22364 if s.Destination == nil { 22365 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Destination")) 22366 } 22367 if s.ContainerSettings != nil { 22368 if err := s.ContainerSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 22369 invalidParams.AddNested("ContainerSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 22370 } 22371 } 22372 if s.FecOutputSettings != nil { 22373 if err := s.FecOutputSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 22374 invalidParams.AddNested("FecOutputSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 22375 } 22376 } 22377 22378 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 22379 return invalidParams 22380 } 22381 return nil 22382} 22383 22384// SetBufferMsec sets the BufferMsec field's value. 22385func (s *UdpOutputSettings) SetBufferMsec(v int64) *UdpOutputSettings { 22386 s.BufferMsec = &v 22387 return s 22388} 22389 22390// SetContainerSettings sets the ContainerSettings field's value. 22391func (s *UdpOutputSettings) SetContainerSettings(v *UdpContainerSettings) *UdpOutputSettings { 22392 s.ContainerSettings = v 22393 return s 22394} 22395 22396// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value. 22397func (s *UdpOutputSettings) SetDestination(v *OutputLocationRef) *UdpOutputSettings { 22398 s.Destination = v 22399 return s 22400} 22401 22402// SetFecOutputSettings sets the FecOutputSettings field's value. 22403func (s *UdpOutputSettings) SetFecOutputSettings(v *FecOutputSettings) *UdpOutputSettings { 22404 s.FecOutputSettings = v 22405 return s 22406} 22407 22408type UnprocessableEntityException struct { 22409 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 22410 RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"` 22411 22412 Message_ *string `locationName:"message" type:"string"` 22413 22414 ValidationErrors []*ValidationError `locationName:"validationErrors" type:"list"` 22415} 22416 22417// String returns the string representation 22418func (s UnprocessableEntityException) String() string { 22419 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 22420} 22421 22422// GoString returns the string representation 22423func (s UnprocessableEntityException) GoString() string { 22424 return s.String() 22425} 22426 22427func newErrorUnprocessableEntityException(v protocol.ResponseMetadata) error { 22428 return &UnprocessableEntityException{ 22429 RespMetadata: v, 22430 } 22431} 22432 22433// Code returns the exception type name. 22434func (s *UnprocessableEntityException) Code() string { 22435 return "UnprocessableEntityException" 22436} 22437 22438// Message returns the exception's message. 22439func (s *UnprocessableEntityException) Message() string { 22440 if s.Message_ != nil { 22441 return *s.Message_ 22442 } 22443 return "" 22444} 22445 22446// OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface. 22447func (s *UnprocessableEntityException) OrigErr() error { 22448 return nil 22449} 22450 22451func (s *UnprocessableEntityException) Error() string { 22452 return fmt.Sprintf("%s: %s\n%s", s.Code(), s.Message(), s.String()) 22453} 22454 22455// Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error. 22456func (s *UnprocessableEntityException) StatusCode() int { 22457 return s.RespMetadata.StatusCode 22458} 22459 22460// RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request. 22461func (s *UnprocessableEntityException) RequestID() string { 22462 return s.RespMetadata.RequestID 22463} 22464 22465type UpdateChannelClassInput struct { 22466 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 22467 22468 // A standard channel has two encoding pipelines and a single pipeline channel 22469 // only has one. 22470 // 22471 // ChannelClass is a required field 22472 ChannelClass *string `locationName:"channelClass" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ChannelClass"` 22473 22474 // ChannelId is a required field 22475 ChannelId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"channelId" type:"string" required:"true"` 22476 22477 Destinations []*OutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"` 22478} 22479 22480// String returns the string representation 22481func (s UpdateChannelClassInput) String() string { 22482 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 22483} 22484 22485// GoString returns the string representation 22486func (s UpdateChannelClassInput) GoString() string { 22487 return s.String() 22488} 22489 22490// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 22491func (s *UpdateChannelClassInput) Validate() error { 22492 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateChannelClassInput"} 22493 if s.ChannelClass == nil { 22494 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ChannelClass")) 22495 } 22496 if s.ChannelId == nil { 22497 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ChannelId")) 22498 } 22499 if s.ChannelId != nil && len(*s.ChannelId) < 1 { 22500 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ChannelId", 1)) 22501 } 22502 if s.Destinations != nil { 22503 for i, v := range s.Destinations { 22504 if v == nil { 22505 continue 22506 } 22507 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 22508 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Destinations", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 22509 } 22510 } 22511 } 22512 22513 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 22514 return invalidParams 22515 } 22516 return nil 22517} 22518 22519// SetChannelClass sets the ChannelClass field's value. 22520func (s *UpdateChannelClassInput) SetChannelClass(v string) *UpdateChannelClassInput { 22521 s.ChannelClass = &v 22522 return s 22523} 22524 22525// SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value. 22526func (s *UpdateChannelClassInput) SetChannelId(v string) *UpdateChannelClassInput { 22527 s.ChannelId = &v 22528 return s 22529} 22530 22531// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value. 22532func (s *UpdateChannelClassInput) SetDestinations(v []*OutputDestination) *UpdateChannelClassInput { 22533 s.Destinations = v 22534 return s 22535} 22536 22537type UpdateChannelClassOutput struct { 22538 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 22539 22540 Channel *Channel `locationName:"channel" type:"structure"` 22541} 22542 22543// String returns the string representation 22544func (s UpdateChannelClassOutput) String() string { 22545 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 22546} 22547 22548// GoString returns the string representation 22549func (s UpdateChannelClassOutput) GoString() string { 22550 return s.String() 22551} 22552 22553// SetChannel sets the Channel field's value. 22554func (s *UpdateChannelClassOutput) SetChannel(v *Channel) *UpdateChannelClassOutput { 22555 s.Channel = v 22556 return s 22557} 22558 22559type UpdateChannelInput struct { 22560 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 22561 22562 // ChannelId is a required field 22563 ChannelId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"channelId" type:"string" required:"true"` 22564 22565 Destinations []*OutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"` 22566 22567 // Encoder Settings 22568 EncoderSettings *EncoderSettings `locationName:"encoderSettings" type:"structure"` 22569 22570 InputAttachments []*InputAttachment `locationName:"inputAttachments" type:"list"` 22571 22572 InputSpecification *InputSpecification `locationName:"inputSpecification" type:"structure"` 22573 22574 // The log level the user wants for their channel. 22575 LogLevel *string `locationName:"logLevel" type:"string" enum:"LogLevel"` 22576 22577 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 22578 22579 RoleArn *string `locationName:"roleArn" type:"string"` 22580} 22581 22582// String returns the string representation 22583func (s UpdateChannelInput) String() string { 22584 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 22585} 22586 22587// GoString returns the string representation 22588func (s UpdateChannelInput) GoString() string { 22589 return s.String() 22590} 22591 22592// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 22593func (s *UpdateChannelInput) Validate() error { 22594 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateChannelInput"} 22595 if s.ChannelId == nil { 22596 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ChannelId")) 22597 } 22598 if s.ChannelId != nil && len(*s.ChannelId) < 1 { 22599 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ChannelId", 1)) 22600 } 22601 if s.Destinations != nil { 22602 for i, v := range s.Destinations { 22603 if v == nil { 22604 continue 22605 } 22606 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 22607 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Destinations", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 22608 } 22609 } 22610 } 22611 if s.EncoderSettings != nil { 22612 if err := s.EncoderSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 22613 invalidParams.AddNested("EncoderSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 22614 } 22615 } 22616 if s.InputAttachments != nil { 22617 for i, v := range s.InputAttachments { 22618 if v == nil { 22619 continue 22620 } 22621 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 22622 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "InputAttachments", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 22623 } 22624 } 22625 } 22626 22627 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 22628 return invalidParams 22629 } 22630 return nil 22631} 22632 22633// SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value. 22634func (s *UpdateChannelInput) SetChannelId(v string) *UpdateChannelInput { 22635 s.ChannelId = &v 22636 return s 22637} 22638 22639// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value. 22640func (s *UpdateChannelInput) SetDestinations(v []*OutputDestination) *UpdateChannelInput { 22641 s.Destinations = v 22642 return s 22643} 22644 22645// SetEncoderSettings sets the EncoderSettings field's value. 22646func (s *UpdateChannelInput) SetEncoderSettings(v *EncoderSettings) *UpdateChannelInput { 22647 s.EncoderSettings = v 22648 return s 22649} 22650 22651// SetInputAttachments sets the InputAttachments field's value. 22652func (s *UpdateChannelInput) SetInputAttachments(v []*InputAttachment) *UpdateChannelInput { 22653 s.InputAttachments = v 22654 return s 22655} 22656 22657// SetInputSpecification sets the InputSpecification field's value. 22658func (s *UpdateChannelInput) SetInputSpecification(v *InputSpecification) *UpdateChannelInput { 22659 s.InputSpecification = v 22660 return s 22661} 22662 22663// SetLogLevel sets the LogLevel field's value. 22664func (s *UpdateChannelInput) SetLogLevel(v string) *UpdateChannelInput { 22665 s.LogLevel = &v 22666 return s 22667} 22668 22669// SetName sets the Name field's value. 22670func (s *UpdateChannelInput) SetName(v string) *UpdateChannelInput { 22671 s.Name = &v 22672 return s 22673} 22674 22675// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. 22676func (s *UpdateChannelInput) SetRoleArn(v string) *UpdateChannelInput { 22677 s.RoleArn = &v 22678 return s 22679} 22680 22681type UpdateChannelOutput struct { 22682 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 22683 22684 Channel *Channel `locationName:"channel" type:"structure"` 22685} 22686 22687// String returns the string representation 22688func (s UpdateChannelOutput) String() string { 22689 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 22690} 22691 22692// GoString returns the string representation 22693func (s UpdateChannelOutput) GoString() string { 22694 return s.String() 22695} 22696 22697// SetChannel sets the Channel field's value. 22698func (s *UpdateChannelOutput) SetChannel(v *Channel) *UpdateChannelOutput { 22699 s.Channel = v 22700 return s 22701} 22702 22703type UpdateInputDeviceInput struct { 22704 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 22705 22706 // Configurable settings for the input device. 22707 HdDeviceSettings *InputDeviceConfigurableSettings `locationName:"hdDeviceSettings" type:"structure"` 22708 22709 // InputDeviceId is a required field 22710 InputDeviceId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"inputDeviceId" type:"string" required:"true"` 22711 22712 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 22713} 22714 22715// String returns the string representation 22716func (s UpdateInputDeviceInput) String() string { 22717 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 22718} 22719 22720// GoString returns the string representation 22721func (s UpdateInputDeviceInput) GoString() string { 22722 return s.String() 22723} 22724 22725// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 22726func (s *UpdateInputDeviceInput) Validate() error { 22727 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateInputDeviceInput"} 22728 if s.InputDeviceId == nil { 22729 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputDeviceId")) 22730 } 22731 if s.InputDeviceId != nil && len(*s.InputDeviceId) < 1 { 22732 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("InputDeviceId", 1)) 22733 } 22734 22735 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 22736 return invalidParams 22737 } 22738 return nil 22739} 22740 22741// SetHdDeviceSettings sets the HdDeviceSettings field's value. 22742func (s *UpdateInputDeviceInput) SetHdDeviceSettings(v *InputDeviceConfigurableSettings) *UpdateInputDeviceInput { 22743 s.HdDeviceSettings = v 22744 return s 22745} 22746 22747// SetInputDeviceId sets the InputDeviceId field's value. 22748func (s *UpdateInputDeviceInput) SetInputDeviceId(v string) *UpdateInputDeviceInput { 22749 s.InputDeviceId = &v 22750 return s 22751} 22752 22753// SetName sets the Name field's value. 22754func (s *UpdateInputDeviceInput) SetName(v string) *UpdateInputDeviceInput { 22755 s.Name = &v 22756 return s 22757} 22758 22759type UpdateInputDeviceOutput struct { 22760 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 22761 22762 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 22763 22764 // The state of the connection between the input device and AWS. 22765 ConnectionState *string `locationName:"connectionState" type:"string" enum:"InputDeviceConnectionState"` 22766 22767 // The status of the action to synchronize the device configuration. If you 22768 // change the configuration of the input device (for example, the maximum bitrate), 22769 // MediaLive sends the new data to the device. The device might not update itself 22770 // immediately. SYNCED means the device has updated its configuration. SYNCING 22771 // means that it has not updated its configuration. 22772 DeviceSettingsSyncState *string `locationName:"deviceSettingsSyncState" type:"string" enum:"DeviceSettingsSyncState"` 22773 22774 // Settings that describe the active source from the input device, and the video 22775 // characteristics of that source. 22776 HdDeviceSettings *InputDeviceHdSettings `locationName:"hdDeviceSettings" type:"structure"` 22777 22778 Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` 22779 22780 MacAddress *string `locationName:"macAddress" type:"string"` 22781 22782 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 22783 22784 // The network settings for the input device. 22785 NetworkSettings *InputDeviceNetworkSettings `locationName:"networkSettings" type:"structure"` 22786 22787 SerialNumber *string `locationName:"serialNumber" type:"string"` 22788 22789 // The type of the input device. For an AWS Elemental Link device that outputs 22790 // resolutions up to 1080, choose "HD". 22791 Type *string `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"InputDeviceType"` 22792} 22793 22794// String returns the string representation 22795func (s UpdateInputDeviceOutput) String() string { 22796 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 22797} 22798 22799// GoString returns the string representation 22800func (s UpdateInputDeviceOutput) GoString() string { 22801 return s.String() 22802} 22803 22804// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 22805func (s *UpdateInputDeviceOutput) SetArn(v string) *UpdateInputDeviceOutput { 22806 s.Arn = &v 22807 return s 22808} 22809 22810// SetConnectionState sets the ConnectionState field's value. 22811func (s *UpdateInputDeviceOutput) SetConnectionState(v string) *UpdateInputDeviceOutput { 22812 s.ConnectionState = &v 22813 return s 22814} 22815 22816// SetDeviceSettingsSyncState sets the DeviceSettingsSyncState field's value. 22817func (s *UpdateInputDeviceOutput) SetDeviceSettingsSyncState(v string) *UpdateInputDeviceOutput { 22818 s.DeviceSettingsSyncState = &v 22819 return s 22820} 22821 22822// SetHdDeviceSettings sets the HdDeviceSettings field's value. 22823func (s *UpdateInputDeviceOutput) SetHdDeviceSettings(v *InputDeviceHdSettings) *UpdateInputDeviceOutput { 22824 s.HdDeviceSettings = v 22825 return s 22826} 22827 22828// SetId sets the Id field's value. 22829func (s *UpdateInputDeviceOutput) SetId(v string) *UpdateInputDeviceOutput { 22830 s.Id = &v 22831 return s 22832} 22833 22834// SetMacAddress sets the MacAddress field's value. 22835func (s *UpdateInputDeviceOutput) SetMacAddress(v string) *UpdateInputDeviceOutput { 22836 s.MacAddress = &v 22837 return s 22838} 22839 22840// SetName sets the Name field's value. 22841func (s *UpdateInputDeviceOutput) SetName(v string) *UpdateInputDeviceOutput { 22842 s.Name = &v 22843 return s 22844} 22845 22846// SetNetworkSettings sets the NetworkSettings field's value. 22847func (s *UpdateInputDeviceOutput) SetNetworkSettings(v *InputDeviceNetworkSettings) *UpdateInputDeviceOutput { 22848 s.NetworkSettings = v 22849 return s 22850} 22851 22852// SetSerialNumber sets the SerialNumber field's value. 22853func (s *UpdateInputDeviceOutput) SetSerialNumber(v string) *UpdateInputDeviceOutput { 22854 s.SerialNumber = &v 22855 return s 22856} 22857 22858// SetType sets the Type field's value. 22859func (s *UpdateInputDeviceOutput) SetType(v string) *UpdateInputDeviceOutput { 22860 s.Type = &v 22861 return s 22862} 22863 22864type UpdateInputInput struct { 22865 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 22866 22867 Destinations []*InputDestinationRequest `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"` 22868 22869 InputDevices []*InputDeviceRequest `locationName:"inputDevices" type:"list"` 22870 22871 // InputId is a required field 22872 InputId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"inputId" type:"string" required:"true"` 22873 22874 InputSecurityGroups []*string `locationName:"inputSecurityGroups" type:"list"` 22875 22876 MediaConnectFlows []*MediaConnectFlowRequest `locationName:"mediaConnectFlows" type:"list"` 22877 22878 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 22879 22880 RoleArn *string `locationName:"roleArn" type:"string"` 22881 22882 Sources []*InputSourceRequest `locationName:"sources" type:"list"` 22883} 22884 22885// String returns the string representation 22886func (s UpdateInputInput) String() string { 22887 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 22888} 22889 22890// GoString returns the string representation 22891func (s UpdateInputInput) GoString() string { 22892 return s.String() 22893} 22894 22895// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 22896func (s *UpdateInputInput) Validate() error { 22897 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateInputInput"} 22898 if s.InputId == nil { 22899 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputId")) 22900 } 22901 if s.InputId != nil && len(*s.InputId) < 1 { 22902 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("InputId", 1)) 22903 } 22904 22905 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 22906 return invalidParams 22907 } 22908 return nil 22909} 22910 22911// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value. 22912func (s *UpdateInputInput) SetDestinations(v []*InputDestinationRequest) *UpdateInputInput { 22913 s.Destinations = v 22914 return s 22915} 22916 22917// SetInputDevices sets the InputDevices field's value. 22918func (s *UpdateInputInput) SetInputDevices(v []*InputDeviceRequest) *UpdateInputInput { 22919 s.InputDevices = v 22920 return s 22921} 22922 22923// SetInputId sets the InputId field's value. 22924func (s *UpdateInputInput) SetInputId(v string) *UpdateInputInput { 22925 s.InputId = &v 22926 return s 22927} 22928 22929// SetInputSecurityGroups sets the InputSecurityGroups field's value. 22930func (s *UpdateInputInput) SetInputSecurityGroups(v []*string) *UpdateInputInput { 22931 s.InputSecurityGroups = v 22932 return s 22933} 22934 22935// SetMediaConnectFlows sets the MediaConnectFlows field's value. 22936func (s *UpdateInputInput) SetMediaConnectFlows(v []*MediaConnectFlowRequest) *UpdateInputInput { 22937 s.MediaConnectFlows = v 22938 return s 22939} 22940 22941// SetName sets the Name field's value. 22942func (s *UpdateInputInput) SetName(v string) *UpdateInputInput { 22943 s.Name = &v 22944 return s 22945} 22946 22947// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. 22948func (s *UpdateInputInput) SetRoleArn(v string) *UpdateInputInput { 22949 s.RoleArn = &v 22950 return s 22951} 22952 22953// SetSources sets the Sources field's value. 22954func (s *UpdateInputInput) SetSources(v []*InputSourceRequest) *UpdateInputInput { 22955 s.Sources = v 22956 return s 22957} 22958 22959type UpdateInputOutput struct { 22960 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 22961 22962 Input *Input `locationName:"input" type:"structure"` 22963} 22964 22965// String returns the string representation 22966func (s UpdateInputOutput) String() string { 22967 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 22968} 22969 22970// GoString returns the string representation 22971func (s UpdateInputOutput) GoString() string { 22972 return s.String() 22973} 22974 22975// SetInput sets the Input field's value. 22976func (s *UpdateInputOutput) SetInput(v *Input) *UpdateInputOutput { 22977 s.Input = v 22978 return s 22979} 22980 22981type UpdateInputSecurityGroupInput struct { 22982 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 22983 22984 // InputSecurityGroupId is a required field 22985 InputSecurityGroupId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"inputSecurityGroupId" type:"string" required:"true"` 22986 22987 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 22988 22989 WhitelistRules []*InputWhitelistRuleCidr `locationName:"whitelistRules" type:"list"` 22990} 22991 22992// String returns the string representation 22993func (s UpdateInputSecurityGroupInput) String() string { 22994 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 22995} 22996 22997// GoString returns the string representation 22998func (s UpdateInputSecurityGroupInput) GoString() string { 22999 return s.String() 23000} 23001 23002// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 23003func (s *UpdateInputSecurityGroupInput) Validate() error { 23004 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateInputSecurityGroupInput"} 23005 if s.InputSecurityGroupId == nil { 23006 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputSecurityGroupId")) 23007 } 23008 if s.InputSecurityGroupId != nil && len(*s.InputSecurityGroupId) < 1 { 23009 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("InputSecurityGroupId", 1)) 23010 } 23011 23012 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 23013 return invalidParams 23014 } 23015 return nil 23016} 23017 23018// SetInputSecurityGroupId sets the InputSecurityGroupId field's value. 23019func (s *UpdateInputSecurityGroupInput) SetInputSecurityGroupId(v string) *UpdateInputSecurityGroupInput { 23020 s.InputSecurityGroupId = &v 23021 return s 23022} 23023 23024// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 23025func (s *UpdateInputSecurityGroupInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *UpdateInputSecurityGroupInput { 23026 s.Tags = v 23027 return s 23028} 23029 23030// SetWhitelistRules sets the WhitelistRules field's value. 23031func (s *UpdateInputSecurityGroupInput) SetWhitelistRules(v []*InputWhitelistRuleCidr) *UpdateInputSecurityGroupInput { 23032 s.WhitelistRules = v 23033 return s 23034} 23035 23036type UpdateInputSecurityGroupOutput struct { 23037 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 23038 23039 // An Input Security Group 23040 SecurityGroup *InputSecurityGroup `locationName:"securityGroup" type:"structure"` 23041} 23042 23043// String returns the string representation 23044func (s UpdateInputSecurityGroupOutput) String() string { 23045 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 23046} 23047 23048// GoString returns the string representation 23049func (s UpdateInputSecurityGroupOutput) GoString() string { 23050 return s.String() 23051} 23052 23053// SetSecurityGroup sets the SecurityGroup field's value. 23054func (s *UpdateInputSecurityGroupOutput) SetSecurityGroup(v *InputSecurityGroup) *UpdateInputSecurityGroupOutput { 23055 s.SecurityGroup = v 23056 return s 23057} 23058 23059type UpdateMultiplexInput struct { 23060 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 23061 23062 // MultiplexId is a required field 23063 MultiplexId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"multiplexId" type:"string" required:"true"` 23064 23065 // Contains configuration for a Multiplex event 23066 MultiplexSettings *MultiplexSettings `locationName:"multiplexSettings" type:"structure"` 23067 23068 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 23069} 23070 23071// String returns the string representation 23072func (s UpdateMultiplexInput) String() string { 23073 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 23074} 23075 23076// GoString returns the string representation 23077func (s UpdateMultiplexInput) GoString() string { 23078 return s.String() 23079} 23080 23081// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 23082func (s *UpdateMultiplexInput) Validate() error { 23083 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateMultiplexInput"} 23084 if s.MultiplexId == nil { 23085 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MultiplexId")) 23086 } 23087 if s.MultiplexId != nil && len(*s.MultiplexId) < 1 { 23088 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("MultiplexId", 1)) 23089 } 23090 if s.MultiplexSettings != nil { 23091 if err := s.MultiplexSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 23092 invalidParams.AddNested("MultiplexSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 23093 } 23094 } 23095 23096 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 23097 return invalidParams 23098 } 23099 return nil 23100} 23101 23102// SetMultiplexId sets the MultiplexId field's value. 23103func (s *UpdateMultiplexInput) SetMultiplexId(v string) *UpdateMultiplexInput { 23104 s.MultiplexId = &v 23105 return s 23106} 23107 23108// SetMultiplexSettings sets the MultiplexSettings field's value. 23109func (s *UpdateMultiplexInput) SetMultiplexSettings(v *MultiplexSettings) *UpdateMultiplexInput { 23110 s.MultiplexSettings = v 23111 return s 23112} 23113 23114// SetName sets the Name field's value. 23115func (s *UpdateMultiplexInput) SetName(v string) *UpdateMultiplexInput { 23116 s.Name = &v 23117 return s 23118} 23119 23120type UpdateMultiplexOutput struct { 23121 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 23122 23123 // The multiplex object. 23124 Multiplex *Multiplex `locationName:"multiplex" type:"structure"` 23125} 23126 23127// String returns the string representation 23128func (s UpdateMultiplexOutput) String() string { 23129 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 23130} 23131 23132// GoString returns the string representation 23133func (s UpdateMultiplexOutput) GoString() string { 23134 return s.String() 23135} 23136 23137// SetMultiplex sets the Multiplex field's value. 23138func (s *UpdateMultiplexOutput) SetMultiplex(v *Multiplex) *UpdateMultiplexOutput { 23139 s.Multiplex = v 23140 return s 23141} 23142 23143type UpdateMultiplexProgramInput struct { 23144 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 23145 23146 // MultiplexId is a required field 23147 MultiplexId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"multiplexId" type:"string" required:"true"` 23148 23149 // Multiplex Program settings configuration. 23150 MultiplexProgramSettings *MultiplexProgramSettings `locationName:"multiplexProgramSettings" type:"structure"` 23151 23152 // ProgramName is a required field 23153 ProgramName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"programName" type:"string" required:"true"` 23154} 23155 23156// String returns the string representation 23157func (s UpdateMultiplexProgramInput) String() string { 23158 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 23159} 23160 23161// GoString returns the string representation 23162func (s UpdateMultiplexProgramInput) GoString() string { 23163 return s.String() 23164} 23165 23166// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 23167func (s *UpdateMultiplexProgramInput) Validate() error { 23168 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateMultiplexProgramInput"} 23169 if s.MultiplexId == nil { 23170 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MultiplexId")) 23171 } 23172 if s.MultiplexId != nil && len(*s.MultiplexId) < 1 { 23173 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("MultiplexId", 1)) 23174 } 23175 if s.ProgramName == nil { 23176 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ProgramName")) 23177 } 23178 if s.ProgramName != nil && len(*s.ProgramName) < 1 { 23179 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ProgramName", 1)) 23180 } 23181 if s.MultiplexProgramSettings != nil { 23182 if err := s.MultiplexProgramSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 23183 invalidParams.AddNested("MultiplexProgramSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 23184 } 23185 } 23186 23187 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 23188 return invalidParams 23189 } 23190 return nil 23191} 23192 23193// SetMultiplexId sets the MultiplexId field's value. 23194func (s *UpdateMultiplexProgramInput) SetMultiplexId(v string) *UpdateMultiplexProgramInput { 23195 s.MultiplexId = &v 23196 return s 23197} 23198 23199// SetMultiplexProgramSettings sets the MultiplexProgramSettings field's value. 23200func (s *UpdateMultiplexProgramInput) SetMultiplexProgramSettings(v *MultiplexProgramSettings) *UpdateMultiplexProgramInput { 23201 s.MultiplexProgramSettings = v 23202 return s 23203} 23204 23205// SetProgramName sets the ProgramName field's value. 23206func (s *UpdateMultiplexProgramInput) SetProgramName(v string) *UpdateMultiplexProgramInput { 23207 s.ProgramName = &v 23208 return s 23209} 23210 23211type UpdateMultiplexProgramOutput struct { 23212 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 23213 23214 // The multiplex program object. 23215 MultiplexProgram *MultiplexProgram `locationName:"multiplexProgram" type:"structure"` 23216} 23217 23218// String returns the string representation 23219func (s UpdateMultiplexProgramOutput) String() string { 23220 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 23221} 23222 23223// GoString returns the string representation 23224func (s UpdateMultiplexProgramOutput) GoString() string { 23225 return s.String() 23226} 23227 23228// SetMultiplexProgram sets the MultiplexProgram field's value. 23229func (s *UpdateMultiplexProgramOutput) SetMultiplexProgram(v *MultiplexProgram) *UpdateMultiplexProgramOutput { 23230 s.MultiplexProgram = v 23231 return s 23232} 23233 23234type UpdateReservationInput struct { 23235 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 23236 23237 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 23238 23239 // ReservationId is a required field 23240 ReservationId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"reservationId" type:"string" required:"true"` 23241} 23242 23243// String returns the string representation 23244func (s UpdateReservationInput) String() string { 23245 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 23246} 23247 23248// GoString returns the string representation 23249func (s UpdateReservationInput) GoString() string { 23250 return s.String() 23251} 23252 23253// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 23254func (s *UpdateReservationInput) Validate() error { 23255 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateReservationInput"} 23256 if s.ReservationId == nil { 23257 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReservationId")) 23258 } 23259 if s.ReservationId != nil && len(*s.ReservationId) < 1 { 23260 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ReservationId", 1)) 23261 } 23262 23263 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 23264 return invalidParams 23265 } 23266 return nil 23267} 23268 23269// SetName sets the Name field's value. 23270func (s *UpdateReservationInput) SetName(v string) *UpdateReservationInput { 23271 s.Name = &v 23272 return s 23273} 23274 23275// SetReservationId sets the ReservationId field's value. 23276func (s *UpdateReservationInput) SetReservationId(v string) *UpdateReservationInput { 23277 s.ReservationId = &v 23278 return s 23279} 23280 23281type UpdateReservationOutput struct { 23282 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 23283 23284 // Reserved resources available to use 23285 Reservation *Reservation `locationName:"reservation" type:"structure"` 23286} 23287 23288// String returns the string representation 23289func (s UpdateReservationOutput) String() string { 23290 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 23291} 23292 23293// GoString returns the string representation 23294func (s UpdateReservationOutput) GoString() string { 23295 return s.String() 23296} 23297 23298// SetReservation sets the Reservation field's value. 23299func (s *UpdateReservationOutput) SetReservation(v *Reservation) *UpdateReservationOutput { 23300 s.Reservation = v 23301 return s 23302} 23303 23304type ValidationError struct { 23305 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 23306 23307 // Path to the source of the error. 23308 ElementPath *string `locationName:"elementPath" type:"string"` 23309 23310 // The error message. 23311 ErrorMessage *string `locationName:"errorMessage" type:"string"` 23312} 23313 23314// String returns the string representation 23315func (s ValidationError) String() string { 23316 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 23317} 23318 23319// GoString returns the string representation 23320func (s ValidationError) GoString() string { 23321 return s.String() 23322} 23323 23324// SetElementPath sets the ElementPath field's value. 23325func (s *ValidationError) SetElementPath(v string) *ValidationError { 23326 s.ElementPath = &v 23327 return s 23328} 23329 23330// SetErrorMessage sets the ErrorMessage field's value. 23331func (s *ValidationError) SetErrorMessage(v string) *ValidationError { 23332 s.ErrorMessage = &v 23333 return s 23334} 23335 23336// Video Codec Settings 23337type VideoCodecSettings struct { 23338 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 23339 23340 // Frame Capture Settings 23341 FrameCaptureSettings *FrameCaptureSettings `locationName:"frameCaptureSettings" type:"structure"` 23342 23343 // H264 Settings 23344 H264Settings *H264Settings `locationName:"h264Settings" type:"structure"` 23345 23346 // H265 Settings 23347 H265Settings *H265Settings `locationName:"h265Settings" type:"structure"` 23348} 23349 23350// String returns the string representation 23351func (s VideoCodecSettings) String() string { 23352 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 23353} 23354 23355// GoString returns the string representation 23356func (s VideoCodecSettings) GoString() string { 23357 return s.String() 23358} 23359 23360// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 23361func (s *VideoCodecSettings) Validate() error { 23362 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "VideoCodecSettings"} 23363 if s.FrameCaptureSettings != nil { 23364 if err := s.FrameCaptureSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 23365 invalidParams.AddNested("FrameCaptureSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 23366 } 23367 } 23368 if s.H264Settings != nil { 23369 if err := s.H264Settings.Validate(); err != nil { 23370 invalidParams.AddNested("H264Settings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 23371 } 23372 } 23373 if s.H265Settings != nil { 23374 if err := s.H265Settings.Validate(); err != nil { 23375 invalidParams.AddNested("H265Settings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 23376 } 23377 } 23378 23379 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 23380 return invalidParams 23381 } 23382 return nil 23383} 23384 23385// SetFrameCaptureSettings sets the FrameCaptureSettings field's value. 23386func (s *VideoCodecSettings) SetFrameCaptureSettings(v *FrameCaptureSettings) *VideoCodecSettings { 23387 s.FrameCaptureSettings = v 23388 return s 23389} 23390 23391// SetH264Settings sets the H264Settings field's value. 23392func (s *VideoCodecSettings) SetH264Settings(v *H264Settings) *VideoCodecSettings { 23393 s.H264Settings = v 23394 return s 23395} 23396 23397// SetH265Settings sets the H265Settings field's value. 23398func (s *VideoCodecSettings) SetH265Settings(v *H265Settings) *VideoCodecSettings { 23399 s.H265Settings = v 23400 return s 23401} 23402 23403// Video settings for this stream. 23404type VideoDescription struct { 23405 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 23406 23407 // Video codec settings. 23408 CodecSettings *VideoCodecSettings `locationName:"codecSettings" type:"structure"` 23409 23410 // Output video height, in pixels. Must be an even number. For most codecs, 23411 // you can leave this field and width blank in order to use the height and width 23412 // (resolution) from the source. Note, however, that leaving blank is not recommended. 23413 // For the Frame Capture codec, height and width are required. 23414 Height *int64 `locationName:"height" type:"integer"` 23415 23416 // The name of this VideoDescription. Outputs will use this name to uniquely 23417 // identify this Description. Description names should be unique within this 23418 // Live Event. 23419 // 23420 // Name is a required field 23421 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"` 23422 23423 // Indicates how to respond to the AFD values in the input stream. RESPOND causes 23424 // input video to be clipped, depending on the AFD value, input display aspect 23425 // ratio, and output display aspect ratio, and (except for FRAME_CAPTURE codec) 23426 // includes the values in the output. PASSTHROUGH (does not apply to FRAME_CAPTURE 23427 // codec) ignores the AFD values and includes the values in the output, so input 23428 // video is not clipped. NONE ignores the AFD values and does not include the 23429 // values through to the output, so input video is not clipped. 23430 RespondToAfd *string `locationName:"respondToAfd" type:"string" enum:"VideoDescriptionRespondToAfd"` 23431 23432 // STRETCH_TO_OUTPUT configures the output position to stretch the video to 23433 // the specified output resolution (height and width). This option will override 23434 // any position value. DEFAULT may insert black boxes (pillar boxes or letter 23435 // boxes) around the video to provide the specified output resolution. 23436 ScalingBehavior *string `locationName:"scalingBehavior" type:"string" enum:"VideoDescriptionScalingBehavior"` 23437 23438 // Changes the strength of the anti-alias filter used for scaling. 0 is the 23439 // softest setting, 100 is the sharpest. A setting of 50 is recommended for 23440 // most content. 23441 Sharpness *int64 `locationName:"sharpness" type:"integer"` 23442 23443 // Output video width, in pixels. Must be an even number. For most codecs, you 23444 // can leave this field and height blank in order to use the height and width 23445 // (resolution) from the source. Note, however, that leaving blank is not recommended. 23446 // For the Frame Capture codec, height and width are required. 23447 Width *int64 `locationName:"width" type:"integer"` 23448} 23449 23450// String returns the string representation 23451func (s VideoDescription) String() string { 23452 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 23453} 23454 23455// GoString returns the string representation 23456func (s VideoDescription) GoString() string { 23457 return s.String() 23458} 23459 23460// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 23461func (s *VideoDescription) Validate() error { 23462 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "VideoDescription"} 23463 if s.Name == nil { 23464 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) 23465 } 23466 if s.CodecSettings != nil { 23467 if err := s.CodecSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 23468 invalidParams.AddNested("CodecSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 23469 } 23470 } 23471 23472 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 23473 return invalidParams 23474 } 23475 return nil 23476} 23477 23478// SetCodecSettings sets the CodecSettings field's value. 23479func (s *VideoDescription) SetCodecSettings(v *VideoCodecSettings) *VideoDescription { 23480 s.CodecSettings = v 23481 return s 23482} 23483 23484// SetHeight sets the Height field's value. 23485func (s *VideoDescription) SetHeight(v int64) *VideoDescription { 23486 s.Height = &v 23487 return s 23488} 23489 23490// SetName sets the Name field's value. 23491func (s *VideoDescription) SetName(v string) *VideoDescription { 23492 s.Name = &v 23493 return s 23494} 23495 23496// SetRespondToAfd sets the RespondToAfd field's value. 23497func (s *VideoDescription) SetRespondToAfd(v string) *VideoDescription { 23498 s.RespondToAfd = &v 23499 return s 23500} 23501 23502// SetScalingBehavior sets the ScalingBehavior field's value. 23503func (s *VideoDescription) SetScalingBehavior(v string) *VideoDescription { 23504 s.ScalingBehavior = &v 23505 return s 23506} 23507 23508// SetSharpness sets the Sharpness field's value. 23509func (s *VideoDescription) SetSharpness(v int64) *VideoDescription { 23510 s.Sharpness = &v 23511 return s 23512} 23513 23514// SetWidth sets the Width field's value. 23515func (s *VideoDescription) SetWidth(v int64) *VideoDescription { 23516 s.Width = &v 23517 return s 23518} 23519 23520// Specifies a particular video stream within an input source. An input may 23521// have only a single video selector. 23522type VideoSelector struct { 23523 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 23524 23525 // Specifies the color space of an input. This setting works in tandem with 23526 // colorSpaceUsage and a video description's colorSpaceSettingsChoice to determine 23527 // if any conversion will be performed. 23528 ColorSpace *string `locationName:"colorSpace" type:"string" enum:"VideoSelectorColorSpace"` 23529 23530 // Applies only if colorSpace is a value other than follow. This field controls 23531 // how the value in the colorSpace field will be used. fallback means that when 23532 // the input does include color space data, that data will be used, but when 23533 // the input has no color space data, the value in colorSpace will be used. 23534 // Choose fallback if your input is sometimes missing color space data, but 23535 // when it does have color space data, that data is correct. force means to 23536 // always use the value in colorSpace. Choose force if your input usually has 23537 // no color space data or might have unreliable color space data. 23538 ColorSpaceUsage *string `locationName:"colorSpaceUsage" type:"string" enum:"VideoSelectorColorSpaceUsage"` 23539 23540 // The video selector settings. 23541 SelectorSettings *VideoSelectorSettings `locationName:"selectorSettings" type:"structure"` 23542} 23543 23544// String returns the string representation 23545func (s VideoSelector) String() string { 23546 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 23547} 23548 23549// GoString returns the string representation 23550func (s VideoSelector) GoString() string { 23551 return s.String() 23552} 23553 23554// SetColorSpace sets the ColorSpace field's value. 23555func (s *VideoSelector) SetColorSpace(v string) *VideoSelector { 23556 s.ColorSpace = &v 23557 return s 23558} 23559 23560// SetColorSpaceUsage sets the ColorSpaceUsage field's value. 23561func (s *VideoSelector) SetColorSpaceUsage(v string) *VideoSelector { 23562 s.ColorSpaceUsage = &v 23563 return s 23564} 23565 23566// SetSelectorSettings sets the SelectorSettings field's value. 23567func (s *VideoSelector) SetSelectorSettings(v *VideoSelectorSettings) *VideoSelector { 23568 s.SelectorSettings = v 23569 return s 23570} 23571 23572// Video Selector Pid 23573type VideoSelectorPid struct { 23574 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 23575 23576 // Selects a specific PID from within a video source. 23577 Pid *int64 `locationName:"pid" type:"integer"` 23578} 23579 23580// String returns the string representation 23581func (s VideoSelectorPid) String() string { 23582 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 23583} 23584 23585// GoString returns the string representation 23586func (s VideoSelectorPid) GoString() string { 23587 return s.String() 23588} 23589 23590// SetPid sets the Pid field's value. 23591func (s *VideoSelectorPid) SetPid(v int64) *VideoSelectorPid { 23592 s.Pid = &v 23593 return s 23594} 23595 23596// Video Selector Program Id 23597type VideoSelectorProgramId struct { 23598 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 23599 23600 // Selects a specific program from within a multi-program transport stream. 23601 // If the program doesn't exist, the first program within the transport stream 23602 // will be selected by default. 23603 ProgramId *int64 `locationName:"programId" type:"integer"` 23604} 23605 23606// String returns the string representation 23607func (s VideoSelectorProgramId) String() string { 23608 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 23609} 23610 23611// GoString returns the string representation 23612func (s VideoSelectorProgramId) GoString() string { 23613 return s.String() 23614} 23615 23616// SetProgramId sets the ProgramId field's value. 23617func (s *VideoSelectorProgramId) SetProgramId(v int64) *VideoSelectorProgramId { 23618 s.ProgramId = &v 23619 return s 23620} 23621 23622// Video Selector Settings 23623type VideoSelectorSettings struct { 23624 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 23625 23626 // Video Selector Pid 23627 VideoSelectorPid *VideoSelectorPid `locationName:"videoSelectorPid" type:"structure"` 23628 23629 // Video Selector Program Id 23630 VideoSelectorProgramId *VideoSelectorProgramId `locationName:"videoSelectorProgramId" type:"structure"` 23631} 23632 23633// String returns the string representation 23634func (s VideoSelectorSettings) String() string { 23635 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 23636} 23637 23638// GoString returns the string representation 23639func (s VideoSelectorSettings) GoString() string { 23640 return s.String() 23641} 23642 23643// SetVideoSelectorPid sets the VideoSelectorPid field's value. 23644func (s *VideoSelectorSettings) SetVideoSelectorPid(v *VideoSelectorPid) *VideoSelectorSettings { 23645 s.VideoSelectorPid = v 23646 return s 23647} 23648 23649// SetVideoSelectorProgramId sets the VideoSelectorProgramId field's value. 23650func (s *VideoSelectorSettings) SetVideoSelectorProgramId(v *VideoSelectorProgramId) *VideoSelectorSettings { 23651 s.VideoSelectorProgramId = v 23652 return s 23653} 23654 23655// Webvtt Destination Settings 23656type WebvttDestinationSettings struct { 23657 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 23658} 23659 23660// String returns the string representation 23661func (s WebvttDestinationSettings) String() string { 23662 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 23663} 23664 23665// GoString returns the string representation 23666func (s WebvttDestinationSettings) GoString() string { 23667 return s.String() 23668} 23669 23670// Aac Coding Mode 23671const ( 23672 // AacCodingModeAdReceiverMix is a AacCodingMode enum value 23673 AacCodingModeAdReceiverMix = "AD_RECEIVER_MIX" 23674 23675 // AacCodingModeCodingMode10 is a AacCodingMode enum value 23676 AacCodingModeCodingMode10 = "CODING_MODE_1_0" 23677 23678 // AacCodingModeCodingMode11 is a AacCodingMode enum value 23679 AacCodingModeCodingMode11 = "CODING_MODE_1_1" 23680 23681 // AacCodingModeCodingMode20 is a AacCodingMode enum value 23682 AacCodingModeCodingMode20 = "CODING_MODE_2_0" 23683 23684 // AacCodingModeCodingMode51 is a AacCodingMode enum value 23685 AacCodingModeCodingMode51 = "CODING_MODE_5_1" 23686) 23687 23688// Aac Input Type 23689const ( 23690 // AacInputTypeBroadcasterMixedAd is a AacInputType enum value 23691 AacInputTypeBroadcasterMixedAd = "BROADCASTER_MIXED_AD" 23692 23693 // AacInputTypeNormal is a AacInputType enum value 23694 AacInputTypeNormal = "NORMAL" 23695) 23696 23697// Aac Profile 23698const ( 23699 // AacProfileHev1 is a AacProfile enum value 23700 AacProfileHev1 = "HEV1" 23701 23702 // AacProfileHev2 is a AacProfile enum value 23703 AacProfileHev2 = "HEV2" 23704 23705 // AacProfileLc is a AacProfile enum value 23706 AacProfileLc = "LC" 23707) 23708 23709// Aac Rate Control Mode 23710const ( 23711 // AacRateControlModeCbr is a AacRateControlMode enum value 23712 AacRateControlModeCbr = "CBR" 23713 23714 // AacRateControlModeVbr is a AacRateControlMode enum value 23715 AacRateControlModeVbr = "VBR" 23716) 23717 23718// Aac Raw Format 23719const ( 23720 // AacRawFormatLatmLoas is a AacRawFormat enum value 23721 AacRawFormatLatmLoas = "LATM_LOAS" 23722 23723 // AacRawFormatNone is a AacRawFormat enum value 23724 AacRawFormatNone = "NONE" 23725) 23726 23727// Aac Spec 23728const ( 23729 // AacSpecMpeg2 is a AacSpec enum value 23730 AacSpecMpeg2 = "MPEG2" 23731 23732 // AacSpecMpeg4 is a AacSpec enum value 23733 AacSpecMpeg4 = "MPEG4" 23734) 23735 23736// Aac Vbr Quality 23737const ( 23738 // AacVbrQualityHigh is a AacVbrQuality enum value 23739 AacVbrQualityHigh = "HIGH" 23740 23741 // AacVbrQualityLow is a AacVbrQuality enum value 23742 AacVbrQualityLow = "LOW" 23743 23744 // AacVbrQualityMediumHigh is a AacVbrQuality enum value 23745 AacVbrQualityMediumHigh = "MEDIUM_HIGH" 23746 23747 // AacVbrQualityMediumLow is a AacVbrQuality enum value 23748 AacVbrQualityMediumLow = "MEDIUM_LOW" 23749) 23750 23751// Ac3 Bitstream Mode 23752const ( 23753 // Ac3BitstreamModeCommentary is a Ac3BitstreamMode enum value 23754 Ac3BitstreamModeCommentary = "COMMENTARY" 23755 23756 // Ac3BitstreamModeCompleteMain is a Ac3BitstreamMode enum value 23757 Ac3BitstreamModeCompleteMain = "COMPLETE_MAIN" 23758 23759 // Ac3BitstreamModeDialogue is a Ac3BitstreamMode enum value 23760 Ac3BitstreamModeDialogue = "DIALOGUE" 23761 23762 // Ac3BitstreamModeEmergency is a Ac3BitstreamMode enum value 23763 Ac3BitstreamModeEmergency = "EMERGENCY" 23764 23765 // Ac3BitstreamModeHearingImpaired is a Ac3BitstreamMode enum value 23766 Ac3BitstreamModeHearingImpaired = "HEARING_IMPAIRED" 23767 23768 // Ac3BitstreamModeMusicAndEffects is a Ac3BitstreamMode enum value 23769 Ac3BitstreamModeMusicAndEffects = "MUSIC_AND_EFFECTS" 23770 23771 // Ac3BitstreamModeVisuallyImpaired is a Ac3BitstreamMode enum value 23772 Ac3BitstreamModeVisuallyImpaired = "VISUALLY_IMPAIRED" 23773 23774 // Ac3BitstreamModeVoiceOver is a Ac3BitstreamMode enum value 23775 Ac3BitstreamModeVoiceOver = "VOICE_OVER" 23776) 23777 23778// Ac3 Coding Mode 23779const ( 23780 // Ac3CodingModeCodingMode10 is a Ac3CodingMode enum value 23781 Ac3CodingModeCodingMode10 = "CODING_MODE_1_0" 23782 23783 // Ac3CodingModeCodingMode11 is a Ac3CodingMode enum value 23784 Ac3CodingModeCodingMode11 = "CODING_MODE_1_1" 23785 23786 // Ac3CodingModeCodingMode20 is a Ac3CodingMode enum value 23787 Ac3CodingModeCodingMode20 = "CODING_MODE_2_0" 23788 23789 // Ac3CodingModeCodingMode32Lfe is a Ac3CodingMode enum value 23790 Ac3CodingModeCodingMode32Lfe = "CODING_MODE_3_2_LFE" 23791) 23792 23793// Ac3 Drc Profile 23794const ( 23795 // Ac3DrcProfileFilmStandard is a Ac3DrcProfile enum value 23796 Ac3DrcProfileFilmStandard = "FILM_STANDARD" 23797 23798 // Ac3DrcProfileNone is a Ac3DrcProfile enum value 23799 Ac3DrcProfileNone = "NONE" 23800) 23801 23802// Ac3 Lfe Filter 23803const ( 23804 // Ac3LfeFilterDisabled is a Ac3LfeFilter enum value 23805 Ac3LfeFilterDisabled = "DISABLED" 23806 23807 // Ac3LfeFilterEnabled is a Ac3LfeFilter enum value 23808 Ac3LfeFilterEnabled = "ENABLED" 23809) 23810 23811// Ac3 Metadata Control 23812const ( 23813 // Ac3MetadataControlFollowInput is a Ac3MetadataControl enum value 23814 Ac3MetadataControlFollowInput = "FOLLOW_INPUT" 23815 23816 // Ac3MetadataControlUseConfigured is a Ac3MetadataControl enum value 23817 Ac3MetadataControlUseConfigured = "USE_CONFIGURED" 23818) 23819 23820// Afd Signaling 23821const ( 23822 // AfdSignalingAuto is a AfdSignaling enum value 23823 AfdSignalingAuto = "AUTO" 23824 23825 // AfdSignalingFixed is a AfdSignaling enum value 23826 AfdSignalingFixed = "FIXED" 23827 23828 // AfdSignalingNone is a AfdSignaling enum value 23829 AfdSignalingNone = "NONE" 23830) 23831 23832// Audio Description Audio Type Control 23833const ( 23834 // AudioDescriptionAudioTypeControlFollowInput is a AudioDescriptionAudioTypeControl enum value 23835 AudioDescriptionAudioTypeControlFollowInput = "FOLLOW_INPUT" 23836 23837 // AudioDescriptionAudioTypeControlUseConfigured is a AudioDescriptionAudioTypeControl enum value 23838 AudioDescriptionAudioTypeControlUseConfigured = "USE_CONFIGURED" 23839) 23840 23841// Audio Description Language Code Control 23842const ( 23843 // AudioDescriptionLanguageCodeControlFollowInput is a AudioDescriptionLanguageCodeControl enum value 23844 AudioDescriptionLanguageCodeControlFollowInput = "FOLLOW_INPUT" 23845 23846 // AudioDescriptionLanguageCodeControlUseConfigured is a AudioDescriptionLanguageCodeControl enum value 23847 AudioDescriptionLanguageCodeControlUseConfigured = "USE_CONFIGURED" 23848) 23849 23850// Audio Language Selection Policy 23851const ( 23852 // AudioLanguageSelectionPolicyLoose is a AudioLanguageSelectionPolicy enum value 23853 AudioLanguageSelectionPolicyLoose = "LOOSE" 23854 23855 // AudioLanguageSelectionPolicyStrict is a AudioLanguageSelectionPolicy enum value 23856 AudioLanguageSelectionPolicyStrict = "STRICT" 23857) 23858 23859// Audio Normalization Algorithm 23860const ( 23861 // AudioNormalizationAlgorithmItu17701 is a AudioNormalizationAlgorithm enum value 23862 AudioNormalizationAlgorithmItu17701 = "ITU_1770_1" 23863 23864 // AudioNormalizationAlgorithmItu17702 is a AudioNormalizationAlgorithm enum value 23865 AudioNormalizationAlgorithmItu17702 = "ITU_1770_2" 23866) 23867 23868// Audio Normalization Algorithm Control 23869const ( 23870 // AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControlCorrectAudio is a AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl enum value 23871 AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControlCorrectAudio = "CORRECT_AUDIO" 23872) 23873 23874// Audio Only Hls Segment Type 23875const ( 23876 // AudioOnlyHlsSegmentTypeAac is a AudioOnlyHlsSegmentType enum value 23877 AudioOnlyHlsSegmentTypeAac = "AAC" 23878 23879 // AudioOnlyHlsSegmentTypeFmp4 is a AudioOnlyHlsSegmentType enum value 23880 AudioOnlyHlsSegmentTypeFmp4 = "FMP4" 23881) 23882 23883// Audio Only Hls Track Type 23884const ( 23885 // AudioOnlyHlsTrackTypeAlternateAudioAutoSelect is a AudioOnlyHlsTrackType enum value 23886 AudioOnlyHlsTrackTypeAlternateAudioAutoSelect = "ALTERNATE_AUDIO_AUTO_SELECT" 23887 23888 // AudioOnlyHlsTrackTypeAlternateAudioAutoSelectDefault is a AudioOnlyHlsTrackType enum value 23889 AudioOnlyHlsTrackTypeAlternateAudioAutoSelectDefault = "ALTERNATE_AUDIO_AUTO_SELECT_DEFAULT" 23890 23891 // AudioOnlyHlsTrackTypeAlternateAudioNotAutoSelect is a AudioOnlyHlsTrackType enum value 23892 AudioOnlyHlsTrackTypeAlternateAudioNotAutoSelect = "ALTERNATE_AUDIO_NOT_AUTO_SELECT" 23893 23894 // AudioOnlyHlsTrackTypeAudioOnlyVariantStream is a AudioOnlyHlsTrackType enum value 23895 AudioOnlyHlsTrackTypeAudioOnlyVariantStream = "AUDIO_ONLY_VARIANT_STREAM" 23896) 23897 23898// Audio Type 23899const ( 23900 // AudioTypeCleanEffects is a AudioType enum value 23901 AudioTypeCleanEffects = "CLEAN_EFFECTS" 23902 23903 // AudioTypeHearingImpaired is a AudioType enum value 23904 AudioTypeHearingImpaired = "HEARING_IMPAIRED" 23905 23906 // AudioTypeUndefined is a AudioType enum value 23907 AudioTypeUndefined = "UNDEFINED" 23908 23909 // AudioTypeVisualImpairedCommentary is a AudioType enum value 23910 AudioTypeVisualImpairedCommentary = "VISUAL_IMPAIRED_COMMENTARY" 23911) 23912 23913// Authentication Scheme 23914const ( 23915 // AuthenticationSchemeAkamai is a AuthenticationScheme enum value 23916 AuthenticationSchemeAkamai = "AKAMAI" 23917 23918 // AuthenticationSchemeCommon is a AuthenticationScheme enum value 23919 AuthenticationSchemeCommon = "COMMON" 23920) 23921 23922// Avail Blanking State 23923const ( 23924 // AvailBlankingStateDisabled is a AvailBlankingState enum value 23925 AvailBlankingStateDisabled = "DISABLED" 23926 23927 // AvailBlankingStateEnabled is a AvailBlankingState enum value 23928 AvailBlankingStateEnabled = "ENABLED" 23929) 23930 23931// Blackout Slate Network End Blackout 23932const ( 23933 // BlackoutSlateNetworkEndBlackoutDisabled is a BlackoutSlateNetworkEndBlackout enum value 23934 BlackoutSlateNetworkEndBlackoutDisabled = "DISABLED" 23935 23936 // BlackoutSlateNetworkEndBlackoutEnabled is a BlackoutSlateNetworkEndBlackout enum value 23937 BlackoutSlateNetworkEndBlackoutEnabled = "ENABLED" 23938) 23939 23940// Blackout Slate State 23941const ( 23942 // BlackoutSlateStateDisabled is a BlackoutSlateState enum value 23943 BlackoutSlateStateDisabled = "DISABLED" 23944 23945 // BlackoutSlateStateEnabled is a BlackoutSlateState enum value 23946 BlackoutSlateStateEnabled = "ENABLED" 23947) 23948 23949// Burn In Alignment 23950const ( 23951 // BurnInAlignmentCentered is a BurnInAlignment enum value 23952 BurnInAlignmentCentered = "CENTERED" 23953 23954 // BurnInAlignmentLeft is a BurnInAlignment enum value 23955 BurnInAlignmentLeft = "LEFT" 23956 23957 // BurnInAlignmentSmart is a BurnInAlignment enum value 23958 BurnInAlignmentSmart = "SMART" 23959) 23960 23961// Burn In Background Color 23962const ( 23963 // BurnInBackgroundColorBlack is a BurnInBackgroundColor enum value 23964 BurnInBackgroundColorBlack = "BLACK" 23965 23966 // BurnInBackgroundColorNone is a BurnInBackgroundColor enum value 23967 BurnInBackgroundColorNone = "NONE" 23968 23969 // BurnInBackgroundColorWhite is a BurnInBackgroundColor enum value 23970 BurnInBackgroundColorWhite = "WHITE" 23971) 23972 23973// Burn In Font Color 23974const ( 23975 // BurnInFontColorBlack is a BurnInFontColor enum value 23976 BurnInFontColorBlack = "BLACK" 23977 23978 // BurnInFontColorBlue is a BurnInFontColor enum value 23979 BurnInFontColorBlue = "BLUE" 23980 23981 // BurnInFontColorGreen is a BurnInFontColor enum value 23982 BurnInFontColorGreen = "GREEN" 23983 23984 // BurnInFontColorRed is a BurnInFontColor enum value 23985 BurnInFontColorRed = "RED" 23986 23987 // BurnInFontColorWhite is a BurnInFontColor enum value 23988 BurnInFontColorWhite = "WHITE" 23989 23990 // BurnInFontColorYellow is a BurnInFontColor enum value 23991 BurnInFontColorYellow = "YELLOW" 23992) 23993 23994// Burn In Outline Color 23995const ( 23996 // BurnInOutlineColorBlack is a BurnInOutlineColor enum value 23997 BurnInOutlineColorBlack = "BLACK" 23998 23999 // BurnInOutlineColorBlue is a BurnInOutlineColor enum value 24000 BurnInOutlineColorBlue = "BLUE" 24001 24002 // BurnInOutlineColorGreen is a BurnInOutlineColor enum value 24003 BurnInOutlineColorGreen = "GREEN" 24004 24005 // BurnInOutlineColorRed is a BurnInOutlineColor enum value 24006 BurnInOutlineColorRed = "RED" 24007 24008 // BurnInOutlineColorWhite is a BurnInOutlineColor enum value 24009 BurnInOutlineColorWhite = "WHITE" 24010 24011 // BurnInOutlineColorYellow is a BurnInOutlineColor enum value 24012 BurnInOutlineColorYellow = "YELLOW" 24013) 24014 24015// Burn In Shadow Color 24016const ( 24017 // BurnInShadowColorBlack is a BurnInShadowColor enum value 24018 BurnInShadowColorBlack = "BLACK" 24019 24020 // BurnInShadowColorNone is a BurnInShadowColor enum value 24021 BurnInShadowColorNone = "NONE" 24022 24023 // BurnInShadowColorWhite is a BurnInShadowColor enum value 24024 BurnInShadowColorWhite = "WHITE" 24025) 24026 24027// Burn In Teletext Grid Control 24028const ( 24029 // BurnInTeletextGridControlFixed is a BurnInTeletextGridControl enum value 24030 BurnInTeletextGridControlFixed = "FIXED" 24031 24032 // BurnInTeletextGridControlScaled is a BurnInTeletextGridControl enum value 24033 BurnInTeletextGridControlScaled = "SCALED" 24034) 24035 24036// A standard channel has two encoding pipelines and a single pipeline channel 24037// only has one. 24038const ( 24039 // ChannelClassStandard is a ChannelClass enum value 24040 ChannelClassStandard = "STANDARD" 24041 24042 // ChannelClassSinglePipeline is a ChannelClass enum value 24043 ChannelClassSinglePipeline = "SINGLE_PIPELINE" 24044) 24045 24046const ( 24047 // ChannelStateCreating is a ChannelState enum value 24048 ChannelStateCreating = "CREATING" 24049 24050 // ChannelStateCreateFailed is a ChannelState enum value 24051 ChannelStateCreateFailed = "CREATE_FAILED" 24052 24053 // ChannelStateIdle is a ChannelState enum value 24054 ChannelStateIdle = "IDLE" 24055 24056 // ChannelStateStarting is a ChannelState enum value 24057 ChannelStateStarting = "STARTING" 24058 24059 // ChannelStateRunning is a ChannelState enum value 24060 ChannelStateRunning = "RUNNING" 24061 24062 // ChannelStateRecovering is a ChannelState enum value 24063 ChannelStateRecovering = "RECOVERING" 24064 24065 // ChannelStateStopping is a ChannelState enum value 24066 ChannelStateStopping = "STOPPING" 24067 24068 // ChannelStateDeleting is a ChannelState enum value 24069 ChannelStateDeleting = "DELETING" 24070 24071 // ChannelStateDeleted is a ChannelState enum value 24072 ChannelStateDeleted = "DELETED" 24073 24074 // ChannelStateUpdating is a ChannelState enum value 24075 ChannelStateUpdating = "UPDATING" 24076 24077 // ChannelStateUpdateFailed is a ChannelState enum value 24078 ChannelStateUpdateFailed = "UPDATE_FAILED" 24079) 24080 24081// The status of the action to synchronize the device configuration. If you 24082// change the configuration of the input device (for example, the maximum bitrate), 24083// MediaLive sends the new data to the device. The device might not update itself 24084// immediately. SYNCED means the device has updated its configuration. SYNCING 24085// means that it has not updated its configuration. 24086const ( 24087 // DeviceSettingsSyncStateSynced is a DeviceSettingsSyncState enum value 24088 DeviceSettingsSyncStateSynced = "SYNCED" 24089 24090 // DeviceSettingsSyncStateSyncing is a DeviceSettingsSyncState enum value 24091 DeviceSettingsSyncStateSyncing = "SYNCING" 24092) 24093 24094// Dvb Sdt Output Sdt 24095const ( 24096 // DvbSdtOutputSdtSdtFollow is a DvbSdtOutputSdt enum value 24097 DvbSdtOutputSdtSdtFollow = "SDT_FOLLOW" 24098 24099 // DvbSdtOutputSdtSdtFollowIfPresent is a DvbSdtOutputSdt enum value 24100 DvbSdtOutputSdtSdtFollowIfPresent = "SDT_FOLLOW_IF_PRESENT" 24101 24102 // DvbSdtOutputSdtSdtManual is a DvbSdtOutputSdt enum value 24103 DvbSdtOutputSdtSdtManual = "SDT_MANUAL" 24104 24105 // DvbSdtOutputSdtSdtNone is a DvbSdtOutputSdt enum value 24106 DvbSdtOutputSdtSdtNone = "SDT_NONE" 24107) 24108 24109// Dvb Sub Destination Alignment 24110const ( 24111 // DvbSubDestinationAlignmentCentered is a DvbSubDestinationAlignment enum value 24112 DvbSubDestinationAlignmentCentered = "CENTERED" 24113 24114 // DvbSubDestinationAlignmentLeft is a DvbSubDestinationAlignment enum value 24115 DvbSubDestinationAlignmentLeft = "LEFT" 24116 24117 // DvbSubDestinationAlignmentSmart is a DvbSubDestinationAlignment enum value 24118 DvbSubDestinationAlignmentSmart = "SMART" 24119) 24120 24121// Dvb Sub Destination Background Color 24122const ( 24123 // DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColorBlack is a DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColor enum value 24124 DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColorBlack = "BLACK" 24125 24126 // DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColorNone is a DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColor enum value 24127 DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColorNone = "NONE" 24128 24129 // DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColorWhite is a DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColor enum value 24130 DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColorWhite = "WHITE" 24131) 24132 24133// Dvb Sub Destination Font Color 24134const ( 24135 // DvbSubDestinationFontColorBlack is a DvbSubDestinationFontColor enum value 24136 DvbSubDestinationFontColorBlack = "BLACK" 24137 24138 // DvbSubDestinationFontColorBlue is a DvbSubDestinationFontColor enum value 24139 DvbSubDestinationFontColorBlue = "BLUE" 24140 24141 // DvbSubDestinationFontColorGreen is a DvbSubDestinationFontColor enum value 24142 DvbSubDestinationFontColorGreen = "GREEN" 24143 24144 // DvbSubDestinationFontColorRed is a DvbSubDestinationFontColor enum value 24145 DvbSubDestinationFontColorRed = "RED" 24146 24147 // DvbSubDestinationFontColorWhite is a DvbSubDestinationFontColor enum value 24148 DvbSubDestinationFontColorWhite = "WHITE" 24149 24150 // DvbSubDestinationFontColorYellow is a DvbSubDestinationFontColor enum value 24151 DvbSubDestinationFontColorYellow = "YELLOW" 24152) 24153 24154// Dvb Sub Destination Outline Color 24155const ( 24156 // DvbSubDestinationOutlineColorBlack is a DvbSubDestinationOutlineColor enum value 24157 DvbSubDestinationOutlineColorBlack = "BLACK" 24158 24159 // DvbSubDestinationOutlineColorBlue is a DvbSubDestinationOutlineColor enum value 24160 DvbSubDestinationOutlineColorBlue = "BLUE" 24161 24162 // DvbSubDestinationOutlineColorGreen is a DvbSubDestinationOutlineColor enum value 24163 DvbSubDestinationOutlineColorGreen = "GREEN" 24164 24165 // DvbSubDestinationOutlineColorRed is a DvbSubDestinationOutlineColor enum value 24166 DvbSubDestinationOutlineColorRed = "RED" 24167 24168 // DvbSubDestinationOutlineColorWhite is a DvbSubDestinationOutlineColor enum value 24169 DvbSubDestinationOutlineColorWhite = "WHITE" 24170 24171 // DvbSubDestinationOutlineColorYellow is a DvbSubDestinationOutlineColor enum value 24172 DvbSubDestinationOutlineColorYellow = "YELLOW" 24173) 24174 24175// Dvb Sub Destination Shadow Color 24176const ( 24177 // DvbSubDestinationShadowColorBlack is a DvbSubDestinationShadowColor enum value 24178 DvbSubDestinationShadowColorBlack = "BLACK" 24179 24180 // DvbSubDestinationShadowColorNone is a DvbSubDestinationShadowColor enum value 24181 DvbSubDestinationShadowColorNone = "NONE" 24182 24183 // DvbSubDestinationShadowColorWhite is a DvbSubDestinationShadowColor enum value 24184 DvbSubDestinationShadowColorWhite = "WHITE" 24185) 24186 24187// Dvb Sub Destination Teletext Grid Control 24188const ( 24189 // DvbSubDestinationTeletextGridControlFixed is a DvbSubDestinationTeletextGridControl enum value 24190 DvbSubDestinationTeletextGridControlFixed = "FIXED" 24191 24192 // DvbSubDestinationTeletextGridControlScaled is a DvbSubDestinationTeletextGridControl enum value 24193 DvbSubDestinationTeletextGridControlScaled = "SCALED" 24194) 24195 24196// Eac3 Attenuation Control 24197const ( 24198 // Eac3AttenuationControlAttenuate3Db is a Eac3AttenuationControl enum value 24199 Eac3AttenuationControlAttenuate3Db = "ATTENUATE_3_DB" 24200 24201 // Eac3AttenuationControlNone is a Eac3AttenuationControl enum value 24202 Eac3AttenuationControlNone = "NONE" 24203) 24204 24205// Eac3 Bitstream Mode 24206const ( 24207 // Eac3BitstreamModeCommentary is a Eac3BitstreamMode enum value 24208 Eac3BitstreamModeCommentary = "COMMENTARY" 24209 24210 // Eac3BitstreamModeCompleteMain is a Eac3BitstreamMode enum value 24211 Eac3BitstreamModeCompleteMain = "COMPLETE_MAIN" 24212 24213 // Eac3BitstreamModeEmergency is a Eac3BitstreamMode enum value 24214 Eac3BitstreamModeEmergency = "EMERGENCY" 24215 24216 // Eac3BitstreamModeHearingImpaired is a Eac3BitstreamMode enum value 24217 Eac3BitstreamModeHearingImpaired = "HEARING_IMPAIRED" 24218 24219 // Eac3BitstreamModeVisuallyImpaired is a Eac3BitstreamMode enum value 24220 Eac3BitstreamModeVisuallyImpaired = "VISUALLY_IMPAIRED" 24221) 24222 24223// Eac3 Coding Mode 24224const ( 24225 // Eac3CodingModeCodingMode10 is a Eac3CodingMode enum value 24226 Eac3CodingModeCodingMode10 = "CODING_MODE_1_0" 24227 24228 // Eac3CodingModeCodingMode20 is a Eac3CodingMode enum value 24229 Eac3CodingModeCodingMode20 = "CODING_MODE_2_0" 24230 24231 // Eac3CodingModeCodingMode32 is a Eac3CodingMode enum value 24232 Eac3CodingModeCodingMode32 = "CODING_MODE_3_2" 24233) 24234 24235// Eac3 Dc Filter 24236const ( 24237 // Eac3DcFilterDisabled is a Eac3DcFilter enum value 24238 Eac3DcFilterDisabled = "DISABLED" 24239 24240 // Eac3DcFilterEnabled is a Eac3DcFilter enum value 24241 Eac3DcFilterEnabled = "ENABLED" 24242) 24243 24244// Eac3 Drc Line 24245const ( 24246 // Eac3DrcLineFilmLight is a Eac3DrcLine enum value 24247 Eac3DrcLineFilmLight = "FILM_LIGHT" 24248 24249 // Eac3DrcLineFilmStandard is a Eac3DrcLine enum value 24250 Eac3DrcLineFilmStandard = "FILM_STANDARD" 24251 24252 // Eac3DrcLineMusicLight is a Eac3DrcLine enum value 24253 Eac3DrcLineMusicLight = "MUSIC_LIGHT" 24254 24255 // Eac3DrcLineMusicStandard is a Eac3DrcLine enum value 24256 Eac3DrcLineMusicStandard = "MUSIC_STANDARD" 24257 24258 // Eac3DrcLineNone is a Eac3DrcLine enum value 24259 Eac3DrcLineNone = "NONE" 24260 24261 // Eac3DrcLineSpeech is a Eac3DrcLine enum value 24262 Eac3DrcLineSpeech = "SPEECH" 24263) 24264 24265// Eac3 Drc Rf 24266const ( 24267 // Eac3DrcRfFilmLight is a Eac3DrcRf enum value 24268 Eac3DrcRfFilmLight = "FILM_LIGHT" 24269 24270 // Eac3DrcRfFilmStandard is a Eac3DrcRf enum value 24271 Eac3DrcRfFilmStandard = "FILM_STANDARD" 24272 24273 // Eac3DrcRfMusicLight is a Eac3DrcRf enum value 24274 Eac3DrcRfMusicLight = "MUSIC_LIGHT" 24275 24276 // Eac3DrcRfMusicStandard is a Eac3DrcRf enum value 24277 Eac3DrcRfMusicStandard = "MUSIC_STANDARD" 24278 24279 // Eac3DrcRfNone is a Eac3DrcRf enum value 24280 Eac3DrcRfNone = "NONE" 24281 24282 // Eac3DrcRfSpeech is a Eac3DrcRf enum value 24283 Eac3DrcRfSpeech = "SPEECH" 24284) 24285 24286// Eac3 Lfe Control 24287const ( 24288 // Eac3LfeControlLfe is a Eac3LfeControl enum value 24289 Eac3LfeControlLfe = "LFE" 24290 24291 // Eac3LfeControlNoLfe is a Eac3LfeControl enum value 24292 Eac3LfeControlNoLfe = "NO_LFE" 24293) 24294 24295// Eac3 Lfe Filter 24296const ( 24297 // Eac3LfeFilterDisabled is a Eac3LfeFilter enum value 24298 Eac3LfeFilterDisabled = "DISABLED" 24299 24300 // Eac3LfeFilterEnabled is a Eac3LfeFilter enum value 24301 Eac3LfeFilterEnabled = "ENABLED" 24302) 24303 24304// Eac3 Metadata Control 24305const ( 24306 // Eac3MetadataControlFollowInput is a Eac3MetadataControl enum value 24307 Eac3MetadataControlFollowInput = "FOLLOW_INPUT" 24308 24309 // Eac3MetadataControlUseConfigured is a Eac3MetadataControl enum value 24310 Eac3MetadataControlUseConfigured = "USE_CONFIGURED" 24311) 24312 24313// Eac3 Passthrough Control 24314const ( 24315 // Eac3PassthroughControlNoPassthrough is a Eac3PassthroughControl enum value 24316 Eac3PassthroughControlNoPassthrough = "NO_PASSTHROUGH" 24317 24318 // Eac3PassthroughControlWhenPossible is a Eac3PassthroughControl enum value 24319 Eac3PassthroughControlWhenPossible = "WHEN_POSSIBLE" 24320) 24321 24322// Eac3 Phase Control 24323const ( 24324 // Eac3PhaseControlNoShift is a Eac3PhaseControl enum value 24325 Eac3PhaseControlNoShift = "NO_SHIFT" 24326 24327 // Eac3PhaseControlShift90Degrees is a Eac3PhaseControl enum value 24328 Eac3PhaseControlShift90Degrees = "SHIFT_90_DEGREES" 24329) 24330 24331// Eac3 Stereo Downmix 24332const ( 24333 // Eac3StereoDownmixDpl2 is a Eac3StereoDownmix enum value 24334 Eac3StereoDownmixDpl2 = "DPL2" 24335 24336 // Eac3StereoDownmixLoRo is a Eac3StereoDownmix enum value 24337 Eac3StereoDownmixLoRo = "LO_RO" 24338 24339 // Eac3StereoDownmixLtRt is a Eac3StereoDownmix enum value 24340 Eac3StereoDownmixLtRt = "LT_RT" 24341 24342 // Eac3StereoDownmixNotIndicated is a Eac3StereoDownmix enum value 24343 Eac3StereoDownmixNotIndicated = "NOT_INDICATED" 24344) 24345 24346// Eac3 Surround Ex Mode 24347const ( 24348 // Eac3SurroundExModeDisabled is a Eac3SurroundExMode enum value 24349 Eac3SurroundExModeDisabled = "DISABLED" 24350 24351 // Eac3SurroundExModeEnabled is a Eac3SurroundExMode enum value 24352 Eac3SurroundExModeEnabled = "ENABLED" 24353 24354 // Eac3SurroundExModeNotIndicated is a Eac3SurroundExMode enum value 24355 Eac3SurroundExModeNotIndicated = "NOT_INDICATED" 24356) 24357 24358// Eac3 Surround Mode 24359const ( 24360 // Eac3SurroundModeDisabled is a Eac3SurroundMode enum value 24361 Eac3SurroundModeDisabled = "DISABLED" 24362 24363 // Eac3SurroundModeEnabled is a Eac3SurroundMode enum value 24364 Eac3SurroundModeEnabled = "ENABLED" 24365 24366 // Eac3SurroundModeNotIndicated is a Eac3SurroundMode enum value 24367 Eac3SurroundModeNotIndicated = "NOT_INDICATED" 24368) 24369 24370// Embedded Convert608 To708 24371const ( 24372 // EmbeddedConvert608To708Disabled is a EmbeddedConvert608To708 enum value 24373 EmbeddedConvert608To708Disabled = "DISABLED" 24374 24375 // EmbeddedConvert608To708Upconvert is a EmbeddedConvert608To708 enum value 24376 EmbeddedConvert608To708Upconvert = "UPCONVERT" 24377) 24378 24379// Embedded Scte20 Detection 24380const ( 24381 // EmbeddedScte20DetectionAuto is a EmbeddedScte20Detection enum value 24382 EmbeddedScte20DetectionAuto = "AUTO" 24383 24384 // EmbeddedScte20DetectionOff is a EmbeddedScte20Detection enum value 24385 EmbeddedScte20DetectionOff = "OFF" 24386) 24387 24388// Feature Activations Input Prepare Schedule Actions 24389const ( 24390 // FeatureActivationsInputPrepareScheduleActionsDisabled is a FeatureActivationsInputPrepareScheduleActions enum value 24391 FeatureActivationsInputPrepareScheduleActionsDisabled = "DISABLED" 24392 24393 // FeatureActivationsInputPrepareScheduleActionsEnabled is a FeatureActivationsInputPrepareScheduleActions enum value 24394 FeatureActivationsInputPrepareScheduleActionsEnabled = "ENABLED" 24395) 24396 24397// Fec Output Include Fec 24398const ( 24399 // FecOutputIncludeFecColumn is a FecOutputIncludeFec enum value 24400 FecOutputIncludeFecColumn = "COLUMN" 24401 24402 // FecOutputIncludeFecColumnAndRow is a FecOutputIncludeFec enum value 24403 FecOutputIncludeFecColumnAndRow = "COLUMN_AND_ROW" 24404) 24405 24406// Fixed Afd 24407const ( 24408 // FixedAfdAfd0000 is a FixedAfd enum value 24409 FixedAfdAfd0000 = "AFD_0000" 24410 24411 // FixedAfdAfd0010 is a FixedAfd enum value 24412 FixedAfdAfd0010 = "AFD_0010" 24413 24414 // FixedAfdAfd0011 is a FixedAfd enum value 24415 FixedAfdAfd0011 = "AFD_0011" 24416 24417 // FixedAfdAfd0100 is a FixedAfd enum value 24418 FixedAfdAfd0100 = "AFD_0100" 24419 24420 // FixedAfdAfd1000 is a FixedAfd enum value 24421 FixedAfdAfd1000 = "AFD_1000" 24422 24423 // FixedAfdAfd1001 is a FixedAfd enum value 24424 FixedAfdAfd1001 = "AFD_1001" 24425 24426 // FixedAfdAfd1010 is a FixedAfd enum value 24427 FixedAfdAfd1010 = "AFD_1010" 24428 24429 // FixedAfdAfd1011 is a FixedAfd enum value 24430 FixedAfdAfd1011 = "AFD_1011" 24431 24432 // FixedAfdAfd1101 is a FixedAfd enum value 24433 FixedAfdAfd1101 = "AFD_1101" 24434 24435 // FixedAfdAfd1110 is a FixedAfd enum value 24436 FixedAfdAfd1110 = "AFD_1110" 24437 24438 // FixedAfdAfd1111 is a FixedAfd enum value 24439 FixedAfdAfd1111 = "AFD_1111" 24440) 24441 24442// Fmp4 Nielsen Id3 Behavior 24443const ( 24444 // Fmp4NielsenId3BehaviorNoPassthrough is a Fmp4NielsenId3Behavior enum value 24445 Fmp4NielsenId3BehaviorNoPassthrough = "NO_PASSTHROUGH" 24446 24447 // Fmp4NielsenId3BehaviorPassthrough is a Fmp4NielsenId3Behavior enum value 24448 Fmp4NielsenId3BehaviorPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH" 24449) 24450 24451// Fmp4 Timed Metadata Behavior 24452const ( 24453 // Fmp4TimedMetadataBehaviorNoPassthrough is a Fmp4TimedMetadataBehavior enum value 24454 Fmp4TimedMetadataBehaviorNoPassthrough = "NO_PASSTHROUGH" 24455 24456 // Fmp4TimedMetadataBehaviorPassthrough is a Fmp4TimedMetadataBehavior enum value 24457 Fmp4TimedMetadataBehaviorPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH" 24458) 24459 24460// Follow reference point. 24461const ( 24462 // FollowPointEnd is a FollowPoint enum value 24463 FollowPointEnd = "END" 24464 24465 // FollowPointStart is a FollowPoint enum value 24466 FollowPointStart = "START" 24467) 24468 24469// Frame Capture Interval Unit 24470const ( 24471 // FrameCaptureIntervalUnitMilliseconds is a FrameCaptureIntervalUnit enum value 24472 FrameCaptureIntervalUnitMilliseconds = "MILLISECONDS" 24473 24474 // FrameCaptureIntervalUnitSeconds is a FrameCaptureIntervalUnit enum value 24475 FrameCaptureIntervalUnitSeconds = "SECONDS" 24476) 24477 24478// Global Configuration Input End Action 24479const ( 24480 // GlobalConfigurationInputEndActionNone is a GlobalConfigurationInputEndAction enum value 24481 GlobalConfigurationInputEndActionNone = "NONE" 24482 24483 // GlobalConfigurationInputEndActionSwitchAndLoopInputs is a GlobalConfigurationInputEndAction enum value 24484 GlobalConfigurationInputEndActionSwitchAndLoopInputs = "SWITCH_AND_LOOP_INPUTS" 24485) 24486 24487// Global Configuration Low Framerate Inputs 24488const ( 24489 // GlobalConfigurationLowFramerateInputsDisabled is a GlobalConfigurationLowFramerateInputs enum value 24490 GlobalConfigurationLowFramerateInputsDisabled = "DISABLED" 24491 24492 // GlobalConfigurationLowFramerateInputsEnabled is a GlobalConfigurationLowFramerateInputs enum value 24493 GlobalConfigurationLowFramerateInputsEnabled = "ENABLED" 24494) 24495 24496// Global Configuration Output Locking Mode 24497const ( 24498 // GlobalConfigurationOutputLockingModeEpochLocking is a GlobalConfigurationOutputLockingMode enum value 24499 GlobalConfigurationOutputLockingModeEpochLocking = "EPOCH_LOCKING" 24500 24501 // GlobalConfigurationOutputLockingModePipelineLocking is a GlobalConfigurationOutputLockingMode enum value 24502 GlobalConfigurationOutputLockingModePipelineLocking = "PIPELINE_LOCKING" 24503) 24504 24505// Global Configuration Output Timing Source 24506const ( 24507 // GlobalConfigurationOutputTimingSourceInputClock is a GlobalConfigurationOutputTimingSource enum value 24508 GlobalConfigurationOutputTimingSourceInputClock = "INPUT_CLOCK" 24509 24510 // GlobalConfigurationOutputTimingSourceSystemClock is a GlobalConfigurationOutputTimingSource enum value 24511 GlobalConfigurationOutputTimingSourceSystemClock = "SYSTEM_CLOCK" 24512) 24513 24514// H264 Adaptive Quantization 24515const ( 24516 // H264AdaptiveQuantizationHigh is a H264AdaptiveQuantization enum value 24517 H264AdaptiveQuantizationHigh = "HIGH" 24518 24519 // H264AdaptiveQuantizationHigher is a H264AdaptiveQuantization enum value 24520 H264AdaptiveQuantizationHigher = "HIGHER" 24521 24522 // H264AdaptiveQuantizationLow is a H264AdaptiveQuantization enum value 24523 H264AdaptiveQuantizationLow = "LOW" 24524 24525 // H264AdaptiveQuantizationMax is a H264AdaptiveQuantization enum value 24526 H264AdaptiveQuantizationMax = "MAX" 24527 24528 // H264AdaptiveQuantizationMedium is a H264AdaptiveQuantization enum value 24529 H264AdaptiveQuantizationMedium = "MEDIUM" 24530 24531 // H264AdaptiveQuantizationOff is a H264AdaptiveQuantization enum value 24532 H264AdaptiveQuantizationOff = "OFF" 24533) 24534 24535// H264 Color Metadata 24536const ( 24537 // H264ColorMetadataIgnore is a H264ColorMetadata enum value 24538 H264ColorMetadataIgnore = "IGNORE" 24539 24540 // H264ColorMetadataInsert is a H264ColorMetadata enum value 24541 H264ColorMetadataInsert = "INSERT" 24542) 24543 24544// H264 Entropy Encoding 24545const ( 24546 // H264EntropyEncodingCabac is a H264EntropyEncoding enum value 24547 H264EntropyEncodingCabac = "CABAC" 24548 24549 // H264EntropyEncodingCavlc is a H264EntropyEncoding enum value 24550 H264EntropyEncodingCavlc = "CAVLC" 24551) 24552 24553// H264 Flicker Aq 24554const ( 24555 // H264FlickerAqDisabled is a H264FlickerAq enum value 24556 H264FlickerAqDisabled = "DISABLED" 24557 24558 // H264FlickerAqEnabled is a H264FlickerAq enum value 24559 H264FlickerAqEnabled = "ENABLED" 24560) 24561 24562// H264 Force Field Pictures 24563const ( 24564 // H264ForceFieldPicturesDisabled is a H264ForceFieldPictures enum value 24565 H264ForceFieldPicturesDisabled = "DISABLED" 24566 24567 // H264ForceFieldPicturesEnabled is a H264ForceFieldPictures enum value 24568 H264ForceFieldPicturesEnabled = "ENABLED" 24569) 24570 24571// H264 Framerate Control 24572const ( 24573 // H264FramerateControlInitializeFromSource is a H264FramerateControl enum value 24574 H264FramerateControlInitializeFromSource = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE" 24575 24576 // H264FramerateControlSpecified is a H264FramerateControl enum value 24577 H264FramerateControlSpecified = "SPECIFIED" 24578) 24579 24580// H264 Gop BReference 24581const ( 24582 // H264GopBReferenceDisabled is a H264GopBReference enum value 24583 H264GopBReferenceDisabled = "DISABLED" 24584 24585 // H264GopBReferenceEnabled is a H264GopBReference enum value 24586 H264GopBReferenceEnabled = "ENABLED" 24587) 24588 24589// H264 Gop Size Units 24590const ( 24591 // H264GopSizeUnitsFrames is a H264GopSizeUnits enum value 24592 H264GopSizeUnitsFrames = "FRAMES" 24593 24594 // H264GopSizeUnitsSeconds is a H264GopSizeUnits enum value 24595 H264GopSizeUnitsSeconds = "SECONDS" 24596) 24597 24598// H264 Level 24599const ( 24600 // H264LevelH264Level1 is a H264Level enum value 24601 H264LevelH264Level1 = "H264_LEVEL_1" 24602 24603 // H264LevelH264Level11 is a H264Level enum value 24604 H264LevelH264Level11 = "H264_LEVEL_1_1" 24605 24606 // H264LevelH264Level12 is a H264Level enum value 24607 H264LevelH264Level12 = "H264_LEVEL_1_2" 24608 24609 // H264LevelH264Level13 is a H264Level enum value 24610 H264LevelH264Level13 = "H264_LEVEL_1_3" 24611 24612 // H264LevelH264Level2 is a H264Level enum value 24613 H264LevelH264Level2 = "H264_LEVEL_2" 24614 24615 // H264LevelH264Level21 is a H264Level enum value 24616 H264LevelH264Level21 = "H264_LEVEL_2_1" 24617 24618 // H264LevelH264Level22 is a H264Level enum value 24619 H264LevelH264Level22 = "H264_LEVEL_2_2" 24620 24621 // H264LevelH264Level3 is a H264Level enum value 24622 H264LevelH264Level3 = "H264_LEVEL_3" 24623 24624 // H264LevelH264Level31 is a H264Level enum value 24625 H264LevelH264Level31 = "H264_LEVEL_3_1" 24626 24627 // H264LevelH264Level32 is a H264Level enum value 24628 H264LevelH264Level32 = "H264_LEVEL_3_2" 24629 24630 // H264LevelH264Level4 is a H264Level enum value 24631 H264LevelH264Level4 = "H264_LEVEL_4" 24632 24633 // H264LevelH264Level41 is a H264Level enum value 24634 H264LevelH264Level41 = "H264_LEVEL_4_1" 24635 24636 // H264LevelH264Level42 is a H264Level enum value 24637 H264LevelH264Level42 = "H264_LEVEL_4_2" 24638 24639 // H264LevelH264Level5 is a H264Level enum value 24640 H264LevelH264Level5 = "H264_LEVEL_5" 24641 24642 // H264LevelH264Level51 is a H264Level enum value 24643 H264LevelH264Level51 = "H264_LEVEL_5_1" 24644 24645 // H264LevelH264Level52 is a H264Level enum value 24646 H264LevelH264Level52 = "H264_LEVEL_5_2" 24647 24648 // H264LevelH264LevelAuto is a H264Level enum value 24649 H264LevelH264LevelAuto = "H264_LEVEL_AUTO" 24650) 24651 24652// H264 Look Ahead Rate Control 24653const ( 24654 // H264LookAheadRateControlHigh is a H264LookAheadRateControl enum value 24655 H264LookAheadRateControlHigh = "HIGH" 24656 24657 // H264LookAheadRateControlLow is a H264LookAheadRateControl enum value 24658 H264LookAheadRateControlLow = "LOW" 24659 24660 // H264LookAheadRateControlMedium is a H264LookAheadRateControl enum value 24661 H264LookAheadRateControlMedium = "MEDIUM" 24662) 24663 24664// H264 Par Control 24665const ( 24666 // H264ParControlInitializeFromSource is a H264ParControl enum value 24667 H264ParControlInitializeFromSource = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE" 24668 24669 // H264ParControlSpecified is a H264ParControl enum value 24670 H264ParControlSpecified = "SPECIFIED" 24671) 24672 24673// H264 Profile 24674const ( 24675 // H264ProfileBaseline is a H264Profile enum value 24676 H264ProfileBaseline = "BASELINE" 24677 24678 // H264ProfileHigh is a H264Profile enum value 24679 H264ProfileHigh = "HIGH" 24680 24681 // H264ProfileHigh10bit is a H264Profile enum value 24682 H264ProfileHigh10bit = "HIGH_10BIT" 24683 24684 // H264ProfileHigh422 is a H264Profile enum value 24685 H264ProfileHigh422 = "HIGH_422" 24686 24687 // H264ProfileHigh42210bit is a H264Profile enum value 24688 H264ProfileHigh42210bit = "HIGH_422_10BIT" 24689 24690 // H264ProfileMain is a H264Profile enum value 24691 H264ProfileMain = "MAIN" 24692) 24693 24694// H264 Quality Level 24695const ( 24696 // H264QualityLevelEnhancedQuality is a H264QualityLevel enum value 24697 H264QualityLevelEnhancedQuality = "ENHANCED_QUALITY" 24698 24699 // H264QualityLevelStandardQuality is a H264QualityLevel enum value 24700 H264QualityLevelStandardQuality = "STANDARD_QUALITY" 24701) 24702 24703// H264 Rate Control Mode 24704const ( 24705 // H264RateControlModeCbr is a H264RateControlMode enum value 24706 H264RateControlModeCbr = "CBR" 24707 24708 // H264RateControlModeMultiplex is a H264RateControlMode enum value 24709 H264RateControlModeMultiplex = "MULTIPLEX" 24710 24711 // H264RateControlModeQvbr is a H264RateControlMode enum value 24712 H264RateControlModeQvbr = "QVBR" 24713 24714 // H264RateControlModeVbr is a H264RateControlMode enum value 24715 H264RateControlModeVbr = "VBR" 24716) 24717 24718// H264 Scan Type 24719const ( 24720 // H264ScanTypeInterlaced is a H264ScanType enum value 24721 H264ScanTypeInterlaced = "INTERLACED" 24722 24723 // H264ScanTypeProgressive is a H264ScanType enum value 24724 H264ScanTypeProgressive = "PROGRESSIVE" 24725) 24726 24727// H264 Scene Change Detect 24728const ( 24729 // H264SceneChangeDetectDisabled is a H264SceneChangeDetect enum value 24730 H264SceneChangeDetectDisabled = "DISABLED" 24731 24732 // H264SceneChangeDetectEnabled is a H264SceneChangeDetect enum value 24733 H264SceneChangeDetectEnabled = "ENABLED" 24734) 24735 24736// H264 Spatial Aq 24737const ( 24738 // H264SpatialAqDisabled is a H264SpatialAq enum value 24739 H264SpatialAqDisabled = "DISABLED" 24740 24741 // H264SpatialAqEnabled is a H264SpatialAq enum value 24742 H264SpatialAqEnabled = "ENABLED" 24743) 24744 24745// H264 Sub Gop Length 24746const ( 24747 // H264SubGopLengthDynamic is a H264SubGopLength enum value 24748 H264SubGopLengthDynamic = "DYNAMIC" 24749 24750 // H264SubGopLengthFixed is a H264SubGopLength enum value 24751 H264SubGopLengthFixed = "FIXED" 24752) 24753 24754// H264 Syntax 24755const ( 24756 // H264SyntaxDefault is a H264Syntax enum value 24757 H264SyntaxDefault = "DEFAULT" 24758 24759 // H264SyntaxRp2027 is a H264Syntax enum value 24760 H264SyntaxRp2027 = "RP2027" 24761) 24762 24763// H264 Temporal Aq 24764const ( 24765 // H264TemporalAqDisabled is a H264TemporalAq enum value 24766 H264TemporalAqDisabled = "DISABLED" 24767 24768 // H264TemporalAqEnabled is a H264TemporalAq enum value 24769 H264TemporalAqEnabled = "ENABLED" 24770) 24771 24772// H264 Timecode Insertion Behavior 24773const ( 24774 // H264TimecodeInsertionBehaviorDisabled is a H264TimecodeInsertionBehavior enum value 24775 H264TimecodeInsertionBehaviorDisabled = "DISABLED" 24776 24777 // H264TimecodeInsertionBehaviorPicTimingSei is a H264TimecodeInsertionBehavior enum value 24778 H264TimecodeInsertionBehaviorPicTimingSei = "PIC_TIMING_SEI" 24779) 24780 24781// H265 Adaptive Quantization 24782const ( 24783 // H265AdaptiveQuantizationHigh is a H265AdaptiveQuantization enum value 24784 H265AdaptiveQuantizationHigh = "HIGH" 24785 24786 // H265AdaptiveQuantizationHigher is a H265AdaptiveQuantization enum value 24787 H265AdaptiveQuantizationHigher = "HIGHER" 24788 24789 // H265AdaptiveQuantizationLow is a H265AdaptiveQuantization enum value 24790 H265AdaptiveQuantizationLow = "LOW" 24791 24792 // H265AdaptiveQuantizationMax is a H265AdaptiveQuantization enum value 24793 H265AdaptiveQuantizationMax = "MAX" 24794 24795 // H265AdaptiveQuantizationMedium is a H265AdaptiveQuantization enum value 24796 H265AdaptiveQuantizationMedium = "MEDIUM" 24797 24798 // H265AdaptiveQuantizationOff is a H265AdaptiveQuantization enum value 24799 H265AdaptiveQuantizationOff = "OFF" 24800) 24801 24802// H265 Alternative Transfer Function 24803const ( 24804 // H265AlternativeTransferFunctionInsert is a H265AlternativeTransferFunction enum value 24805 H265AlternativeTransferFunctionInsert = "INSERT" 24806 24807 // H265AlternativeTransferFunctionOmit is a H265AlternativeTransferFunction enum value 24808 H265AlternativeTransferFunctionOmit = "OMIT" 24809) 24810 24811// H265 Color Metadata 24812const ( 24813 // H265ColorMetadataIgnore is a H265ColorMetadata enum value 24814 H265ColorMetadataIgnore = "IGNORE" 24815 24816 // H265ColorMetadataInsert is a H265ColorMetadata enum value 24817 H265ColorMetadataInsert = "INSERT" 24818) 24819 24820// H265 Flicker Aq 24821const ( 24822 // H265FlickerAqDisabled is a H265FlickerAq enum value 24823 H265FlickerAqDisabled = "DISABLED" 24824 24825 // H265FlickerAqEnabled is a H265FlickerAq enum value 24826 H265FlickerAqEnabled = "ENABLED" 24827) 24828 24829// H265 Gop Size Units 24830const ( 24831 // H265GopSizeUnitsFrames is a H265GopSizeUnits enum value 24832 H265GopSizeUnitsFrames = "FRAMES" 24833 24834 // H265GopSizeUnitsSeconds is a H265GopSizeUnits enum value 24835 H265GopSizeUnitsSeconds = "SECONDS" 24836) 24837 24838// H265 Level 24839const ( 24840 // H265LevelH265Level1 is a H265Level enum value 24841 H265LevelH265Level1 = "H265_LEVEL_1" 24842 24843 // H265LevelH265Level2 is a H265Level enum value 24844 H265LevelH265Level2 = "H265_LEVEL_2" 24845 24846 // H265LevelH265Level21 is a H265Level enum value 24847 H265LevelH265Level21 = "H265_LEVEL_2_1" 24848 24849 // H265LevelH265Level3 is a H265Level enum value 24850 H265LevelH265Level3 = "H265_LEVEL_3" 24851 24852 // H265LevelH265Level31 is a H265Level enum value 24853 H265LevelH265Level31 = "H265_LEVEL_3_1" 24854 24855 // H265LevelH265Level4 is a H265Level enum value 24856 H265LevelH265Level4 = "H265_LEVEL_4" 24857 24858 // H265LevelH265Level41 is a H265Level enum value 24859 H265LevelH265Level41 = "H265_LEVEL_4_1" 24860 24861 // H265LevelH265Level5 is a H265Level enum value 24862 H265LevelH265Level5 = "H265_LEVEL_5" 24863 24864 // H265LevelH265Level51 is a H265Level enum value 24865 H265LevelH265Level51 = "H265_LEVEL_5_1" 24866 24867 // H265LevelH265Level52 is a H265Level enum value 24868 H265LevelH265Level52 = "H265_LEVEL_5_2" 24869 24870 // H265LevelH265Level6 is a H265Level enum value 24871 H265LevelH265Level6 = "H265_LEVEL_6" 24872 24873 // H265LevelH265Level61 is a H265Level enum value 24874 H265LevelH265Level61 = "H265_LEVEL_6_1" 24875 24876 // H265LevelH265Level62 is a H265Level enum value 24877 H265LevelH265Level62 = "H265_LEVEL_6_2" 24878 24879 // H265LevelH265LevelAuto is a H265Level enum value 24880 H265LevelH265LevelAuto = "H265_LEVEL_AUTO" 24881) 24882 24883// H265 Look Ahead Rate Control 24884const ( 24885 // H265LookAheadRateControlHigh is a H265LookAheadRateControl enum value 24886 H265LookAheadRateControlHigh = "HIGH" 24887 24888 // H265LookAheadRateControlLow is a H265LookAheadRateControl enum value 24889 H265LookAheadRateControlLow = "LOW" 24890 24891 // H265LookAheadRateControlMedium is a H265LookAheadRateControl enum value 24892 H265LookAheadRateControlMedium = "MEDIUM" 24893) 24894 24895// H265 Profile 24896const ( 24897 // H265ProfileMain is a H265Profile enum value 24898 H265ProfileMain = "MAIN" 24899 24900 // H265ProfileMain10bit is a H265Profile enum value 24901 H265ProfileMain10bit = "MAIN_10BIT" 24902) 24903 24904// H265 Rate Control Mode 24905const ( 24906 // H265RateControlModeCbr is a H265RateControlMode enum value 24907 H265RateControlModeCbr = "CBR" 24908 24909 // H265RateControlModeMultiplex is a H265RateControlMode enum value 24910 H265RateControlModeMultiplex = "MULTIPLEX" 24911 24912 // H265RateControlModeQvbr is a H265RateControlMode enum value 24913 H265RateControlModeQvbr = "QVBR" 24914) 24915 24916// H265 Scan Type 24917const ( 24918 // H265ScanTypeProgressive is a H265ScanType enum value 24919 H265ScanTypeProgressive = "PROGRESSIVE" 24920) 24921 24922// H265 Scene Change Detect 24923const ( 24924 // H265SceneChangeDetectDisabled is a H265SceneChangeDetect enum value 24925 H265SceneChangeDetectDisabled = "DISABLED" 24926 24927 // H265SceneChangeDetectEnabled is a H265SceneChangeDetect enum value 24928 H265SceneChangeDetectEnabled = "ENABLED" 24929) 24930 24931// H265 Tier 24932const ( 24933 // H265TierHigh is a H265Tier enum value 24934 H265TierHigh = "HIGH" 24935 24936 // H265TierMain is a H265Tier enum value 24937 H265TierMain = "MAIN" 24938) 24939 24940// H265 Timecode Insertion Behavior 24941const ( 24942 // H265TimecodeInsertionBehaviorDisabled is a H265TimecodeInsertionBehavior enum value 24943 H265TimecodeInsertionBehaviorDisabled = "DISABLED" 24944 24945 // H265TimecodeInsertionBehaviorPicTimingSei is a H265TimecodeInsertionBehavior enum value 24946 H265TimecodeInsertionBehaviorPicTimingSei = "PIC_TIMING_SEI" 24947) 24948 24949// Hls Ad Markers 24950const ( 24951 // HlsAdMarkersAdobe is a HlsAdMarkers enum value 24952 HlsAdMarkersAdobe = "ADOBE" 24953 24954 // HlsAdMarkersElemental is a HlsAdMarkers enum value 24955 HlsAdMarkersElemental = "ELEMENTAL" 24956 24957 // HlsAdMarkersElementalScte35 is a HlsAdMarkers enum value 24958 HlsAdMarkersElementalScte35 = "ELEMENTAL_SCTE35" 24959) 24960 24961// Hls Akamai Http Transfer Mode 24962const ( 24963 // HlsAkamaiHttpTransferModeChunked is a HlsAkamaiHttpTransferMode enum value 24964 HlsAkamaiHttpTransferModeChunked = "CHUNKED" 24965 24966 // HlsAkamaiHttpTransferModeNonChunked is a HlsAkamaiHttpTransferMode enum value 24967 HlsAkamaiHttpTransferModeNonChunked = "NON_CHUNKED" 24968) 24969 24970// Hls Caption Language Setting 24971const ( 24972 // HlsCaptionLanguageSettingInsert is a HlsCaptionLanguageSetting enum value 24973 HlsCaptionLanguageSettingInsert = "INSERT" 24974 24975 // HlsCaptionLanguageSettingNone is a HlsCaptionLanguageSetting enum value 24976 HlsCaptionLanguageSettingNone = "NONE" 24977 24978 // HlsCaptionLanguageSettingOmit is a HlsCaptionLanguageSetting enum value 24979 HlsCaptionLanguageSettingOmit = "OMIT" 24980) 24981 24982// Hls Client Cache 24983const ( 24984 // HlsClientCacheDisabled is a HlsClientCache enum value 24985 HlsClientCacheDisabled = "DISABLED" 24986 24987 // HlsClientCacheEnabled is a HlsClientCache enum value 24988 HlsClientCacheEnabled = "ENABLED" 24989) 24990 24991// Hls Codec Specification 24992const ( 24993 // HlsCodecSpecificationRfc4281 is a HlsCodecSpecification enum value 24994 HlsCodecSpecificationRfc4281 = "RFC_4281" 24995 24996 // HlsCodecSpecificationRfc6381 is a HlsCodecSpecification enum value 24997 HlsCodecSpecificationRfc6381 = "RFC_6381" 24998) 24999 25000// Hls Directory Structure 25001const ( 25002 // HlsDirectoryStructureSingleDirectory is a HlsDirectoryStructure enum value 25003 HlsDirectoryStructureSingleDirectory = "SINGLE_DIRECTORY" 25004 25005 // HlsDirectoryStructureSubdirectoryPerStream is a HlsDirectoryStructure enum value 25006 HlsDirectoryStructureSubdirectoryPerStream = "SUBDIRECTORY_PER_STREAM" 25007) 25008 25009// Hls Encryption Type 25010const ( 25011 // HlsEncryptionTypeAes128 is a HlsEncryptionType enum value 25012 HlsEncryptionTypeAes128 = "AES128" 25013 25014 // HlsEncryptionTypeSampleAes is a HlsEncryptionType enum value 25015 HlsEncryptionTypeSampleAes = "SAMPLE_AES" 25016) 25017 25018// Hls H265 Packaging Type 25019const ( 25020 // HlsH265PackagingTypeHev1 is a HlsH265PackagingType enum value 25021 HlsH265PackagingTypeHev1 = "HEV1" 25022 25023 // HlsH265PackagingTypeHvc1 is a HlsH265PackagingType enum value 25024 HlsH265PackagingTypeHvc1 = "HVC1" 25025) 25026 25027// State of HLS ID3 Segment Tagging 25028const ( 25029 // HlsId3SegmentTaggingStateDisabled is a HlsId3SegmentTaggingState enum value 25030 HlsId3SegmentTaggingStateDisabled = "DISABLED" 25031 25032 // HlsId3SegmentTaggingStateEnabled is a HlsId3SegmentTaggingState enum value 25033 HlsId3SegmentTaggingStateEnabled = "ENABLED" 25034) 25035 25036// Hls Iv In Manifest 25037const ( 25038 // HlsIvInManifestExclude is a HlsIvInManifest enum value 25039 HlsIvInManifestExclude = "EXCLUDE" 25040 25041 // HlsIvInManifestInclude is a HlsIvInManifest enum value 25042 HlsIvInManifestInclude = "INCLUDE" 25043) 25044 25045// Hls Iv Source 25046const ( 25047 // HlsIvSourceExplicit is a HlsIvSource enum value 25048 HlsIvSourceExplicit = "EXPLICIT" 25049 25050 // HlsIvSourceFollowsSegmentNumber is a HlsIvSource enum value 25051 HlsIvSourceFollowsSegmentNumber = "FOLLOWS_SEGMENT_NUMBER" 25052) 25053 25054// Hls Manifest Compression 25055const ( 25056 // HlsManifestCompressionGzip is a HlsManifestCompression enum value 25057 HlsManifestCompressionGzip = "GZIP" 25058 25059 // HlsManifestCompressionNone is a HlsManifestCompression enum value 25060 HlsManifestCompressionNone = "NONE" 25061) 25062 25063// Hls Manifest Duration Format 25064const ( 25065 // HlsManifestDurationFormatFloatingPoint is a HlsManifestDurationFormat enum value 25066 HlsManifestDurationFormatFloatingPoint = "FLOATING_POINT" 25067 25068 // HlsManifestDurationFormatInteger is a HlsManifestDurationFormat enum value 25069 HlsManifestDurationFormatInteger = "INTEGER" 25070) 25071 25072// Hls Media Store Storage Class 25073const ( 25074 // HlsMediaStoreStorageClassTemporal is a HlsMediaStoreStorageClass enum value 25075 HlsMediaStoreStorageClassTemporal = "TEMPORAL" 25076) 25077 25078// Hls Mode 25079const ( 25080 // HlsModeLive is a HlsMode enum value 25081 HlsModeLive = "LIVE" 25082 25083 // HlsModeVod is a HlsMode enum value 25084 HlsModeVod = "VOD" 25085) 25086 25087// Hls Output Selection 25088const ( 25089 // HlsOutputSelectionManifestsAndSegments is a HlsOutputSelection enum value 25090 HlsOutputSelectionManifestsAndSegments = "MANIFESTS_AND_SEGMENTS" 25091 25092 // HlsOutputSelectionSegmentsOnly is a HlsOutputSelection enum value 25093 HlsOutputSelectionSegmentsOnly = "SEGMENTS_ONLY" 25094) 25095 25096// Hls Program Date Time 25097const ( 25098 // HlsProgramDateTimeExclude is a HlsProgramDateTime enum value 25099 HlsProgramDateTimeExclude = "EXCLUDE" 25100 25101 // HlsProgramDateTimeInclude is a HlsProgramDateTime enum value 25102 HlsProgramDateTimeInclude = "INCLUDE" 25103) 25104 25105// Hls Redundant Manifest 25106const ( 25107 // HlsRedundantManifestDisabled is a HlsRedundantManifest enum value 25108 HlsRedundantManifestDisabled = "DISABLED" 25109 25110 // HlsRedundantManifestEnabled is a HlsRedundantManifest enum value 25111 HlsRedundantManifestEnabled = "ENABLED" 25112) 25113 25114// Hls Segmentation Mode 25115const ( 25116 // HlsSegmentationModeUseInputSegmentation is a HlsSegmentationMode enum value 25117 HlsSegmentationModeUseInputSegmentation = "USE_INPUT_SEGMENTATION" 25118 25119 // HlsSegmentationModeUseSegmentDuration is a HlsSegmentationMode enum value 25120 HlsSegmentationModeUseSegmentDuration = "USE_SEGMENT_DURATION" 25121) 25122 25123// Hls Stream Inf Resolution 25124const ( 25125 // HlsStreamInfResolutionExclude is a HlsStreamInfResolution enum value 25126 HlsStreamInfResolutionExclude = "EXCLUDE" 25127 25128 // HlsStreamInfResolutionInclude is a HlsStreamInfResolution enum value 25129 HlsStreamInfResolutionInclude = "INCLUDE" 25130) 25131 25132// Hls Timed Metadata Id3 Frame 25133const ( 25134 // HlsTimedMetadataId3FrameNone is a HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame enum value 25135 HlsTimedMetadataId3FrameNone = "NONE" 25136 25137 // HlsTimedMetadataId3FramePriv is a HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame enum value 25138 HlsTimedMetadataId3FramePriv = "PRIV" 25139 25140 // HlsTimedMetadataId3FrameTdrl is a HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame enum value 25141 HlsTimedMetadataId3FrameTdrl = "TDRL" 25142) 25143 25144// Hls Ts File Mode 25145const ( 25146 // HlsTsFileModeSegmentedFiles is a HlsTsFileMode enum value 25147 HlsTsFileModeSegmentedFiles = "SEGMENTED_FILES" 25148 25149 // HlsTsFileModeSingleFile is a HlsTsFileMode enum value 25150 HlsTsFileModeSingleFile = "SINGLE_FILE" 25151) 25152 25153// Hls Webdav Http Transfer Mode 25154const ( 25155 // HlsWebdavHttpTransferModeChunked is a HlsWebdavHttpTransferMode enum value 25156 HlsWebdavHttpTransferModeChunked = "CHUNKED" 25157 25158 // HlsWebdavHttpTransferModeNonChunked is a HlsWebdavHttpTransferMode enum value 25159 HlsWebdavHttpTransferModeNonChunked = "NON_CHUNKED" 25160) 25161 25162// When set to "standard", an I-Frame only playlist will be written out for 25163// each video output in the output group. This I-Frame only playlist will contain 25164// byte range offsets pointing to the I-frame(s) in each segment. 25165const ( 25166 // IFrameOnlyPlaylistTypeDisabled is a IFrameOnlyPlaylistType enum value 25167 IFrameOnlyPlaylistTypeDisabled = "DISABLED" 25168 25169 // IFrameOnlyPlaylistTypeStandard is a IFrameOnlyPlaylistType enum value 25170 IFrameOnlyPlaylistTypeStandard = "STANDARD" 25171) 25172 25173// A standard input has two sources and a single pipeline input only has one. 25174const ( 25175 // InputClassStandard is a InputClass enum value 25176 InputClassStandard = "STANDARD" 25177 25178 // InputClassSinglePipeline is a InputClass enum value 25179 InputClassSinglePipeline = "SINGLE_PIPELINE" 25180) 25181 25182// codec in increasing order of complexity 25183const ( 25184 // InputCodecMpeg2 is a InputCodec enum value 25185 InputCodecMpeg2 = "MPEG2" 25186 25187 // InputCodecAvc is a InputCodec enum value 25188 InputCodecAvc = "AVC" 25189 25190 // InputCodecHevc is a InputCodec enum value 25191 InputCodecHevc = "HEVC" 25192) 25193 25194// Input Deblock Filter 25195const ( 25196 // InputDeblockFilterDisabled is a InputDeblockFilter enum value 25197 InputDeblockFilterDisabled = "DISABLED" 25198 25199 // InputDeblockFilterEnabled is a InputDeblockFilter enum value 25200 InputDeblockFilterEnabled = "ENABLED" 25201) 25202 25203// Input Denoise Filter 25204const ( 25205 // InputDenoiseFilterDisabled is a InputDenoiseFilter enum value 25206 InputDenoiseFilterDisabled = "DISABLED" 25207 25208 // InputDenoiseFilterEnabled is a InputDenoiseFilter enum value 25209 InputDenoiseFilterEnabled = "ENABLED" 25210) 25211 25212// The source at the input device that is currently active. 25213const ( 25214 // InputDeviceActiveInputHdmi is a InputDeviceActiveInput enum value 25215 InputDeviceActiveInputHdmi = "HDMI" 25216 25217 // InputDeviceActiveInputSdi is a InputDeviceActiveInput enum value 25218 InputDeviceActiveInputSdi = "SDI" 25219) 25220 25221// The source to activate (use) from the input device. 25222const ( 25223 // InputDeviceConfiguredInputAuto is a InputDeviceConfiguredInput enum value 25224 InputDeviceConfiguredInputAuto = "AUTO" 25225 25226 // InputDeviceConfiguredInputHdmi is a InputDeviceConfiguredInput enum value 25227 InputDeviceConfiguredInputHdmi = "HDMI" 25228 25229 // InputDeviceConfiguredInputSdi is a InputDeviceConfiguredInput enum value 25230 InputDeviceConfiguredInputSdi = "SDI" 25231) 25232 25233// The state of the connection between the input device and AWS. 25234const ( 25235 // InputDeviceConnectionStateDisconnected is a InputDeviceConnectionState enum value 25236 InputDeviceConnectionStateDisconnected = "DISCONNECTED" 25237 25238 // InputDeviceConnectionStateConnected is a InputDeviceConnectionState enum value 25239 InputDeviceConnectionStateConnected = "CONNECTED" 25240) 25241 25242// Specifies whether the input device has been configured (outside of MediaLive) 25243// to use a dynamic IP address assignment (DHCP) or a static IP address. 25244const ( 25245 // InputDeviceIpSchemeStatic is a InputDeviceIpScheme enum value 25246 InputDeviceIpSchemeStatic = "STATIC" 25247 25248 // InputDeviceIpSchemeDhcp is a InputDeviceIpScheme enum value 25249 InputDeviceIpSchemeDhcp = "DHCP" 25250) 25251 25252// The scan type of the video source. 25253const ( 25254 // InputDeviceScanTypeInterlaced is a InputDeviceScanType enum value 25255 InputDeviceScanTypeInterlaced = "INTERLACED" 25256 25257 // InputDeviceScanTypeProgressive is a InputDeviceScanType enum value 25258 InputDeviceScanTypeProgressive = "PROGRESSIVE" 25259) 25260 25261// The state of the input device. 25262const ( 25263 // InputDeviceStateIdle is a InputDeviceState enum value 25264 InputDeviceStateIdle = "IDLE" 25265 25266 // InputDeviceStateStreaming is a InputDeviceState enum value 25267 InputDeviceStateStreaming = "STREAMING" 25268) 25269 25270// The type of the input device. For an AWS Elemental Link device that outputs 25271// resolutions up to 1080, choose "HD". 25272const ( 25273 // InputDeviceTypeHd is a InputDeviceType enum value 25274 InputDeviceTypeHd = "HD" 25275) 25276 25277// Input Filter 25278const ( 25279 // InputFilterAuto is a InputFilter enum value 25280 InputFilterAuto = "AUTO" 25281 25282 // InputFilterDisabled is a InputFilter enum value 25283 InputFilterDisabled = "DISABLED" 25284 25285 // InputFilterForced is a InputFilter enum value 25286 InputFilterForced = "FORCED" 25287) 25288 25289// Input Loss Action For Hls Out 25290const ( 25291 // InputLossActionForHlsOutEmitOutput is a InputLossActionForHlsOut enum value 25292 InputLossActionForHlsOutEmitOutput = "EMIT_OUTPUT" 25293 25294 // InputLossActionForHlsOutPauseOutput is a InputLossActionForHlsOut enum value 25295 InputLossActionForHlsOutPauseOutput = "PAUSE_OUTPUT" 25296) 25297 25298// Input Loss Action For Ms Smooth Out 25299const ( 25300 // InputLossActionForMsSmoothOutEmitOutput is a InputLossActionForMsSmoothOut enum value 25301 InputLossActionForMsSmoothOutEmitOutput = "EMIT_OUTPUT" 25302 25303 // InputLossActionForMsSmoothOutPauseOutput is a InputLossActionForMsSmoothOut enum value 25304 InputLossActionForMsSmoothOutPauseOutput = "PAUSE_OUTPUT" 25305) 25306 25307// Input Loss Action For Rtmp Out 25308const ( 25309 // InputLossActionForRtmpOutEmitOutput is a InputLossActionForRtmpOut enum value 25310 InputLossActionForRtmpOutEmitOutput = "EMIT_OUTPUT" 25311 25312 // InputLossActionForRtmpOutPauseOutput is a InputLossActionForRtmpOut enum value 25313 InputLossActionForRtmpOutPauseOutput = "PAUSE_OUTPUT" 25314) 25315 25316// Input Loss Action For Udp Out 25317const ( 25318 // InputLossActionForUdpOutDropProgram is a InputLossActionForUdpOut enum value 25319 InputLossActionForUdpOutDropProgram = "DROP_PROGRAM" 25320 25321 // InputLossActionForUdpOutDropTs is a InputLossActionForUdpOut enum value 25322 InputLossActionForUdpOutDropTs = "DROP_TS" 25323 25324 // InputLossActionForUdpOutEmitProgram is a InputLossActionForUdpOut enum value 25325 InputLossActionForUdpOutEmitProgram = "EMIT_PROGRAM" 25326) 25327 25328// Input Loss Image Type 25329const ( 25330 // InputLossImageTypeColor is a InputLossImageType enum value 25331 InputLossImageTypeColor = "COLOR" 25332 25333 // InputLossImageTypeSlate is a InputLossImageType enum value 25334 InputLossImageTypeSlate = "SLATE" 25335) 25336 25337// Maximum input bitrate in megabits per second. Bitrates up to 50 Mbps are 25338// supported currently. 25339const ( 25340 // InputMaximumBitrateMax10Mbps is a InputMaximumBitrate enum value 25341 InputMaximumBitrateMax10Mbps = "MAX_10_MBPS" 25342 25343 // InputMaximumBitrateMax20Mbps is a InputMaximumBitrate enum value 25344 InputMaximumBitrateMax20Mbps = "MAX_20_MBPS" 25345 25346 // InputMaximumBitrateMax50Mbps is a InputMaximumBitrate enum value 25347 InputMaximumBitrateMax50Mbps = "MAX_50_MBPS" 25348) 25349 25350// Input preference when deciding which input to make active when a previously 25351// failed input has recovered.If \"EQUAL_INPUT_PREFERENCE\", then the active 25352// input will stay active as long as it is healthy.If \"PRIMARY_INPUT_PREFERRED\", 25353// then always switch back to the primary input when it is healthy. 25354const ( 25355 // InputPreferenceEqualInputPreference is a InputPreference enum value 25356 InputPreferenceEqualInputPreference = "EQUAL_INPUT_PREFERENCE" 25357 25358 // InputPreferencePrimaryInputPreferred is a InputPreference enum value 25359 InputPreferencePrimaryInputPreferred = "PRIMARY_INPUT_PREFERRED" 25360) 25361 25362// Input resolution based on lines of vertical resolution in the input; SD is 25363// less than 720 lines, HD is 720 to 1080 lines, UHD is greater than 1080 lines 25364const ( 25365 // InputResolutionSd is a InputResolution enum value 25366 InputResolutionSd = "SD" 25367 25368 // InputResolutionHd is a InputResolution enum value 25369 InputResolutionHd = "HD" 25370 25371 // InputResolutionUhd is a InputResolution enum value 25372 InputResolutionUhd = "UHD" 25373) 25374 25375const ( 25376 // InputSecurityGroupStateIdle is a InputSecurityGroupState enum value 25377 InputSecurityGroupStateIdle = "IDLE" 25378 25379 // InputSecurityGroupStateInUse is a InputSecurityGroupState enum value 25380 InputSecurityGroupStateInUse = "IN_USE" 25381 25382 // InputSecurityGroupStateUpdating is a InputSecurityGroupState enum value 25383 InputSecurityGroupStateUpdating = "UPDATING" 25384 25385 // InputSecurityGroupStateDeleted is a InputSecurityGroupState enum value 25386 InputSecurityGroupStateDeleted = "DELETED" 25387) 25388 25389// Input Source End Behavior 25390const ( 25391 // InputSourceEndBehaviorContinue is a InputSourceEndBehavior enum value 25392 InputSourceEndBehaviorContinue = "CONTINUE" 25393 25394 // InputSourceEndBehaviorLoop is a InputSourceEndBehavior enum value 25395 InputSourceEndBehaviorLoop = "LOOP" 25396) 25397 25398// There are two types of input sources, static and dynamic. If an input source 25399// is dynamic you canchange the source url of the input dynamically using an 25400// input switch action. However, the only input typeto support a dynamic url 25401// at this time is MP4_FILE. By default all input sources are static. 25402const ( 25403 // InputSourceTypeStatic is a InputSourceType enum value 25404 InputSourceTypeStatic = "STATIC" 25405 25406 // InputSourceTypeDynamic is a InputSourceType enum value 25407 InputSourceTypeDynamic = "DYNAMIC" 25408) 25409 25410const ( 25411 // InputStateCreating is a InputState enum value 25412 InputStateCreating = "CREATING" 25413 25414 // InputStateDetached is a InputState enum value 25415 InputStateDetached = "DETACHED" 25416 25417 // InputStateAttached is a InputState enum value 25418 InputStateAttached = "ATTACHED" 25419 25420 // InputStateDeleting is a InputState enum value 25421 InputStateDeleting = "DELETING" 25422 25423 // InputStateDeleted is a InputState enum value 25424 InputStateDeleted = "DELETED" 25425) 25426 25427// To clip the file, you must specify the timecode for the start and end of 25428// the clip. Specify EMBEDDED to use the timecode embedded in the source content. 25429// The embedded timecode must exist in the source content, otherwise MediaLive 25430// will output black frames until it reaches the end of the source. Specify 25431// ZEROBASED to use a timecode that assumes that the first frame in the file 25432// has the timestamp 00:00:00.00. There is no default for this field, you must 25433// specify a value. 25434const ( 25435 // InputTimecodeSourceZerobased is a InputTimecodeSource enum value 25436 InputTimecodeSourceZerobased = "ZEROBASED" 25437 25438 // InputTimecodeSourceEmbedded is a InputTimecodeSource enum value 25439 InputTimecodeSourceEmbedded = "EMBEDDED" 25440) 25441 25442const ( 25443 // InputTypeUdpPush is a InputType enum value 25444 InputTypeUdpPush = "UDP_PUSH" 25445 25446 // InputTypeRtpPush is a InputType enum value 25447 InputTypeRtpPush = "RTP_PUSH" 25448 25449 // InputTypeRtmpPush is a InputType enum value 25450 InputTypeRtmpPush = "RTMP_PUSH" 25451 25452 // InputTypeRtmpPull is a InputType enum value 25453 InputTypeRtmpPull = "RTMP_PULL" 25454 25455 // InputTypeUrlPull is a InputType enum value 25456 InputTypeUrlPull = "URL_PULL" 25457 25458 // InputTypeMp4File is a InputType enum value 25459 InputTypeMp4File = "MP4_FILE" 25460 25461 // InputTypeMediaconnect is a InputType enum value 25462 InputTypeMediaconnect = "MEDIACONNECT" 25463 25464 // InputTypeInputDevice is a InputType enum value 25465 InputTypeInputDevice = "INPUT_DEVICE" 25466) 25467 25468// If you specify a StopTimecode in an input (in order to clip the file), you 25469// can specify if you want the clip to exclude (the default) or include the 25470// frame specified by the timecode. 25471const ( 25472 // LastFrameClippingBehaviorExcludeLastFrame is a LastFrameClippingBehavior enum value 25473 LastFrameClippingBehaviorExcludeLastFrame = "EXCLUDE_LAST_FRAME" 25474 25475 // LastFrameClippingBehaviorIncludeLastFrame is a LastFrameClippingBehavior enum value 25476 LastFrameClippingBehaviorIncludeLastFrame = "INCLUDE_LAST_FRAME" 25477) 25478 25479// The log level the user wants for their channel. 25480const ( 25481 // LogLevelError is a LogLevel enum value 25482 LogLevelError = "ERROR" 25483 25484 // LogLevelWarning is a LogLevel enum value 25485 LogLevelWarning = "WARNING" 25486 25487 // LogLevelInfo is a LogLevel enum value 25488 LogLevelInfo = "INFO" 25489 25490 // LogLevelDebug is a LogLevel enum value 25491 LogLevelDebug = "DEBUG" 25492 25493 // LogLevelDisabled is a LogLevel enum value 25494 LogLevelDisabled = "DISABLED" 25495) 25496 25497// M2ts Absent Input Audio Behavior 25498const ( 25499 // M2tsAbsentInputAudioBehaviorDrop is a M2tsAbsentInputAudioBehavior enum value 25500 M2tsAbsentInputAudioBehaviorDrop = "DROP" 25501 25502 // M2tsAbsentInputAudioBehaviorEncodeSilence is a M2tsAbsentInputAudioBehavior enum value 25503 M2tsAbsentInputAudioBehaviorEncodeSilence = "ENCODE_SILENCE" 25504) 25505 25506// M2ts Arib 25507const ( 25508 // M2tsAribDisabled is a M2tsArib enum value 25509 M2tsAribDisabled = "DISABLED" 25510 25511 // M2tsAribEnabled is a M2tsArib enum value 25512 M2tsAribEnabled = "ENABLED" 25513) 25514 25515// M2ts Arib Captions Pid Control 25516const ( 25517 // M2tsAribCaptionsPidControlAuto is a M2tsAribCaptionsPidControl enum value 25518 M2tsAribCaptionsPidControlAuto = "AUTO" 25519 25520 // M2tsAribCaptionsPidControlUseConfigured is a M2tsAribCaptionsPidControl enum value 25521 M2tsAribCaptionsPidControlUseConfigured = "USE_CONFIGURED" 25522) 25523 25524// M2ts Audio Buffer Model 25525const ( 25526 // M2tsAudioBufferModelAtsc is a M2tsAudioBufferModel enum value 25527 M2tsAudioBufferModelAtsc = "ATSC" 25528 25529 // M2tsAudioBufferModelDvb is a M2tsAudioBufferModel enum value 25530 M2tsAudioBufferModelDvb = "DVB" 25531) 25532 25533// M2ts Audio Interval 25534const ( 25535 // M2tsAudioIntervalVideoAndFixedIntervals is a M2tsAudioInterval enum value 25536 M2tsAudioIntervalVideoAndFixedIntervals = "VIDEO_AND_FIXED_INTERVALS" 25537 25538 // M2tsAudioIntervalVideoInterval is a M2tsAudioInterval enum value 25539 M2tsAudioIntervalVideoInterval = "VIDEO_INTERVAL" 25540) 25541 25542// M2ts Audio Stream Type 25543const ( 25544 // M2tsAudioStreamTypeAtsc is a M2tsAudioStreamType enum value 25545 M2tsAudioStreamTypeAtsc = "ATSC" 25546 25547 // M2tsAudioStreamTypeDvb is a M2tsAudioStreamType enum value 25548 M2tsAudioStreamTypeDvb = "DVB" 25549) 25550 25551// M2ts Buffer Model 25552const ( 25553 // M2tsBufferModelMultiplex is a M2tsBufferModel enum value 25554 M2tsBufferModelMultiplex = "MULTIPLEX" 25555 25556 // M2tsBufferModelNone is a M2tsBufferModel enum value 25557 M2tsBufferModelNone = "NONE" 25558) 25559 25560// M2ts Cc Descriptor 25561const ( 25562 // M2tsCcDescriptorDisabled is a M2tsCcDescriptor enum value 25563 M2tsCcDescriptorDisabled = "DISABLED" 25564 25565 // M2tsCcDescriptorEnabled is a M2tsCcDescriptor enum value 25566 M2tsCcDescriptorEnabled = "ENABLED" 25567) 25568 25569// M2ts Ebif Control 25570const ( 25571 // M2tsEbifControlNone is a M2tsEbifControl enum value 25572 M2tsEbifControlNone = "NONE" 25573 25574 // M2tsEbifControlPassthrough is a M2tsEbifControl enum value 25575 M2tsEbifControlPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH" 25576) 25577 25578// M2ts Ebp Placement 25579const ( 25580 // M2tsEbpPlacementVideoAndAudioPids is a M2tsEbpPlacement enum value 25581 M2tsEbpPlacementVideoAndAudioPids = "VIDEO_AND_AUDIO_PIDS" 25582 25583 // M2tsEbpPlacementVideoPid is a M2tsEbpPlacement enum value 25584 M2tsEbpPlacementVideoPid = "VIDEO_PID" 25585) 25586 25587// M2ts Es Rate In Pes 25588const ( 25589 // M2tsEsRateInPesExclude is a M2tsEsRateInPes enum value 25590 M2tsEsRateInPesExclude = "EXCLUDE" 25591 25592 // M2tsEsRateInPesInclude is a M2tsEsRateInPes enum value 25593 M2tsEsRateInPesInclude = "INCLUDE" 25594) 25595 25596// M2ts Klv 25597const ( 25598 // M2tsKlvNone is a M2tsKlv enum value 25599 M2tsKlvNone = "NONE" 25600 25601 // M2tsKlvPassthrough is a M2tsKlv enum value 25602 M2tsKlvPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH" 25603) 25604 25605// M2ts Nielsen Id3 Behavior 25606const ( 25607 // M2tsNielsenId3BehaviorNoPassthrough is a M2tsNielsenId3Behavior enum value 25608 M2tsNielsenId3BehaviorNoPassthrough = "NO_PASSTHROUGH" 25609 25610 // M2tsNielsenId3BehaviorPassthrough is a M2tsNielsenId3Behavior enum value 25611 M2tsNielsenId3BehaviorPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH" 25612) 25613 25614// M2ts Pcr Control 25615const ( 25616 // M2tsPcrControlConfiguredPcrPeriod is a M2tsPcrControl enum value 25617 M2tsPcrControlConfiguredPcrPeriod = "CONFIGURED_PCR_PERIOD" 25618 25619 // M2tsPcrControlPcrEveryPesPacket is a M2tsPcrControl enum value 25620 M2tsPcrControlPcrEveryPesPacket = "PCR_EVERY_PES_PACKET" 25621) 25622 25623// M2ts Rate Mode 25624const ( 25625 // M2tsRateModeCbr is a M2tsRateMode enum value 25626 M2tsRateModeCbr = "CBR" 25627 25628 // M2tsRateModeVbr is a M2tsRateMode enum value 25629 M2tsRateModeVbr = "VBR" 25630) 25631 25632// M2ts Scte35 Control 25633const ( 25634 // M2tsScte35ControlNone is a M2tsScte35Control enum value 25635 M2tsScte35ControlNone = "NONE" 25636 25637 // M2tsScte35ControlPassthrough is a M2tsScte35Control enum value 25638 M2tsScte35ControlPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH" 25639) 25640 25641// M2ts Segmentation Markers 25642const ( 25643 // M2tsSegmentationMarkersEbp is a M2tsSegmentationMarkers enum value 25644 M2tsSegmentationMarkersEbp = "EBP" 25645 25646 // M2tsSegmentationMarkersEbpLegacy is a M2tsSegmentationMarkers enum value 25647 M2tsSegmentationMarkersEbpLegacy = "EBP_LEGACY" 25648 25649 // M2tsSegmentationMarkersNone is a M2tsSegmentationMarkers enum value 25650 M2tsSegmentationMarkersNone = "NONE" 25651 25652 // M2tsSegmentationMarkersPsiSegstart is a M2tsSegmentationMarkers enum value 25653 M2tsSegmentationMarkersPsiSegstart = "PSI_SEGSTART" 25654 25655 // M2tsSegmentationMarkersRaiAdapt is a M2tsSegmentationMarkers enum value 25656 M2tsSegmentationMarkersRaiAdapt = "RAI_ADAPT" 25657 25658 // M2tsSegmentationMarkersRaiSegstart is a M2tsSegmentationMarkers enum value 25659 M2tsSegmentationMarkersRaiSegstart = "RAI_SEGSTART" 25660) 25661 25662// M2ts Segmentation Style 25663const ( 25664 // M2tsSegmentationStyleMaintainCadence is a M2tsSegmentationStyle enum value 25665 M2tsSegmentationStyleMaintainCadence = "MAINTAIN_CADENCE" 25666 25667 // M2tsSegmentationStyleResetCadence is a M2tsSegmentationStyle enum value 25668 M2tsSegmentationStyleResetCadence = "RESET_CADENCE" 25669) 25670 25671// M2ts Timed Metadata Behavior 25672const ( 25673 // M2tsTimedMetadataBehaviorNoPassthrough is a M2tsTimedMetadataBehavior enum value 25674 M2tsTimedMetadataBehaviorNoPassthrough = "NO_PASSTHROUGH" 25675 25676 // M2tsTimedMetadataBehaviorPassthrough is a M2tsTimedMetadataBehavior enum value 25677 M2tsTimedMetadataBehaviorPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH" 25678) 25679 25680// M3u8 Nielsen Id3 Behavior 25681const ( 25682 // M3u8NielsenId3BehaviorNoPassthrough is a M3u8NielsenId3Behavior enum value 25683 M3u8NielsenId3BehaviorNoPassthrough = "NO_PASSTHROUGH" 25684 25685 // M3u8NielsenId3BehaviorPassthrough is a M3u8NielsenId3Behavior enum value 25686 M3u8NielsenId3BehaviorPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH" 25687) 25688 25689// M3u8 Pcr Control 25690const ( 25691 // M3u8PcrControlConfiguredPcrPeriod is a M3u8PcrControl enum value 25692 M3u8PcrControlConfiguredPcrPeriod = "CONFIGURED_PCR_PERIOD" 25693 25694 // M3u8PcrControlPcrEveryPesPacket is a M3u8PcrControl enum value 25695 M3u8PcrControlPcrEveryPesPacket = "PCR_EVERY_PES_PACKET" 25696) 25697 25698// M3u8 Scte35 Behavior 25699const ( 25700 // M3u8Scte35BehaviorNoPassthrough is a M3u8Scte35Behavior enum value 25701 M3u8Scte35BehaviorNoPassthrough = "NO_PASSTHROUGH" 25702 25703 // M3u8Scte35BehaviorPassthrough is a M3u8Scte35Behavior enum value 25704 M3u8Scte35BehaviorPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH" 25705) 25706 25707// M3u8 Timed Metadata Behavior 25708const ( 25709 // M3u8TimedMetadataBehaviorNoPassthrough is a M3u8TimedMetadataBehavior enum value 25710 M3u8TimedMetadataBehaviorNoPassthrough = "NO_PASSTHROUGH" 25711 25712 // M3u8TimedMetadataBehaviorPassthrough is a M3u8TimedMetadataBehavior enum value 25713 M3u8TimedMetadataBehaviorPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH" 25714) 25715 25716// Mp2 Coding Mode 25717const ( 25718 // Mp2CodingModeCodingMode10 is a Mp2CodingMode enum value 25719 Mp2CodingModeCodingMode10 = "CODING_MODE_1_0" 25720 25721 // Mp2CodingModeCodingMode20 is a Mp2CodingMode enum value 25722 Mp2CodingModeCodingMode20 = "CODING_MODE_2_0" 25723) 25724 25725// Ms Smooth H265 Packaging Type 25726const ( 25727 // MsSmoothH265PackagingTypeHev1 is a MsSmoothH265PackagingType enum value 25728 MsSmoothH265PackagingTypeHev1 = "HEV1" 25729 25730 // MsSmoothH265PackagingTypeHvc1 is a MsSmoothH265PackagingType enum value 25731 MsSmoothH265PackagingTypeHvc1 = "HVC1" 25732) 25733 25734// The current state of the multiplex. 25735const ( 25736 // MultiplexStateCreating is a MultiplexState enum value 25737 MultiplexStateCreating = "CREATING" 25738 25739 // MultiplexStateCreateFailed is a MultiplexState enum value 25740 MultiplexStateCreateFailed = "CREATE_FAILED" 25741 25742 // MultiplexStateIdle is a MultiplexState enum value 25743 MultiplexStateIdle = "IDLE" 25744 25745 // MultiplexStateStarting is a MultiplexState enum value 25746 MultiplexStateStarting = "STARTING" 25747 25748 // MultiplexStateRunning is a MultiplexState enum value 25749 MultiplexStateRunning = "RUNNING" 25750 25751 // MultiplexStateRecovering is a MultiplexState enum value 25752 MultiplexStateRecovering = "RECOVERING" 25753 25754 // MultiplexStateStopping is a MultiplexState enum value 25755 MultiplexStateStopping = "STOPPING" 25756 25757 // MultiplexStateDeleting is a MultiplexState enum value 25758 MultiplexStateDeleting = "DELETING" 25759 25760 // MultiplexStateDeleted is a MultiplexState enum value 25761 MultiplexStateDeleted = "DELETED" 25762) 25763 25764// Network Input Server Validation 25765const ( 25766 // NetworkInputServerValidationCheckCryptographyAndValidateName is a NetworkInputServerValidation enum value 25767 NetworkInputServerValidationCheckCryptographyAndValidateName = "CHECK_CRYPTOGRAPHY_AND_VALIDATE_NAME" 25768 25769 // NetworkInputServerValidationCheckCryptographyOnly is a NetworkInputServerValidation enum value 25770 NetworkInputServerValidationCheckCryptographyOnly = "CHECK_CRYPTOGRAPHY_ONLY" 25771) 25772 25773// State of Nielsen PCM to ID3 tagging 25774const ( 25775 // NielsenPcmToId3TaggingStateDisabled is a NielsenPcmToId3TaggingState enum value 25776 NielsenPcmToId3TaggingStateDisabled = "DISABLED" 25777 25778 // NielsenPcmToId3TaggingStateEnabled is a NielsenPcmToId3TaggingState enum value 25779 NielsenPcmToId3TaggingStateEnabled = "ENABLED" 25780) 25781 25782// Units for duration, e.g. 'MONTHS' 25783const ( 25784 // OfferingDurationUnitsMonths is a OfferingDurationUnits enum value 25785 OfferingDurationUnitsMonths = "MONTHS" 25786) 25787 25788// Offering type, e.g. 'NO_UPFRONT' 25789const ( 25790 // OfferingTypeNoUpfront is a OfferingType enum value 25791 OfferingTypeNoUpfront = "NO_UPFRONT" 25792) 25793 25794// Pipeline ID 25795const ( 25796 // PipelineIdPipeline0 is a PipelineId enum value 25797 PipelineIdPipeline0 = "PIPELINE_0" 25798 25799 // PipelineIdPipeline1 is a PipelineId enum value 25800 PipelineIdPipeline1 = "PIPELINE_1" 25801) 25802 25803// Indicates which pipeline is preferred by the multiplex for program ingest.If 25804// set to \"PIPELINE_0\" or \"PIPELINE_1\" and an unhealthy ingest causes the 25805// multiplex to switch to the non-preferred pipeline,it will switch back once 25806// that ingest is healthy again. If set to \"CURRENTLY_ACTIVE\",it will not 25807// switch back to the other pipeline based on it recovering to a healthy state,it 25808// will only switch if the active pipeline becomes unhealthy. 25809const ( 25810 // PreferredChannelPipelineCurrentlyActive is a PreferredChannelPipeline enum value 25811 PreferredChannelPipelineCurrentlyActive = "CURRENTLY_ACTIVE" 25812 25813 // PreferredChannelPipelinePipeline0 is a PreferredChannelPipeline enum value 25814 PreferredChannelPipelinePipeline0 = "PIPELINE_0" 25815 25816 // PreferredChannelPipelinePipeline1 is a PreferredChannelPipeline enum value 25817 PreferredChannelPipelinePipeline1 = "PIPELINE_1" 25818) 25819 25820// Codec, 'MPEG2', 'AVC', 'HEVC', or 'AUDIO' 25821const ( 25822 // ReservationCodecMpeg2 is a ReservationCodec enum value 25823 ReservationCodecMpeg2 = "MPEG2" 25824 25825 // ReservationCodecAvc is a ReservationCodec enum value 25826 ReservationCodecAvc = "AVC" 25827 25828 // ReservationCodecHevc is a ReservationCodec enum value 25829 ReservationCodecHevc = "HEVC" 25830 25831 // ReservationCodecAudio is a ReservationCodec enum value 25832 ReservationCodecAudio = "AUDIO" 25833) 25834 25835// Maximum bitrate in megabits per second 25836const ( 25837 // ReservationMaximumBitrateMax10Mbps is a ReservationMaximumBitrate enum value 25838 ReservationMaximumBitrateMax10Mbps = "MAX_10_MBPS" 25839 25840 // ReservationMaximumBitrateMax20Mbps is a ReservationMaximumBitrate enum value 25841 ReservationMaximumBitrateMax20Mbps = "MAX_20_MBPS" 25842 25843 // ReservationMaximumBitrateMax50Mbps is a ReservationMaximumBitrate enum value 25844 ReservationMaximumBitrateMax50Mbps = "MAX_50_MBPS" 25845) 25846 25847// Maximum framerate in frames per second (Outputs only) 25848const ( 25849 // ReservationMaximumFramerateMax30Fps is a ReservationMaximumFramerate enum value 25850 ReservationMaximumFramerateMax30Fps = "MAX_30_FPS" 25851 25852 // ReservationMaximumFramerateMax60Fps is a ReservationMaximumFramerate enum value 25853 ReservationMaximumFramerateMax60Fps = "MAX_60_FPS" 25854) 25855 25856// Resolution based on lines of vertical resolution; SD is less than 720 lines, 25857// HD is 720 to 1080 lines, FHD is 1080 lines, UHD is greater than 1080 lines 25858const ( 25859 // ReservationResolutionSd is a ReservationResolution enum value 25860 ReservationResolutionSd = "SD" 25861 25862 // ReservationResolutionHd is a ReservationResolution enum value 25863 ReservationResolutionHd = "HD" 25864 25865 // ReservationResolutionFhd is a ReservationResolution enum value 25866 ReservationResolutionFhd = "FHD" 25867 25868 // ReservationResolutionUhd is a ReservationResolution enum value 25869 ReservationResolutionUhd = "UHD" 25870) 25871 25872// Resource type, 'INPUT', 'OUTPUT', 'MULTIPLEX', or 'CHANNEL' 25873const ( 25874 // ReservationResourceTypeInput is a ReservationResourceType enum value 25875 ReservationResourceTypeInput = "INPUT" 25876 25877 // ReservationResourceTypeOutput is a ReservationResourceType enum value 25878 ReservationResourceTypeOutput = "OUTPUT" 25879 25880 // ReservationResourceTypeMultiplex is a ReservationResourceType enum value 25881 ReservationResourceTypeMultiplex = "MULTIPLEX" 25882 25883 // ReservationResourceTypeChannel is a ReservationResourceType enum value 25884 ReservationResourceTypeChannel = "CHANNEL" 25885) 25886 25887// Special features, 'ADVANCED_AUDIO' or 'AUDIO_NORMALIZATION' 25888const ( 25889 // ReservationSpecialFeatureAdvancedAudio is a ReservationSpecialFeature enum value 25890 ReservationSpecialFeatureAdvancedAudio = "ADVANCED_AUDIO" 25891 25892 // ReservationSpecialFeatureAudioNormalization is a ReservationSpecialFeature enum value 25893 ReservationSpecialFeatureAudioNormalization = "AUDIO_NORMALIZATION" 25894) 25895 25896// Current reservation state 25897const ( 25898 // ReservationStateActive is a ReservationState enum value 25899 ReservationStateActive = "ACTIVE" 25900 25901 // ReservationStateExpired is a ReservationState enum value 25902 ReservationStateExpired = "EXPIRED" 25903 25904 // ReservationStateCanceled is a ReservationState enum value 25905 ReservationStateCanceled = "CANCELED" 25906 25907 // ReservationStateDeleted is a ReservationState enum value 25908 ReservationStateDeleted = "DELETED" 25909) 25910 25911// Video quality, e.g. 'STANDARD' (Outputs only) 25912const ( 25913 // ReservationVideoQualityStandard is a ReservationVideoQuality enum value 25914 ReservationVideoQualityStandard = "STANDARD" 25915 25916 // ReservationVideoQualityEnhanced is a ReservationVideoQuality enum value 25917 ReservationVideoQualityEnhanced = "ENHANCED" 25918 25919 // ReservationVideoQualityPremium is a ReservationVideoQuality enum value 25920 ReservationVideoQualityPremium = "PREMIUM" 25921) 25922 25923// Rtmp Cache Full Behavior 25924const ( 25925 // RtmpCacheFullBehaviorDisconnectImmediately is a RtmpCacheFullBehavior enum value 25926 RtmpCacheFullBehaviorDisconnectImmediately = "DISCONNECT_IMMEDIATELY" 25927 25928 // RtmpCacheFullBehaviorWaitForServer is a RtmpCacheFullBehavior enum value 25929 RtmpCacheFullBehaviorWaitForServer = "WAIT_FOR_SERVER" 25930) 25931 25932// Rtmp Caption Data 25933const ( 25934 // RtmpCaptionDataAll is a RtmpCaptionData enum value 25935 RtmpCaptionDataAll = "ALL" 25936 25937 // RtmpCaptionDataField1608 is a RtmpCaptionData enum value 25938 RtmpCaptionDataField1608 = "FIELD1_608" 25939 25940 // RtmpCaptionDataField1AndField2608 is a RtmpCaptionData enum value 25941 RtmpCaptionDataField1AndField2608 = "FIELD1_AND_FIELD2_608" 25942) 25943 25944// Rtmp Output Certificate Mode 25945const ( 25946 // RtmpOutputCertificateModeSelfSigned is a RtmpOutputCertificateMode enum value 25947 RtmpOutputCertificateModeSelfSigned = "SELF_SIGNED" 25948 25949 // RtmpOutputCertificateModeVerifyAuthenticity is a RtmpOutputCertificateMode enum value 25950 RtmpOutputCertificateModeVerifyAuthenticity = "VERIFY_AUTHENTICITY" 25951) 25952 25953// Scte20 Convert608 To708 25954const ( 25955 // Scte20Convert608To708Disabled is a Scte20Convert608To708 enum value 25956 Scte20Convert608To708Disabled = "DISABLED" 25957 25958 // Scte20Convert608To708Upconvert is a Scte20Convert608To708 enum value 25959 Scte20Convert608To708Upconvert = "UPCONVERT" 25960) 25961 25962// Scte35 Apos No Regional Blackout Behavior 25963const ( 25964 // Scte35AposNoRegionalBlackoutBehaviorFollow is a Scte35AposNoRegionalBlackoutBehavior enum value 25965 Scte35AposNoRegionalBlackoutBehaviorFollow = "FOLLOW" 25966 25967 // Scte35AposNoRegionalBlackoutBehaviorIgnore is a Scte35AposNoRegionalBlackoutBehavior enum value 25968 Scte35AposNoRegionalBlackoutBehaviorIgnore = "IGNORE" 25969) 25970 25971// Scte35 Apos Web Delivery Allowed Behavior 25972const ( 25973 // Scte35AposWebDeliveryAllowedBehaviorFollow is a Scte35AposWebDeliveryAllowedBehavior enum value 25974 Scte35AposWebDeliveryAllowedBehaviorFollow = "FOLLOW" 25975 25976 // Scte35AposWebDeliveryAllowedBehaviorIgnore is a Scte35AposWebDeliveryAllowedBehavior enum value 25977 Scte35AposWebDeliveryAllowedBehaviorIgnore = "IGNORE" 25978) 25979 25980// Corresponds to the archive_allowed parameter. A value of ARCHIVE_NOT_ALLOWED 25981// corresponds to 0 (false) in the SCTE-35 specification. If you include one 25982// of the "restriction" flags then you must include all four of them. 25983const ( 25984 // Scte35ArchiveAllowedFlagArchiveNotAllowed is a Scte35ArchiveAllowedFlag enum value 25985 Scte35ArchiveAllowedFlagArchiveNotAllowed = "ARCHIVE_NOT_ALLOWED" 25986 25987 // Scte35ArchiveAllowedFlagArchiveAllowed is a Scte35ArchiveAllowedFlag enum value 25988 Scte35ArchiveAllowedFlagArchiveAllowed = "ARCHIVE_ALLOWED" 25989) 25990 25991// Corresponds to the device_restrictions parameter in a segmentation_descriptor. 25992// If you include one of the "restriction" flags then you must include all four 25993// of them. 25994const ( 25995 // Scte35DeviceRestrictionsNone is a Scte35DeviceRestrictions enum value 25996 Scte35DeviceRestrictionsNone = "NONE" 25997 25998 // Scte35DeviceRestrictionsRestrictGroup0 is a Scte35DeviceRestrictions enum value 25999 Scte35DeviceRestrictionsRestrictGroup0 = "RESTRICT_GROUP0" 26000 26001 // Scte35DeviceRestrictionsRestrictGroup1 is a Scte35DeviceRestrictions enum value 26002 Scte35DeviceRestrictionsRestrictGroup1 = "RESTRICT_GROUP1" 26003 26004 // Scte35DeviceRestrictionsRestrictGroup2 is a Scte35DeviceRestrictions enum value 26005 Scte35DeviceRestrictionsRestrictGroup2 = "RESTRICT_GROUP2" 26006) 26007 26008// Corresponds to the no_regional_blackout_flag parameter. A value of REGIONAL_BLACKOUT 26009// corresponds to 0 (false) in the SCTE-35 specification. If you include one 26010// of the "restriction" flags then you must include all four of them. 26011const ( 26012 // Scte35NoRegionalBlackoutFlagRegionalBlackout is a Scte35NoRegionalBlackoutFlag enum value 26013 Scte35NoRegionalBlackoutFlagRegionalBlackout = "REGIONAL_BLACKOUT" 26014 26015 // Scte35NoRegionalBlackoutFlagNoRegionalBlackout is a Scte35NoRegionalBlackoutFlag enum value 26016 Scte35NoRegionalBlackoutFlagNoRegionalBlackout = "NO_REGIONAL_BLACKOUT" 26017) 26018 26019// Corresponds to SCTE-35 segmentation_event_cancel_indicator. SEGMENTATION_EVENT_NOT_CANCELED 26020// corresponds to 0 in the SCTE-35 specification and indicates that this is 26021// an insertion request. SEGMENTATION_EVENT_CANCELED corresponds to 1 in the 26022// SCTE-35 specification and indicates that this is a cancelation request, in 26023// which case complete this field and the existing event ID to cancel. 26024const ( 26025 // Scte35SegmentationCancelIndicatorSegmentationEventNotCanceled is a Scte35SegmentationCancelIndicator enum value 26026 Scte35SegmentationCancelIndicatorSegmentationEventNotCanceled = "SEGMENTATION_EVENT_NOT_CANCELED" 26027 26028 // Scte35SegmentationCancelIndicatorSegmentationEventCanceled is a Scte35SegmentationCancelIndicator enum value 26029 Scte35SegmentationCancelIndicatorSegmentationEventCanceled = "SEGMENTATION_EVENT_CANCELED" 26030) 26031 26032// Scte35 Splice Insert No Regional Blackout Behavior 26033const ( 26034 // Scte35SpliceInsertNoRegionalBlackoutBehaviorFollow is a Scte35SpliceInsertNoRegionalBlackoutBehavior enum value 26035 Scte35SpliceInsertNoRegionalBlackoutBehaviorFollow = "FOLLOW" 26036 26037 // Scte35SpliceInsertNoRegionalBlackoutBehaviorIgnore is a Scte35SpliceInsertNoRegionalBlackoutBehavior enum value 26038 Scte35SpliceInsertNoRegionalBlackoutBehaviorIgnore = "IGNORE" 26039) 26040 26041// Scte35 Splice Insert Web Delivery Allowed Behavior 26042const ( 26043 // Scte35SpliceInsertWebDeliveryAllowedBehaviorFollow is a Scte35SpliceInsertWebDeliveryAllowedBehavior enum value 26044 Scte35SpliceInsertWebDeliveryAllowedBehaviorFollow = "FOLLOW" 26045 26046 // Scte35SpliceInsertWebDeliveryAllowedBehaviorIgnore is a Scte35SpliceInsertWebDeliveryAllowedBehavior enum value 26047 Scte35SpliceInsertWebDeliveryAllowedBehaviorIgnore = "IGNORE" 26048) 26049 26050// Corresponds to the web_delivery_allowed_flag parameter. A value of WEB_DELIVERY_NOT_ALLOWED 26051// corresponds to 0 (false) in the SCTE-35 specification. If you include one 26052// of the "restriction" flags then you must include all four of them. 26053const ( 26054 // Scte35WebDeliveryAllowedFlagWebDeliveryNotAllowed is a Scte35WebDeliveryAllowedFlag enum value 26055 Scte35WebDeliveryAllowedFlagWebDeliveryNotAllowed = "WEB_DELIVERY_NOT_ALLOWED" 26056 26057 // Scte35WebDeliveryAllowedFlagWebDeliveryAllowed is a Scte35WebDeliveryAllowedFlag enum value 26058 Scte35WebDeliveryAllowedFlagWebDeliveryAllowed = "WEB_DELIVERY_ALLOWED" 26059) 26060 26061// Smooth Group Audio Only Timecode Control 26062const ( 26063 // SmoothGroupAudioOnlyTimecodeControlPassthrough is a SmoothGroupAudioOnlyTimecodeControl enum value 26064 SmoothGroupAudioOnlyTimecodeControlPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH" 26065 26066 // SmoothGroupAudioOnlyTimecodeControlUseConfiguredClock is a SmoothGroupAudioOnlyTimecodeControl enum value 26067 SmoothGroupAudioOnlyTimecodeControlUseConfiguredClock = "USE_CONFIGURED_CLOCK" 26068) 26069 26070// Smooth Group Certificate Mode 26071const ( 26072 // SmoothGroupCertificateModeSelfSigned is a SmoothGroupCertificateMode enum value 26073 SmoothGroupCertificateModeSelfSigned = "SELF_SIGNED" 26074 26075 // SmoothGroupCertificateModeVerifyAuthenticity is a SmoothGroupCertificateMode enum value 26076 SmoothGroupCertificateModeVerifyAuthenticity = "VERIFY_AUTHENTICITY" 26077) 26078 26079// Smooth Group Event Id Mode 26080const ( 26081 // SmoothGroupEventIdModeNoEventId is a SmoothGroupEventIdMode enum value 26082 SmoothGroupEventIdModeNoEventId = "NO_EVENT_ID" 26083 26084 // SmoothGroupEventIdModeUseConfigured is a SmoothGroupEventIdMode enum value 26085 SmoothGroupEventIdModeUseConfigured = "USE_CONFIGURED" 26086 26087 // SmoothGroupEventIdModeUseTimestamp is a SmoothGroupEventIdMode enum value 26088 SmoothGroupEventIdModeUseTimestamp = "USE_TIMESTAMP" 26089) 26090 26091// Smooth Group Event Stop Behavior 26092const ( 26093 // SmoothGroupEventStopBehaviorNone is a SmoothGroupEventStopBehavior enum value 26094 SmoothGroupEventStopBehaviorNone = "NONE" 26095 26096 // SmoothGroupEventStopBehaviorSendEos is a SmoothGroupEventStopBehavior enum value 26097 SmoothGroupEventStopBehaviorSendEos = "SEND_EOS" 26098) 26099 26100// Smooth Group Segmentation Mode 26101const ( 26102 // SmoothGroupSegmentationModeUseInputSegmentation is a SmoothGroupSegmentationMode enum value 26103 SmoothGroupSegmentationModeUseInputSegmentation = "USE_INPUT_SEGMENTATION" 26104 26105 // SmoothGroupSegmentationModeUseSegmentDuration is a SmoothGroupSegmentationMode enum value 26106 SmoothGroupSegmentationModeUseSegmentDuration = "USE_SEGMENT_DURATION" 26107) 26108 26109// Smooth Group Sparse Track Type 26110const ( 26111 // SmoothGroupSparseTrackTypeNone is a SmoothGroupSparseTrackType enum value 26112 SmoothGroupSparseTrackTypeNone = "NONE" 26113 26114 // SmoothGroupSparseTrackTypeScte35 is a SmoothGroupSparseTrackType enum value 26115 SmoothGroupSparseTrackTypeScte35 = "SCTE_35" 26116 26117 // SmoothGroupSparseTrackTypeScte35WithoutSegmentation is a SmoothGroupSparseTrackType enum value 26118 SmoothGroupSparseTrackTypeScte35WithoutSegmentation = "SCTE_35_WITHOUT_SEGMENTATION" 26119) 26120 26121// Smooth Group Stream Manifest Behavior 26122const ( 26123 // SmoothGroupStreamManifestBehaviorDoNotSend is a SmoothGroupStreamManifestBehavior enum value 26124 SmoothGroupStreamManifestBehaviorDoNotSend = "DO_NOT_SEND" 26125 26126 // SmoothGroupStreamManifestBehaviorSend is a SmoothGroupStreamManifestBehavior enum value 26127 SmoothGroupStreamManifestBehaviorSend = "SEND" 26128) 26129 26130// Smooth Group Timestamp Offset Mode 26131const ( 26132 // SmoothGroupTimestampOffsetModeUseConfiguredOffset is a SmoothGroupTimestampOffsetMode enum value 26133 SmoothGroupTimestampOffsetModeUseConfiguredOffset = "USE_CONFIGURED_OFFSET" 26134 26135 // SmoothGroupTimestampOffsetModeUseEventStartDate is a SmoothGroupTimestampOffsetMode enum value 26136 SmoothGroupTimestampOffsetModeUseEventStartDate = "USE_EVENT_START_DATE" 26137) 26138 26139// Smpte2038 Data Preference 26140const ( 26141 // Smpte2038DataPreferenceIgnore is a Smpte2038DataPreference enum value 26142 Smpte2038DataPreferenceIgnore = "IGNORE" 26143 26144 // Smpte2038DataPreferencePrefer is a Smpte2038DataPreference enum value 26145 Smpte2038DataPreferencePrefer = "PREFER" 26146) 26147 26148// Temporal Filter Post Filter Sharpening 26149const ( 26150 // TemporalFilterPostFilterSharpeningAuto is a TemporalFilterPostFilterSharpening enum value 26151 TemporalFilterPostFilterSharpeningAuto = "AUTO" 26152 26153 // TemporalFilterPostFilterSharpeningDisabled is a TemporalFilterPostFilterSharpening enum value 26154 TemporalFilterPostFilterSharpeningDisabled = "DISABLED" 26155 26156 // TemporalFilterPostFilterSharpeningEnabled is a TemporalFilterPostFilterSharpening enum value 26157 TemporalFilterPostFilterSharpeningEnabled = "ENABLED" 26158) 26159 26160// Temporal Filter Strength 26161const ( 26162 // TemporalFilterStrengthAuto is a TemporalFilterStrength enum value 26163 TemporalFilterStrengthAuto = "AUTO" 26164 26165 // TemporalFilterStrengthStrength1 is a TemporalFilterStrength enum value 26166 TemporalFilterStrengthStrength1 = "STRENGTH_1" 26167 26168 // TemporalFilterStrengthStrength2 is a TemporalFilterStrength enum value 26169 TemporalFilterStrengthStrength2 = "STRENGTH_2" 26170 26171 // TemporalFilterStrengthStrength3 is a TemporalFilterStrength enum value 26172 TemporalFilterStrengthStrength3 = "STRENGTH_3" 26173 26174 // TemporalFilterStrengthStrength4 is a TemporalFilterStrength enum value 26175 TemporalFilterStrengthStrength4 = "STRENGTH_4" 26176 26177 // TemporalFilterStrengthStrength5 is a TemporalFilterStrength enum value 26178 TemporalFilterStrengthStrength5 = "STRENGTH_5" 26179 26180 // TemporalFilterStrengthStrength6 is a TemporalFilterStrength enum value 26181 TemporalFilterStrengthStrength6 = "STRENGTH_6" 26182 26183 // TemporalFilterStrengthStrength7 is a TemporalFilterStrength enum value 26184 TemporalFilterStrengthStrength7 = "STRENGTH_7" 26185 26186 // TemporalFilterStrengthStrength8 is a TemporalFilterStrength enum value 26187 TemporalFilterStrengthStrength8 = "STRENGTH_8" 26188 26189 // TemporalFilterStrengthStrength9 is a TemporalFilterStrength enum value 26190 TemporalFilterStrengthStrength9 = "STRENGTH_9" 26191 26192 // TemporalFilterStrengthStrength10 is a TemporalFilterStrength enum value 26193 TemporalFilterStrengthStrength10 = "STRENGTH_10" 26194 26195 // TemporalFilterStrengthStrength11 is a TemporalFilterStrength enum value 26196 TemporalFilterStrengthStrength11 = "STRENGTH_11" 26197 26198 // TemporalFilterStrengthStrength12 is a TemporalFilterStrength enum value 26199 TemporalFilterStrengthStrength12 = "STRENGTH_12" 26200 26201 // TemporalFilterStrengthStrength13 is a TemporalFilterStrength enum value 26202 TemporalFilterStrengthStrength13 = "STRENGTH_13" 26203 26204 // TemporalFilterStrengthStrength14 is a TemporalFilterStrength enum value 26205 TemporalFilterStrengthStrength14 = "STRENGTH_14" 26206 26207 // TemporalFilterStrengthStrength15 is a TemporalFilterStrength enum value 26208 TemporalFilterStrengthStrength15 = "STRENGTH_15" 26209 26210 // TemporalFilterStrengthStrength16 is a TemporalFilterStrength enum value 26211 TemporalFilterStrengthStrength16 = "STRENGTH_16" 26212) 26213 26214// Timecode Config Source 26215const ( 26216 // TimecodeConfigSourceEmbedded is a TimecodeConfigSource enum value 26217 TimecodeConfigSourceEmbedded = "EMBEDDED" 26218 26219 // TimecodeConfigSourceSystemclock is a TimecodeConfigSource enum value 26220 TimecodeConfigSourceSystemclock = "SYSTEMCLOCK" 26221 26222 // TimecodeConfigSourceZerobased is a TimecodeConfigSource enum value 26223 TimecodeConfigSourceZerobased = "ZEROBASED" 26224) 26225 26226// Ttml Destination Style Control 26227const ( 26228 // TtmlDestinationStyleControlPassthrough is a TtmlDestinationStyleControl enum value 26229 TtmlDestinationStyleControlPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH" 26230 26231 // TtmlDestinationStyleControlUseConfigured is a TtmlDestinationStyleControl enum value 26232 TtmlDestinationStyleControlUseConfigured = "USE_CONFIGURED" 26233) 26234 26235// Udp Timed Metadata Id3 Frame 26236const ( 26237 // UdpTimedMetadataId3FrameNone is a UdpTimedMetadataId3Frame enum value 26238 UdpTimedMetadataId3FrameNone = "NONE" 26239 26240 // UdpTimedMetadataId3FramePriv is a UdpTimedMetadataId3Frame enum value 26241 UdpTimedMetadataId3FramePriv = "PRIV" 26242 26243 // UdpTimedMetadataId3FrameTdrl is a UdpTimedMetadataId3Frame enum value 26244 UdpTimedMetadataId3FrameTdrl = "TDRL" 26245) 26246 26247// Video Description Respond To Afd 26248const ( 26249 // VideoDescriptionRespondToAfdNone is a VideoDescriptionRespondToAfd enum value 26250 VideoDescriptionRespondToAfdNone = "NONE" 26251 26252 // VideoDescriptionRespondToAfdPassthrough is a VideoDescriptionRespondToAfd enum value 26253 VideoDescriptionRespondToAfdPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH" 26254 26255 // VideoDescriptionRespondToAfdRespond is a VideoDescriptionRespondToAfd enum value 26256 VideoDescriptionRespondToAfdRespond = "RESPOND" 26257) 26258 26259// Video Description Scaling Behavior 26260const ( 26261 // VideoDescriptionScalingBehaviorDefault is a VideoDescriptionScalingBehavior enum value 26262 VideoDescriptionScalingBehaviorDefault = "DEFAULT" 26263 26264 // VideoDescriptionScalingBehaviorStretchToOutput is a VideoDescriptionScalingBehavior enum value 26265 VideoDescriptionScalingBehaviorStretchToOutput = "STRETCH_TO_OUTPUT" 26266) 26267 26268// Video Selector Color Space 26269const ( 26270 // VideoSelectorColorSpaceFollow is a VideoSelectorColorSpace enum value 26271 VideoSelectorColorSpaceFollow = "FOLLOW" 26272 26273 // VideoSelectorColorSpaceRec601 is a VideoSelectorColorSpace enum value 26274 VideoSelectorColorSpaceRec601 = "REC_601" 26275 26276 // VideoSelectorColorSpaceRec709 is a VideoSelectorColorSpace enum value 26277 VideoSelectorColorSpaceRec709 = "REC_709" 26278) 26279 26280// Video Selector Color Space Usage 26281const ( 26282 // VideoSelectorColorSpaceUsageFallback is a VideoSelectorColorSpaceUsage enum value 26283 VideoSelectorColorSpaceUsageFallback = "FALLBACK" 26284 26285 // VideoSelectorColorSpaceUsageForce is a VideoSelectorColorSpaceUsage enum value 26286 VideoSelectorColorSpaceUsageForce = "FORCE" 26287) 26288